Agilent Technologies InfiniiVision 3000 DSO-X 3054A Technical data

Agilent InfiniiVision
3000 X-Series
Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide

Notices
© Agilent Technologies, Inc. 2005-2011
Manual Part Number
No part of this manual may be reproduced
in any form or by any means (including
electronic storage and retrieval or translation into a foreign language) without prior
agreement and written consent from Agilent Technologies, Inc. as governed by
United States and international copyright
laws.
Version 01.10.0000
Trademarks
Microsoft®, MS-DOS®, Windows®, Windows 2000®, and Windows XP® are U.S.
registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
Adobe®, Acrobat®, and the Acrobat
Logo® are trademarks of Adobe Systems
Incorporated.
Edition
February 15, 2011
Available in electronic format only
Agilent Technologies, Inc.
1900 Garden of the Gods Road
Colorado Springs, CO 80907 USA
agency regulation or contract clause. Use,
duplication or disclosure of Software is
subject to Agilent Technologies’ standard
commercial license terms, and non-DOD
Departments and Agencies of the U.S. Government will receive no greater than
Restricted Rights as defined in FAR
52.227-19(c)(1-2) (June 1987). U.S. Government users will receive no greater than
Limited Rights as defined in FAR 52.227-14
(June 1987) or DFAR 252.227-7015 (b)(2)
(November 1995), as applicable in any
technical data.
Warranty
The material contained in this document is provided “as is,” and is subject to being changed, without notice,
in future editions. Further, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable
law, Agilent disclaims all warranties,
either express or implied, with regard
to this manual and any information
contained herein, including but not
limited to the implied warranties of
merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. Agilent shall not be
liable for errors or for incidental or
consequential damages in connection
with the furnishing, use, or performance of this document or of any
information contained herein. Should
Agilent and the user have a separate
written agreement with warranty
terms covering the material in this
document that conflict with these
terms, the warranty terms in the separate agreement shall control.
Technology Licenses
The hardware and/or software described in
this document are furnished under a
license and may be used or copied only in
accordance with the terms of such license.
Restricted Rights Legend
If software is for use in the performance of
a U.S. Government prime contract or subcontract, Software is delivered and
licensed as “Commercial computer software” as defined in DFAR 252.227-7014
(June 1995), or as a “commercial item” as
defined in FAR 2.101(a) or as “Restricted
computer software” as defined in FAR
52.227-19 (June 1987) or any equivalent
Safety Notices
CAUTION
A CAUTION notice denotes a hazard. It calls attention to an operating procedure, practice, or the like
that, if not correctly performed or
adhered to, could result in damage
to the product or loss of important
data. Do not proceed beyond a
CAUTION notice until the indicated
conditions are fully understood and
met.
WA R N I N G
A WARNING notice denotes a
hazard. It calls attention to an
operating procedure, practice, or
the like that, if not correctly performed or adhered to, could result
in personal injury or death. Do not
proceed beyond a WARNING
notice until the indicated conditions are fully understood and met.
In This Book
This book is your guide to programming the 3000 X- Series oscilloscopes:
Table 1
InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscope Models
Channels
Input Bandwidth
100 MHz
200 MHz
350 MHz
500 MHz
4 analog +
16 digital (mixed
signal)
MSO-X 3014A
MSO-X 3024A
MSO-X 3034A
MSO-X 3054A
2 analog +
16 digital (mixed
signal)
MSO-X 3012A
MSO-X 3032A
MSO-X 3052A
4 analog
DSO-X 3014A
DSO-X 3034A
DSO-X 3054A
2 analog
DSO-X 3012A
DSO-X 3032A
DSO-X 3052A
DSO-X 3024A
The first few chapters describe how to set up and get started:
• Chapter 1, “What's New,” starting on page 25, describes programming
command changes in the latest version of oscilloscope software.
• Chapter 2, “Setting Up,” starting on page 33, describes the steps you
must take before you can program the oscilloscope.
• Chapter 3, “Getting Started,” starting on page 43, gives a general
overview of oscilloscope program structure and shows how to program
the oscilloscope using a few simple examples.
• Chapter 4, “Commands Quick Reference,” starting on page 57, is a brief
listing of the 3000 X- Series oscilloscope commands and syntax.
The next chapters provide reference information on common commands,
root level commands, other subsystem commands, and error messages:
• Chapter 5, “Common (*) Commands,” starting on page 125, describes
commands defined by the IEEE 488.2 standard that are common to all
instruments.
• Chapter 6, “Root (:) Commands,” starting on page 151, describes
commands that reside at the root level of the command tree and control
many of the basic functions of the oscilloscope.
• Chapter 7, “:ACQuire Commands,” starting on page 187, describes
commands for setting the parameters used when acquiring and storing
data.
• Chapter 8, “:BUS<n> Commands,” starting on page 201, describes
commands that control all oscilloscope functions associated with the
digital channels bus display.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
3
• Chapter 9, “:CALibrate Commands,” starting on page 211, describes
utility commands for determining the state of the calibration factor
protection button.
• Chapter 10, “:CHANnel<n> Commands,” starting on page 221, describes
commands that control all oscilloscope functions associated with
individual analog channels or groups of channels.
• Chapter 11, “:DEMO Commands,” starting on page 241, describes
commands that control the education kit (Option EDU) demonstration
signals that can be output on the oscilloscope's Demo 1 and Demo 2
terminals.
• Chapter 12, “:DIGital<d> Commands,” starting on page 247, describes
commands that control all oscilloscope functions associated with
individual digital channels.
• Chapter 13, “:DISPlay Commands,” starting on page 255, describes
commands that control how waveforms, graticule, and text are displayed
and written on the screen.
• Chapter 14, “:EXTernal Trigger Commands,” starting on page 263,
describes commands that control the input characteristics of the
external trigger input.
• Chapter 15, “:FUNCtion Commands,” starting on page 269, describes
commands that control math waveforms.
• Chapter 16, “:HARDcopy Commands,” starting on page 287, describes
commands that set and query the selection of hardcopy device and
formatting options.
• Chapter 17, “:LISTer Commands,” starting on page 305, describes
commands that turn on/off the Lister display for decoded serial data
and get the Lister data.
• Chapter 18, “:MARKer Commands,” starting on page 309, describes
commands that set and query the settings of X- axis markers (X1 and
X2 cursors) and the Y- axis markers (Y1 and Y2 cursors).
• Chapter 19, “:MEASure Commands,” starting on page 321, describes
commands that select automatic measurements (and control markers).
• Chapter 20, “:MTESt Commands,” starting on page 385, describes
commands that control the mask test features provided with
Option LMT.
• Chapter 21, “:POD Commands,” starting on page 419, describes
commands that control all oscilloscope functions associated with groups
of digital channels.
• Chapter 22, “:RECall Commands,” starting on page 425, describes
commands that recall previously saved oscilloscope setups, reference
waveforms, or masks.
• Chapter 23, “:SAVE Commands,” starting on page 433, describes
commands that save oscilloscope setups, screen images, and data.
4
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
• Chapter 24, “:SBUS<n> Commands,” starting on page 453, describes
commands that control oscilloscope functions associated with the serial
decode bus.
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557, describes
commands that control oscilloscope functions associated with searching
for waveform events.
• Chapter 26, “:SYSTem Commands,” starting on page 615, describes
commands that control basic system functions of the oscilloscope.
• Chapter 27, “:TIMebase Commands,” starting on page 629, describes
commands that control all horizontal sweep functions.
• Chapter 28, “:TRIGger Commands,” starting on page 641, describes
commands that control the trigger modes and parameters for each
trigger type.
• Chapter 29, “:WAVeform Commands,” starting on page 707, describes
commands that provide access to waveform data.
• Chapter 30, “:WGEN Commands,” starting on page 743, describes
commands that control waveform generator (Option WGN) functions and
parameters.
• Chapter 31, “:WMEMory<r> Commands,” starting on page 759, describes
commands that control reference waveforms.
• Chapter 32, “Obsolete and Discontinued Commands,” starting on page
769, describes obsolete commands which still work but have been
replaced by newer commands and discontinued commands which are no
longer supported.
• Chapter 33, “Error Messages,” starting on page 821, lists the instrument
error messages that can occur while programming the oscilloscope.
The command descriptions in this reference show upper and lowercase
characters. For example, :AUToscale indicates that the entire command
name is :AUTOSCALE. The short form, :AUT, is also accepted by the
oscilloscope.
Then, there are chapters that describe programming topics and conceptual
information in more detail:
• Chapter 34, “Status Reporting,” starting on page 829, describes the
oscilloscope's status registers and how to check the status of the
instrument.
• Chapter 35, “Synchronizing Acquisitions,” starting on page 849,
describes how to wait for acquisitions to complete before querying
measurement results or performing other operations with the captured
data.
• Chapter 36, “More About Oscilloscope Commands,” starting on page
859, contains additional information about oscilloscope programming
commands.
Finally, there is a chapter that contains programming examples:
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
5
• Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,” starting on page 869.
Mixed-Signal
Oscilloscope
Channel
Differences
Because both the "analog channels only" oscilloscopes (DSO models) and
the mixed- signal oscilloscopes (MSO models) have analog channels, topics
that describe analog channels refer to all oscilloscope models. Whenever a
topic describes digital channels, that information applies only to the
mixed- signal oscilloscope models.
See Also
• For more information on using the SICL, VISA, and VISA COM libraries
in general, see the documentation that comes with the Agilent IO
Libraries Suite.
• For information on controller PC interface configuration, see the
documentation for the interface card used (for example, the Agilent
82350A GPIB interface).
• For information on oscilloscope front- panel operation, see the User's
Guide.
• For detailed connectivity information, refer to the Agilent Technologies
USB/LAN/GPIB Connectivity Guide. For a printable electronic copy of
the Connectivity Guide, direct your Web browser to "www.agilent.com"
and search for "Connectivity Guide".
• For the latest versions of this and other manuals, see:
"http://www.agilent.com/find/DSO- X3000manual"
6
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Contents
In This Book
3
1 What's New
What's New in Version 1.10
26
Version 1.00 at Introduction
27
Command Differences From 7000B Series Oscilloscopes
28
2 Setting Up
Step 1. Install Agilent IO Libraries Suite software
Step 2. Connect and set up the oscilloscope
Using the USB (Device) Interface 35
Using the LAN Interface 35
Using the GPIB Interface 36
Step 3. Verify the oscilloscope connection
34
35
37
3 Getting Started
Basic Oscilloscope Program Structure
Initializing 44
Capturing Data 44
Analyzing Captured Data 45
44
Programming the Oscilloscope 46
Referencing the IO Library 46
Opening the Oscilloscope Connection via the IO Library 47
Initializing the Interface and the Oscilloscope 47
Using :AUToscale to Automate Oscilloscope Setup 48
Using Other Oscilloscope Setup Commands 48
Capturing Data with the :DIGitize Command 49
Reading Query Responses from the Oscilloscope 51
Reading Query Results into String Variables 52
Reading Query Results into Numeric Variables 52
Reading Definite-Length Block Query Response Data 52
Sending Multiple Queries and Reading Results 53
Checking Instrument Status 54
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
7
Other Ways of Sending Commands 55
Telnet Sockets 55
Sending SCPI Commands Using Browser Web Control
55
4 Commands Quick Reference
Command Summary
58
Syntax Elements 121
Number Format 121
<NL> (Line Terminator) 121
[ ] (Optional Syntax Terms) 121
{ } (Braces) 121
::= (Defined As) 121
< > (Angle Brackets) 122
... (Ellipsis) 122
n,..,p (Value Ranges) 122
d (Digits) 122
Quoted ASCII String 122
Definite-Length Block Response Data
122
5 Common (*) Commands
*CLS (Clear Status) 129
*ESE (Standard Event Status Enable) 130
*ESR (Standard Event Status Register) 132
*IDN (Identification Number) 134
*LRN (Learn Device Setup) 135
*OPC (Operation Complete) 136
*OPT (Option Identification) 137
*RCL (Recall) 139
*RST (Reset) 140
*SAV (Save) 143
*SRE (Service Request Enable) 144
*STB (Read Status Byte) 146
*TRG (Trigger) 148
*TST (Self Test) 149
*WAI (Wait To Continue) 150
6 Root (:) Commands
:ACTivity 155
:AER (Arm Event Register)
:AUToscale 157
:AUToscale:AMODE 159
8
156
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:AUToscale:CHANnels 160
:AUToscale:FDEBug 161
:BLANk 162
:DIGitize 163
:MTEenable (Mask Test Event Enable Register) 165
:MTERegister[:EVENt] (Mask Test Event Event Register) 167
:OPEE (Operation Status Enable Register) 169
:OPERegister:CONDition (Operation Status Condition Register)
:OPERegister[:EVENt] (Operation Status Event Register) 173
:OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register) 175
:OVLRegister (Overload Event Register) 177
:PRINt 179
:RUN 180
:SERial 181
:SINGle 182
:STATus 183
:STOP 184
:TER (Trigger Event Register) 185
:VIEW 186
171
7 :ACQuire Commands
:ACQuire:COMPlete 189
:ACQuire:COUNt 190
:ACQuire:MODE 191
:ACQuire:POINts 192
:ACQuire:SEGMented:ANALyze 193
:ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt 194
:ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex 195
:ACQuire:SRATe 198
:ACQuire:TYPE 199
8 :BUS<n> Commands
:BUS<n>:BIT<m> 203
:BUS<n>:BITS 204
:BUS<n>:CLEar 206
:BUS<n>:DISPlay 207
:BUS<n>:LABel 208
:BUS<n>:MASK 209
9 :CALibrate Commands
:CALibrate:DATE
213
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
9
:CALibrate:LABel 214
:CALibrate:OUTPut 215
:CALibrate:PROTected 216
:CALibrate:STARt 217
:CALibrate:STATus 218
:CALibrate:TEMPerature 219
:CALibrate:TIME 220
10 :CHANnel<n> Commands
:CHANnel<n>:BWLimit 224
:CHANnel<n>:COUPling 225
:CHANnel<n>:DISPlay 226
:CHANnel<n>:IMPedance 227
:CHANnel<n>:INVert 228
:CHANnel<n>:LABel 229
:CHANnel<n>:OFFSet 230
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe 231
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEAD[:TYPE]
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ID 233
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKEW 234
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:STYPe 235
:CHANnel<n>:PROTection 236
:CHANnel<n>:RANGe 237
:CHANnel<n>:SCALe 238
:CHANnel<n>:UNITs 239
:CHANnel<n>:VERNier 240
232
11 :DEMO Commands
:DEMO:FUNCtion 242
:DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:PHASe
:DEMO:OUTPut 246
245
12 :DIGital<d> Commands
:DIGital<d>:DISPlay 249
:DIGital<d>:LABel 250
:DIGital<d>:POSition 251
:DIGital<d>:SIZE 252
:DIGital<d>:THReshold 253
13 :DISPlay Commands
:DISPlay:CLEar
10
257
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:DISPlay:DATA 258
:DISPlay:LABel 259
:DISPlay:LABList 260
:DISPlay:PERSistence 261
:DISPlay:VECTors 262
14 :EXTernal Trigger Commands
:EXTernal:BWLimit 264
:EXTernal:PROBe 265
:EXTernal:RANGe 266
:EXTernal:UNITs 267
15 :FUNCtion Commands
:FUNCtion:CENTer 272
:FUNCtion:DISPlay 273
:FUNCtion:GOFT:OPERation 274
:FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce1 275
:FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce2 276
:FUNCtion:OFFSet 277
:FUNCtion:OPERation 278
:FUNCtion:RANGe 279
:FUNCtion:REFerence 280
:FUNCtion:SCALe 281
:FUNCtion:SOURce1 282
:FUNCtion:SOURce2 283
:FUNCtion:SPAN 284
:FUNCtion:WINDow 285
16 :HARDcopy Commands
:HARDcopy:AREA 289
:HARDcopy:APRinter 290
:HARDcopy:FACTors 291
:HARDcopy:FFEed 292
:HARDcopy:INKSaver 293
:HARDcopy:LAYout 294
:HARDcopy:NETWork:ADDRess 295
:HARDcopy:NETWork:APPLy 296
:HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain 297
:HARDcopy:NETWork:PASSword 298
:HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT 299
:HARDcopy:NETWork:USERname 300
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
11
:HARDcopy:PALette 301
:HARDcopy:PRINter:LIST 302
:HARDcopy:STARt 303
17 :LISTer Commands
:LISTer:DATA 306
:LISTer:DISPlay 307
:LISTer:REFerence 308
18 :MARKer Commands
:MARKer:MODE 311
:MARKer:X1Position 312
:MARKer:X1Y1source 313
:MARKer:X2Position 314
:MARKer:X2Y2source 315
:MARKer:XDELta 316
:MARKer:Y1Position 317
:MARKer:Y2Position 318
:MARKer:YDELta 319
19 :MEASure Commands
:MEASure:ALL 332
:MEASure:AREa 333
:MEASure:BWIDth 334
:MEASure:CLEar 335
:MEASure:COUNter 336
:MEASure:DEFine 337
:MEASure:DELay 340
:MEASure:DUTYcycle 342
:MEASure:FALLtime 343
:MEASure:FREQuency 344
:MEASure:NEDGes 345
:MEASure:NPULses 346
:MEASure:NWIDth 347
:MEASure:OVERshoot 348
:MEASure:PEDGes 350
:MEASure:PERiod 351
:MEASure:PHASe 352
:MEASure:PPULses 353
:MEASure:PREShoot 354
:MEASure:PWIDth 355
12
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MEASure:RESults 356
:MEASure:RISetime 359
:MEASure:SDEViation 360
:MEASure:SHOW 361
:MEASure:SOURce 362
:MEASure:STATistics 364
:MEASure:STATistics:INCRement 365
:MEASure:STATistics:RESet 366
:MEASure:TEDGe 367
:MEASure:TVALue 369
:MEASure:VAMPlitude 371
:MEASure:VAVerage 372
:MEASure:VBASe 373
:MEASure:VMAX 374
:MEASure:VMIN 375
:MEASure:VPP 376
:MEASure:VRATio 377
:MEASure:VRMS 378
:MEASure:VTIMe 379
:MEASure:VTOP 380
:MEASure:WINDow 381
:MEASure:XMAX 382
:MEASure:XMIN 383
20 :MTESt Commands
:MTESt:ALL 390
:MTESt:AMASk:CREate 391
:MTESt:AMASk:SOURce 392
:MTESt:AMASk:UNITs 393
:MTESt:AMASk:XDELta 394
:MTESt:AMASk:YDELta 395
:MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms 396
:MTESt:COUNt:RESet 397
:MTESt:COUNt:TIME 398
:MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms 399
:MTESt:DATA 400
:MTESt:DELete 401
:MTESt:ENABle 402
:MTESt:LOCK 403
:MTESt:RMODe 404
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure
405
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
13
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt 406
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE 407
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP 408
:MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa 409
:MTESt:RMODe:TIME 410
:MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms 411
:MTESt:SCALe:BIND 412
:MTESt:SCALe:X1 413
:MTESt:SCALe:XDELta 414
:MTESt:SCALe:Y1 415
:MTESt:SCALe:Y2 416
:MTESt:SOURce 417
:MTESt:TITLe 418
21 :POD Commands
:POD<n>:DISPlay 421
:POD<n>:SIZE 422
:POD<n>:THReshold 423
22 :RECall Commands
:RECall:FILename 427
:RECall:MASK[:STARt] 428
:RECall:PWD 429
:RECall:SETup[:STARt] 430
:RECall:WMEMory<r>[:STARt]
431
23 :SAVE Commands
:SAVE:FILename 436
:SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt] 437
:SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors 438
:SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat 439
:SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver 440
:SAVE:IMAGe:PALette 441
:SAVE:LISTer[:STARt] 442
:SAVE:MASK[:STARt] 443
:SAVE:PWD 444
:SAVE:SETup[:STARt] 445
:SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt] 446
:SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat 447
:SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth 448
:SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMented 449
14
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce
:SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt]
450
451
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
General :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:DISPlay 456
:SBUS<n>:MODE 457
455
:SBUS<n>:CAN Commands 458
:SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:ERRor 460
:SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:OVERload 461
:SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet 462
:SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:TOTal 463
:SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:UTILization 464
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepoint 465
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:BAUDrate 466
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition 467
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce 468
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger 469
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA 471
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth 472
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID 473
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE 474
:SBUS<n>:I2S Commands 475
:SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnment 477
:SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE 478
:SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SLOPe 479
:SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth 480
:SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:CLOCk 481
:SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:DATA 482
:SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:WSELect 483
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger 484
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio 486
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA 487
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat 489
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:RANGe 490
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth 492
:SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow 493
:SBUS<n>:IIC Commands 494
:SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe 495
:SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:CLOCk
496
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
15
:SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:DATA 497
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess 498
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA 499
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2 500
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier 501
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE] 502
:SBUS<n>:LIN Commands 504
:SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity 506
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SAMPlepoint 507
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:BAUDrate 508
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce 509
:SBUS<n>:LIN:STANdard 510
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SYNCbreak 511
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger 512
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:ID 513
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA 514
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth 516
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat 517
:SBUS<n>:SPI Commands 518
:SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder 520
:SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe 521
:SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout 522
:SBUS<n>:SPI:FRAMing 523
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk 524
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:DATA 525
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe 526
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MISO 527
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MOSI 528
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA 529
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh 530
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA 531
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh 532
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:TYPE 533
:SBUS<n>:SPI:WIDTh 534
:SBUS<n>:UART Commands 535
:SBUS<n>:UART:BASE 538
:SBUS<n>:UART:BAUDrate 539
:SBUS<n>:UART:BITorder 540
:SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:ERRor 541
:SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RESet 542
16
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RXFRames 543
:SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:TXFRames 544
:SBUS<n>:UART:FRAMing 545
:SBUS<n>:UART:PARity 546
:SBUS<n>:UART:POLarity 547
:SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:RX 548
:SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:TX 549
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BASE 550
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BURSt 551
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:DATA 552
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:IDLE 553
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier 554
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE 555
:SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh 556
25 :SEARch Commands
General :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:COUNt 559
:SEARch:MODE 560
:SEARch:STATe 561
558
:SEARch:EDGE Commands 562
:SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe 563
:SEARch:EDGE:SOURce 564
:SEARch:GLITch Commands 565
:SEARch:GLITch:GREaterthan 566
:SEARch:GLITch:LESSthan 567
:SEARch:GLITch:POLarity 568
:SEARch:GLITch:QUALifier 569
:SEARch:GLITch:RANGe 570
:SEARch:GLITch:SOURce 571
:SEARch:RUNT Commands 572
:SEARch:RUNT:POLarity 573
:SEARch:RUNT:QUALifier 574
:SEARch:RUNT:SOURce 575
:SEARch:RUNT:TIME 576
:SEARch:TRANsition Commands 577
:SEARch:TRANsition:QUALifier 578
:SEARch:TRANsition:SLOPe 579
:SEARch:TRANsition:SOURce 580
:SEARch:TRANsition:TIME 581
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
17
:SEARch:SERial:CAN Commands 582
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA 583
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth 584
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID 585
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID:MODE 586
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:MODE 587
:SEARch:SERial:I2S Commands 588
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:AUDio 589
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:MODE 590
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:DATA 591
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:FORMat 592
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:RANGe 593
:SEARch:SERial:IIC Commands 594
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:MODE 595
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:ADDRess 597
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA 598
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA2 599
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:QUALifier 600
:SEARch:SERial:LIN Commands 601
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:ID 602
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:MODE 603
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA 604
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth 605
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:FORMat 606
:SEARch:SERial:SPI Commands 607
:SEARch:SERial:SPI:MODE 608
:SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:DATA 609
:SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:WIDTh 610
:SEARch:SERial:UART Commands 611
:SEARch:SERial:UART:DATA 612
:SEARch:SERial:UART:MODE 613
:SEARch:SERial:UART:QUALifier 614
26 :SYSTem Commands
:SYSTem:DATE 617
:SYSTem:DSP 618
:SYSTem:ERRor 619
:SYSTem:LOCK 620
:SYSTem:PRESet 621
18
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SYSTem:PROTection:LOCK
:SYSTem:SETup 625
:SYSTem:TIME 627
624
27 :TIMebase Commands
:TIMebase:MODE 631
:TIMebase:POSition 632
:TIMebase:RANGe 633
:TIMebase:REFerence 634
:TIMebase:SCALe 635
:TIMebase:VERNier 636
:TIMebase:WINDow:POSition 637
:TIMebase:WINDow:RANGe 638
:TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe 639
28 :TRIGger Commands
General :TRIGger Commands 643
:TRIGger:HFReject 644
:TRIGger:HOLDoff 645
:TRIGger:LEVel:HIGH 646
:TRIGger:LEVel:LOW 647
:TRIGger:MODE 648
:TRIGger:NREJect 649
:TRIGger:SWEep 650
:TRIGger:EBURst Commands 651
:TRIGger:EBURst:COUNt 652
:TRIGger:EBURst:IDLE 653
:TRIGger:EBURst:SLOPe 654
:TRIGger:EBURst:SOURce 655
:TRIGger[:EDGE] Commands 656
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPling 657
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:LEVel 658
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:REJect 659
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:SLOPe 660
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:SOURce 661
:TRIGger:GLITch Commands 662
:TRIGger:GLITch:GREaterthan 664
:TRIGger:GLITch:LESSthan 665
:TRIGger:GLITch:LEVel 666
:TRIGger:GLITch:POLarity 667
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
19
:TRIGger:GLITch:QUALifier 668
:TRIGger:GLITch:RANGe 669
:TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce 670
:TRIGger:PATTern Commands 671
:TRIGger:PATTern 672
:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat 674
:TRIGger:PATTern:GREaterthan 675
:TRIGger:PATTern:LESSthan 676
:TRIGger:PATTern:QUALifier 677
:TRIGger:PATTern:RANGe 679
:TRIGger:RUNT Commands 680
:TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity 681
:TRIGger:RUNT:QUALifier 682
:TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce 683
:TRIGger:RUNT:TIME 684
:TRIGger:SHOLd Commands 685
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe 686
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce:CLOCk 687
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce:DATA 688
:TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:HOLD 689
:TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:SETup 690
:TRIGger:TRANsition Commands 691
:TRIGger:TRANsition:QUALifier 692
:TRIGger:TRANsition:SLOPe 693
:TRIGger:TRANsition:SOURce 694
:TRIGger:TRANsition:TIME 695
:TRIGger:TV Commands 696
:TRIGger:TV:LINE 697
:TRIGger:TV:MODE 698
:TRIGger:TV:POLarity 699
:TRIGger:TV:SOURce 700
:TRIGger:TV:STANdard 701
:TRIGger:USB Commands 702
:TRIGger:USB:SOURce:DMINus 703
:TRIGger:USB:SOURce:DPLus 704
:TRIGger:USB:SPEed 705
:TRIGger:USB:TRIGger 706
20
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
29 :WAVeform Commands
:WAVeform:BYTeorder 715
:WAVeform:COUNt 716
:WAVeform:DATA 717
:WAVeform:FORMat 719
:WAVeform:POINts 720
:WAVeform:POINts:MODE 722
:WAVeform:PREamble 724
:WAVeform:SEGMented:COUNt 727
:WAVeform:SEGMented:TTAG 728
:WAVeform:SOURce 729
:WAVeform:SOURce:SUBSource 733
:WAVeform:TYPE 734
:WAVeform:UNSigned 735
:WAVeform:VIEW 736
:WAVeform:XINCrement 737
:WAVeform:XORigin 738
:WAVeform:XREFerence 739
:WAVeform:YINCrement 740
:WAVeform:YORigin 741
:WAVeform:YREFerence 742
30 :WGEN Commands
:WGEN:FREQuency 745
:WGEN:FUNCtion 746
:WGEN:FUNCtion:PULSe:WIDTh 748
:WGEN:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry 749
:WGEN:FUNCtion:SQUare:DCYCle 750
:WGEN:OUTPut 751
:WGEN:OUTPut:LOAD 752
:WGEN:PERiod 753
:WGEN:RST 754
:WGEN:VOLTage 755
:WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH 756
:WGEN:VOLTage:LOW 757
:WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet 758
31 :WMEMory<r> Commands
:WMEMory<r>:CLEar 761
:WMEMory<r>:DISPlay 762
:WMEMory<r>:LABel 763
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
21
:WMEMory<r>:SAVE 764
:WMEMory<r>:SKEW 765
:WMEMory<r>:YOFFset 766
:WMEMory<r>:YRANge 767
:WMEMory<r>:YSCale 768
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:CHANnel:ACTivity 774
:CHANnel:LABel 775
:CHANnel:THReshold 776
:CHANnel2:SKEW 777
:CHANnel<n>:INPut 778
:CHANnel<n>:PMODe 779
:DISPlay:CONNect 780
:DISPlay:ORDer 781
:ERASe 782
:EXTernal:PMODe 783
:FUNCtion:SOURce 784
:FUNCtion:VIEW 785
:HARDcopy:DESTination 786
:HARDcopy:FILename 787
:HARDcopy:GRAYscale 788
:HARDcopy:IGColors 789
:HARDcopy:PDRiver 790
:MEASure:LOWer 791
:MEASure:SCRatch 792
:MEASure:TDELta 793
:MEASure:THResholds 794
:MEASure:TMAX 795
:MEASure:TMIN 796
:MEASure:TSTArt 797
:MEASure:TSTOp 798
:MEASure:TVOLt 799
:MEASure:UPPer 801
:MEASure:VDELta 802
:MEASure:VSTArt 803
:MEASure:VSTOp 804
:MTESt:AMASk:{SAVE | STORe}
:MTESt:AVERage 806
:MTESt:AVERage:COUNt 807
:MTESt:LOAD 808
22
805
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MTESt:RUMode 809
:MTESt:RUMode:SOFailure 810
:MTESt:{STARt | STOP} 811
:MTESt:TRIGger:SOURce 812
:PRINt? 813
:SAVE:IMAGe:AREA 815
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:DEFinition
:TIMebase:DELay 817
:TRIGger:THReshold 818
:TRIGger:TV:TVMode 819
816
33 Error Messages
34 Status Reporting
Status Reporting Data Structures
Status Byte Register (STB)
831
833
Service Request Enable Register (SRE)
Trigger Event Register (TER)
Output Queue
835
836
837
Message Queue
838
(Standard) Event Status Register (ESR)
839
(Standard) Event Status Enable Register (ESE)
Error Queue
840
841
Operation Status Event Register (:OPERegister[:EVENt])
842
Operation Status Condition Register (:OPERegister:CONDition)
Arm Event Register (AER)
843
844
Overload Event Register (:OVLRegister)
845
Mask Test Event Event Register (:MTERegister[:EVENt])
Clearing Registers and Queues
Status Reporting Decision Chart
846
847
848
35 Synchronizing Acquisitions
Synchronization in the Programming Flow
Set Up the Oscilloscope 850
Acquire a Waveform 850
Retrieve Results 850
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
850
23
Blocking Synchronization
851
Polling Synchronization With Timeout
852
Synchronizing with a Single-Shot Device Under Test (DUT)
Synchronization with an Averaging Acquisition
854
856
36 More About Oscilloscope Commands
Command Classifications 860
Core Commands 860
Non-Core Commands 860
Obsolete Commands 860
Valid Command/Query Strings 861
Program Message Syntax
861
Duplicate Mnemonics 865
Tree Traversal Rules and Multiple Commands
Query Return Values
865
867
All Oscilloscope Commands Are Sequential
868
37 Programming Examples
VISA COM Examples 870
VISA COM Example in Visual Basic 870
VISA COM Example in C# 879
VISA COM Example in Visual Basic .NET 888
VISA Examples 897
VISA Example in C 897
VISA Example in Visual Basic 906
VISA Example in C# 916
VISA Example in Visual Basic .NET 927
SICL Examples 938
SICL Example in C 938
SICL Example in Visual Basic
947
Index
24
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
1
What's New
What's New in Version 1.10 26
Version 1.00 at Introduction 27
Command Differences From 7000B Series Oscilloscopes 28

25
1
What's New
What's New in Version 1.10
New command descriptions for Version 1.10 of the InfiniiVision
3000 X- Series oscilloscope software appear below.
New Commands
26
Command
Description
:SYSTem:PRESet (see page 621)
Now documented, this command is equivalent
to the front panel [Default Setup] key which
leaves some user settings, like preferences,
unchanged. The *RST command is equivalent
to a factory default setup where no user
settings are left unchanged.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
What's New
1
Version 1.00 at Introduction
The Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X- Series oscilloscopes were introduced with
version 1.00 of oscilloscope operating software.
The command set is most closely related to the InfiniiVision 7000B Series
oscilloscopes (and the 7000A Series, 6000 Series, and 54620/54640 Series
oscilloscopes before them). For more information, see “Command
Differences From 7000B Series Oscilloscopes" on page 28.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
27
1
What's New
Command Differences From 7000B Series Oscilloscopes
The Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X- Series oscilloscopes command set is most
closely related to the InfiniiVision 7000B Series oscilloscopes (and the
7000A Series, 6000 Series, and 54620/54640 Series oscilloscopes before
them).
The main differences between the version 1.00 programming command set
for the InfiniiVision 3000 X- Series oscilloscopes and the 6.10 programming
command set for the InfiniiVision 7000B Series oscilloscopes are related
to:
• Built- in waveform generator (with Option WGN license).
• Built- in demo signals (with Option EDU license that comes with the
N6455A Education Kit).
• Reference waveforms (in place of trace memory).
• Multiple serial decode waveforms.
• Serial decode now available on 2- channel oscilloscopes.
• Enhanced set of trigger types.
• Additional measurements.
• Different path name format for internal and USB storage device
locations.
More detailed descriptions of the new, changed, obsolete, and discontinued
commands appear below.
New Commands
28
Command
Description
:DEMO Commands (see
page 241)
Commands for using built-in demo signals (with the Option EDU
license that comes with the N6455A Education Kit).
:HARDcopy:NETWork
Commands (see page 287)
For accessing network printers.
:MEASure:AREA (see
page 333)
Measures the area between the waveform and the ground level.
:MEASure:BWIDth (see
page 334)
Measures the burst width from the first edge on screen to the
last.
:MEASure:NEDGes (see
page 345)
Counts the number of falling edges.
:MEASure:NPULses (see
page 346)
Counts the number of negative pulses.
:MEASure:PEDGes (see
page 350)
Counts the number of rising edges.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
What's New
Command
Description
:MEASure:PPULses (see
page 353)
Counts the number of positive pulses.
:MEASure:WINDow (see
page 381)
When the zoomed time base in on, specifies whether the
measurement window is the zoomed time base or the main time
base.
:MTESt:ALL (see page 390)
Specifies whether all channels are included in the mask test.
:RECall:WMEMory<r>[:STARt]
(see page 431)
Recalls reference waveforms.
:SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce
(see page 450)
Selects the source for saving a reference waveform.
:SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt]
(see page 451)
Saves reference waveforms.
:SBUS<n>:CAN Commands
(see page 458)
This subsystem contains commands/functions that are in the
7000B Series oscilloscope's :TRIGger:CAN subsystem.
:SBUS<n>:I2S Commands
(see page 475)
This subsystem contains commands/functions that are in the
7000B Series oscilloscope's :TRIGger:I2S subsystem.
:SBUS<n>:IIC Commands (see
page 494)
This subsystem contains commands/functions that are in the
7000B Series oscilloscope's :TRIGger:IIC subsystem.
:SBUS<n>:LIN Commands
(see page 504)
This subsystem contains commands/functions that are in the
7000B Series oscilloscope's :TRIGger:LIN subsystem.
:SBUS<n>:SPI Commands
(see page 458)
This subsystem contains commands/functions that are in the
7000B Series oscilloscope's :TRIGger:SPI subsystem.
:SBUS<n>:UART Commands
(see page 535)
This subsystem contains commands/functions that are in the
7000B Series oscilloscope's :TRIGger:UART subsystem.
:SEARch:EDGE Commands
(see page 562)
Commands for searching edge events.
:SEARch:GLITch Commands
(see page 565)
Commands for searching glitch events.
:SEARch:RUNT Commands
(see page 572)
Commands for searching runt events.
:SEARch:TRANsition
Commands (see page 562)
Commands for searching edge transition events.
:TRIGger:LEVel:HIGH (see
page 646)
Sets runt and transition (rise/fall time) trigger high level.
:TRIGger:LEVel:LOW (see
page 647)
Sets runt and transition (rise/fall time) trigger low level.
:TRIGger:PATTern Commands
(see page 671)
This subsystem contains commands/functions that are in the
7000B Series oscilloscope's :TRIGger:DURation subsystem.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
1
29
1
What's New
Changed
Commands
30
Command
Description
:TRIGger:RUNT Commands
(see page 680)
Commands for triggering on runt pulses.
:TRIGger:SHOLd Commands
(see page 685)
Commands for triggering on setup and hold time violations.
:TRIGger:TRANsition
Commands (see page 691)
Commands for triggering on edge transitions.
:WGEN Commands (see
page 743)
Commands for controlling the built-in waveform generator (with
Option WGN license).
:WMEMory<r> Commands
(see page 759)
Commands for reference waveforms.
Command
Differences From InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes
:ACQuire:MODE (see
page 191)
There is no ETIMe parameter with the 3000 X-Series
oscilloscopes.
:CALibrate:OUTPut (see
page 215)
The TRIG OUT signal can be a trigger output, mask test failure,
or waveform generator sync pulse.
:DISPlay:DATA (see page 258)
Monochrome TIFF images of the graticule cannot be saved or
restored.
:DISPlay:LABList (see
page 260)
The label list contains up to 77, 10-character labels (instead of
75).
:DISPlay:VECTors (see
page 262)
Always ON with 3000 X-Series oscilloscopes.
:MARKer Commands (see
page 309)
Can select reference waveforms as marker source.
:MEASure Commands (see
page 321)
Can select reference waveforms as the source for many
measurements.
General :SBUS<n>
Commands (see page 455)
With multiple serial decode waveforms, "SBUS" is now
"SBUS1" or "SBUS2".
:SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt] (see
page 437)
Cannot save images to internal locations.
:SEARch:MODE (see
page 560)
Can select EDGE, GLITch, RUNT, and TRANsition modes. Also,
SERial is now SERial{1 | 2}.
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:MODE
(see page 595)
ANACknowledge parameter is now ANACk.
:TRIGger:PATTern (see
page 672)
Takes <string> parameter instead of <value>,<mask>
parameters.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
What's New
Obsolete
Commands
Discontinued
Commands
Command
Differences From InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes
:WAVeform:SOURce (see
page 729)
Can select reference waveforms as the source.
:VIEW (see page 186)
PMEMory (pixel memory) locations are not present.
Obsolete Command
Current Command Equivalent
Command
Description
:ACQuire:RSIGnal
The 3000 X-Series oscilloscope does not have a 10 MHz REF
BNC connector.
:CALibrate:SWITch?
Replaced by :CALibrate:PROTected? (see page 216). The
oscilloscope has a protection button instead of a switch.
:DISPlay:SOURce
PMEMory (pixel memory) locations are not present.
:EXTernal:IMPedance
External TRIG IN connector is now fixed at 1 MOhm.
:EXTernal:PROBe:ID
Not supported on external TRIG IN connector.
:EXTernal:PROBe:STYPe
Not supported on external TRIG IN connector.
:EXTernal:PROTection
Not supported on external TRIG IN connector.
:HARDcopy:DEVice,
:HARDcopy:FORMat
Use the :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat, :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat, and
:HARDcopy:APRinter commands instead.
:MERGe
Waveform traces have been replaced by reference waveforms.
:RECall:IMAGe[:STARt]
Waveform traces have been replaced by reference waveforms.
:SYSTem:PRECision
The 3000 X-Series oscilloscopes' measurement record is 62,500
points, and there is no need for a special precision mode.
:TIMebase:REFClock
The 3000 X-Series oscilloscope does not have a 10 MHz REF
BNC connector.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
1
Behavior Differences
31
1
32
What's New
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
2
Setting Up
Step 1. Install Agilent IO Libraries Suite software 34
Step 2. Connect and set up the oscilloscope 35
Step 3. Verify the oscilloscope connection 37
This chapter explains how to install the Agilent IO Libraries Suite
software, connect the oscilloscope to the controller PC, set up the
oscilloscope, and verify the oscilloscope connection.

33
2
Setting Up
Step 1. Install Agilent IO Libraries Suite software
1 Download the Agilent IO Libraries Suite software from the Agilent web
site at:
• "http://www.agilent.com/find/iolib"
2 Run the setup file, and follow its installation instructions.
34
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
2
Setting Up
Step 2. Connect and set up the oscilloscope
The 3000 X- Series oscilloscope has three different interfaces you can use
for programming:
• USB (device port).
• LAN, when the LAN/VGA option module is installed. To configure the
LAN interface, press the [Utility] key on the front panel, then press the
I/O softkey, then press the Configure softkey.
• GPIB, when the GPIB option module is installed.
When installed, these interfaces are always active.
USB Device Port
LAN/VGA
Option Module
Figure 1
GPIB
Option Module
Control Connectors on Rear Panel
Using the USB (Device) Interface
1 Connect a USB cable from the controller PC's USB port to the "USB
DEVICE" port on the back of the oscilloscope.
This is a USB 2.0 high- speed port.
Using the LAN Interface
1 If the controller PC is not already connected to the local area network
(LAN), do that first.
2 Contact your network administrator about adding the oscilloscope to
the network.
Find out if automatic configuration via DHCP or AutoIP can be used.
Also, find out whether your network supports Dynamic DNS or
Multicast DNS.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
35
2
Setting Up
If automatic configuration is not supported, get the oscilloscope's
network parameters (hostname, domain, IP address, subnet mask,
gateway IP, DNS IP, etc.).
3 Connect the oscilloscope to the local area network (LAN) by inserting
LAN cable into the "LAN" port on the LAN/VGA option module.
4 Configure the oscilloscope's LAN interface:
a Press the Configure softkey until "LAN" is selected.
b Press the LAN Settings softkey.
c Press the Config softkey, and enable all the configuration options
supported by your network.
d If automatic configuration is not supported, press the Addresses
softkey.
Use the Modify softkey (and the other softkeys and the Entry knob)
to enter the IP Address, Subnet Mask, Gateway IP, and DNS IP
values.
When you are done, press the [Back up] key.
e Press the Host name softkey. Use the softkeys and the Entry knob to
enter the Host name.
When you are done, press the [Back up] key.
Using the GPIB Interface
1 Connect a GPIB cable from the controller PC's GPIB interface to the
"GPIB" port on the GPIB option module.
2 Configure the oscilloscope's GPIB interface:
a Press the Configure softkey until "GPIB" is selected.
b Use the Entry knob to select the Address value.
36
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Setting Up
2
Step 3. Verify the oscilloscope connection
1 On the controller PC, click on the Agilent IO Control icon in the
taskbar and choose Agilent Connection Expert from the popup menu.
2 In the Agilent Connection Expert application, instruments connected to
the controller's USB and GPIB interfaces should automatically appear.
(You can click Refresh All to update the list of instruments on these
interfaces.)
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
37
2
Setting Up
You must manually add instruments on LAN interfaces:
a Right- click on the LAN interface, choose Add Instrument from the
popup menu
b If the oscilloscope is on the same subnet, select it, and click OK.
38
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
2
Setting Up
Otherwise, if the instrument is not on the same subnet, click Add
Address.
i
In the next dialog, select either Hostname or IP address, and enter
the oscilloscope's hostname or IP address.
ii Click Test Connection.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
39
2
Setting Up
iii If the instrument is successfully opened, click OK to close the
dialog. If the instrument is not opened successfully, go back and
verify the LAN connections and the oscilloscope setup.
40
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
2
Setting Up
3 Test some commands on the instrument:
a Right- click on the instrument and choose Send Commands To This
Instrument from the popup menu.
b In the Agilent Interactive IO application, enter commands in the
Command field and press Send Command, Read Response, or Send&Read.
c Choose Connect>Exit from the menu to exit the Agilent Interactive IO
application.
4 In the Agilent Connection Expert application, choose File>Exit from the
menu to exit the application.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
41
2
42
Setting Up
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
3
Getting Started
Basic Oscilloscope Program Structure 44
Programming the Oscilloscope 46
Other Ways of Sending Commands 55
This chapter gives you an overview of programming the 3000 X- Series
oscilloscopes. It describes basic oscilloscope program structure and shows
how to program the oscilloscope using a few simple examples.
The getting started examples show how to send oscilloscope setup, data
capture, and query commands, and they show how to read query results.
NOTE
Language for Program Examples
The programming examples in this guide are written in Visual Basic using the Agilent VISA
COM library.

43
3
Getting Started
Basic Oscilloscope Program Structure
The following figure shows the basic structure of every program you will
write for the oscilloscope.
Initializing
To ensure consistent, repeatable performance, you need to start the
program, controller, and oscilloscope in a known state. Without correct
initialization, your program may run correctly in one instance and not in
another. This might be due to changes made in configuration by previous
program runs or from the front panel of the oscilloscope.
• Program initialization defines and initializes variables, allocates
memory, or tests system configuration.
• Controller initialization ensures that the interface to the oscilloscope is
properly set up and ready for data transfer.
• Oscilloscope initialization sets the channel configuration, channel labels,
threshold voltages, trigger specification, trigger mode, timebase, and
acquisition type.
Capturing Data
Once you initialize the oscilloscope, you can begin capturing data for
analysis. Remember that while the oscilloscope is responding to commands
from the controller, it is not performing acquisitions. Also, when you
change the oscilloscope configuration, any data already captured will most
likely be rendered.
To collect data, you use the :DIGitize command. This command clears the
waveform buffers and starts the acquisition process. Acquisition continues
until acquisition memory is full, then stops. The acquired data is displayed
by the oscilloscope, and the captured data can be measured, stored in
44
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Getting Started
3
acquisition memory in the oscilloscope, or transferred to the controller for
further analysis. Any additional commands sent while :DIGitize is working
are buffered until :DIGitize is complete.
You could also put the oscilloscope into run mode, then use a wait loop in
your program to ensure that the oscilloscope has completed at least one
acquisition before you make a measurement. Agilent does not recommend
this because the needed length of the wait loop may vary, causing your
program to fail. :DIGitize, on the other hand, ensures that data capture is
complete. Also, :DIGitize, when complete, stops the acquisition process so
that all measurements are on displayed data, not on a constantly changing
data set.
Analyzing Captured Data
After the oscilloscope has completed an acquisition, you can find out more
about the data, either by using the oscilloscope measurements or by
transferring the data to the controller for manipulation by your program.
Built- in measurements include: frequency, duty cycle, period, positive
pulse width, and negative pulse width.
Using the :WAVeform commands, you can transfer the data to your
controller. You may want to display the data, compare it to a known good
measurement, or simply check logic patterns at various time intervals in
the acquisition.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
45
3
Getting Started
Programming the Oscilloscope
• "Referencing the IO Library" on page 46
• "Opening the Oscilloscope Connection via the IO Library" on page 47
• "Using :AUToscale to Automate Oscilloscope Setup" on page 48
• "Using Other Oscilloscope Setup Commands" on page 48
• "Capturing Data with the :DIGitize Command" on page 49
• "Reading Query Responses from the Oscilloscope" on page 51
• "Reading Query Results into String Variables" on page 52
• "Reading Query Results into Numeric Variables" on page 52
• "Reading Definite- Length Block Query Response Data" on page 52
• "Sending Multiple Queries and Reading Results" on page 53
• "Checking Instrument Status" on page 54
Referencing the IO Library
No matter which instrument programming library you use (SICL, VISA, or
VISA COM), you must reference the library from your program.
In C/C++, you must tell the compiler where to find the include and library
files (see the Agilent IO Libraries Suite documentation for more
information).
To reference the Agilent VISA COM library in Visual Basic for Applications
(VBA, which comes with Microsoft Office products like Excel):
1 Choose Tools>References... from the main menu.
2 In the References dialog, check the "VISA COM 3.0 Type Library".
46
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
3
Getting Started
3 Click OK.
To reference the Agilent VISA COM library in Microsoft Visual Basic 6.0:
1 Choose Project>References... from the main menu.
2 In the References dialog, check the "VISA COM 3.0 Type Library".
3 Click OK.
Opening the Oscilloscope Connection via the IO Library
PC controllers communicate with the oscilloscope by sending and receiving
messages over a remote interface. Once you have opened a connection to
the oscilloscope over the remote interface, programming instructions
normally appear as ASCII character strings embedded inside write
statements of the programing language. Read statements are used to read
query responses from the oscilloscope.
For example, when using the Agilent VISA COM library in Visual Basic
(after opening the connection to the instrument using the
ResourceManager object's Open method), the FormattedIO488 object's
WriteString, WriteNumber, WriteList, or WriteIEEEBlock methods are used
for sending commands and queries. After a query is sent, the response is
read using the ReadString, ReadNumber, ReadList, or ReadIEEEBlock
methods.
The following Visual Basic statements open the connection and send a
command that turns on the oscilloscope's label display.
Dim myMgr As VisaComLib.ResourceManager
Dim myScope As VisaComLib.FormattedIO488
Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager
Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488
' Open the connection to the oscilloscope. Get the VISA Address from the
' Agilent Connection Expert (installed with Agilent IO Libraries Suite).
Set myScope.IO = myMgr.Open("<VISA Address>")
' Send a command.
myScope.WriteString ":DISPlay:LABel ON"
The ":DISPLAY:LABEL ON" in the above example is called a program
message. Program messages are explained in more detail in "Program
Message Syntax" on page 861.
Initializing the Interface and the Oscilloscope
To make sure the bus and all appropriate interfaces are in a known state,
begin every program with an initialization statement. When using the
Agilent VISA COM library, you can use the resource session object's Clear
method to clears the interface buffer:
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
47
3
Getting Started
Dim myMgr As VisaComLib.ResourceManager
Dim myScope As VisaComLib.FormattedIO488
Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager
Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488
' Open the connection to the oscilloscope. Get the VISA Address from the
' Agilent Connection Expert (installed with Agilent IO Libraries Suite).
Set myScope.IO = myMgr.Open("<VISA Address>")
' Clear the interface buffer and set the interface timeout to 10 seconds
.
myScope.IO.Clear
myScope.IO.Timeout = 10000
When you are using GPIB, CLEAR also resets the oscilloscope's parser. The
parser is the program which reads in the instructions which you send it.
After clearing the interface, initialize the instrument to a preset state:
myScope.WriteString "*RST"
NOTE
Information for Initializing the Instrument
The actual commands and syntax for initializing the instrument are discussed in Chapter 5,
“Common (*) Commands,” starting on page 125.
Refer to the Agilent IO Libraries Suite documentation for information on initializing the
interface.
Using :AUToscale to Automate Oscilloscope Setup
The :AUToscale command performs a very useful function for unknown
waveforms by setting up the vertical channel, time base, and trigger level
of the instrument.
The syntax for the autoscale command is:
myScope.WriteString ":AUToscale"
Using Other Oscilloscope Setup Commands
A typical oscilloscope setup would set the vertical range and offset voltage,
the horizontal range, delay time, delay reference, trigger mode, trigger
level, and slope. An example of the commands that might be sent to the
oscilloscope are:
myScope.WriteString
myScope.WriteString
myScope.WriteString
myScope.WriteString
myScope.WriteString
myScope.WriteString
48
":CHANnel1:PROBe 10"
":CHANnel1:RANGe 16"
":CHANnel1:OFFSet 1.00"
":TIMebase:MODE MAIN"
":TIMebase:RANGe 1E-3"
":TIMebase:DELay 100E-6"
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Getting Started
3
Vertical is set to 16 V full- scale (2 V/div) with center of screen at 1 V and
probe attenuation set to 10. This example sets the time base at 1 ms
full- scale (100 ms/div) with a delay of 100 µs.
Example Oscilloscope Setup Code
This program demonstrates the basic command structure used to program
the oscilloscope.
' Initialize the instrument interface to a known state.
myScope.IO.Clear
myScope.IO.Timeout = 10000
' Set interface timeout to 10 seconds.
' Initialize the instrument to a preset state.
myScope.WriteString "*RST"
' Set the time base mode to normal with the horizontal time at
' 50 ms/div with 0 s of delay referenced at the center of the
' graticule.
myScope.WriteString ":TIMebase:RANGe 5E-4"
' Time base to 50 us/div.
myScope.WriteString ":TIMebase:DELay 0"
' Delay to zero.
myScope.WriteString ":TIMebase:REFerence CENTer"
' Display ref. at
' center.
' Set the vertical range to 1.6 volts full scale with center screen
' at -0.4 volts with 10:1 probe attenuation and DC coupling.
myScope.WriteString ":CHANnel1:PROBe 10"
' Probe attenuation
' to 10:1.
myScope.WriteString ":CHANnel1:RANGe 1.6"
' Vertical range
' 1.6 V full scale.
myScope.WriteString ":CHANnel1:OFFSet -0.4" ' Offset to -0.4.
myScope.WriteString ":CHANnel1:COUPling DC" ' Coupling to DC.
' Configure the instrument to trigger at -0.4
' triggering.
myScope.WriteString ":TRIGger:SWEep NORMal"
myScope.WriteString ":TRIGger:LEVel -0.4"
myScope.WriteString ":TRIGger:SLOPe POSitive"
volts with normal
' Normal triggering.
' Trigger level to -0.4.
' Trigger on pos. slope.
' Configure the instrument for normal acquisition.
myScope.WriteString ":ACQuire:TYPE NORMal"
' Normal acquisition.
Capturing Data with the :DIGitize Command
The :DIGitize command captures data that meets the specifications set up
by the :ACQuire subsystem. When the digitize process is complete, the
acquisition is stopped. The captured data can then be measured by the
instrument or transferred to the controller for further analysis. The
captured data consists of two parts: the waveform data record, and the
preamble.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
49
3
Getting Started
NOTE
Ensure New Data is Collected
When you change the oscilloscope configuration, the waveform buffers are cleared. Before
doing a measurement, send the :DIGitize command to the oscilloscope to ensure new data
has been collected.
When you send the :DIGitize command to the oscilloscope, the specified
channel signal is digitized with the current :ACQuire parameters. To obtain
waveform data, you must specify the :WAVeform parameters for the
SOURce channel, the FORMat type, and the number of POINts prior to
sending the :WAVeform:DATA? query.
NOTE
Set :TIMebase:MODE to MAIN when using :DIGitize
:TIMebase:MODE must be set to MAIN to perform a :DIGitize command or to perform any
:WAVeform subsystem query. A "Settings conflict" error message will be returned if these
commands are executed when MODE is set to ROLL, XY, or WINDow (zoomed). Sending the
*RST (reset) command will also set the time base mode to normal.
The number of data points comprising a waveform varies according to the
number requested in the :ACQuire subsystem. The :ACQuire subsystem
determines the number of data points, type of acquisition, and number of
averages used by the :DIGitize command. This allows you to specify exactly
what the digitized information contains.
The following program example shows a typical setup:
myScope.WriteString
myScope.WriteString
myScope.WriteString
myScope.WriteString
myScope.WriteString
myScope.WriteString
myScope.WriteString
myScope.WriteString
":ACQuire:TYPE AVERage"
":ACQuire:COMPlete 100"
":ACQuire:COUNt 8"
":DIGitize CHANnel1"
":WAVeform:SOURce CHANnel1"
":WAVeform:FORMat BYTE"
":WAVeform:POINts 500"
":WAVeform:DATA?"
This setup places the instrument into the averaged mode with eight
averages. This means that when the :DIGitize command is received, the
command will execute until the signal has been averaged at least eight
times.
After receiving the :WAVeform:DATA? query, the instrument will start
passing the waveform information.
Digitized waveforms are passed from the instrument to the controller by
sending a numerical representation of each digitized point. The format of
the numerical representation is controlled with the :WAVeform:FORMat
command and may be selected as BYTE, WORD, or ASCii.
50
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
3
Getting Started
The easiest method of transferring a digitized waveform depends on data
structures, formatting available and I/O capabilities. You must scale the
integers to determine the voltage value of each point. These integers are
passed starting with the left most point on the instrument's display.
For more information, see the waveform subsystem commands and
corresponding program code examples in Chapter 29, “:WAVeform
Commands,” starting on page 707.
NOTE
Aborting a Digitize Operation Over the Programming Interface
When using the programming interface, you can abort a digitize operation by sending a
Device Clear over the bus (for example, myScope.IO.Clear).
Reading Query Responses from the Oscilloscope
After receiving a query (command header followed by a question mark),
the instrument interrogates the requested function and places the answer
in its output queue. The answer remains in the output queue until it is
read or another command is issued. When read, the answer is transmitted
across the interface to the designated listener (typically a controller).
The statement for reading a query response message from an instrument's
output queue typically has a format specification for handling the response
message.
When using the VISA COM library in Visual Basic, you use different read
methods (ReadString, ReadNumber, ReadList, or ReadIEEEBlock) for the
various query response formats. For example, to read the result of the
query command :CHANnel1:COUPling? you would execute the statements:
myScope.WriteString ":CHANnel1:COUPling?"
Dim strQueryResult As String
strQueryResult = myScope.ReadString
This reads the current setting for the channel one coupling into the string
variable strQueryResult.
All results for queries (sent in one program message) must be read before
another program message is sent.
Sending another command before reading the result of the query clears
the output buffer and the current response. This also causes an error to
be placed in the error queue.
Executing a read statement before sending a query causes the controller to
wait indefinitely.
The format specification for handling response messages depends on the
programming language.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
51
3
Getting Started
Reading Query Results into String Variables
The output of the instrument may be numeric or character data depending
on what is queried. Refer to the specific command descriptions for the
formats and types of data returned from queries.
NOTE
Express String Variables Using Exact Syntax
In Visual Basic, string variables are case sensitive and must be expressed exactly the same
each time they are used.
The following example shows numeric data being returned to a string
variable:
myScope.WriteString ":CHANnel1:RANGe?"
Dim strQueryResult As String
strQueryResult = myScope.ReadString
MsgBox "Range (string):" + strQueryResult
After running this program, the controller displays:
Range (string): +40.0E+00
Reading Query Results into Numeric Variables
The following example shows numeric data being returned to a numeric
variable:
myScope.WriteString ":CHANnel1:RANGe?"
Dim varQueryResult As Variant
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber
MsgBox "Range (variant):" + CStr(varQueryResult)
After running this program, the controller displays:
Range (variant): 40
Reading Definite-Length Block Query Response Data
Definite- length block query response data allows any type of
device- dependent data to be transmitted over the system interface as a
series of 8- bit binary data bytes. This is particularly useful for sending
large quantities of data or 8- bit extended ASCII codes. The syntax is a
pound sign (#) followed by a non- zero digit representing the number of
digits in the decimal integer. After the non- zero digit is the decimal
integer that states the number of 8- bit data bytes being sent. This is
followed by the actual data.
For example, for transmitting 1000 bytes of data, the syntax would be:
52
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
3
Getting Started
/TLADQNE%HFHSR
5G@S'NKKNV
"BST@K%@S@
AXSDRNEC@S@SDQLHM@SNQ
/TLADQNE#XSDR
SNAD5Q@MRLHSSDC
Figure 2
Definite-length block response data
The "8" states the number of digits that follow, and "00001000" states the
number of bytes to be transmitted.
The VISA COM library's ReadIEEEBlock and WriteIEEEBlock methods
understand the definite- length block syntax, so you can simply use
variables that contain the data:
' Read oscilloscope setup using ":SYSTem:SETup?" query.
myScope.WriteString ":SYSTem:SETup?"
Dim varQueryResult As Variant
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadIEEEBlock(BinaryType_UI1)
' Write learn string back to oscilloscope using ":SYSTem:SETup" command:
myScope.WriteIEEEBlock ":SYSTem:SETup ", varQueryResult
Sending Multiple Queries and Reading Results
You can send multiple queries to the instrument within a single command
string, but you must also read them back as a single query result. This can
be accomplished by reading them back into a single string variable,
multiple string variables, or multiple numeric variables.
For example, to read the :TIMebase:RANGe?;DELay? query result into a
single string variable, you could use the commands:
myScope.WriteString ":TIMebase:RANGe?;DELay?"
Dim strQueryResult As String
strQueryResult = myScope.ReadString
MsgBox "Timebase range; delay:" + strQueryResult
When you read the result of multiple queries into a single string variable,
each response is separated by a semicolon. For example, the output of the
previous example would be:
Timebase range; delay: <range_value>;<delay_value>
To read the :TIMebase:RANGe?;DELay? query result into multiple string
variables, you could use the ReadList method to read the query results
into a string array variable using the commands:
myScope.WriteString ":TIMebase:RANGe?;DELay?"
Dim strResults() As String
strResults() = myScope.ReadList(ASCIIType_BSTR)
MsgBox "Timebase range: " + strResults(0) + ", delay: " + strResults(1)
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
53
3
Getting Started
To read the :TIMebase:RANGe?;DELay? query result into multiple numeric
variables, you could use the ReadList method to read the query results
into a variant array variable using the commands:
myScope.WriteString ":TIMebase:RANGe?;DELay?"
Dim varResults() As Variant
varResults() = myScope.ReadList
MsgBox "Timebase range: " + FormatNumber(varResults(0) * 1000, 4) + _
" ms, delay: " + FormatNumber(varResults(1) * 1000000, 4) + " us"
Checking Instrument Status
Status registers track the current status of the instrument. By checking
the instrument status, you can find out whether an operation has been
completed, whether the instrument is receiving triggers, and more.
For more information, see Chapter 34, “Status Reporting,” starting on page
829 which explains how to check the status of the instrument.
54
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Getting Started
3
Other Ways of Sending Commands
Standard Commands for Programmable Instrumentation (SCPI) can also be
sent via a Telnet socket or through the Browser Web Control:
• "Telnet Sockets" on page 55
• "Sending SCPI Commands Using Browser Web Control" on page 55
Telnet Sockets
The following information is provided for programmers who wish to
control the oscilloscope with SCPI commands in a Telnet session.
To connect to the oscilloscope via a telnet socket, issue the following
command:
telnet <hostname> 5024
where <hostname> is the hostname of the oscilloscope. This will give you a
command line with prompt.
For a command line without a prompt, use port 5025. For example:
telnet <hostname> 5025
Sending SCPI Commands Using Browser Web Control
To send SCPI commands using the Browser Web Control feature, establish
a connection to the oscilloscope via LAN as described in the InfiniiVision
3000 X- Series Oscilloscopes User's Guide. When you make the connection
to the oscilloscope via LAN and the instrument's welcome page is
displayed, select the Browser Web Control tab, then select the Remote
Programming link.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
55
3
56
Getting Started
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
4
Commands Quick Reference
Command Summary 58
Syntax Elements 121

57
4
Commands Quick Reference
Command Summary
• Common (*) Commands Summary (see page 59)
• Root (:) Commands Summary (see page 63)
• :ACQuire Commands Summary (see page 66)
• :BUS<n> Commands Summary (see page 66)
• :CALibrate Commands Summary (see page 67)
• :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary (see page 68)
• :DEMO Commands Summary (see page 70)
• :DIGital<n> Commands Summary (see page 70)
• :DISPlay Commands Summary (see page 71)
• :EXTernal Trigger Commands Summary (see page 71)
• :FUNCtion Commands Summary (see page 72)
• :HARDcopy Commands Summary (see page 73)
• :LISTer Commands Summary (see page 75)
• :MARKer Commands Summary (see page 75)
• :MEASure Commands Summary (see page 76)
• :MTESt Commands Summary (see page 86)
• :POD<n> Commands Summary (see page 88)
• :RECall Commands Summary (see page 88)
• :SAVE Commands Summary (see page 89)
• General :SBUS<n> Commands Summary (see page 91)
• :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands Summary (see page 91)
• :SBUS<n>:I2S Commands Summary (see page 92)
• :SBUS<n>:IIC Commands Summary (see page 94)
• :SBUS<n>:LIN Commands Summary (see page 95)
• :SBUS<n>:SPI Commands Summary (see page 96)
• :SBUS<n>:UART Commands Summary (see page 98)
• General :SEARch Commands Summary (see page 101)
• :SEARch:EDGE Commands Summary (see page 101)
• :SEARch:GLITch Commands Summary (see page 101)
• :SEARch:RUNT Commands Summary (see page 102)
• :SEARch:TRANsition Commands Summary (see page 102)
• :SEARch:SERial:CAN Commands Summary (see page 103)
• :SEARch:SERial:I2S Commands Summary (see page 103)
58
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Commands Quick Reference
4
• :SEARch:SERial:IIC Commands Summary (see page 104)
• :SEARch:SERial:LIN Commands Summary (see page 105)
• :SEARch:SERial:SPI Commands Summary (see page 106)
• :SEARch:SERial:UART Commands Summary (see page 106)
• :SYSTem Commands Summary (see page 107)
• :TIMebase Commands Summary (see page 107)
• General :TRIGger Commands Summary (see page 108)
• :TRIGger:EBURst Commands Summary (see page 109)
• :TRIGger[:EDGE] Commands Summary (see page 110)
• :TRIGger:GLITch Commands Summary (see page 111)
• :TRIGger:PATTern Commands Summary (see page 112)
• :TRIGger:RUNT Commands Summary (see page 113)
• :TRIGger:SHOLd Commands Summary (see page 113)
• :TRIGger:TRANsition Commands Summary (see page 114)
• :TRIGger:TV Commands Summary (see page 115)
• :TRIGger:USB Commands Summary (see page 115)
• :WAVeform Commands Summary (see page 116)
• :WGEN Commands Summary (see page 118)
• :WMEMory<r> Commands Summary (see page 119)
Table 2
Common (*) Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
*CLS (see page 129)
n/a
n/a
*ESE <mask> (see
page 130)
*ESE? (see page 130)
<mask> ::= 0 to 255; an integer
in NR1 format:
Bit Weight Name Enables
--- ------ ---- ---------7
128 PON Power On
6
64 URQ User Request
5
32 CME Command Error
4
16 EXE Execution Error
3
8 DDE Dev. Dependent Error
2
4 QYE Query Error
1
2 RQL Request Control
0
1 OPC Operation Complete
n/a
*ESR? (see page 132)
<status> ::= 0 to 255; an integer
in NR1 format
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
59
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 2
Common (*) Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
n/a
*IDN? (see page 132)
AGILENT
TECHNOLOGIES,<model>,<serial
number>,X.XX.XX
<model> ::= the model number of
the instrument
<serial number> ::= the serial
number of the instrument
<X.XX.XX> ::= the software
revision of the instrument
n/a
*LRN? (see page 135)
<learn_string> ::= current
instrument setup as a block of
data in IEEE 488.2 # format
*OPC (see page 136)
*OPC? (see page 136)
ASCII "1" is placed in the output
queue when all pending device
operations have completed.
60
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 2
Common (*) Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
n/a
*OPT? (see page 137)
<return_value> ::= 0,0,<license
info>
<license info> ::= <All field>,
<reserved>, <MSO>, <reserved>,
<Memory>, <Low Speed Serial>,
<Automotive Serial>, <reserved>,
<reserved>,
<Power Measurements>,
<RS-232/UART Serial>,
<Segmented Memory>, <Mask Test>,
<reserved>, <Bandwidth>,
<reserved>, <reserved>,
<reserved>, <I2S Serial>,
<reserved>, <reserved>,
<Waveform Generator>,
<reserved>, <reserved>
<All field> ::= {0 | All}
<reserved> ::= 0
<MSO> ::= {0 | MSO}
<Memory> ::= {0 | MEMUP}
<Low Speed Serial> ::= {0 | EMBD}
<Automotive Serial> ::= {0 |
AUTO}
<Power Measurements> ::= {0 |
PWR}
<RS-232/UART Serial> ::= {0 |
COMP}
<Segmented Memory> ::= {0 | SGM}
<Mask Test> ::= {0 | MASK}
<Bandwidth> ::= {0 | BW20 | BW50}
<I2S Serial> ::= {0 | AUDIO}
<Waveform Generator> ::= {0 |
WAVEGEN}
*RCL <value> (see
page 139)
n/a
<value> ::= {0 | 1 | 4 | 5 | 6 |
7 | 8 | 9}
*RST (see page 140)
n/a
See *RST (Reset) (see page 140)
*SAV <value> (see
page 143)
n/a
<value> ::= {0 | 1 | 4 | 5 | 6 |
7 | 8 | 9}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
61
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 2
Common (*) Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
*SRE <mask> (see
page 144)
*SRE? (see page 145)
<mask> ::= sum of all bits that
are set, 0 to 255; an integer in
NR1 format. <mask> ::= following
values:
Bit Weight Name Enables
--- ------ ---- ---------7
128 OPER Operation Status Reg
6
64 ---- (Not used.)
5
32 ESB Event Status Bit
4
16 MAV Message Available
3
8 ---- (Not used.)
2
4 MSG Message
1
2 USR User
0
1 TRG Trigger
n/a
*STB? (see page 146)
<value> ::= 0 to 255; an integer
in NR1 format, as shown in the
following:
Bit Weight Name "1" Indicates
--- ------ ---- --------------7
128 OPER Operation status
condition occurred.
6
64 RQS/ Instrument is
MSS requesting service.
5
32 ESB Enabled event status
condition occurred.
4
16 MAV Message available.
3
8 ---- (Not used.)
2
4 MSG Message displayed.
1
2 USR User event
condition occurred.
0
1 TRG A trigger occurred.
*TRG (see page 148)
n/a
n/a
n/a
*TST? (see page 149)
<result> ::= 0 or non-zero value;
an integer in NR1 format
*WAI (see page 150)
n/a
n/a
62
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 3
Root (:) Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:ACTivity (see
page 155)
:ACTivity? (see
page 155)
<return value> ::=
<edges>,<levels>
<edges> ::= presence of edges
(32-bit integer in NR1 format)
<levels> ::= logical highs or
lows (32-bit integer in NR1
format)
n/a
:AER? (see page 156)
{0 | 1}; an integer in NR1 format
:AUToscale
[<source>[,..,<source
>]] (see page 157)
n/a
<source> ::= CHANnel<n> for DSO
models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | POD1 | POD2} for MSO
models
<source> can be repeated up to 5
times
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:AUToscale:AMODE
<value> (see
page 159)
:AUToscale:AMODE?
(see page 159)
<value> ::= {NORMal | CURRent}}
:AUToscale:CHANnels
<value> (see
page 160)
:AUToscale:CHANnels?
(see page 160)
<value> ::= {ALL | DISPlayed}}
:AUToscale:FDEBug {{0
| OFF} | {1 | ON}}
(see page 161)
:AUToscale:FDEBug?
(see page 161)
{0 | 1}
:BLANk [<source>]
(see page 162)
n/a
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} |
FUNCtion | MATH | SBUS{1 | 2}}
for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2} | BUS{1 |
2} | FUNCtion | MATH | SBUS{1 |
2}} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
63
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 3
Root (:) Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:DIGitize
[<source>[,..,<source
>]] (see page 163)
n/a
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | SBUS{1 | 2}}
for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2} | BUS{1 |
2} | FUNCtion | MATH | SBUS{1 |
2}} for MSO models
<source> can be repeated up to 5
times
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:MTEenable <n> (see
page 165)
:MTEenable? (see
page 165)
<n> ::= 16-bit integer in NR1
format
n/a
:MTERegister[:EVENt]?
(see page 167)
<n> ::= 16-bit integer in NR1
format
:OPEE <n> (see
page 169)
:OPEE? (see page 169)
<n> ::= 15-bit integer in NR1
format
n/a
:OPERregister:CONDiti
on? (see page 171)
<n> ::= 15-bit integer in NR1
format
n/a
:OPERegister[:EVENt]?
(see page 173)
<n> ::= 15-bit integer in NR1
format
:OVLenable <mask>
(see page 175)
:OVLenable? (see
page 176)
<mask> ::= 16-bit integer in NR1
format as shown:
Bit Weight Input
--- ------ ---------10
1024 Ext Trigger Fault
9
512 Channel 4 Fault
8
256 Channel 3 Fault
7
128 Channel 2 Fault
6
64 Channel 1 Fault
4
16 Ext Trigger OVL
3
8 Channel 4 OVL
2
4 Channel 3 OVL
1
2 Channel 2 OVL
0
1 Channel 1 OVL
n/a
64
:OVLRegister? (see
page 177)
<value> ::= integer in NR1
format. See OVLenable for <value>
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Commands Quick Reference
Table 3
4
Root (:) Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:PRINt [<options>]
(see page 179)
n/a
<options> ::= [<print
option>][,..,<print option>]
<print option> ::= {COLor |
GRAYscale | PRINter0 | BMP8bit |
BMP | PNG | NOFactors | FACTors}
<print option> can be repeated up
to 5 times.
:RUN (see page 180)
n/a
n/a
n/a
:SERial (see
page 181)
<return value> ::= unquoted
string containing serial number
:SINGle (see
page 182)
n/a
n/a
n/a
:STATus? <display>
(see page 183)
{0 | 1}
<display> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2} | BUS{1 |
2} | FUNCtion | MATH | SBUS{1 |
2}}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:STOP (see page 184)
n/a
n/a
n/a
:TER? (see page 185)
{0 | 1}
:VIEW <source> (see
page 186)
n/a
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | SBUS{1 | 2}}
for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2} | BUS{1 |
2} | FUNCtion | MATH | SBUS{1 |
2}} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
65
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 4
:ACQuire Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:ACQuire:COMPlete
<complete> (see
page 189)
:ACQuire:COMPlete?
(see page 189)
<complete> ::= 100; an integer in
NR1 format
:ACQuire:COUNt
<count> (see
page 190)
:ACQuire:COUNt? (see
page 190)
<count> ::= an integer from 2 to
65536 in NR1 format
:ACQuire:MODE <mode>
(see page 191)
:ACQuire:MODE? (see
page 191)
<mode> ::= {RTIMe | SEGMented}
n/a
:ACQuire:POINts? (see
page 192)
<# points> ::= an integer in NR1
format
:ACQuire:SEGMented:AN
ALyze (see page 193)
n/a
n/a (with Option SGM)
:ACQuire:SEGMented:CO
UNt <count> (see
page 194)
:ACQuire:SEGMented:CO
UNt? (see page 194)
<count> ::= an integer from 2 to
1000 in NR1 format (with Option
SGM)
:ACQuire:SEGMented:IN
Dex <index> (see
page 195)
:ACQuire:SEGMented:IN
Dex? (see page 195)
<index> ::= an integer from 1 to
1000 in NR1 format (with Option
SGM)
n/a
:ACQuire:SRATe? (see
page 198)
<sample_rate> ::= sample rate
(samples/s) in NR3 format
:ACQuire:TYPE <type>
(see page 199)
:ACQuire:TYPE? (see
page 199)
<type> ::= {NORMal | AVERage |
HRESolution | PEAK}
Table 5
:BUS<n> Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:BUS<n>:BIT<m> {{0 |
OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see
page 203)
:BUS<n>:BIT<m>? (see
page 203)
{0 | 1}
<n> ::= 1 or 2; an integer in NR1
format
<m> ::= 0-15; an integer in NR1
format
:BUS<n>:BITS
<channel_list>, {{0 |
OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see
page 204)
:BUS<n>:BITS? (see
page 204)
<channel_list>, {0 | 1}
<channel_list> ::= (@<m>,<m>:<m>
...) where "," is separator and
":" is range
<n> ::= 1 or 2; an integer in NR1
format
<m> ::= 0-15; an integer in NR1
format
66
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Commands Quick Reference
Table 5
:BUS<n> Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:BUS<n>:CLEar (see
page 206)
n/a
<n> ::= 1 or 2; an integer in NR1
format
:BUS<n>:DISPlay {{0 |
OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see
page 207)
:BUS<n>:DISPlay? (see
page 207)
{0 | 1}
<n> ::= 1 or 2; an integer in NR1
format
:BUS<n>:LABel
<string> (see
page 208)
:BUS<n>:LABel? (see
page 208)
<string> ::= quoted ASCII string
up to 10 characters
<n> ::= 1 or 2; an integer in NR1
format
:BUS<n>:MASK <mask>
(see page 209)
:BUS<n>:MASK? (see
page 209)
<mask> ::= 32-bit integer in
decimal, <nondecimal>, or
<string>
<nondecimal> ::= #Hnn...n where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for
hexadecimal
<nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n
::= {0 | 1} for binary
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for
hexadecimal
<n> ::= 1 or 2; an integer in NR1
format
Table 6
4
:CALibrate Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
n/a
:CALibrate:DATE? (see
page 213)
<return value> ::=
<year>,<month>,<day>; all in NR1
format
:CALibrate:LABel
<string> (see
page 214)
:CALibrate:LABel?
(see page 214)
<string> ::= quoted ASCII string
up to 32 characters
:CALibrate:OUTPut
<signal> (see
page 215)
:CALibrate:OUTPut?
(see page 215)
<signal> ::= {TRIGgers | MASK |
WAVEgen}
n/a
:CALibrate:PROTected?
(see page 216)
{PROTected | UNPRotected}
:CALibrate:STARt (see
page 217)
n/a
n/a
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
67
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 6
:CALibrate Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
n/a
:CALibrate:STATus?
(see page 218)
<return value> ::=
<status_code>,<status_string>
<status_code> ::= an integer
status code
<status_string> ::= an ASCII
status string
n/a
:CALibrate:TEMPeratur
e? (see page 219)
<return value> ::= degrees C
delta since last cal in NR3
format
n/a
:CALibrate:TIME? (see
page 220)
<return value> ::=
<hours>,<minutes>,<seconds>; all
in NR1 format
Table 7
:CHANnel<n> Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:CHANnel<n>:BWLimit
{{0 | OFF} | {1 |
ON}} (see page 224)
:CHANnel<n>:BWLimit?
(see page 224)
{0 | 1}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:COUPling
<coupling> (see
page 225)
:CHANnel<n>:COUPling?
(see page 225)
<coupling> ::= {AC | DC}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:DISPlay
{{0 | OFF} | {1 |
ON}} (see page 226)
:CHANnel<n>:DISPlay?
(see page 226)
{0 | 1}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:IMPedance
<impedance> (see
page 227)
:CHANnel<n>:IMPedance
? (see page 227)
<impedance> ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:INVert
{{0 | OFF} | {1 |
ON}} (see page 228)
:CHANnel<n>:INVert?
(see page 228)
{0 | 1}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:LABel
<string> (see
page 229)
:CHANnel<n>:LABel?
(see page 229)
<string> ::= any series of 10 or
less ASCII characters enclosed in
quotation marks
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:OFFSet
<offset>[suffix] (see
page 230)
:CHANnel<n>:OFFSet?
(see page 230)
<offset> ::= Vertical offset
value in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {V | mV}
<n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4; in NR1 format
68
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 7
:CHANnel<n> Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe
<attenuation> (see
page 231)
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe?
(see page 231)
<attenuation> ::= Probe
attenuation ratio in NR3 format
<n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4r in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEA
D[:TYPE] <head_param>
(see page 232)
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEA
D[:TYPE]? (see
page 232)
<head_param> ::= {SEND0 | SEND6 |
SEND12 | SEND20 | DIFF0 | DIFF6 |
DIFF12 | DIFF20 | NONE}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
n/a
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ID?
(see page 233)
<probe id> ::= unquoted ASCII
string up to 11 characters
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKE
W <skew_value> (see
page 234)
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKE
W? (see page 234)
<skew_value> ::= -100 ns to +100
ns in NR3 format
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:STY
Pe <signal type> (see
page 235)
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:STY
Pe? (see page 235)
<signal type> ::= {DIFFerential |
SINGle}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:PROTectio
n (see page 236)
:CHANnel<n>:PROTectio
n? (see page 236)
{NORM | TRIP}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:RANGe
<range>[suffix] (see
page 237)
:CHANnel<n>:RANGe?
(see page 237)
<range> ::= Vertical full-scale
range value in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {V | mV}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:SCALe
<scale>[suffix] (see
page 238)
:CHANnel<n>:SCALe?
(see page 238)
<scale> ::= Vertical units per
division value in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {V | mV}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:UNITs
<units> (see
page 239)
:CHANnel<n>:UNITs?
(see page 239)
<units> ::= {VOLT | AMPere}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:VERNier
{{0 | OFF} | {1 |
ON}} (see page 240)
:CHANnel<n>:VERNier?
(see page 240)
{0 | 1}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
69
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 8
:DEMO Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:DEMO:FUNCtion
<signal> (see
page 242)
:DEMO:FUNCtion? (see
page 244)
<signal> ::= {SINusoid | NOISy |
PHASe | RINGing | SINGle | AM |
CLK | GLITch | BURSt | MSO | RUNT
| TRANsition | RFBurst | SHOLd |
LFSine | CAN | LIN | UART | I2C |
SPI | I2S | CANLin}
:DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:
PHASe <angle> (see
page 245)
:DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:
PHASe? (see page 245)
<angle> ::= angle in degrees from
0 to 360 in NR3 format
:DEMO:OUTPut {{0 |
OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see
page 246)
:DEMO:OUTPut? (see
page 246)
{0 | 1}
Table 9
:DIGital<d> Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:DIGital<d>:DISPlay
{{0 | OFF} | {1 |
ON}} (see page 249)
:DIGital<d>:DISPlay?
(see page 249)
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
{0 | 1}
:DIGital<d>:LABel
<string> (see
page 250)
:DIGital<d>:LABel?
(see page 250)
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<string> ::= any series of 10 or
less ASCII characters enclosed in
quotation marks
:DIGital<d>:POSition
<position> (see
page 251)
:DIGital<d>:POSition?
(see page 251)
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<position> ::= 0-7 if display
size = large, 0-15 if size =
medium, 0-31 if size = small
Returns -1 when there is no space
to display the digital waveform.
:DIGital<d>:SIZE
<value> (see
page 252)
:DIGital<d>:SIZE?
(see page 252)
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<value> ::= {SMALl | MEDium |
LARGe}
:DIGital<d>:THReshold
<value>[suffix] (see
page 253)
:DIGital<d>:THReshold
? (see page 253)
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<value> ::= {CMOS | ECL | TTL |
<user defined value>}
<user defined value> ::= value in
NR3 format from -8.00 to +8.00
[suffix] ::= {V | mV | uV}
70
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 10 :DISPlay Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:DISPlay:CLEar (see
page 257)
n/a
n/a
n/a
:DISPlay:DATA?
[<format>][,][<palett
e>] (see page 258)
<format> ::= {BMP | BMP8bit |
PNG}
<palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale}
<display data> ::= data in IEEE
488.2 # format
:DISPlay:LABel {{0 |
OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see
page 259)
:DISPlay:LABel? (see
page 259)
{0 | 1}
:DISPlay:LABList
<binary block> (see
page 260)
:DISPlay:LABList?
(see page 260)
<binary block> ::= an ordered
list of up to 75 labels, each 10
characters maximum, separated by
newline characters
:DISPlay:PERSistence
<value> (see
page 261)
:DISPlay:PERSistence?
(see page 261)
<value> ::= {MINimum | INFinite |
<time>}
<time> ::= seconds in in NR3
format from 100E-3 to 60E0
:DISPlay:VECTors {1 |
ON} (see page 262)
:DISPlay:VECTors?
(see page 262)
1
Table 11 :EXTernal Trigger Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:EXTernal:BWLimit
<bwlimit> (see
page 264)
:EXTernal:BWLimit?
(see page 264)
<bwlimit> ::= {0 | OFF}
:EXTernal:PROBe
<attenuation> (see
page 265)
:EXTernal:PROBe? (see
page 265)
<attenuation> ::= probe
attenuation ratio in NR3 format
:EXTernal:RANGe
<range>[<suffix>]
(see page 266)
:EXTernal:RANGe? (see
page 266)
<range> ::= vertical full-scale
range value in NR3 format
<suffix> ::= {V | mV}
:EXTernal:UNITs
<units> (see
page 267)
:EXTernal:UNITs? (see
page 267)
<units> ::= {VOLT | AMPere}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
71
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 12 :FUNCtion Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:FUNCtion:CENTer
<frequency> (see
page 272)
:FUNCtion:CENTer?
(see page 272)
<frequency> ::= the current
center frequency in NR3 format.
The range of legal values is from
0 Hz to 25 GHz.
:FUNCtion:DISPlay {{0
| OFF} | {1 | ON}}
(see page 273)
:FUNCtion:DISPlay?
(see page 273)
{0 | 1}
:FUNCtion:GOFT:OPERat
ion <operation> (see
page 274)
:FUNCtion:GOFT:OPERat
ion? (see page 274)
<operation> ::= {ADD | SUBTract |
MULTiply}
:FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce
1 <source> (see
page 275)
:FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce
1? (see page 275)
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= {1 | 2 | 3 | 4} for 4ch
models
<n> ::= {1 | 2} for 2ch models
:FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce
2 <source> (see
page 276)
:FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce
2? (see page 276)
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= {{1 | 2} | {3 | 4}} for
4ch models, depending on SOURce1
selection
<n> ::= {1 | 2} for 2ch models
:FUNCtion:OFFSet
<offset> (see
page 277)
:FUNCtion:OFFSet?
(see page 277)
<offset> ::= the value at center
screen in NR3 format.
The range of legal values is
+/-10 times the current
sensitivity of the selected
function.
:FUNCtion:OPERation
<operation> (see
page 278)
:FUNCtion:OPERation?
(see page 278)
<operation> ::= {ADD | SUBTract |
MULTiply | INTegrate | DIFF | FFT
| SQRT}
:FUNCtion:RANGe
<range> (see
page 279)
:FUNCtion:RANGe? (see
page 279)
<range> ::= the full-scale
vertical axis value in NR3
format.
The range for ADD, SUBT, MULT is
8E-6 to 800E+3. The range for the
INTegrate function is 8E-9 to
400E+3.
The range for the DIFF function
is 80E-3 to 8.0E12 (depends on
current sweep speed).
The range for the FFT function is
8 to 800 dBV.
72
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 12 :FUNCtion Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:FUNCtion:REFerence
<level> (see
page 280)
:FUNCtion:REFerence?
(see page 280)
<level> ::= the value at center
screen in NR3 format.
The range of legal values is
+/-10 times the current
sensitivity of the selected
function.
:FUNCtion:SCALe
<scale
value>[<suffix>] (see
page 281)
:FUNCtion:SCALe? (see
page 281)
<scale value> ::= integer in NR1
format
<suffix> ::= {V | dB}
:FUNCtion:SOURce1
<source> (see
page 282)
:FUNCtion:SOURce1?
(see page 282)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | GOFT}
<n> ::= {1 | 2 | 3 | 4} for 4ch
models
<n> ::= {1 | 2} for 2ch models
GOFT is only for FFT, INTegrate,
DIFF, and SQRT operations.
:FUNCtion:SOURce2
<source> (see
page 283)
:FUNCtion:SOURce2?
(see page 283)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | NONE}
<n> ::= {{1 | 2} | {3 | 4}} for
4ch models, depending on SOURce1
selection
<n> ::= {1 | 2} for 2ch models
:FUNCtion:SPAN <span>
(see page 284)
:FUNCtion:SPAN? (see
page 284)
<span> ::= the current frequency
span in NR3 format.
Legal values are 1 Hz to 100 GHz.
:FUNCtion:WINDow
<window> (see
page 285)
:FUNCtion:WINDow?
(see page 285)
<window> ::= {RECTangular |
HANNing | FLATtop | BHARris}
Table 13 :HARDcopy Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:HARDcopy:AREA <area>
(see page 289)
:HARDcopy:AREA? (see
page 289)
<area> ::= SCReen
:HARDcopy:APRinter
<active_printer> (see
page 290)
:HARDcopy:APRinter?
(see page 290)
<active_printer> ::= {<index> |
<name>}
<index> ::= integer index of
printer in list
<name> ::= name of printer in
list
:HARDcopy:FACTors {{0
| OFF} | {1 | ON}}
(see page 291)
:HARDcopy:FACTors?
(see page 291)
{0 | 1}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
73
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 13 :HARDcopy Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:HARDcopy:FFEed {{0 |
OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see
page 292)
:HARDcopy:FFEed? (see
page 292)
{0 | 1}
:HARDcopy:INKSaver
{{0 | OFF} | {1 |
ON}} (see page 293)
:HARDcopy:INKSaver?
(see page 293)
{0 | 1}
:HARDcopy:LAYout
<layout> (see
page 294)
:HARDcopy:LAYout?
(see page 294)
<layout> ::= {LANDscape |
PORTrait}
:HARDcopy:NETWork:ADD
Ress <address> (see
page 295)
:HARDcopy:NETWork:ADD
Ress? (see page 295)
<address> ::= quoted ASCII string
:HARDcopy:NETWork:APP
Ly (see page 296)
n/a
n/a
:HARDcopy:NETWork:DOM
ain <domain> (see
page 297)
:HARDcopy:NETWork:DOM
ain? (see page 297)
<domain> ::= quoted ASCII string
:HARDcopy:NETWork:PAS
Sword <password> (see
page 298)
n/a
<password> ::= quoted ASCII
string
:HARDcopy:NETWork:SLO
T <slot> (see
page 299)
:HARDcopy:NETWork:SLO
T? (see page 299)
<slot> ::= {NET0 | NET1}
:HARDcopy:NETWork:USE
Rname <username> (see
page 300)
:HARDcopy:NETWork:USE
Rname? (see page 300)
<username> ::= quoted ASCII
string
:HARDcopy:PALette
<palette> (see
page 301)
:HARDcopy:PALette?
(see page 301)
<palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale
| NONE}
n/a
:HARDcopy:PRINter:LIS
T? (see page 302)
<list> ::= [<printer_spec>] ...
[printer_spec>]
<printer_spec> ::=
"<index>,<active>,<name>;"
<index> ::= integer index of
printer
<active> ::= {Y | N}
<name> ::= name of printer
:HARDcopy:STARt (see
page 303)
n/a
n/a
74
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Commands Quick Reference
4
Table 14 :LISTer Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
n/a
:LISTer:DATA? (see
page 306)
<binary_block> ::=
comma-separated data with
newlines at the end of each row
:LISTer:DISPlay {{OFF
| 0} | {SBUS1 | ON |
1} | {SBUS2 | 2} |
ALL} (see page 307)
:LISTer:DISPlay? (see
page 307)
{OFF | SBUS1 | SBUS2 | ALL}
:LISTer:REFerence
<time_ref> (see
page 308)
:LISTer:REFerence?
(see page 308)
<time_ref> ::= {TRIGger |
PREVious}
Table 15 :MARKer Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:MARKer:MODE <mode>
(see page 311)
:MARKer:MODE? (see
page 311)
<mode> ::= {OFF | MEASurement |
MANual | WAVeform}
:MARKer:X1Position
<position>[suffix]
(see page 312)
:MARKer:X1Position?
(see page 312)
<position> ::= X1 cursor position
value in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps | Hz | kHz | MHz}
<return_value> ::= X1 cursor
position value in NR3 format
:MARKer:X1Y1source
<source> (see
page 313)
:MARKer:X1Y1source?
(see page 313)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= <source>
:MARKer:X2Position
<position>[suffix]
(see page 314)
:MARKer:X2Position?
(see page 314)
<position> ::= X2 cursor position
value in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps | Hz | kHz | MHz}
<return_value> ::= X2 cursor
position value in NR3 format
:MARKer:X2Y2source
<source> (see
page 315)
:MARKer:X2Y2source?
(see page 315)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= <source>
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
75
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 15 :MARKer Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
n/a
:MARKer:XDELta? (see
page 316)
<return_value> ::= X cursors
delta value in NR3 format
:MARKer:Y1Position
<position>[suffix]
(see page 317)
:MARKer:Y1Position?
(see page 317)
<position> ::= Y1 cursor position
value in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {V | mV | dB}
<return_value> ::= Y1 cursor
position value in NR3 format
:MARKer:Y2Position
<position>[suffix]
(see page 318)
:MARKer:Y2Position?
(see page 318)
<position> ::= Y2 cursor position
value in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {V | mV | dB}
<return_value> ::= Y2 cursor
position value in NR3 format
n/a
:MARKer:YDELta? (see
page 319)
<return_value> ::= Y cursors
delta value in NR3 format
Table 16 :MEASure Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:MEASure:ALL (see
page 332)
n/a
n/a
:MEASure:AREa
[<interval>][,][<sour
ce>] (see page 333)
:MEASure:AREa?
[<interval>][,][<sour
ce>] (see page 333)
<interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay}
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= area in
volt-seconds, NR3 format
:MEASure:BWIDth
[<source>] (see
page 334)
:MEASure:BWIDth?
[<source>] (see
page 334)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= burst width in
seconds, NR3 format
:MEASure:CLEar (see
page 335)
n/a
n/a
76
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Commands Quick Reference
4
Table 16 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:MEASure:COUNter
[<source>] (see
page 336)
:MEASure:COUNter?
[<source>] (see
page 336)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | EXTernal} for MSO
models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= counter
frequency in Hertz in NR3 format
:MEASure:DEFine
DELay, <delay spec>
(see page 337)
:MEASure:DEFine?
DELay (see page 338)
<delay spec> ::=
<edge_spec1>,<edge_spec2>
edge_spec1 ::=
[<slope>]<occurrence>
edge_spec2 ::=
[<slope>]<occurrence>
<slope> ::= {+ | -}
<occurrence> ::= integer
:MEASure:DEFine
THResholds,
<threshold spec> (see
page 337)
:MEASure:DEFine?
THResholds (see
page 338)
<threshold spec> ::= {STANdard} |
{<threshold mode>,<upper>,
<middle>,<lower>}
<threshold mode> ::= {PERCent |
ABSolute}
:MEASure:DELay
[<source1>]
[,<source2>] (see
page 340)
:MEASure:DELay?
[<source1>]
[,<source2>] (see
page 340)
<source1,2> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::=
floating-point number delay time
in seconds in NR3 format
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
77
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 16 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:MEASure:DUTYcycle
[<source>] (see
page 342)
:MEASure:DUTYcycle?
[<source>] (see
page 342)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>} for
DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | FUNCtion | MATH |
WMEMory<r>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= ratio of
positive pulse width to period in
NR3 format
:MEASure:FALLtime
[<source>] (see
page 343)
:MEASure:FALLtime?
[<source>] (see
page 343)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>} for
DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | FUNCtion | MATH |
WMEMory<r>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= time in
seconds between the lower and
upper thresholds in NR3 format
:MEASure:FREQuency
[<source>] (see
page 344)
:MEASure:FREQuency?
[<source>] (see
page 344)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>} for
DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | FUNCtion | MATH |
WMEMory<r>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= frequency in
Hertz in NR3 format
78
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 16 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:MEASure:NEDGes
[<source>] (see
page 345)
:MEASure:NEDGes?
[<source>] (see
page 345)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= the falling
edge count in NR3 format
:MEASure:NPULses
[<source>] (see
page 346)
:MEASure:NPULses?
[<source>] (see
page 346)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= the falling
pulse count in NR3 format
:MEASure:NWIDth
[<source>] (see
page 347)
:MEASure:NWIDth?
[<source>] (see
page 347)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>} for
DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | FUNCtion | MATH |
WMEMory<r>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= negative
pulse width in seconds-NR3 format
:MEASure:OVERshoot
[<source>] (see
page 348)
:MEASure:OVERshoot?
[<source>] (see
page 348)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= the percent of
the overshoot of the selected
waveform in NR3 format
:MEASure:PEDGes
[<source>] (see
page 350)
:MEASure:PEDGes?
[<source>] (see
page 350)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= the rising
edge count in NR3 format
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
79
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 16 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:MEASure:PERiod
[<source>] (see
page 351)
:MEASure:PERiod?
[<source>] (see
page 351)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>} for
DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | FUNCtion | MATH |
WMEMory<r>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= waveform
period in seconds in NR3 format
:MEASure:PHASe
[<source1>]
[,<source2>] (see
page 352)
:MEASure:PHASe?
[<source1>]
[,<source2>] (see
page 352)
<source1,2> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= the phase
angle value in degrees in NR3
format
:MEASure:PPULses
[<source>] (see
page 353)
:MEASure:PPULses?
[<source>] (see
page 353)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= the rising
pulse count in NR3 format
:MEASure:PREShoot
[<source>] (see
page 354)
:MEASure:PREShoot?
[<source>] (see
page 354)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= the percent of
preshoot of the selected waveform
in NR3 format
80
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Commands Quick Reference
4
Table 16 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:MEASure:PWIDth
[<source>] (see
page 355)
:MEASure:PWIDth?
[<source>] (see
page 355)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>} for
DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | FUNCtion | MATH |
WMEMory<r>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= width of
positive pulse in seconds in NR3
format
n/a
:MEASure:RESults?
<result_list> (see
page 356)
<result_list> ::=
comma-separated list of
measurement results
:MEASure:RISetime
[<source>] (see
page 359)
:MEASure:RISetime?
[<source>] (see
page 359)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= rise time in
seconds in NR3 format
:MEASure:SDEViation
[<source>] (see
page 360)
:MEASure:SDEViation?
[<source>] (see
page 360)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= calculated
std deviation in NR3 format
:MEASure:SHOW {1 |
ON} (see page 361)
:MEASure:SHOW? (see
page 361)
{1}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
81
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 16 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:MEASure:SOURce
<source1>
[,<source2>] (see
page 362)
:MEASure:SOURce? (see
page 362)
<source1,2> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source1,2> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | FUNCtion | MATH |
WMEMory<r> | EXTernal} for MSO
models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= {<source> |
NONE}
:MEASure:STATistics
<type> (see page 364)
:MEASure:STATistics?
(see page 364)
<type> ::= {{ON | 1} | CURRent |
MEAN | MINimum | MAXimum | STDDev
| COUNt}
ON ::= all statistics returned
:MEASure:STATistics:I
NCRement (see
page 365)
n/a
n/a
:MEASure:STATistics:R
ESet (see page 366)
n/a
n/a
n/a
:MEASure:TEDGe?
<slope><occurrence>[,
<source>] (see
page 367)
<slope> ::= direction of the
waveform
<occurrence> ::= the transition
to be reported
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>} for
DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | FUNCtion | MATH |
WMEMory<r>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= time in
seconds of the specified
transition
82
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 16 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
n/a
:MEASure:TVALue?
<value>,
[<slope>]<occurrence>
[,<source>] (see
page 369)
<value> ::= voltage level that
the waveform must cross.
<slope> ::= direction of the
waveform when <value> is crossed.
<occurrence> ::= transitions
reported.
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>} for
DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | FUNCtion | MATH |
WMEMory<r>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= time in
seconds of specified voltage
crossing in NR3 format
:MEASure:VAMPlitude
[<source>] (see
page 371)
:MEASure:VAMPlitude?
[<source>] (see
page 371)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= the amplitude
of the selected waveform in volts
in NR3 format
:MEASure:VAVerage
[<interval>][,][<sour
ce>] (see page 372)
:MEASure:VAVerage?
[<interval>][,][<sour
ce>] (see page 372)
<interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay}
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= calculated
average voltage in NR3 format
:MEASure:VBASe
[<source>] (see
page 373)
:MEASure:VBASe?
[<source>] (see
page 373)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<base_voltage> ::= voltage at the
base of the selected waveform in
NR3 format
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
83
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 16 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:MEASure:VMAX
[<source>] (see
page 374)
:MEASure:VMAX?
[<source>] (see
page 374)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= maximum
voltage of the selected waveform
in NR3 format
:MEASure:VMIN
[<source>] (see
page 375)
:MEASure:VMIN?
[<source>] (see
page 375)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= minimum
voltage of the selected waveform
in NR3 format
:MEASure:VPP
[<source>] (see
page 376)
:MEASure:VPP?
[<source>] (see
page 376)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= voltage
peak-to-peak of the selected
waveform in NR3 format
:MEASure:VRATio
[<source1>]
[,<source2>] (see
page 352)
:MEASure:VRATio?
[<source1>]
[,<source2>] (see
page 377)
<source1,2> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= the ratio
value in dB in NR3 format
:MEASure:VRMS
[<interval>][,]
[<type>][,]
[<source>] (see
page 378)
:MEASure:VRMS?
[<interval>][,]
[<type>][,]
[<source>] (see
page 378)
<interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay}
<type> ::= {AC | DC}
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= calculated dc
RMS voltage in NR3 format
84
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 16 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
n/a
:MEASure:VTIMe?
<vtime>[,<source>]
(see page 379)
<vtime> ::= displayed time from
trigger in seconds in NR3 format
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>} for
DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | FUNCtion | MATH |
WMEMory<r>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= voltage at the
specified time in NR3 format
:MEASure:VTOP
[<source>] (see
page 380)
:MEASure:VTOP?
[<source>] (see
page 380)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= voltage at the
top of the waveform in NR3 format
:MEASure:WINDow
<type> (see page 381)
:MEASure:WINDow? (see
page 381)
<type> ::= {MAIN | ZOOM | AUTO}
:MEASure:XMAX
[<source>] (see
page 382)
:MEASure:XMAX?
[<source>] (see
page 382)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= horizontal
value of the maximum in NR3
format
:MEASure:XMIN
[<source>] (see
page 383)
:MEASure:XMIN?
[<source>] (see
page 383)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= horizontal
value of the maximum in NR3
format
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
85
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 17 :MTESt Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:MTESt:ALL {{0 | OFF}
| {1 | ON}} (see
page 390)
:MTESt:ALL? (see
page 390)
{0 | 1}
:MTESt:AMASk:CREate
(see page 391)
n/a
n/a
:MTESt:AMASk:SOURce
<source> (see
page 392)
:MTESt:AMASk:SOURce?
(see page 392)
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= {1 | 2 | 3 | 4} for 4ch
models
<n> ::= {1 | 2} for 2ch models
:MTESt:AMASk:UNITs
<units> (see
page 393)
:MTESt:AMASk:UNITs?
(see page 393)
<units> ::= {CURRent | DIVisions}
:MTESt:AMASk:XDELta
<value> (see
page 394)
:MTESt:AMASk:XDELta?
(see page 394)
<value> ::= X delta value in NR3
format
:MTESt:AMASk:YDELta
<value> (see
page 395)
:MTESt:AMASk:YDELta?
(see page 395)
<value> ::= Y delta value in NR3
format
n/a
:MTESt:COUNt:FWAVefor
ms? [CHANnel<n>] (see
page 396)
<failed> ::= number of failed
waveforms in NR1 format
:MTESt:COUNt:RESet
(see page 397)
n/a
n/a
n/a
:MTESt:COUNt:TIME?
(see page 398)
<time> ::= elapsed seconds in NR3
format
n/a
:MTESt:COUNt:WAVeform
s? (see page 399)
<count> ::= number of waveforms
in NR1 format
:MTESt:DATA <mask>
(see page 400)
:MTESt:DATA? (see
page 400)
<mask> ::= data in IEEE 488.2 #
format.
:MTESt:DELete (see
page 401)
n/a
n/a
:MTESt:ENABle {{0 |
OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see
page 402)
:MTESt:ENABle? (see
page 402)
{0 | 1}
:MTESt:LOCK {{0 |
OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see
page 403)
:MTESt:LOCK? (see
page 403)
{0 | 1}
:MTESt:RMODe <rmode>
(see page 404)
:MTESt:RMODe? (see
page 404)
<rmode> ::= {FORever | TIME |
SIGMa | WAVeforms}
86
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Commands Quick Reference
4
Table 17 :MTESt Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:
MEASure {{0 | OFF} |
{1 | ON}} (see
page 405)
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:
MEASure? (see
page 405)
{0 | 1}
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:
PRINt {{0 | OFF} | {1
| ON}} (see page 406)
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:
PRINt? (see page 406)
{0 | 1}
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:
SAVE {{0 | OFF} | {1
| ON}} (see page 407)
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:
SAVE? (see page 407)
{0 | 1}
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:
STOP {{0 | OFF} | {1
| ON}} (see page 408)
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:
STOP? (see page 408)
{0 | 1}
:MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa
<level> (see
page 409)
:MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa?
(see page 409)
<level> ::= from 0.1 to 9.3 in
NR3 format
:MTESt:RMODe:TIME
<seconds> (see
page 410)
:MTESt:RMODe:TIME?
(see page 410)
<seconds> ::= from 1 to 86400 in
NR3 format
:MTESt:RMODe:WAVeform
s <count> (see
page 411)
:MTESt:RMODe:WAVeform
s? (see page 411)
<count> ::= number of waveforms
in NR1 format
:MTESt:SCALe:BIND {{0
| OFF} | {1 | ON}}
(see page 412)
:MTESt:SCALe:BIND?
(see page 412)
{0 | 1}
:MTESt:SCALe:X1
<x1_value> (see
page 413)
:MTESt:SCALe:X1? (see
page 413)
<x1_value> ::= X1 value in NR3
format
:MTESt:SCALe:XDELta
<xdelta_value> (see
page 414)
:MTESt:SCALe:XDELta?
(see page 414)
<xdelta_value> ::= X delta value
in NR3 format
:MTESt:SCALe:Y1
<y1_value> (see
page 415)
:MTESt:SCALe:Y1? (see
page 415)
<y1_value> ::= Y1 value in NR3
format
:MTESt:SCALe:Y2
<y2_value> (see
page 416)
:MTESt:SCALe:Y2? (see
page 416)
<y2_value> ::= Y2 value in NR3
format
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
87
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 17 :MTESt Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:MTESt:SOURce
<source> (see
page 417)
:MTESt:SOURce? (see
page 417)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | NONE}
<n> ::= {1 | 2 | 3 | 4} for 4ch
models
<n> ::= {1 | 2} for 2ch models
n/a
:MTESt:TITLe? (see
page 418)
<title> ::= a string of up to 128
ASCII characters
Table 18 :POD<n> Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:POD<n>:DISPlay {{0 |
OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see
page 421)
:POD<n>:DISPlay? (see
page 421)
{0 | 1}
<n> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
:POD<n>:SIZE <value>
(see page 422)
:POD<n>:SIZE? (see
page 422)
<value> ::= {SMALl | MEDium |
LARGe}
:POD<n>:THReshold
<type>[suffix] (see
page 423)
:POD<n>:THReshold?
(see page 423)
<n> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<type> ::= {CMOS | ECL | TTL |
<user defined value>}
<user defined value> ::= value in
NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {V | mV | uV }
Table 19 :RECall Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:RECall:FILename
<base_name> (see
page 427)
:RECall:FILename?
(see page 427)
<base_name> ::= quoted ASCII
string
:RECall:MASK[:STARt]
[<file_spec>] (see
page 428)
n/a
<file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc>
| <file_name>}
<internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an
integer in NR1 format
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII
string
:RECall:PWD
<path_name> (see
page 429)
:RECall:PWD? (see
page 429)
<path_name> ::= quoted ASCII
string
88
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 19 :RECall Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:RECall:SETup[:STARt]
[<file_spec>] (see
page 430)
n/a
<file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc>
| <file_name>}
<internal_loc> ::= 0-9; an
integer in NR1 format
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII
string
:RECall:WMEMory<r>[:S
TARt] [<file_name>]
(see page 431)
n/a
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII
string
If extension included in file
name, it must be ".h5".
Table 20 :SAVE Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SAVE:FILename
<base_name> (see
page 436)
:SAVE:FILename? (see
page 436)
<base_name> ::= quoted ASCII
string
:SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt]
[<file_name>] (see
page 437)
n/a
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII
string
:SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors
{{0 | OFF} | {1 |
ON}} (see page 438)
:SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors?
(see page 438)
{0 | 1}
:SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat
<format> (see
page 439)
:SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat?
(see page 439)
<format> ::= {{BMP | BMP24bit} |
BMP8bit | PNG | NONE}
:SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver
{{0 | OFF} | {1 |
ON}} (see page 440)
:SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver?
(see page 440)
{0 | 1}
:SAVE:IMAGe:PALette
<palette> (see
page 441)
:SAVE:IMAGe:PALette?
(see page 441)
<palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale}
:SAVE:LISTer[:STARt]
[<file_name>] (see
page 442)
n/a
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII
string
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
89
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 20 :SAVE Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SAVE:MASK[:STARt]
[<file_spec>] (see
page 443)
n/a
<file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc>
| <file_name>}
<internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an
integer in NR1 format
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII
string
:SAVE:PWD <path_name>
(see page 444)
:SAVE:PWD? (see
page 444)
<path_name> ::= quoted ASCII
string
:SAVE:SETup[:STARt]
[<file_spec>] (see
page 445)
n/a
<file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc>
| <file_name>}
<internal_loc> ::= 0-9; an
integer in NR1 format
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII
string
:SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt
] [<file_name>] (see
page 446)
n/a
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII
string
:SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat
<format> (see
page 447)
:SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat
? (see page 447)
<format> ::= {ALB | ASCiixy | CSV
| BINary | NONE}
:SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth
<length> (see
page 448)
:SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth
? (see page 448)
<length> ::= 100 to max. length;
an integer in NR1 format
:SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMen
ted <option> (see
page 449)
:SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMen
ted? (see page 449)
<option> ::= {ALL | CURRent}
:SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce
<source> (see
page 450)
:SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce?
(see page 450)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
NOTE: Only ADD or SUBtract math
operations can be saved as
reference waveforms.
<return_value> ::= <source>
:SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt]
[<file_name>] (see
page 451)
n/a
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII
string
If extension included in file
name, it must be ".h5".
90
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Commands Quick Reference
4
Table 21 General :SBUS<n> Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:DISPlay {{0
| OFF} | {1 | ON}}
(see page 456)
:SBUS<n>:DISPlay?
(see page 456)
{0 | 1}
:SBUS<n>:MODE <mode>
(see page 457)
:SBUS<n>:MODE? (see
page 457)
<mode> ::= {CAN | I2S | IIC | LIN
| SPI | UART}
Table 22 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
n/a
:SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:ER
Ror? (see page 460)
<frame_count> ::= integer in NR1
format
n/a
:SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:OV
ERload? (see
page 461)
<frame_count> ::= integer in NR1
format
:SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RE
Set (see page 462)
n/a
n/a
n/a
:SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:TO
Tal? (see page 463)
<frame_count> ::= integer in NR1
format
n/a
:SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:UT
ILization? (see
page 464)
<percent> ::= floating-point in
NR3 format
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepo
int <value> (see
page 465)
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepo
int? (see page 465)
<value> ::= {60 | 62.5 | 68 | 70
| 75 | 80 | 87.5} in NR3 format
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:B
AUDrate <baudrate>
(see page 466)
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:B
AUDrate? (see
page 466)
<baudrate> ::= integer from 10000
to 1000000 in 100 b/s increments
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:D
EFinition <value>
(see page 467)
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:D
EFinition? (see
page 467)
<value> ::= {CANH | CANL | RX |
TX | DIFFerential | DIFL | DIFH}
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce
<source> (see
page 468)
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce?
(see page 468)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> |} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
91
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 22 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger
<condition> (see
page 469)
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger?
(see page 470)
<condition> ::= {SOF | DATA |
ERRor | IDData | IDEither |
IDRemote | ALLerrors | OVERload |
ACKerror}
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATA <string>
(see page 471)
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATA? (see
page 471)
<string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::=
{0 | 1 | X | $}
<string ::= "0xnn...n" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $}
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATA:LENGth
<length> (see
page 472)
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATA:LENGth?
(see page 472)
<length> ::= integer from 1 to 8
in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:
PATTern:ID <string>
(see page 473)
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:
PATTern:ID? (see
page 473)
<string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::=
{0 | 1 | X | $}
<string ::= "0xnn...n" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $}
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:
PATTern:ID:MODE
<value> (see
page 474)
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:
PATTern:ID:MODE? (see
page 474)
<value> ::= {STANdard | EXTended}
Table 23 :SBUS<n>:I2S Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnmen
t <setting> (see
page 477)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnmen
t? (see page 477)
<setting> ::= {I2S | LJ | RJ}
:SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE
<base> (see page 478)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE?
(see page 478)
<base> ::= {DECimal | HEX}
:SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SL
OPe <slope> (see
page 479)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SL
OPe? (see page 479)
<slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive}
:SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth
<receiver> (see
page 480)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth?
(see page 480)
<receiver> ::= 4-32 in NR1 format
92
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Commands Quick Reference
4
Table 23 :SBUS<n>:I2S Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:C
LOCk <source> (see
page 481)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:C
LOCk? (see page 481)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> } for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:D
ATA <source> (see
page 482)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:D
ATA? (see page 482)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> } for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:W
SELect <source> (see
page 483)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:W
SELect? (see
page 483)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> } for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger
<operator> (see
page 484)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger?
(see page 484)
<operator> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal
| LESSthan | GREaterthan |
INRange | OUTRange | INCReasing |
DECReasing}
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:
AUDio <audio_ch> (see
page 486)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:
AUDio? (see page 486)
<audio_ch> ::= {RIGHt | LEFT |
EITHer}
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATA <string>
(see page 487)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATA? (see
page 488)
<string> ::= "n" where n ::=
32-bit integer in signed decimal
when <base> = DECimal
<string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::=
{0 | 1 | X | $} when <base> =
BINary
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $}
when <base> = HEX
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:
PATTern:FORMat <base>
(see page 489)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:
PATTern:FORMat? (see
page 489)
<base> ::= {BINary | HEX |
DECimal}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
93
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 23 :SBUS<n>:I2S Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:
RANGe <lower>,<upper>
(see page 490)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:
RANGe? (see page 490)
<lower> ::= 32-bit integer in
signed decimal, <nondecimal>, or
<string>
<upper> ::= 32-bit integer in
signed decimal, <nondecimal>, or
<string>
<nondecimal> ::= #Hnn...n where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for
hexadecimal
<nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n
::= {0 | 1} for binary
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for
hexadecimal
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth
<word_size> (see
page 492)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth?
(see page 492)
<word_size> ::= 4-32 in NR1
format
:SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow
<low_def> (see
page 493)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow?
(see page 493)
<low_def> ::= {LEFT | RIGHt}
Table 24 :SBUS<n>:IIC Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe
<size> (see page 495)
:SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe?
(see page 495)
<size> ::= {BIT7 | BIT8}
:SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]
:CLOCk <source> (see
page 496)
:SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]
:CLOCk? (see
page 496)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> } for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]
:DATA <source> (see
page 497)
:SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]
:DATA? (see page 497)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> } for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
94
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Commands Quick Reference
4
Table 24 :SBUS<n>:IIC Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:
PATTern:ADDRess
<value> (see
page 498)
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:
PATTern:ADDRess? (see
page 498)
<value> ::= integer or <string>
<string> ::= "0xnn" n ::= {0,..,9
| A,..,F}
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATA <value>
(see page 499)
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATA? (see
page 499)
<value> ::= integer or <string>
<string> ::= "0xnn" n ::= {0,..,9
| A,..,F}
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATa2 <value>
(see page 500)
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATa2? (see
page 500)
<value> ::= integer or <string>
<string> ::= "0xnn" n ::= {0,..,9
| A,..,F}
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:
QUALifier <value>
(see page 501)
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:
QUALifier? (see
page 501)
<value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal |
LESSthan | GREaterthan}
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[
:TYPE] <type> (see
page 502)
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[
:TYPE]? (see
page 502)
<type> ::= {STARt | STOP | READ7
| READEprom | WRITe7 | WRITe10 |
NACKnowledge | ANACk | R7Data2 |
W7Data2 | RESTart}
Table 25 :SBUS<n>:LIN Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity
{{0 | OFF} | {1 |
ON}} (see page 506)
:SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity?
(see page 506)
{0 | 1}
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SAMPlepo
int <value> (see
page 507)
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SAMPlepo
int? (see page 507)
<value> ::= {60 | 62.5 | 68 | 70
| 75 | 80 | 87.5} in NR3 format
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:B
AUDrate <baudrate>
(see page 508)
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:B
AUDrate? (see
page 508)
<baudrate> ::= integer from 2400
to 625000 in 100 b/s increments
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce
<source> (see
page 509)
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce?
(see page 509)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:LIN:STANdard
<std> (see page 510)
:SBUS<n>:LIN:STANdard
? (see page 510)
<std> ::= {LIN13 | LIN20}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
95
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 25 :SBUS<n>:LIN Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SYNCbrea
k <value> (see
page 511)
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SYNCbrea
k? (see page 511)
<value> ::= integer = {11 | 12 |
13}
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger
<condition> (see
page 512)
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger?
(see page 512)
<condition> ::= {SYNCbreak | ID |
DATA}
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:
ID <value> (see
page 513)
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:
ID? (see page 513)
<value> ::= 7-bit integer in
decimal, <nondecimal>, or
<string> from 0-63 or 0x00-0x3f
<nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::=
{0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal
<nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n
::= {0 | 1} for binary
<string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::=
{0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATA <string>
(see page 514)
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATA? (see
page 514)
<string> ::= "n" where n ::=
32-bit integer in signed decimal
when <base> = DECimal
<string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::=
{0 | 1 | X | $} when <base> =
BINary
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $}
when <base> = HEX
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATA:LENGth
<length> (see
page 516)
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATA:LENGth?
(see page 516)
<length> ::= integer from 1 to 8
in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:
PATTern:FORMat <base>
(see page 517)
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:
PATTern:FORMat? (see
page 517)
<base> ::= {BINary | HEX |
DECimal}
Table 26 :SBUS<n>:SPI Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder
<order> (see
page 520)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder
? (see page 520)
<order> ::= {LSBFirst | MSBFirst}
:SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:SL
OPe <slope> (see
page 521)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:SL
OPe? (see page 521)
<slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive}
96
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Commands Quick Reference
4
Table 26 :SBUS<n>:SPI Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TI
Meout <time_value>
(see page 522)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TI
Meout? (see page 522)
<time_value> ::= time in seconds
in NR3 format
:SBUS<n>:SPI:FRAMing
<value> (see
page 523)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:FRAMing?
(see page 523)
<value> ::= {CHIPselect |
{NCHipselect | NOTC} | TIMeout}
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:C
LOCk <source> (see
page 524)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:C
LOCk? (see page 524)
<value> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for the DSO models
<value> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:D
ATA <source> (see
page 525)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:D
ATA? (see page 525)
<value> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for the DSO models
<value> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:F
RAMe <source> (see
page 526)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:F
RAMe? (see page 526)
<value> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for the DSO models
<value> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:M
ISO <source> (see
page 527)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:M
ISO? (see page 527)
<value> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for the DSO models
<value> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
97
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 26 :SBUS<n>:SPI Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:M
OSI <source> (see
page 528)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:M
OSI? (see page 528)
<value> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for the DSO models
<value> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:
PATTern:MISO:DATA
<string> (see
page 529)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:
PATTern:MISO:DATA?
(see page 529)
<string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::=
{0 | 1 | X | $}
<string ::= "0xnn...n" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $}
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:
PATTern:MISO:WIDTh
<width> (see
page 530)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:
PATTern:MISO:WIDTh?
(see page 530)
<width> ::= integer from 4 to 64
in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:
PATTern:MOSI:DATA
<string> (see
page 531)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:
PATTern:MOSI:DATA?
(see page 531)
<string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::=
{0 | 1 | X | $}
<string ::= "0xnn...n" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $}
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:
PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh
<width> (see
page 532)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:
PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh?
(see page 532)
<width> ::= integer from 4 to 64
in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:
TYPE <value> (see
page 533)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:
TYPE? (see page 533)
<value> ::= {MOSI | MISO}
:SBUS<n>:SPI:WIDTh
<word_width> (see
page 534)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:WIDTh?
(see page 534)
<word_width> ::= integer 4-16 in
NR1 format
Table 27 :SBUS<n>:UART Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:UART:BASE
<base> (see page 538)
:SBUS<n>:UART:BASE?
(see page 538)
<base> ::= {ASCii | BINary | HEX}
:SBUS<n>:UART:BAUDrat
e <baudrate> (see
page 539)
:SBUS<n>:UART:BAUDrat
e? (see page 539)
<baudrate> ::= integer from 1200
to 8000000 in 100 b/s increments
98
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 27 :SBUS<n>:UART Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:UART:BITorde
r <bitorder> (see
page 540)
:SBUS<n>:UART:BITorde
r? (see page 540)
<bitorder> ::= {LSBFirst |
MSBFirst}
n/a
:SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:E
RRor? (see page 541)
<frame_count> ::= integer in NR1
format
:SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:R
ESet (see page 542)
n/a
n/a
n/a
:SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:R
XFRames? (see
page 543)
<frame_count> ::= integer in NR1
format
n/a
:SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:T
XFRames? (see
page 544)
<frame_count> ::= integer in NR1
format
:SBUS<n>:UART:FRAMing
<value> (see
page 545)
:SBUS<n>:UART:FRAMing
? (see page 545)
<value> ::= {OFF | <decimal> |
<nondecimal>}
<decimal> ::= 8-bit integer from
0-255 (0x00-0xff)
<nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::=
{0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal
<nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n
::= {0 | 1} for binary
:SBUS<n>:UART:PARity
<parity> (see
page 546)
:SBUS<n>:UART:PARity?
(see page 546)
<parity> ::= {EVEN | ODD | NONE}
:SBUS<n>:UART:POLarit
y <polarity> (see
page 547)
:SBUS<n>:UART:POLarit
y? (see page 547)
<polarity> ::= {HIGH | LOW}
:SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:
RX <source> (see
page 548)
:SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:
RX? (see page 548)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
99
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 27 :SBUS<n>:UART Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:
TX <source> (see
page 549)
:SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:
TX? (see page 549)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger
:BASE <base> (see
page 550)
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger
:BASE? (see page 550)
<base> ::= {ASCii | HEX}
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger
:BURSt <value> (see
page 551)
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger
:BURSt? (see
page 551)
<value> ::= {OFF | 1 to 4096 in
NR1 format}
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger
:DATA <value> (see
page 552)
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger
:DATA? (see page 552)
<value> ::= 8-bit integer from
0-255 (0x00-0xff) in decimal,
<hexadecimal>, <binary>, or
<quoted_string> format
<hexadecimal> ::= #Hnn where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for
hexadecimal
<binary> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::=
{0 | 1} for binary
<quoted_string> ::= any of the
128 valid 7-bit ASCII characters
(or standard abbreviations)
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger
:IDLE <time_value>
(see page 553)
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger
:IDLE? (see page 553)
<time_value> ::= time from 1 us
to 10 s in NR3 format
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger
:QUALifier <value>
(see page 554)
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger
:QUALifier? (see
page 554)
<value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal |
GREaterthan | LESSthan}
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger
:TYPE <value> (see
page 555)
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger
:TYPE? (see page 555)
<value> ::=
RDATa | RD1
PARityerror
TDATa | TD1
:SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh
<width> (see
page 556)
:SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh?
(see page 556)
<width> ::= {5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9}
100
{RSTArt | RSTOp |
| RD0 | RDX |
| TSTArt | TSTOp |
| TD0 | TDX}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 28 General :SEARch Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
n/a
:SEARch:COUNt? (see
page 559)
<count> ::= an integer count
value
:SEARch:MODE <value>
(see page 560)
:SEARch:MODE? (see
page 560)
<value> ::= {EDGE | GLITch | RUNT
| TRANsition | SERial{1 | 2}}
:SEARch:STATe <value>
(see page 561)
:SEARch:STATe? (see
page 561)
<value> ::= {{0 | OFF} | {1 |
ON}}
Table 29 :SEARch:EDGE Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe
<slope> (see
page 563)
:SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe?
(see page 563)
<slope> ::= {POSitive | NEGative
| EITHer}
:SEARch:EDGE:SOURce
<source> (see
page 564)
:SEARch:EDGE:SOURce?
(see page 564)
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
Table 30 :SEARch:GLITch Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SEARch:GLITch:GREate
rthan
<greater_than_time>[s
uffix] (see page 566)
:SEARch:GLITch:GREate
rthan? (see page 566)
<greater_than_time> ::=
floating-point number in NR3
format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
:SEARch:GLITch:LESSth
an
<less_than_time>[suff
ix] (see page 567)
:SEARch:GLITch:LESSth
an? (see page 567)
<less_than_time> ::=
floating-point number in NR3
format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
:SEARch:GLITch:POLari
ty <polarity> (see
page 568)
:SEARch:GLITch:POLari
ty? (see page 568)
<polarity> ::= {POSitive |
NEGative}
:SEARch:GLITch:QUALif
ier <qualifier> (see
page 569)
:SEARch:GLITch:QUALif
ier? (see page 569)
<qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan |
LESSthan | RANGe}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
101
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 30 :SEARch:GLITch Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SEARch:GLITch:RANGe
<less_than_time>[suff
ix],
<greater_than_time>[s
uffix] (see page 570)
:SEARch:GLITch:RANGe?
(see page 570)
<less_than_time> ::= 15 ns to
10 seconds in NR3 format
<greater_than_time> ::= 10 ns to
9.99 seconds in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
:SEARch:GLITch:SOURce
<source> (see
page 571)
:SEARch:GLITch:SOURce
? (see page 571)
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
Table 31 :SEARch:RUNT Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SEARch:RUNT:POLarity
<polarity> (see
page 573)
:SEARch:RUNT:POLarity
? (see page 573)
<polarity> ::= {POSitive |
NEGative | EITHer}
:SEARch:RUNT:QUALifie
r <qualifier> (see
page 574)
:SEARch:RUNT:QUALifie
r? (see page 574)
<qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan |
LESSthan | NONE}
:SEARch:RUNT:SOURce
<source> (see
page 575)
:SEARch:RUNT:SOURce?
(see page 575)
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:SEARch:RUNT:TIME
<time>[suffix] (see
page 576)
:SEARch:RUNT:TIME?
(see page 576)
<time> ::= floating-point number
in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
Table 32 :SEARch:TRANsition Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SEARch:TRANsition:QU
ALifier <qualifier>
(see page 578)
:SEARch:TRANsition:QU
ALifier? (see
page 578)
<qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan |
LESSthan}
:SEARch:TRANsition:SL
OPe <slope> (see
page 579)
:SEARch:TRANsition:SL
OPe? (see page 579)
<slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive}
102
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 32 :SEARch:TRANsition Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SEARch:TRANsition:SO
URce <source> (see
page 580)
:SEARch:TRANsition:SO
URce? (see page 580)
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:SEARch:TRANsition:TI
ME <time>[suffix]
(see page 581)
:SEARch:TRANsition:TI
ME? (see page 581)
<time> ::= floating-point number
in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
Table 33 :SEARch:SERial:CAN Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:MO
DE <value> (see
page 587)
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:MO
DE? (see page 587)
<value> ::= {DATA | IDData |
IDEither | IDRemote | ALLerrors |
OVERload | ERRor}
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PA
TTern:DATA <string>
(see page 583)
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PA
TTern:DATA? (see
page 583)
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X} for
hexadecimal
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PA
TTern:DATA:LENGth
<length> (see
page 584)
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PA
TTern:DATA:LENGth?
(see page 584)
<length> ::= integer from 1 to 8
in NR1 format
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PA
TTern:ID <string>
(see page 585)
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PA
TTern:ID? (see
page 585)
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X} for
hexadecimal
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PA
TTern:ID:MODE <value>
(see page 586)
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PA
TTern:ID:MODE? (see
page 586)
<value> ::= {STANdard | EXTended}
Table 34 :SEARch:SERial:I2S Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:AU
Dio <audio_ch> (see
page 589)
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:AU
Dio? (see page 589)
<audio_ch> ::= {RIGHt | LEFT |
EITHer}
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:MO
DE <value> (see
page 590)
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:MO
DE? (see page 590)
<value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal |
LESSthan | GREaterthan | INRange
| OUTRange}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
103
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 34 :SEARch:SERial:I2S Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:PA
TTern:DATA <string>
(see page 591)
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:PA
TTern:DATA? (see
page 591)
<string> ::= "n" where n ::=
32-bit integer in signed decimal
when <base> = DECimal
<string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::=
{0 | 1 | X} when <base> = BINary
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X} when
<base> = HEX
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:PA
TTern:FORMat <base>
(see page 592)
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:PA
TTern:FORMat? (see
page 592)
<base> ::= {BINary | HEX |
DECimal}
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:RA
NGe <upper>, <lower>
(see page 593)
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:RA
NGe? (see page 593)
<upper> ::= 32-bit integer in
signed decimal, <nondecimal>, or
<string>
<lower> ::= 32-bit integer in
signed decimal, <nondecimal>, or
<string>
<nondecimal> ::= #Hnn...n where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for
hexadecimal
<nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n
::= {0 | 1} for binary
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for
hexadecimal
Table 35 :SEARch:SERial:IIC Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:MO
DE <value> (see
page 595)
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:MO
DE? (see page 595)
<value> ::= { READ7 | WRITE7 |
NACKnowledge | ANACk | R7Data2 |
W7Data2 | RESTart | READEprom}
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:PA
TTern:ADDRess <value>
(see page 597)
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:PA
TTern:ADDRess? (see
page 597)
<value> ::= integer or <string>
<string> ::= "0xnn" n ::= {0,..,9
| A,..,F}
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:PA
TTern:DATA <value>
(see page 598)
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:PA
TTern:DATA? (see
page 598)
<value> ::= integer or <string>
<string> ::= "0xnn" n ::= {0,..,9
| A,..,F}
104
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 35 :SEARch:SERial:IIC Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:PA
TTern:DATA2 <value>
(see page 599)
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:PA
TTern:DATA2? (see
page 599)
<value> ::= integer or <string>
<string> ::= "0xnn" n ::= {0,..,9
| A,..,F}
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:QU
ALifier <value> (see
page 600)
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:QU
ALifier? (see
page 600)
<value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal |
LESSthan | GREaterthan}
Table 36 :SEARch:SERial:LIN Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:ID
<value> (see
page 602)
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:ID
? (see page 602)
<value> ::= 7-bit integer in
decimal, <nondecimal>, or
<string> from 0-63 or 0x00-0x3f
(with Option AMS)
<nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::=
{0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal
<nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n
::= {0 | 1} for binary
<string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::=
{0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:MO
DE <value> (see
page 603)
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:MO
DE? (see page 603)
<value> ::= {ID | DATA | ERRor}
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:PA
TTern:DATA <string>
(see page 604)
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:PA
TTern:DATA? (see
page 604)
<string> ::= "n" where n ::=
32-bit integer in signed decimal
when <base> = DECimal
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X } when
<base> = HEX
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:PA
TTern:DATA:LENGth
<length> (see
page 605)
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:PA
TTern:DATA:LENGth?
(see page 605)
<length> ::= integer from 1 to 8
in NR1 format
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:PA
TTern:FORMat <base>
(see page 606)
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:PA
TTern:FORMat? (see
page 606)
<base> ::= {HEX | DECimal}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
105
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 37 :SEARch:SERial:SPI Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SEARch:SERial:SPI:MO
DE <value> (see
page 608)
:SEARch:SERial:SPI:MO
DE? (see page 608)
<value> ::= {MOSI | MISO}
:SEARch:SERial:SPI:PA
TTern:DATA <string>
(see page 609)
:SEARch:SERial:SPI:PA
TTern:DATA? (see
page 609)
<string> ::= "0xnnnnnn" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X}
:SEARch:SERial:SPI:PA
TTern:WIDTh <width>
(see page 610)
:SEARch:SERial:SPI:PA
TTern:WIDTh? (see
page 610)
<width> ::= integer from 1 to 10
Table 38 :SEARch:SERial:UART Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SEARch:SERial:UART:D
ATA <value> (see
page 612)
:SEARch:SERial:UART:D
ATA? (see page 612)
<value> ::= 8-bit integer from
0-255 (0x00-0xff) in decimal,
<hexadecimal>, <binary>, or
<quoted_string> format
<hexadecimal> ::= #Hnn where n
::= {0,..,9| A,..,F} for
hexadecimal
<binary> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::=
{0 | 1} for binary
<quoted_string> ::= any of the
128 valid 7-bit ASCII characters
(or standard abbreviations)
:SEARch:SERial:UART:M
ODE <value> (see
page 613)
:SEARch:SERial:UART:M
ODE? (see page 613)
<value> ::= {RDATa | RD1 | RD0 |
RDX | TDATa | TD1 | TD0 | TDX |
PARityerror | AERRor}
:SEARch:SERial:UART:Q
UALifier <value> (see
page 614)
:SEARch:SERial:UART:Q
UALifier? (see
page 614)
<value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal |
GREaterthan | LESSthan}
106
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 39 :SYSTem Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SYSTem:DATE <date>
(see page 617)
:SYSTem:DATE? (see
page 617)
<date> ::= <year>,<month>,<day>
<year> ::= 4-digit year in NR1
format
<month> ::= {1,..,12 | JANuary |
FEBruary | MARch | APRil | MAY |
JUNe | JULy | AUGust | SEPtember
| OCTober | NOVember | DECember}
<day> ::= {1,..31}
:SYSTem:DSP <string>
(see page 618)
n/a
<string> ::= up to 75 characters
as a quoted ASCII string
n/a
:SYSTem:ERRor? (see
page 619)
<error> ::= an integer error code
<error string> ::= quoted ASCII
string.
See Error Messages (see
page 821).
:SYSTem:LOCK <value>
(see page 620)
:SYSTem:LOCK? (see
page 620)
<value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 |
OFF}}
:SYSTem:PRESet (see
page 621)
n/a
See :SYSTem:PRESet (see
page 621)
:SYSTem:PROTection:LO
CK <value> (see
page 624)
:SYSTem:PROTection:LO
CK? (see page 624)
<value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 |
OFF}}
:SYSTem:SETup
<setup_data> (see
page 625)
:SYSTem:SETup? (see
page 625)
<setup_data> ::= data in IEEE
488.2 # format.
:SYSTem:TIME <time>
(see page 627)
:SYSTem:TIME? (see
page 627)
<time> ::= hours,minutes,seconds
in NR1 format
Table 40 :TIMebase Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TIMebase:MODE
<value> (see
page 631)
:TIMebase:MODE? (see
page 631)
<value> ::= {MAIN | WINDow | XY |
ROLL}
:TIMebase:POSition
<pos> (see page 632)
:TIMebase:POSition?
(see page 632)
<pos> ::= time from the trigger
event to the display reference
point in NR3 format
:TIMebase:RANGe
<range_value> (see
page 633)
:TIMebase:RANGe? (see
page 633)
<range_value> ::= 20 ns through
500 s in NR3 format
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
107
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 40 :TIMebase Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TIMebase:REFerence
{LEFT | CENTer |
RIGHt} (see page 634)
:TIMebase:REFerence?
(see page 634)
<return_value> ::= {LEFT | CENTer
| RIGHt}
:TIMebase:SCALe
<scale_value> (see
page 635)
:TIMebase:SCALe? (see
page 635)
<scale_value> ::= scale value in
seconds in NR3 format
:TIMebase:VERNier {{0
| OFF} | {1 | ON}}
(see page 636)
:TIMebase:VERNier?
(see page 636)
{0 | 1}
:TIMebase:WINDow:POSi
tion <pos> (see
page 637)
:TIMebase:WINDow:POSi
tion? (see page 637)
<pos> ::= time from the trigger
event to the zoomed view
reference point in NR3 format
:TIMebase:WINDow:RANG
e <range_value> (see
page 638)
:TIMebase:WINDow:RANG
e? (see page 638)
<range value> ::= range value in
seconds in NR3 format for the
zoomed window
:TIMebase:WINDow:SCAL
e <scale_value> (see
page 639)
:TIMebase:WINDow:SCAL
e? (see page 639)
<scale_value> ::= scale value in
seconds in NR3 format for the
zoomed window
Table 41 General :TRIGger Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TRIGger:HFReject {{0
| OFF} | {1 | ON}}
(see page 644)
:TRIGger:HFReject?
(see page 644)
{0 | 1}
:TRIGger:HOLDoff
<holdoff_time> (see
page 645)
:TRIGger:HOLDoff?
(see page 645)
<holdoff_time> ::= 60 ns to 10 s
in NR3 format
:TRIGger:LEVel:HIGH
<level>, <source>
(see page 646)
:TRIGger:LEVel:HIGH?
<source> (see
page 646)
<level> ::= .75 x full-scale
voltage from center screen in NR3
format.
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:TRIGger:LEVel:LOW
<level>, <source>
(see page 647)
:TRIGger:LEVel:LOW?
<source> (see
page 647)
<level> ::= .75 x full-scale
voltage from center screen in NR3
format.
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
108
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 41 General :TRIGger Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TRIGger:MODE <mode>
(see page 648)
:TRIGger:MODE? (see
page 648)
<mode> ::= {EDGE | GLITch |
PATTern | TV | EBURst | RUNT |
SHOLd | TRANsition | SBUS{1 | 2}
| USB}
<return_value> ::= {<mode> |
<none>}
<none> ::= query returns "NONE"
if the :TIMebase:MODE is ROLL or
XY
:TRIGger:NREJect {{0
| OFF} | {1 | ON}}
(see page 649)
:TRIGger:NREJect?
(see page 649)
{0 | 1}
:TRIGger:SWEep
<sweep> (see
page 650)
:TRIGger:SWEep? (see
page 650)
<sweep> ::= {AUTO | NORMal}
Table 42 :TRIGger:EBURst Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TRIGger:EBURst:COUNt
<count> (see
page 652)
:TRIGger:EBURst:COUNt
? (see page 652)
<count> ::= integer in NR1 format
:TRIGger:EBURst:IDLE
<time_value> (see
page 653)
:TRIGger:EBURst:IDLE?
(see page 653)
<time_value> ::= time in seconds
in NR3 format
:TRIGger:EBURst:SLOPe
<slope> (see
page 654)
:TRIGger:EBURst:SLOPe
? (see page 654)
<slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive}
:TRIGger:EBURst:SOURc
e <source> (see
page 655)
:TRIGger:EBURst:SOURc
e? (see page 655)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
109
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 43 :TRIGger[:EDGE] Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPl
ing {AC | DC |
LFReject} (see
page 657)
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPl
ing? (see page 657)
{AC | DC | LFReject}
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:LEVel
<level> [,<source>]
(see page 658)
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:LEVel
? [<source>] (see
page 658)
For internal triggers, <level>
::= .75 x full-scale voltage from
center screen in NR3 format.
For external triggers, <level>
::= ±(external range setting) in
NR3 format.
For digital channels (MSO
models), <level> ::= ±8 V.
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | EXTernal } for MSO
models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:REJec
t {OFF | LFReject |
HFReject} (see
page 659)
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:REJec
t? (see page 659)
{OFF | LFReject | HFReject}
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:SLOPe
<polarity> (see
page 660)
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:SLOPe
? (see page 660)
<polarity> ::= {POSitive |
NEGative | EITHer | ALTernate}
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:SOURc
e <source> (see
page 661)
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:SOURc
e? (see page 661)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal | LINE | WGEN} for the
DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | EXTernal | LINE |
WGEN} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
110
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 44 :TRIGger:GLITch Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TRIGger:GLITch:GREat
erthan
<greater_than_time>[s
uffix] (see page 664)
:TRIGger:GLITch:GREat
erthan? (see
page 664)
<greater_than_time> ::=
floating-point number in NR3
format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
:TRIGger:GLITch:LESSt
han
<less_than_time>[suff
ix] (see page 665)
:TRIGger:GLITch:LESSt
han? (see page 665)
<less_than_time> ::=
floating-point number in NR3
format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
:TRIGger:GLITch:LEVel
<level> [<source>]
(see page 666)
:TRIGger:GLITch:LEVel
? (see page 666)
For internal triggers, <level>
::= .75 x full-scale voltage from
center screen in NR3 format.
For external triggers (DSO
models), <level> ::= ±(external
range setting) in NR3 format.
For digital channels (MSO
models), <level> ::= ±8 V.
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:TRIGger:GLITch:POLar
ity <polarity> (see
page 667)
:TRIGger:GLITch:POLar
ity? (see page 667)
<polarity> ::= {POSitive |
NEGative}
:TRIGger:GLITch:QUALi
fier <qualifier> (see
page 668)
:TRIGger:GLITch:QUALi
fier? (see page 668)
<qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan |
LESSthan | RANGe}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
111
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 44 :TRIGger:GLITch Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TRIGger:GLITch:RANGe
<less_than_time>[suff
ix],
<greater_than_time>[s
uffix] (see page 669)
:TRIGger:GLITch:RANGe
? (see page 669)
<less_than_time> ::= 15 ns to
10 seconds in NR3 format
<greater_than_time> ::= 10 ns to
9.99 seconds in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
:TRIGger:GLITch:SOURc
e <source> (see
page 670)
:TRIGger:GLITch:SOURc
e? (see page 670)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
Table 45 :TRIGger:PATTern Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TRIGger:PATTern
<string>[,<edge_sourc
e>,<edge>] (see
page 672)
:TRIGger:PATTern?
(see page 673)
<string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::=
{0 | 1 | X | R | F} when <base> =
ASCii <string> ::= "0xnn...n"
where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X
| $} when <base> = HEX
<edge_source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
NONE} for DSO models
<edge_source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | NONE} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<edge> ::= {POSitive | NEGative}
:TRIGger:PATTern:FORM
at <base> (see
page 674)
:TRIGger:PATTern:FORM
at? (see page 674)
<base> ::= {ASCii | HEX}
:TRIGger:PATTern:GREa
terthan
<greater_than_time>[s
uffix] (see page 675)
:TRIGger:PATTern:GREa
terthan? (see
page 675)
<greater_than_time> ::=
floating-point number in NR3
format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
:TRIGger:PATTern:LESS
than
<less_than_time>[suff
ix] (see page 676)
:TRIGger:PATTern:LESS
than? (see page 676)
<less_than_time> ::=
floating-point number in NR3
format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
112
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 45 :TRIGger:PATTern Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TRIGger:PATTern:QUAL
ifier <qualifier>
(see page 677)
:TRIGger:PATTern:QUAL
ifier? (see page 677)
<qualifier> ::= {ENTered |
GREaterthan | LESSthan | INRange
| OUTRange | TIMeout}
:TRIGger:PATTern:RANG
e
<less_than_time>[suff
ix],
<greater_than_time>[s
uffix] (see page 679)
:TRIGger:PATTern:RANG
e? (see page 679)
<less_than_time> ::= 15 ns to
10 seconds in NR3 format
<greater_than_time> ::= 10 ns to
9.99 seconds in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
Table 46 :TRIGger:RUNT Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TRIGger:RUNT:POLarit
y <polarity> (see
page 681)
:TRIGger:RUNT:POLarit
y? (see page 681)
<polarity> ::= {POSitive |
NEGative | EITHer}
:TRIGger:RUNT:QUALifi
er <qualifier> (see
page 682)
:TRIGger:RUNT:QUALifi
er? (see page 682)
<qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan |
LESSthan | NONE}
:TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce
<source> (see
page 683)
:TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce?
(see page 683)
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:TRIGger:RUNT:TIME
<time>[suffix] (see
page 684)
:TRIGger:RUNT:TIME?
(see page 684)
<time> ::= floating-point number
in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
Table 47 :TRIGger:SHOLd Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe
<slope> (see
page 686)
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe?
(see page 686)
<slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive}
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce
:CLOCk <source> (see
page 687)
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce
:CLOCk? (see
page 687)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
113
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 47 :TRIGger:SHOLd Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce
:DATA <source> (see
page 688)
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce
:DATA? (see page 688)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:H
OLD <time>[suffix]
(see page 689)
:TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:H
OLD? (see page 689)
<time> ::= floating-point number
in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
:TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:S
ETup <time>[suffix]
(see page 690)
:TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:S
ETup? (see page 690)
<time> ::= floating-point number
in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
Table 48 :TRIGger:TRANsition Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TRIGger:TRANsition:Q
UALifier <qualifier>
(see page 692)
:TRIGger:TRANsition:Q
UALifier? (see
page 692)
<qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan |
LESSthan}
:TRIGger:TRANsition:S
LOPe <slope> (see
page 693)
:TRIGger:TRANsition:S
LOPe? (see page 693)
<slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive}
:TRIGger:TRANsition:S
OURce <source> (see
page 694)
:TRIGger:TRANsition:S
OURce? (see page 694)
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:TRIGger:TRANsition:T
IME <time>[suffix]
(see page 695)
:TRIGger:TRANsition:T
IME? (see page 695)
<time> ::= floating-point number
in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
114
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 49 :TRIGger:TV Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TRIGger:TV:LINE
<line number> (see
page 697)
:TRIGger:TV:LINE?
(see page 697)
<line number> ::= integer in NR1
format
:TRIGger:TV:MODE <tv
mode> (see page 698)
:TRIGger:TV:MODE?
(see page 698)
<tv mode> ::= {FIEld1 | FIEld2 |
AFIelds | ALINes | LFIeld1 |
LFIeld2 | LALTernate}
:TRIGger:TV:POLarity
<polarity> (see
page 699)
:TRIGger:TV:POLarity?
(see page 699)
<polarity> ::= {POSitive |
NEGative}
:TRIGger:TV:SOURce
<source> (see
page 700)
:TRIGger:TV:SOURce?
(see page 700)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:TRIGger:TV:STANdard
<standard> (see
page 701)
:TRIGger:TV:STANdard?
(see page 701)
<standard> ::= {NTSC | PAL | PALM
| SECam}
Table 50 :TRIGger:USB Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TRIGger:USB:SOURce:D
MINus <source> (see
page 703)
:TRIGger:USB:SOURce:D
MINus? (see page 703)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for the DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:TRIGger:USB:SOURce:D
PLus <source> (see
page 704)
:TRIGger:USB:SOURce:D
PLus? (see page 704)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for the DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:TRIGger:USB:SPEed
<value> (see
page 705)
:TRIGger:USB:SPEed?
(see page 705)
<value> ::= {LOW | FULL}
:TRIGger:USB:TRIGger
<value> (see
page 706)
:TRIGger:USB:TRIGger?
(see page 706)
<value> ::= {SOP | EOP |
ENTersuspend | EXITsuspend |
RESet}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
115
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 51 :WAVeform Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:WAVeform:BYTeorder
<value> (see
page 715)
:WAVeform:BYTeorder?
(see page 715)
<value> ::= {LSBFirst | MSBFirst}
n/a
:WAVeform:COUNt? (see
page 716)
<count> ::= an integer from 1 to
65536 in NR1 format
n/a
:WAVeform:DATA? (see
page 717)
<binary block length bytes>,
<binary data>
For example, to transmit 1000
bytes of data, the syntax would
be: #800001000<1000 bytes of
data><NL>
8 is the number of digits that
follow
00001000 is the number of bytes
to be transmitted
<1000 bytes of data> is the
actual data
:WAVeform:FORMat
<value> (see
page 719)
:WAVeform:FORMat?
(see page 719)
<value> ::= {WORD | BYTE | ASCII}
:WAVeform:POINts
<# points> (see
page 720)
:WAVeform:POINts?
(see page 720)
<# points> ::= {100 | 250 | 500 |
1000 | <points_mode>} if waveform
points mode is NORMal
<# points> ::= {100 | 250 | 500 |
1000 | 2000 ... 8000000 in 1-2-5
sequence | <points_mode>} if
waveform points mode is MAXimum
or RAW
<points_mode> ::= {NORMal |
MAXimum | RAW}
:WAVeform:POINts:MODE
<points_mode> (see
page 722)
:WAVeform:POINts:MODE
? (see page 722)
<points_mode> ::= {NORMal |
MAXimum | RAW}
116
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 51 :WAVeform Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
n/a
:WAVeform:PREamble?
(see page 724)
<preamble_block> ::= <format
NR1>, <type NR1>,<points
NR1>,<count NR1>, <xincrement
NR3>, <xorigin NR3>, <xreference
NR1>,<yincrement NR3>, <yorigin
NR3>, <yreference NR1>
<format> ::= an integer in NR1
format:
• 0 for BYTE format
• 1 for WORD format
• 2 for ASCii format
<type> ::= an integer in NR1
format:
•
•
•
•
0
1
3
4
for
for
for
for
NORMal type
PEAK detect type
AVERage type
HRESolution type
<count> ::= Average count, or 1
if PEAK detect type or NORMal; an
integer in NR1 format
n/a
:WAVeform:SEGMented:C
OUNt? (see page 727)
<count> ::= an integer from 2 to
1000 in NR1 format (with Option
SGM)
n/a
:WAVeform:SEGMented:T
TAG? (see page 728)
<time_tag> ::= in NR3 format
(with Option SGM)
:WAVeform:SOURce
<source> (see
page 729)
:WAVeform:SOURce?
(see page 729)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | SBUS} for DSO
models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | POD{1
| 2} | BUS{1 | 2} | FUNCtion |
MATH | SBUS} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:WAVeform:SOURce:SUBS
ource <subsource>
(see page 733)
:WAVeform:SOURce:SUBS
ource? (see page 733)
<subsource> ::= {{SUB0 | RX |
MOSI} | {SUB1 | TX | MISO}}
n/a
:WAVeform:TYPE? (see
page 734)
<return_mode> ::= {NORM | PEAK |
AVER | HRES}
:WAVeform:UNSigned
{{0 | OFF} | {1 |
ON}} (see page 735)
:WAVeform:UNSigned?
(see page 735)
{0 | 1}
:WAVeform:VIEW <view>
(see page 736)
:WAVeform:VIEW? (see
page 736)
<view> ::= {MAIN}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
117
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 51 :WAVeform Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
n/a
:WAVeform:XINCrement?
(see page 737)
<return_value> ::= x-increment
in the current preamble in NR3
format
n/a
:WAVeform:XORigin?
(see page 738)
<return_value> ::= x-origin
value in the current preamble in
NR3 format
n/a
:WAVeform:XREFerence?
(see page 739)
<return_value> ::= 0
(x-reference value in the current
preamble in NR1 format)
n/a
:WAVeform:YINCrement?
(see page 740)
<return_value> ::= y-increment
value in the current preamble in
NR3 format
n/a
:WAVeform:YORigin?
(see page 741)
<return_value> ::= y-origin in
the current preamble in NR3
format
n/a
:WAVeform:YREFerence?
(see page 742)
<return_value> ::= y-reference
value in the current preamble in
NR1 format
Table 52 :WGEN Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:WGEN:FREQuency
<frequency> (see
page 745)
:WGEN:FREQuency? (see
page 745)
<frequency> ::= frequency in Hz
in NR3 format
:WGEN:FUNCtion
<signal> (see
page 746)
:WGEN:FUNCtion? (see
page 747)
<signal> ::= {SINusoid | SQUare |
RAMP | PULSe | NOISe | DC}
:WGEN:FUNCtion:PULSe:
WIDTh <width> (see
page 748)
:WGEN:FUNCtion:PULSe:
WIDTh? (see page 748)
<width> ::= pulse width in
seconds in NR3 format
:WGEN:FUNCtion:RAMP:S
YMMetry <percent>
(see page 749)
:WGEN:FUNCtion:RAMP:S
YMMetry? (see
page 749)
<percent> ::= symmetry
percentage from 0% to 100% in NR3
format
:WGEN:FUNCtion:SQUare
:DCYCle <percent>
(see page 750)
:WGEN:FUNCtion:SQUare
:DCYCle? (see
page 750)
<percent> ::= duty cycle
percentage from 20% to 80% in NR3
format
:WGEN:OUTPut {{0 |
OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see
page 751)
:WGEN:OUTPut? (see
page 751)
{0 | 1}
118
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 52 :WGEN Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:WGEN:OUTPut:LOAD
<impedance> (see
page 752)
:WGEN:OUTPut:LOAD?
(see page 752)
<impedance> ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy}
:WGEN:PERiod <period>
(see page 753)
:WGEN:PERiod? (see
page 753)
<period> ::= period in seconds in
NR3 format
:WGEN:RST (see
page 754)
n/a
n/a
:WGEN:VOLTage
<amplitude> (see
page 755)
:WGEN:VOLTage? (see
page 755)
<amplitude> ::= amplitude in
volts in NR3 format
:WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH
<high> (see page 756)
:WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH?
(see page 756)
<high> ::= high-level voltage in
volts, in NR3 format
:WGEN:VOLTage:LOW
<low> (see page 757)
:WGEN:VOLTage:LOW?
(see page 757)
<low> ::= low-level voltage in
volts, in NR3 format
:WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet
<offset> (see
page 758)
:WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet?
(see page 758)
<offset> ::= offset in volts in
NR3 format
Table 53 :WMEMory<r> Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:WMEMory<r>:CLEar
(see page 761)
n/a
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
:WMEMory<r>:DISPlay
{{0 | OFF} | {1 |
ON}} (see page 762)
:WMEMory<r>:DISPlay?
(see page 762)
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
{0 | 1}
:WMEMory<r>:LABel
<string> (see
page 763)
:WMEMory<r>:LABel?
(see page 763)
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<string> ::= any series of 10 or
less ASCII characters enclosed in
quotation marks
:WMEMory<r>:SAVE
<source> (see
page 764)
n/a
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
NOTE: Only ADD or SUBtract math
operations can be saved as
reference waveforms.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
119
4
Commands Quick Reference
Table 53 :WMEMory<r> Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:WMEMory<r>:SKEW
<skew> (see page 765)
:WMEMory<r>:SKEW?
(see page 765)
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<skew> ::= time in seconds in NR3
format
:WMEMory<r>:YOFFset
<offset>[suffix] (see
page 766)
:WMEMory<r>:YOFFset?
(see page 766)
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<offset> ::= vertical offset
value in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {V | mV}
:WMEMory<r>:YRANge
<range>[suffix] (see
page 767)
:WMEMory<r>:YRANge?
(see page 767)
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<range> ::= vertical full-scale
range value in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {V | mV}
:WMEMory<r>:YSCale
<scale>[suffix] (see
page 768)
:WMEMory<r>:YSCale?
(see page 768)
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<scale> ::= vertical units per
division value in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {V | mV}
120
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Commands Quick Reference
4
Syntax Elements
• "Number Format" on page 121
• "<NL> (Line Terminator)" on page 121
• "[ ] (Optional Syntax Terms)" on page 121
• "{ } (Braces)" on page 121
• "::= (Defined As)" on page 121
• "< > (Angle Brackets)" on page 122
• "... (Ellipsis)" on page 122
• "n,..,p (Value Ranges)" on page 122
• "d (Digits)" on page 122
• "Quoted ASCII String" on page 122
• "Definite- Length Block Response Data" on page 122
Number Format
NR1 specifies integer data.
NR3 specifies exponential data in floating point format (for example,
- 1.0E- 3).
<NL> (Line Terminator)
<NL> = new line or linefeed (ASCII decimal 10).
The line terminator, or a leading colon, will send the parser to the "root"
of the command tree.
[ ] (Optional Syntax Terms)
Items enclosed in square brackets, [ ], are optional.
{ } (Braces)
When several items are enclosed by braces, { }, only one of these elements
may be selected. Vertical line ( | ) indicates "or". For example, {ON | OFF}
indicates that only ON or OFF may be selected, not both.
::= (Defined As)
::= means "defined as".
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
121
4
Commands Quick Reference
For example, <A> ::= <B> indicates that <A> can be replaced by <B> in any
statement containing <A>.
< > (Angle Brackets)
< > Angle brackets enclose words or characters that symbolize a program
code parameter or an interface command.
... (Ellipsis)
... An ellipsis (trailing dots) indicates that the preceding element may be
repeated one or more times.
n,..,p (Value Ranges)
n,..,p ::= all integers between n and p inclusive.
d (Digits)
d ::= A single ASCII numeric character 0 - 9.
Quoted ASCII String
A quoted ASCII string is a string delimited by either double quotes (") or
single quotes ('). Some command parameters require a quoted ASCII
string. For example, when using the Agilent VISA COM library in Visual
Basic, the command:
myScope.WriteString ":CHANNEL1:LABEL 'One'"
has a quoted ASCII string of:
'One'
In order to read quoted ASCII strings from query return values, some
programming languages require special handling or syntax.
Definite-Length Block Response Data
Definite- length block response data allows any type of device- dependent
data to be transmitted over the system interface as a series of 8- bit binary
data bytes. This is particularly useful for sending large quantities of data
or 8- bit extended ASCII codes. This syntax is a pound sign (#) followed by
a non- zero digit representing the number of digits in the decimal integer.
After the non- zero digit is the decimal integer that states the number of
8- bit data bytes being sent. This is followed by the actual data.
For example, for transmitting 1000 bytes of data, the syntax would be
122
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Commands Quick Reference
4
#800001000<1000 bytes of data> <NL>
8 is the number of digits that follow
00001000 is the number of bytes to be transmitted
<1000 bytes of data> is the actual data
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
123
4
124
Commands Quick Reference
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
5
Common (*) Commands
Commands defined by IEEE 488.2 standard that are common to all
instruments. See "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 127.
Table 54 Common (*) Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
*CLS (see page 129)
n/a
n/a
*ESE <mask> (see
page 130)
*ESE? (see page 130)
<mask> ::= 0 to 255; an integer
in NR1 format:
Bit Weight Name Enables
--- ------ ---- ---------7
128 PON Power On
6
64 URQ User Request
5
32 CME Command Error
4
16 EXE Execution Error
3
8 DDE Dev. Dependent Error
2
4 QYE Query Error
1
2 RQL Request Control
0
1 OPC Operation Complete
n/a
*ESR? (see page 132)
<status> ::= 0 to 255; an integer
in NR1 format
n/a
*IDN? (see page 132)
AGILENT
TECHNOLOGIES,<model>,<serial
number>,X.XX.XX
<model> ::= the model number of
the instrument
<serial number> ::= the serial
number of the instrument
<X.XX.XX> ::= the software
revision of the instrument
n/a
*LRN? (see page 135)
<learn_string> ::= current
instrument setup as a block of
data in IEEE 488.2 # format
*OPC (see page 136)
*OPC? (see page 136)
ASCII "1" is placed in the output
queue when all pending device
operations have completed.

125
5
Common (*) Commands
Table 54 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
n/a
*OPT? (see page 137)
<return_value> ::= 0,0,<license
info>
<license info> ::= <All field>,
<reserved>, <MSO>, <reserved>,
<Memory>, <Low Speed Serial>,
<Automotive Serial>, <reserved>,
<reserved>,
<Power Measurements>,
<RS-232/UART Serial>,
<Segmented Memory>, <Mask Test>,
<reserved>, <Bandwidth>,
<reserved>, <reserved>,
<reserved>, <I2S Serial>,
<reserved>, <reserved>,
<Waveform Generator>,
<reserved>, <reserved>
<All field> ::= {0 | All}
<reserved> ::= 0
<MSO> ::= {0 | MSO}
<Memory> ::= {0 | MEMUP}
<Low Speed Serial> ::= {0 | EMBD}
<Automotive Serial> ::= {0 |
AUTO}
<Power Measurements> ::= {0 |
PWR}
<RS-232/UART Serial> ::= {0 |
COMP}
<Segmented Memory> ::= {0 | SGM}
<Mask Test> ::= {0 | MASK}
<Bandwidth> ::= {0 | BW20 | BW50}
<I2S Serial> ::= {0 | AUDIO}
<Waveform Generator> ::= {0 |
WAVEGEN}
*RCL <value> (see
page 139)
n/a
<value> ::= {0 | 1 | 4 | 5 | 6 |
7 | 8 | 9}
*RST (see page 140)
n/a
See *RST (Reset) (see page 140)
*SAV <value> (see
page 143)
n/a
<value> ::= {0 | 1 | 4 | 5 | 6 |
7 | 8 | 9}
126
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
5
Common (*) Commands
Table 54 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
*SRE <mask> (see
page 144)
*SRE? (see page 145)
<mask> ::= sum of all bits that
are set, 0 to 255; an integer in
NR1 format. <mask> ::= following
values:
Bit Weight Name Enables
--- ------ ---- ---------7
128 OPER Operation Status Reg
6
64 ---- (Not used.)
5
32 ESB Event Status Bit
4
16 MAV Message Available
3
8 ---- (Not used.)
2
4 MSG Message
1
2 USR User
0
1 TRG Trigger
n/a
*STB? (see page 146)
<value> ::= 0 to 255; an integer
in NR1 format, as shown in the
following:
Bit Weight Name "1" Indicates
--- ------ ---- --------------7
128 OPER Operation status
condition occurred.
6
64 RQS/ Instrument is
MSS requesting service.
5
32 ESB Enabled event status
condition occurred.
4
16 MAV Message available.
3
8 ---- (Not used.)
2
4 MSG Message displayed.
1
2 USR User event
condition occurred.
0
1 TRG A trigger occurred.
*TRG (see page 148)
n/a
n/a
n/a
*TST? (see page 149)
<result> ::= 0 or non-zero value;
an integer in NR1 format
*WAI (see page 150)
n/a
n/a
Introduction to
Common (*)
Commands
The common commands are defined by the IEEE 488.2 standard. They are
implemented by all instruments that comply with the IEEE 488.2 standard.
They provide some of the basic instrument functions, such as instrument
identification and reset, reading the instrument setup, and determining
how status is read and cleared.
Common commands can be received and processed by the instrument
whether they are sent over the interface as separate program messages or
within other program messages. If an instrument subsystem has been
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
127
5
Common (*) Commands
selected and a common command is received by the instrument, the
instrument remains in the selected subsystem. For example, if the program
message ":ACQuire:TYPE AVERage; *CLS; COUNt 256" is received by the
instrument, the instrument sets the acquire type, then clears the status
information and sets the average count.
In contrast, if a root level command or some other subsystem command is
within the program message, you must re- enter the original subsystem
after the command. For example, the program message ":ACQuire:TYPE
AVERage; :AUToscale; :ACQuire:COUNt 256" sets the acquire type,
completes the autoscale, then sets the acquire count. In this example,
:ACQuire must be sent again after the :AUToscale command in order to
re- enter the ACQuire subsystem and set the count.
NOTE
128
Each of the status registers has an enable (mask) register. By setting the bits in the enable
register, you can select the status information you want to use.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Common (*) Commands
5
*CLS (Clear Status)
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
*CLS
The *CLS common command clears the status data structures, the
device- defined error queue, and the Request- for- OPC flag.
NOTE
See Also
If the *CLS command immediately follows a program message terminator, the output queue
and the MAV (message available) bit are cleared.
• "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 127
• "*STB (Read Status Byte)" on page 146
• "*ESE (Standard Event Status Enable)" on page 130
• "*ESR (Standard Event Status Register)" on page 132
• "*SRE (Service Request Enable)" on page 144
• ":SYSTem:ERRor" on page 619
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
129
5
Common (*) Commands
*ESE (Standard Event Status Enable)
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
*ESE <mask_argument>
<mask_argument> ::= integer from 0 to 255
The *ESE common command sets the bits in the Standard Event Status
Enable Register. The Standard Event Status Enable Register contains a
mask value for the bits to be enabled in the Standard Event Status
Register. A "1" in the Standard Event Status Enable Register enables the
corresponding bit in the Standard Event Status Register. A zero disables
the bit.
128
64
32
16
8
4
2
1
PON
URQ
CME
EXE
DDE
QYE
RQL
OPC
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
*ESR?
*ESE
*ESE?
OR
Standard Event
Status Register
Standard Event
Status Enable
(Mask) Register
+
To ESB bit in
Statu s Byte
Register
Table 55 Standard Event Status Enable (ESE)
Query Syntax
130
Bit
Name
Description
When Set (1 = High = True), Enables:
7
PON
Power On
Event when an OFF to ON transition occurs.
6
URQ
User Request
Event when a front-panel key is pressed.
5
CME
Command Error
Event when a command error is detected.
4
EXE
Execution Error
Event when an execution error is detected.
3
DDE
Device Dependent Error
Event when a device-dependent error is detected.
2
QYE
Query Error
Event when a query error is detected.
1
RQL
Request Control
Event when the device is requesting control. (Not
used.)
0
OPC
Operation Complete
Event when an operation is complete.
*ESE?
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Common (*) Commands
5
The *ESE? query returns the current contents of the Standard Event
Status Enable Register.
Return Format
<mask_argument><NL>
<mask_argument> ::= 0,..,255; an integer in NR1 format.
See Also
• "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 127
• "*ESR (Standard Event Status Register)" on page 132
• "*OPC (Operation Complete)" on page 136
• "*CLS (Clear Status)" on page 129
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
131
5
Common (*) Commands
*ESR (Standard Event Status Register)
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
*ESR?
The *ESR? query returns the contents of the Standard Event Status
Register. When you read the Event Status Register, the value returned is
the total bit weights of all of the bits that are high at the time you read
the byte. Reading the register clears the Event Status Register.
The following table shows bit weight, name, and condition for each bit.
128
64
32
16
8
4
2
1
PON
URQ
CME
EXE
DDE
QYE
RQL
OPC
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
*ESR?
*ESE
*ESE?
OR
Standard Event
Status Register
Standard Event
Status Enable
(Mask) Register
+
To ESB bit in
Statu s Byte
Register
Table 56 Standard Event Status Register (ESR)
Return Format
Bit
Name
Description
When Set (1 = High = True), Indicates:
7
PON
Power On
An OFF to ON transition has occurred.
6
URQ
User Request
A front-panel key has been pressed.
5
CME
Command Error
A command error has been detected.
4
EXE
Execution Error
An execution error has been detected.
3
DDE
Device Dependent Error
A device-dependent error has been detected.
2
QYE
Query Error
A query error has been detected.
1
RQL
Request Control
The device is requesting control. (Not used.)
0
OPC
Operation Complete
Operation is complete.
<status><NL>
<status> ::= 0,..,255; an integer in NR1 format.
132
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Common (*) Commands
NOTE
See Also
5
Reading the Standard Event Status Register clears it. High or 1 indicates the bit is true.
• "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 127
• "*ESE (Standard Event Status Enable)" on page 130
• "*OPC (Operation Complete)" on page 136
• "*CLS (Clear Status)" on page 129
• ":SYSTem:ERRor" on page 619
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
133
5
Common (*) Commands
*IDN (Identification Number)
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
*IDN?
The *IDN? query identifies the instrument type and software version.
Return Format
AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES,<model>,<serial number>,X.XX.XX <NL>
<model> ::= the model number of the instrument
<serial number> ::= the serial number of the instrument
X.XX.XX ::= the software revision of the instrument
See Also
• "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 127
• "*OPT (Option Identification)" on page 137
134
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
5
Common (*) Commands
*LRN (Learn Device Setup)
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
*LRN?
The *LRN? query result contains the current state of the instrument. This
query is similar to the :SYSTem:SETup? (see page 625) query, except that
it contains ":SYST:SET " before the binary block data. The query result is a
valid command that can be used to restore instrument settings at a later
time.
Return Format
<learn_string><NL>
<learn_string> ::= :SYST:SET <setup_data>
<setup_data> ::= binary block data in IEEE 488.2 # format
<learn string> specifies the current instrument setup. The block size is
subject to change with different firmware revisions.
NOTE
See Also
The *LRN? query return format has changed from previous Agilent oscilloscopes to match
the IEEE 488.2 specification which says that the query result must contain ":SYST:SET "
before the binary block data.
• "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 127
• "*RCL (Recall)" on page 139
• "*SAV (Save)" on page 143
• ":SYSTem:SETup" on page 625
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
135
5
Common (*) Commands
*OPC (Operation Complete)
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
*OPC
The *OPC command sets the operation complete bit in the Standard Event
Status Register when all pending device operations have finished.
Query Syntax
*OPC?
The *OPC? query places an ASCII "1" in the output queue when all
pending device operations have completed. The interface hangs until this
query returns.
Return Format
<complete><NL>
<complete> ::= 1
See Also
• "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 127
• "*ESE (Standard Event Status Enable)" on page 130
• "*ESR (Standard Event Status Register)" on page 132
• "*CLS (Clear Status)" on page 129
136
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
5
Common (*) Commands
*OPT (Option Identification)
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
*OPT?
The *OPT? query reports the options installed in the instrument. This
query returns a string that identifies the module and its software revision
level.
Return Format
0,0,<license info>
<license info> ::= <All field>, <reserved>, <MSO>, <reserved>,
<Memory>, <Low Speed Serial>, <Automotive Serial>,
<reserved>, <reserved>,
<Power Measurements>, <RS-232/UART Serial>,
<Segmented Memory>, <Mask Test>, <reserved>,
<Bandwidth>, <reserved>, <reserved>, <reserved>,
<I2S Serial>, <reserved>, <reserved>,
<Waveform Generator>, <reserved>, <reserved>
<All field> ::= {0 | All}
<reserved> ::= 0
<MSO> ::= {0 | MSO}
<Memory> ::= {0 | MEMUP}
<Low Speed Serial> ::= {0 | EMBD}
<Automotive Serial> ::= {0 | AUTO}
<Power Measurements> ::= {0 | PWR}
<RS-232/UART Serial> ::= {0 | COMP}
<Segmented Memory> ::= {0 | SGM}
<Mask Test> ::= {0 | MASK}
<Bandwidth> ::= {0 | BW20 | BW50}
<I2S Serial> ::= {0 | AUDIO}
<Waveform Generator> ::= {0 | WAVEGEN}
The <MSO> field indicates whether the unit is a mixed-signal
oscilloscope.
The *OPT? query returns the following:
See Also
Module
Module Id
No modules attached
0,0,0,0,MSO,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
,0
• "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 127
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
137
5
Common (*) Commands
• "*IDN (Identification Number)" on page 134
138
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Common (*) Commands
5
*RCL (Recall)
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
*RCL <value>
<value> ::= {0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9}
The *RCL command restores the state of the instrument from the specified
save/recall register.
See Also
• "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 127
• "*SAV (Save)" on page 143
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
139
5
Common (*) Commands
*RST (Reset)
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
*RST
The *RST command places the instrument in a known state. This is the
same as pressing [Save/Recall] > Default/Erase > Factory Default on the front
panel.
When you perform a factory default setup, there are no user settings that
remain unchanged. To perform the equivalent of the front panel's [Default
Setup] key, where some user settings (like preferences) remain unchanged,
use the :SYSTem:PRESet command.
Reset conditions are:
Acquire Menu
Mode
Normal
Averaging
Off
# Averages
8
Analog Channel Menu
Channel 1
On
Channel 2
Off
Volts/division
5.00 V
Offset
0.00
Coupling
DC
Probe attenuation
AutoProbe (if AutoProbe is connected),
otherwise 1.0:1
Vernier
Off
Invert
Off
BW limit
Off
Impedance
1 M Ohm
Units
Volts
Skew
0
Cursor Menu
Source
140
Channel 1
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Common (*) Commands
5
Digital Channel Menu (MSO models only)
Channel 0 - 15
Off
Labels
Off
Threshold
TTL (1.4V)
Display Menu
Persistence
Off
Grid
33%
Quick Meas Menu
Source
Channel 1
Run Control
Scope is running
Time Base Menu
Main time/division
100 us
Main time base delay
0.00 s
Delay time/division
500 ns
Delay time base delay
0.00 s
Reference
center
Mode
main
Vernier
Off
Trigger Menu
Type
Edge
Mode
Auto
Coupling
dc
Source
Channel 1
Level
0.0 V
Slope
Positive
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
141
5
Common (*) Commands
Trigger Menu
See Also
HF Reject and noise reject
Off
Holdoff
60 ns
External probe attenuation
10:1
External Units
Volts
External Impedance
1 M Ohm (cannot be changed)
• "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 127
• ":SYSTem:PRESet" on page 621
Example Code
' RESET - This command puts the oscilloscope into a known state.
' This statement is very important for programs to work as expected.
' Most of the following initialization commands are initialized by
' *RST. It is not necessary to reinitialize them unless the default
' setting is not suitable for your application.
myScope.WriteString "*RST" ' Reset the oscilloscope to the defaults.
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
142
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
5
Common (*) Commands
*SAV (Save)
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
*SAV <value>
<value> ::= {0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9}
The *SAV command stores the current state of the instrument in a save
register. The data parameter specifies the register where the data will be
saved.
See Also
• "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 127
• "*RCL (Recall)" on page 139
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
143
5
Common (*) Commands
*SRE (Service Request Enable)
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
*SRE <mask>
<mask> ::= integer with values defined in the following table.
The *SRE command sets the bits in the Service Request Enable Register.
The Service Request Enable Register contains a mask value for the bits to
be enabled in the Status Byte Register. A one in the Service Request
Enable Register enables the corresponding bit in the Status Byte Register.
A zero disables the bit.
From
Operation
Status
Registers
From
Standard
Event
Status
Registers
TRG
Reg
TER?
Trigger Event Register
*STB?
Status Byte Register
*SRE
*SRE?
Service Request Enable
(Mask) Register
Output
Queue
RQS/
OPER MSS ESB MAV
7
OR
5
4
3
2
1
0
+
SRQ
144
6
MSG USR TRG
Service Request
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Common (*) Commands
5
Table 57 Service Request Enable Register (SRE)
Query Syntax
Bit
Name
Description
When Set (1 = High = True), Enables:
7
OPER
Operation Status Register
Interrupts when enabled conditions in the
Operation Status Register (OPER) occur.
6
---
---
(Not used.)
5
ESB
Event Status Bit
Interrupts when enabled conditions in the
Standard Event Status Register (ESR) occur.
4
MAV
Message Available
Interrupts when messages are in the Output
Queue.
3
---
---
(Not used.)
2
MSG
Message
Interrupts when an advisory has been displayed
on the oscilloscope.
1
USR
User Event
Interrupts when enabled user event conditions
occur.
0
TRG
Trigger
Interrupts when a trigger occurs.
*SRE?
The *SRE? query returns the current value of the Service Request Enable
Register.
Return Format
<mask><NL>
<mask> ::= sum of all bits that are set, 0,..,255;
an integer in NR1 format
See Also
• "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 127
• "*STB (Read Status Byte)" on page 146
• "*CLS (Clear Status)" on page 129
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
145
5
Common (*) Commands
*STB (Read Status Byte)
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
*STB?
The *STB? query returns the current value of the instrument's status byte.
The MSS (Master Summary Status) bit is reported on bit 6 instead of the
RQS (request service) bit. The MSS indicates whether or not the device
has at least one reason for requesting service.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= 0,..,255; an integer in NR1 format
From
Operation
Status
Registers
From
Standard
Event
Status
Registers
TRG
Reg
TER?
Trigger Event Register
*STB?
Status Byte Register
*SRE
*SRE?
Service Request Enable
(Mask) Register
Output
Queue
RQS/
OPER MSS ESB MAV
7
OR
5
4
3
2
1
0
+
SRQ
146
6
MSG USR TRG
Service Request
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
5
Common (*) Commands
Table 58 Status Byte Register (STB)
NOTE
See Also
Bit
Name
Description
When Set (1 = High = True), Indicates:
7
OPER
Operation Status Register
An enabled condition in the Operation Status
Register (OPER) has occurred.
6
RQS
Request Service
When polled, that the device is requesting service.
MSS
Master Summary Status
When read (by *STB?), whether the device has a
reason for requesting service.
5
ESB
Event Status Bit
An enabled condition in the Standard Event Status
Register (ESR) has occurred.
4
MAV
Message Available
There are messages in the Output Queue.
3
---
---
(Not used, always 0.)
2
MSG
Message
An advisory has been displayed on the
oscilloscope.
1
USR
User Event
An enabled user event condition has occurred.
0
TRG
Trigger
A trigger has occurred.
To read the instrument's status byte with RQS reported on bit 6, use the interface Serial
Poll.
• "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 127
• "*SRE (Service Request Enable)" on page 144
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
147
5
Common (*) Commands
*TRG (Trigger)
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
*TRG
The *TRG command has the same effect as the :DIGitize command with no
parameters.
See Also
• "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 127
• ":DIGitize" on page 163
• ":RUN" on page 180
• ":STOP" on page 184
148
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Common (*) Commands
5
*TST (Self Test)
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
*TST?
The *TST? query performs a self- test on the instrument. The result of the
test is placed in the output queue. A zero indicates the test passed and a
non- zero indicates the test failed. If the test fails, refer to the
troubleshooting section of the Service Guide.
Return Format
<result><NL>
<result> ::= 0 or non-zero value; an integer in NR1 format
See Also
• "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 127
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
149
5
Common (*) Commands
*WAI (Wait To Continue)
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
*WAI
The *WAI command has no function in the oscilloscope, but is parsed for
compatibility with other instruments.
See Also
150
• "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 127
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
6
Root (:) Commands
Control many of the basic functions of the oscilloscope and reside at the
root level of the command tree. See "Introduction to Root (:) Commands"
on page 154.
Table 59 Root (:) Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:ACTivity (see
page 155)
:ACTivity? (see
page 155)
<return value> ::=
<edges>,<levels>
<edges> ::= presence of edges
(32-bit integer in NR1 format)
<levels> ::= logical highs or
lows (32-bit integer in NR1
format)
n/a
:AER? (see page 156)
{0 | 1}; an integer in NR1 format
:AUToscale
[<source>[,..,<source
>]] (see page 157)
n/a
<source> ::= CHANnel<n> for DSO
models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | POD1 | POD2} for MSO
models
<source> can be repeated up to 5
times
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:AUToscale:AMODE
<value> (see
page 159)
:AUToscale:AMODE?
(see page 159)
<value> ::= {NORMal | CURRent}}
:AUToscale:CHANnels
<value> (see
page 160)
:AUToscale:CHANnels?
(see page 160)
<value> ::= {ALL | DISPlayed}}
:AUToscale:FDEBug {{0
| OFF} | {1 | ON}}
(see page 161)
:AUToscale:FDEBug?
(see page 161)
{0 | 1}

151
6
Root (:) Commands
Table 59 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:BLANk [<source>]
(see page 162)
n/a
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} |
FUNCtion | MATH | SBUS{1 | 2}}
for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2} | BUS{1 |
2} | FUNCtion | MATH | SBUS{1 |
2}} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:DIGitize
[<source>[,..,<source
>]] (see page 163)
n/a
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | SBUS{1 | 2}}
for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2} | BUS{1 |
2} | FUNCtion | MATH | SBUS{1 |
2}} for MSO models
<source> can be repeated up to 5
times
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:MTEenable <n> (see
page 165)
:MTEenable? (see
page 165)
<n> ::= 16-bit integer in NR1
format
n/a
:MTERegister[:EVENt]?
(see page 167)
<n> ::= 16-bit integer in NR1
format
:OPEE <n> (see
page 169)
:OPEE? (see page 169)
<n> ::= 15-bit integer in NR1
format
n/a
:OPERregister:CONDiti
on? (see page 171)
<n> ::= 15-bit integer in NR1
format
n/a
:OPERegister[:EVENt]?
(see page 173)
<n> ::= 15-bit integer in NR1
format
152
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
6
Root (:) Commands
Table 59 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:OVLenable <mask>
(see page 175)
:OVLenable? (see
page 176)
<mask> ::= 16-bit integer in NR1
format as shown:
Bit Weight Input
--- ------ ---------10
1024 Ext Trigger Fault
9
512 Channel 4 Fault
8
256 Channel 3 Fault
7
128 Channel 2 Fault
6
64 Channel 1 Fault
4
16 Ext Trigger OVL
3
8 Channel 4 OVL
2
4 Channel 3 OVL
1
2 Channel 2 OVL
0
1 Channel 1 OVL
n/a
:OVLRegister? (see
page 177)
<value> ::= integer in NR1
format. See OVLenable for <value>
:PRINt [<options>]
(see page 179)
n/a
<options> ::= [<print
option>][,..,<print option>]
<print option> ::= {COLor |
GRAYscale | PRINter0 | BMP8bit |
BMP | PNG | NOFactors | FACTors}
<print option> can be repeated up
to 5 times.
:RUN (see page 180)
n/a
n/a
n/a
:SERial (see
page 181)
<return value> ::= unquoted
string containing serial number
:SINGle (see
page 182)
n/a
n/a
n/a
:STATus? <display>
(see page 183)
{0 | 1}
<display> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2} | BUS{1 |
2} | FUNCtion | MATH | SBUS{1 |
2}}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:STOP (see page 184)
n/a
n/a
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
153
6
Root (:) Commands
Table 59 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
n/a
:TER? (see page 185)
{0 | 1}
:VIEW <source> (see
page 186)
n/a
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | SBUS{1 | 2}}
for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2} | BUS{1 |
2} | FUNCtion | MATH | SBUS{1 |
2}} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
Introduction to
Root (:)
Commands
154
Root level commands control many of the basic operations of the
instrument. These commands are always recognized by the parser if they
are prefixed with a colon, regardless of current command tree position.
After executing a root- level command, the parser is positioned at the root
of the command tree.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
6
Root (:) Commands
:ACTivity
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:ACTivity
The :ACTivity command clears the cumulative edge variables for the next
activity query.
Query Syntax
:ACTivity?
The :ACTivity? query returns whether there has been activity (edges) on
the digital channels since the last query, and returns the current logic
levels.
NOTE
Return Format
Because the :ACTivity? query returns edge activity since the last :ACTivity? query, you must
send this query twice before the edge activity result is valid.
<edges>,<levels><NL>
<edges> ::= presence of edges (16-bit integer in NR1 format).
<levels> ::= logical highs or lows (16-bit integer in NR1 format).
bit 0 ::= DIGital 0
bit 15 ::= DIGital 15
NOTE
A bit = 0 (zero) in the <edges> result indicates that no edges were detected on that channel
(across the specified threshold voltage) since the last query.
A bit = 1 (one) in the <edges> result indicates that edges have been detected on that
channel (across the specified threshold voltage) since the last query.
(The threshold voltage must be set appropriately for the logic levels of the signals being
probed.)
See Also
• "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 154
• ":POD<n>:THReshold" on page 423
• ":DIGital<d>:THReshold" on page 253
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
155
6
Root (:) Commands
:AER (Arm Event Register)
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:AER?
The AER query reads the Arm Event Register. After the Arm Event
Register is read, it is cleared. A "1" indicates the trigger system is in the
armed state, ready to accept a trigger.
The Armed Event Register is summarized in the Wait Trig bit of the
Operation Status Event Register. A Service Request can be generated when
the Wait Trig bit transitions and the appropriate enable bits have been set
in the Operation Status Enable Register (OPEE) and the Service Request
Enable Register (SRE).
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {0 | 1}; an integer in NR1 format.
See Also
• "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 154
• ":OPEE (Operation Status Enable Register)" on page 169
• ":OPERegister:CONDition (Operation Status Condition Register)" on
page 171
• ":OPERegister[:EVENt] (Operation Status Event Register)" on page 173
• "*STB (Read Status Byte)" on page 146
• "*SRE (Service Request Enable)" on page 144
156
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
6
Root (:) Commands
:AUToscale
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:AUToscale
:AUToscale [<source>[,..,<source>]]
<source> ::= CHANnel<n> for the DSO models
<source> ::= {DIGital<d> | POD1 | POD2 | CHANnel<n>} for the
MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The <source> parameter may be repeated up to 5 times.
The :AUToscale command evaluates all input signals and sets the correct
conditions to display the signals. This is the same as pressing the
[Auto Scale] key on the front panel.
If one or more sources are specified, those specified sources will be
enabled and all others blanked. The autoscale channels mode (see
":AUToscale:CHANnels" on page 160) is set to DISPlayed channels. Then,
the autoscale is performed.
When the :AUToscale command is sent, the following conditions are
affected and actions are taken:
• Thresholds.
• Channels with activity around the trigger point are turned on, others
are turned off.
• Channels are reordered on screen; analog channel 1 first, followed by
the remaining analog channels, then the digital channels 0- 15.
• Delay is set to 0 seconds.
• Time/Div.
The :AUToscale command does not affect the following conditions:
• Label names.
• Trigger conditioning.
The :AUToscale command turns off the following items:
• Cursors.
• Measurements.
• Math waveforms.
• Reference waveforms.
• Zoomed (delayed) time base mode.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
157
6
Root (:) Commands
For further information on :AUToscale, see the User's Guide.
See Also
• "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 154
• ":AUToscale:CHANnels" on page 160
• ":AUToscale:AMODE" on page 159
Example Code
' AUTOSCALE - This command evaluates all the input signals and sets
' the correct conditions to display all of the active signals.
myScope.WriteString ":AUToscale"
' Same as pressing Auto Scale key.
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
158
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
6
Root (:) Commands
:AUToscale:AMODE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:AUToscale:AMODE <value>
<value> ::= {NORMal | CURRent}
The :AUTOscale:AMODE command specifies the acquisition mode that is
set by subsequent :AUToscales.
• When NORMal is selected, an :AUToscale command sets the NORMal
acquisition type and the RTIMe (real- time) acquisition mode.
• When CURRent is selected, the current acquisition type and mode are
kept on subsequent :AUToscales.
Use the :ACQuire:TYPE and :ACQuire:MODE commands to set the
acquisition type and mode.
Query Syntax
:AUToscale:AMODE?
The :AUToscale:AMODE? query returns the autoscale acquire mode setting.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {NORM | CURR}
See Also
• "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 154
• ":AUToscale" on page 157
• ":AUToscale:CHANnels" on page 160
• ":ACQuire:TYPE" on page 199
• ":ACQuire:MODE" on page 191
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
159
6
Root (:) Commands
:AUToscale:CHANnels
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:AUToscale:CHANnels <value>
<value> ::= {ALL | DISPlayed}
The :AUTOscale:CHANnels command specifies which channels will be
displayed on subsequent :AUToscales.
• When ALL is selected, all channels that meet the requirements of
:AUToscale will be displayed.
• When DISPlayed is selected, only the channels that are turned on are
autoscaled.
Use the :VIEW or :BLANk root commands to turn channels on or off.
Query Syntax
:AUToscale:CHANnels?
The :AUToscale:CHANnels? query returns the autoscale channels setting.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {ALL | DISP}
See Also
• "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 154
• ":AUToscale" on page 157
• ":AUToscale:AMODE" on page 159
• ":VIEW" on page 186
• ":BLANk" on page 162
160
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
6
Root (:) Commands
:AUToscale:FDEBug
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:AUToscale:FDEBug <on_off>
<on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}}
The :AUToscale:FDEBug command turns fast debug auto scaling on or off.
The Fast Debug option changes the behavior of :AUToscale to let you make
quick visual comparisons to determine whether the signal being probed is
a DC voltage, ground, or an active AC signal.
Channel coupling is maintained for easy viewing of oscillating signals.
Query Syntax
:AUToscale:FDEBug?
The :AUToscale:FDEBug? query returns the current autoscale fast debug
setting.
Return Format
<on_off><NL>
<on_off> ::= {1 | 0}
See Also
• "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 154
• ":AUToscale" on page 157
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
161
6
Root (:) Commands
:BLANk
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:BLANk [<source>]
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | SBUS{1 | 2}}
for the DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2}
| BUS{1 | 2} | FUNCtion | MATH | SBUS{1 | 2}}
for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :BLANk command turns off (stops displaying) the specified channel,
digital pod, math function, or serial decode bus. The :BLANk command
with no parameter turns off all sources.
NOTE
To turn on (start displaying) a channel, etc., use the :VIEW command. The DISPlay
commands, :CHANnel<n>:DISPlay, :FUNCtion:DISPlay, :POD<n>:DISPlay, or
:DIGital<n>:DISPlay, are the preferred method to turn on/off a channel, etc.
NOTE
MATH is an alias for FUNCtion.
See Also
• "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 154
• ":DISPlay:CLEar" on page 257
• ":CHANnel<n>:DISPlay" on page 226
• ":DIGital<d>:DISPlay" on page 249
• ":FUNCtion:DISPlay" on page 273
• ":POD<n>:DISPlay" on page 421
• ":STATus" on page 183
• ":VIEW" on page 186
Example Code
162
• "Example Code" on page 186
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Root (:) Commands
6
:DIGitize
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:DIGitize [<source>[,..,<source>]]
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | SBUS{1 | 2}}
for the DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2}
| BUS{1 | 2} | FUNCtion | MATH | SBUS{1 | 2}}
for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The <source> parameter may be repeated up to 5 times.
The :DIGitize command is a specialized RUN command. It causes the
instrument to acquire waveforms according to the settings of the :ACQuire
commands subsystem. When the acquisition is complete, the instrument is
stopped.
If no argument is given, :DIGitize acquires the channels currently
displayed. If no channels are displayed, all channels are acquired.
NOTE
The :DIGitize command is only executed when the :TIMebase:MODE is MAIN or WINDow.
NOTE
To halt a :DIGitize in progress, use the device clear command.
NOTE
MATH is an alias for FUNCtion.
See Also
• "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 154
• ":RUN" on page 180
• ":SINGle" on page 182
• ":STOP" on page 184
• ":TIMebase:MODE" on page 631
• Chapter 7, “:ACQuire Commands,” starting on page 187
• Chapter 29, “:WAVeform Commands,” starting on page 707
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
163
6
Root (:) Commands
Example Code
' Capture an acquisition using :DIGitize.
' ----------------------------------------------------------------myScope.WriteString ":DIGitize CHANnel1"
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
164
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
6
Root (:) Commands
:MTEenable (Mask Test Event Enable Register)
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTEenable <mask>
<mask> ::= 16-bit integer
The :MTEenable command sets a mask in the Mask Test Event Enable
register. Set any of the following bits to "1" to enable bit 9 in the
Operation Status Condition Register and potentially cause an SRQ (Service
Request interrupt to be generated.
Auto
Mask
15
14
13
12
11
Started
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
Fail
Complete
1
0
:MTERegister[:EVENt]?
Mask Test Event Event Register
:MTEenable
:MTEenable?
Mask Test Event Enable (Mask) Register
OR
+
To MTE bit in
Operation Status
Condition Register
Table 60 Mask Test Event Enable Register (MTEenable)
Query Syntax
Bit
Name
Description
When Set (1 = High = True), Enables:
15-11
---
---
(Not used.)
10
Auto
Mask
Auto Mask Created
Auto mask creation completed.
9
---
---
(Not used.)
8
Started
Mask Testing Started
Mask testing started.
7-2
---
---
(Not used.)
1
Fail
Mask Test Fail
Mask test failed.
0
Comple
te
Mask Test Complete
Mask test is complete.
:MTEenable?
The :MTEenable? query returns the current value contained in the Mask
Test Event Enable register as an integer number.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= integer in NR1 format.
See Also
• "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 154
• ":AER (Arm Event Register)" on page 156
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
165
6
Root (:) Commands
• ":CHANnel<n>:PROTection" on page 236
• ":OPERegister[:EVENt] (Operation Status Event Register)" on page 173
• ":OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register)" on page 175
• ":OVLRegister (Overload Event Register)" on page 177
• "*STB (Read Status Byte)" on page 146
• "*SRE (Service Request Enable)" on page 144
166
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
6
Root (:) Commands
:MTERegister[:EVENt] (Mask Test Event Event Register)
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:MTERegister[:EVENt]?
The :MTERegister[:EVENt]? query returns the integer value contained in
the Mask Test Event Event Register and clears the register.
Auto
Mask
15
14
13
12
11
Started
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
Fail
Complete
1
0
:MTERegister[:EVENt]?
Mask Test Event Event Register
:MTEenable
:MTEenable?
Mask Test Event Enable (Mask) Register
OR
+
To MTE bit in
Operation Status
Condition Register
Table 61 Mask Test Event Event Register
Return Format
Bit
Name
Description
When Set (1 = High = True), Indicates:
15-11
---
---
(Not used.)
10
Auto
Mask
Auto Mask Created
Auto mask creation completed.
9
---
---
(Not used.)
8
Started
Mask Testing Started
Mask testing started.
7-2
---
---
(Not used.)
1
Fail
Mask Test Fail
The mask test failed.
0
Comple
te
Mask Test Complete
The mask test is complete.
<value><NL>
<value> ::= integer in NR1 format.
See Also
• "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 154
• ":CHANnel<n>:PROTection" on page 236
• ":OPEE (Operation Status Enable Register)" on page 169
• ":OPERegister:CONDition (Operation Status Condition Register)" on
page 171
• ":OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register)" on page 175
• ":OVLRegister (Overload Event Register)" on page 177
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
167
6
Root (:) Commands
• "*STB (Read Status Byte)" on page 146
• "*SRE (Service Request Enable)" on page 144
168
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Root (:) Commands
6
:OPEE (Operation Status Enable Register)
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:OPEE <mask>
<mask> ::= 15-bit integer
The :OPEE command sets a mask in the Operation Status Enable register.
Set any of the following bits to "1" to enable bit 7 in the Status Byte
Register and potentially cause an SRQ (Service Request interrupt to be
generated.
From Mask Test
Event Registers
From Overload
Event Registers
Arm
Reg
AER?
Run bit set if oscilloscope not stopped
OVLR
14
13
Wait
Trig
MTE
11
9
5
3
OVLR
MTE
Wait
Trig
Run
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
:OPEReration:CONDition?
Operation Status Condition Register
Run
4
3
:OPERation[:EVENt]?
Operation Status Event Register
2
1
0
:OPEE
:OPEE?
Operation Status Enable
(Mask) Register
OR
+
To OPER bit in
Status Byte
Register
Table 62 Operation Status Enable Register (OPEE)
Query Syntax
Bit
Name
Description
When Set (1 = High = True), Enables:
14-12
---
---
(Not used.)
11
OVLR
Overload
Event when 50 input overload occurs.
10
---
---
(Not used.)
9
MTE
Mask Test Event
Event when mask test event occurs.
8-6
---
---
(Not used.)
5
Wait
Trig
Wait Trig
Event when the trigger is armed.
4
---
---
(Not used.)
3
Run
Running
Event when the oscilloscope is running (not
stopped).
2-0
---
---
(Not used.)
:OPEE?
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
169
6
Root (:) Commands
The :OPEE? query returns the current value contained in the Operation
Status Enable register as an integer number.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= integer in NR1 format.
See Also
• "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 154
• ":AER (Arm Event Register)" on page 156
• ":CHANnel<n>:PROTection" on page 236
• ":OPERegister[:EVENt] (Operation Status Event Register)" on page 173
• ":OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register)" on page 175
• ":OVLRegister (Overload Event Register)" on page 177
• "*STB (Read Status Byte)" on page 146
• "*SRE (Service Request Enable)" on page 144
170
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
6
Root (:) Commands
:OPERegister:CONDition (Operation Status Condition Register)
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:OPERegister:CONDition?
The :OPERegister:CONDition? query returns the integer value contained in
the Operation Status Condition Register.
From Mask Test
Event Registers
From Overload
Event Registers
Arm
Reg
AER?
Run bit set if oscilloscope not stopped
OVLR
14
13
Wait
Trig
MTE
11
9
5
3
OVLR
MTE
Wait
Trig
Run
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
:OPEReration:CONDition?
Operation Status Condition Register
Run
4
3
:OPERation[:EVENt]?
Operation Status Event Register
2
1
0
:OPEE
:OPEE?
Operation Status Enable
(Mask) Register
OR
+
To OPER bit in
Status Byte
Register
Table 63 Operation Status Condition Register
Return Format
Bit
Name
Description
When Set (1 = High = True), Indicates:
14-12
---
---
(Not used.)
11
OVLR
Overload
A 50 input overload has occurred.
10
---
---
(Not used.)
9
MTE
Mask Test Event
A mask test event has occurred.
8-6
---
---
(Not used.)
5
Wait
Trig
Wait Trig
The trigger is armed (set by the Trigger Armed
Event Register (TER)).
4
---
---
(Not used.)
3
Run
Running
The oscilloscope is running (not stopped).
2-0
---
---
(Not used.)
<value><NL>
<value> ::= integer in NR1 format.
See Also
• "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 154
• ":CHANnel<n>:PROTection" on page 236
• ":OPEE (Operation Status Enable Register)" on page 169
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
171
6
Root (:) Commands
• ":OPERegister[:EVENt] (Operation Status Event Register)" on page 173
• ":OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register)" on page 175
• ":OVLRegister (Overload Event Register)" on page 177
• "*STB (Read Status Byte)" on page 146
• "*SRE (Service Request Enable)" on page 144
• ":MTERegister[:EVENt] (Mask Test Event Event Register)" on page 167
• ":MTEenable (Mask Test Event Enable Register)" on page 165
172
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
6
Root (:) Commands
:OPERegister[:EVENt] (Operation Status Event Register)
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:OPERegister[:EVENt]?
The :OPERegister[:EVENt]? query returns the integer value contained in
the Operation Status Event Register.
From Mask Test
Event Registers
From Overload
Event Registers
Arm
Reg
AER?
Run bit set if oscilloscope not stopped
OVLR
14
13
Wait
Trig
MTE
11
9
5
3
OVLR
MTE
Wait
Trig
Run
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
:OPEReration:CONDition?
Operation Status Condition Register
Run
4
3
:OPERation[:EVENt]?
Operation Status Event Register
2
1
0
:OPEE
:OPEE?
Operation Status Enable
(Mask) Register
OR
+
To OPER bit in
Status Byte
Register
Table 64 Operation Status Event Register
Return Format
Bit
Name
Description
When Set (1 = High = True), Indicates:
14-12
---
---
(Not used.)
11
OVLR
Overload
A 50 input overload has occurred.
10
---
---
(Not used.)
9
MTE
Mask Test Event
A mask test event has occurred.
8-6
---
---
(Not used.)
5
Wait
Trig
Wait Trig
The trigger is armed (set by the Trigger Armed
Event Register (TER)).
4
---
---
(Not used.)
3
Run
Running
The oscilloscope has gone from a stop state to
a single or running state.
2-0
---
---
(Not used.)
<value><NL>
<value> ::= integer in NR1 format.
See Also
• "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 154
• ":CHANnel<n>:PROTection" on page 236
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
173
6
Root (:) Commands
• ":OPEE (Operation Status Enable Register)" on page 169
• ":OPERegister:CONDition (Operation Status Condition Register)" on
page 171
• ":OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register)" on page 175
• ":OVLRegister (Overload Event Register)" on page 177
• "*STB (Read Status Byte)" on page 146
• "*SRE (Service Request Enable)" on page 144
• ":MTERegister[:EVENt] (Mask Test Event Event Register)" on page 167
• ":MTEenable (Mask Test Event Enable Register)" on page 165
174
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
6
Root (:) Commands
:OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register)
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:OVLenable <enable_mask>
<enable_mask> ::= 16-bit integer
The overload enable mask is an integer representing an input as described
in the following table.
The :OVLenable command sets the mask in the Overload Event Enable
Register and enables the reporting of the Overload Event Register. If an
overvoltage is sensed on a 50 input, the input will automatically switch
to 1 M input impedance. If enabled, such an event will set bit 11 in the
Operation Status Register.
NOTE
You can set analog channel input impedance to 50 on the 300 MHz, 500 MHz, and 1 GHz
bandwidth oscilloscope models. On these same bandwidth models, if there are only two
analog channels, you can also set external trigger input impedance to 50.
Chan4 Chan3 Chan2 Chan1 :OVLR?
OVL OVL OVL OVL Overload Event Register
Chan4 Chan3 Chan2 Chan1
Fault Fault Fault Fault
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
:OVL
:OVL?
Overload Event Enable
(Mask) Register
OR
+
To OVLR bit in
Operati on Status
Register
Table 65 Overload Event Enable Register (OVL)
Bit
Description
When Set (1 = High = True), Enables:
15-10
---
(Not used.)
9
Channel 4 Fault
Event when fault occurs on Channel 4 input.
8
Channel 3 Fault
Event when fault occurs on Channel 3 input.
7
Channel 2 Fault
Event when fault occurs on Channel 2 input.
6
Channel 1 Fault
Event when fault occurs on Channel 1 input.
5-4
---
(Not used.)
3
Channel 4 OVL
Event when overload occurs on Channel 4 input.
2
Channel 3 OVL
Event when overload occurs on Channel 3 input.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
175
6
Root (:) Commands
Table 65 Overload Event Enable Register (OVL) (continued)
Query Syntax
Bit
Description
When Set (1 = High = True), Enables:
1
Channel 2 OVL
Event when overload occurs on Channel 2 input.
0
Channel 1 OVL
Event when overload occurs on Channel 1 input.
:OVLenable?
The :OVLenable query returns the current enable mask value contained in
the Overload Event Enable Register.
Return Format
<enable_mask><NL>
<enable_mask> ::= integer in NR1 format.
See Also
• "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 154
• ":CHANnel<n>:PROTection" on page 236
• ":OPEE (Operation Status Enable Register)" on page 169
• ":OPERegister:CONDition (Operation Status Condition Register)" on
page 171
• ":OPERegister[:EVENt] (Operation Status Event Register)" on page 173
• ":OVLRegister (Overload Event Register)" on page 177
• "*STB (Read Status Byte)" on page 146
• "*SRE (Service Request Enable)" on page 144
176
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
6
Root (:) Commands
:OVLRegister (Overload Event Register)
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:OVLRegister?
The :OVLRegister query returns the overload protection value stored in the
Overload Event Register (OVLR). If an overvoltage is sensed on a 50
input, the input will automatically switch to 1 M input impedance. A "1"
indicates an overload has occurred.
NOTE
You can set analog channel input impedance to 50 on the 300 MHz, 500 MHz, and 1 GHz
bandwidth oscilloscope models. On these same bandwidth models, if there are only two
analog channels, you can also set external trigger input impedance to 50.
Chan4 Chan3 Chan2 Chan1 :OVLR?
OVL OVL OVL OVL Overload Event Register
Chan4 Chan3 Chan2 Chan1
Fault Fault Fault Fault
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
:OVL
:OVL?
Overload Event Enable
(Mask) Register
OR
+
To OVLR bit in
Operati on Status
Register
Table 66 Overload Event Register (OVLR)
Return Format
Bit
Description
When Set (1 = High = True), Indicates:
15-10
---
(Not used.)
9
Channel 4 Fault
Fault has occurred on Channel 4 input.
8
Channel 3 Fault
Fault has occurred on Channel 3 input.
7
Channel 2 Fault
Fault has occurred on Channel 2 input.
6
Channel 1 Fault
Fault has occurred on Channel 1 input.
5-4
---
(Not used.)
3
Channel 4 OVL
Overload has occurred on Channel 4 input.
2
Channel 3 OVL
Overload has occurred on Channel 3 input.
1
Channel 2 OVL
Overload has occurred on Channel 2 input.
0
Channel 1 OVL
Overload has occurred on Channel 1 input.
<value><NL>
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
177
6
Root (:) Commands
<value> ::= integer in NR1 format.
See Also
• "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 154
• ":CHANnel<n>:PROTection" on page 236
• ":OPEE (Operation Status Enable Register)" on page 169
• ":OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register)" on page 175
• "*STB (Read Status Byte)" on page 146
• "*SRE (Service Request Enable)" on page 144
178
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
6
Root (:) Commands
:PRINt
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:PRINt [<options>]
<options> ::= [<print option>][,..,<print option>]
<print option> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale | PRINter0 | BMP8bit | BMP | PNG
| NOFactors | FACTors}
The <print option> parameter may be repeated up to 5 times.
The PRINt command formats the output according to the currently
selected format (device). If an option is not specified, the value selected in
the Print Config menu is used.
See Also
• "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 154
• "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 288
• ":HARDcopy:FACTors" on page 291
• ":HARDcopy:GRAYscale" on page 788
• ":DISPlay:DATA" on page 258
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
179
6
Root (:) Commands
:RUN
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:RUN
The :RUN command starts repetitive acquisitions. This is the same as
pressing the Run key on the front panel.
See Also
• "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 154
• ":SINGle" on page 182
• ":STOP" on page 184
Example Code
' RUN_STOP - (not executed in this example)
' - RUN starts the data acquisition for the active waveform display.
' - STOP stops the data acquisition and turns off AUTOSTORE.
' myScope.WriteString ":RUN"
' Start data acquisition.
' myScope.WriteString ":STOP"
' Stop the data acquisition.
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
180
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Root (:) Commands
6
:SERial
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:SERial?
The :SERial? query returns the serial number of the instrument.
Return Format:
See Also
Unquoted string<NL>
• "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 154
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
181
6
Root (:) Commands
:SINGle
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SINGle
The :SINGle command causes the instrument to acquire a single trigger of
data. This is the same as pressing the Single key on the front panel.
See Also
• "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 154
• ":RUN" on page 180
• ":STOP" on page 184
182
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Root (:) Commands
6
:STATus
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:STATus? <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | SBUS{1 | 2}}
for the DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2}
| BUS{1 | 2} | FUNCtion | MATH | SBUS{1 | 2}}
for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :STATus? query reports whether the channel, function, or serial
decode bus specified by <source> is displayed.
NOTE
Return Format
MATH is an alias for FUNCtion.
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {1 | 0}
See Also
• "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 154
• ":BLANk" on page 162
• ":CHANnel<n>:DISPlay" on page 226
• ":DIGital<d>:DISPlay" on page 249
• ":FUNCtion:DISPlay" on page 273
• ":POD<n>:DISPlay" on page 421
• ":VIEW" on page 186
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
183
6
Root (:) Commands
:STOP
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:STOP
The :STOP command stops the acquisition. This is the same as pressing
the Stop key on the front panel.
See Also
• "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 154
• ":RUN" on page 180
• ":SINGle" on page 182
Example Code
184
• "Example Code" on page 180
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Root (:) Commands
6
:TER (Trigger Event Register)
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:TER?
The :TER? query reads the Trigger Event Register. After the Trigger Event
Register is read, it is cleared. A one indicates a trigger has occurred. A
zero indicates a trigger has not occurred.
The Trigger Event Register is summarized in the TRG bit of the Status
Byte Register (STB). A Service Request (SRQ) can be generated when the
TRG bit of the Status Byte transitions, and the TRG bit is set in the
Service Request Enable register. The Trigger Event Register must be
cleared each time you want a new service request to be generated.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {1 | 0}; a 16-bit integer in NR1 format.
See Also
• "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 154
• "*SRE (Service Request Enable)" on page 144
• "*STB (Read Status Byte)" on page 146
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
185
6
Root (:) Commands
:VIEW
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:VIEW <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | SBUS{1 | 2}}
for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2}
| BUS{1 | 2} | FUNCtion | MATH | SBUS{1 | 2}}
for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :VIEW command turns on the specified channel, function, or serial
decode bus.
NOTE
See Also
MATH is an alias for FUNCtion.
• "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 154
• ":BLANk" on page 162
• ":CHANnel<n>:DISPlay" on page 226
• ":DIGital<d>:DISPlay" on page 249
• ":FUNCtion:DISPlay" on page 273
• ":POD<n>:DISPlay" on page 421
• ":STATus" on page 183
Example Code
' VIEW_BLANK - (not executed in this example)
' - VIEW turns on (starts displaying) a channel.
' - BLANK turns off (stops displaying) a channel.
' myScope.WriteString ":BLANk CHANnel1"
' Turn channel 1 off.
' myScope.WriteString ":VIEW CHANnel1"
' Turn channel 1 on.
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
186
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
7
:ACQuire Commands
Set the parameters for acquiring and storing data. See "Introduction to
:ACQuire Commands" on page 187.
Table 67 :ACQuire Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:ACQuire:COMPlete
<complete> (see
page 189)
:ACQuire:COMPlete?
(see page 189)
<complete> ::= 100; an integer in
NR1 format
:ACQuire:COUNt
<count> (see
page 190)
:ACQuire:COUNt? (see
page 190)
<count> ::= an integer from 2 to
65536 in NR1 format
:ACQuire:MODE <mode>
(see page 191)
:ACQuire:MODE? (see
page 191)
<mode> ::= {RTIMe | SEGMented}
n/a
:ACQuire:POINts? (see
page 192)
<# points> ::= an integer in NR1
format
:ACQuire:SEGMented:AN
ALyze (see page 193)
n/a
n/a (with Option SGM)
:ACQuire:SEGMented:CO
UNt <count> (see
page 194)
:ACQuire:SEGMented:CO
UNt? (see page 194)
<count> ::= an integer from 2 to
1000 in NR1 format (with Option
SGM)
:ACQuire:SEGMented:IN
Dex <index> (see
page 195)
:ACQuire:SEGMented:IN
Dex? (see page 195)
<index> ::= an integer from 1 to
1000 in NR1 format (with Option
SGM)
n/a
:ACQuire:SRATe? (see
page 198)
<sample_rate> ::= sample rate
(samples/s) in NR3 format
:ACQuire:TYPE <type>
(see page 199)
:ACQuire:TYPE? (see
page 199)
<type> ::= {NORMal | AVERage |
HRESolution | PEAK}
Introduction to
:ACQuire
Commands
The ACQuire subsystem controls the way in which waveforms are
acquired. These acquisition types are available: normal, averaging, peak
detect, and high resolution.
Normal

187
7
:ACQuire Commands
The :ACQuire:TYPE NORMal command sets the oscilloscope in the normal
acquisition mode. For the majority of user models and signals, NORMal
mode yields the best oscilloscope picture of the waveform.
Averaging
The :ACQuire:TYPE AVERage command sets the oscilloscope in the
averaging mode. You can set the count by sending the :ACQuire:COUNt
command followed by the number of averages. In this mode, the value for
averages is an integer from 2 to 65536. The COUNt value determines the
number of averages that must be acquired.
High-Resolution
The :ACQuire:TYPE HRESolution command sets the oscilloscope in the
high- resolution mode (also known as smoothing). This mode is used to
reduce noise at slower sweep speeds where the digitizer samples faster
than needed to fill memory for the displayed time range. Instead of
decimating samples, they are averaged together to provide the value for
one display point. The slower the sweep speed, the greater the number of
samples that are averaged together for each display point.
Peak Detect
The :ACQuire:TYPE PEAK command sets the oscilloscope in the peak
detect mode. In this mode, :ACQuire:COUNt has no meaning.
Reporting the Setup
Use :ACQuire? to query setup information for the ACQuire subsystem.
Return Format
The following is a sample response from the :ACQuire? query. In this case,
the query was issued following a *RST command.
:ACQ:MODE RTIM;TYPE NORM;COMP 100;COUNT 8;SEGM:COUN 2
188
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
7
:ACQuire Commands
:ACQuire:COMPlete
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:ACQuire:COMPlete <complete>
<complete> ::= 100; an integer in NR1 format
The :ACQuire:COMPlete command affects the operation of the :DIGitize
command. It specifies the minimum completion criteria for an acquisition.
The parameter determines the percentage of the time buckets that must be
"full" before an acquisition is considered complete. If :ACQuire:TYPE is
NORMal, it needs only one sample per time bucket for that time bucket to
be considered full.
The only legal value for the :COMPlete command is 100. All time buckets
must contain data for the acquisition to be considered complete.
Query Syntax
:ACQuire:COMPlete?
The :ACQuire:COMPlete? query returns the completion criteria (100) for
the currently selected mode.
Return Format
<completion_criteria><NL>
<completion_criteria> ::= 100; an integer in NR1 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :ACQuire Commands" on page 187
• ":ACQuire:TYPE" on page 199
• ":DIGitize" on page 163
• ":WAVeform:POINts" on page 720
Example Code
' AQUIRE_COMPLETE - Specifies the minimum completion criteria for
' an acquisition. The parameter determines the percentage of time
' buckets needed to be "full" before an acquisition is considered
' to be complete.
myScope.WriteString ":ACQuire:COMPlete 100"
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
189
7
:ACQuire Commands
:ACQuire:COUNt
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:ACQuire:COUNt <count>
<count> ::= integer in NR1 format
In averaging mode, the :ACQuire:COUNt command specifies the number of
values to be averaged for each time bucket before the acquisition is
considered to be complete for that time bucket. When :ACQuire:TYPE is set
to AVERage, the count can be set to any value from 2 to 65536.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :ACQuire:COUNt 1 command has been deprecated. The AVERage acquisition type with
a count of 1 is functionally equivalent to the HRESolution acquisition type; however, you
should select the high-resolution acquisition mode with the :ACQuire:TYPE HRESolution
command instead.
:ACQuire:COUNT?
The :ACQuire:COUNT? query returns the currently selected count value for
averaging mode.
Return Format
<count_argument><NL>
<count_argument> ::= an integer from 2 to 65536 in NR1 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :ACQuire Commands" on page 187
• ":ACQuire:TYPE" on page 199
• ":DIGitize" on page 163
• ":WAVeform:COUNt" on page 716
190
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:ACQuire Commands
7
:ACQuire:MODE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:ACQuire:MODE <mode>
<mode> ::= {RTIMe | SEGMented}
The :ACQuire:MODE command sets the acquisition mode of the
oscilloscope.
• The :ACQuire:MODE RTIMe command sets the oscilloscope in real time
mode.
NOTE
The obsolete command ACQuire:TYPE:REALtime is functionally equivalent to sending
ACQuire:MODE RTIMe; TYPE NORMal.
• The :ACQuire:MODE SEGMented command sets the oscilloscope in
segmented memory mode.
Query Syntax
:ACQuire:MODE?
The :ACQuire:MODE? query returns the acquisition mode of the
oscilloscope.
Return Format
<mode_argument><NL>
<mode_argument> ::= {RTIM | SEGM}
See Also
• "Introduction to :ACQuire Commands" on page 187
• ":ACQuire:TYPE" on page 199
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
191
7
:ACQuire Commands
:ACQuire:POINts
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:ACQuire:POINts?
The :ACQuire:POINts? query returns the number of data points that the
hardware will acquire from the input signal. The number of points
acquired is not directly controllable. To set the number of points to be
transferred from the oscilloscope, use the command :WAVeform:POINts. The
:WAVeform:POINts? query will return the number of points available to be
transferred from the oscilloscope.
Return Format
<points_argument><NL>
<points_argument> ::= an integer in NR1 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :ACQuire Commands" on page 187
• ":DIGitize" on page 163
• ":WAVeform:POINts" on page 720
192
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
7
:ACQuire Commands
:ACQuire:SEGMented:ANALyze
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
NOTE
:ACQuire:SEGMented:ANALyze
This command is available when the segmented memory option (Option SGM) is enabled.
This command calculates measurement statistics and/or infinite
persistence over all segments that have been acquired. It corresponds to
the front panel Analyze Segments softkey which appears in both the
Measurement Statistics and Segmented Memory Menus.
In order to use this command, the oscilloscope must be stopped and in
segmented acquisition mode, with either quick measurements or infinite
persistence on.
See Also
• ":ACQuire:MODE" on page 191
• ":ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt" on page 194
• "Introduction to :ACQuire Commands" on page 187
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
193
7
:ACQuire Commands
:ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt <count>
<count> ::= an integer from 2 to 1000 (w/4M memory) in NR1 format
NOTE
This command is available when the segmented memory option (Option SGM) is enabled.
The :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt command sets the number of memory
segments to acquire.
The segmented memory acquisition mode is enabled with the
:ACQuire:MODE command, and data is acquired using the :DIGitize,
:SINGle, or :RUN commands. The number of memory segments in the
current acquisition is returned by the :WAVeform:SEGMented:COUNt?
query.
The maximum number of segments may be limited by the memory depth
of your oscilloscope. For example, an oscilloscope with 1M memory allows
a maximum of 250 segments.
Query Syntax
:ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt?
The :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt? query returns the current count setting.
Return Format
<count><NL>
<count> ::= an integer from 2 to 1000 (w/4M memory) in NR1 format
See Also
• ":ACQuire:MODE" on page 191
• ":DIGitize" on page 163
• ":SINGle" on page 182
• ":RUN" on page 180
• ":WAVeform:SEGMented:COUNt" on page 727
• ":ACQuire:SEGMented:ANALyze" on page 193
• "Introduction to :ACQuire Commands" on page 187
Example Code
194
• "Example Code" on page 195
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
7
:ACQuire Commands
:ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex <index>
<index> ::= an integer from 1 to 1000 (w/4M memory) in NR1 format
NOTE
This command is available when the segmented memory option (Option SGM) is enabled.
The :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex command sets the index into the memory
segments that have been acquired.
The segmented memory acquisition mode is enabled with the
:ACQuire:MODE command. The number of segments to acquire is set using
the :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt command, and data is acquired using the
:DIGitize, :SINGle, or :RUN commands. The number of memory segments
that have been acquired is returned by the :WAVeform:SEGMented:COUNt?
query. The time tag of the currently indexed memory segment is returned
by the :WAVeform:SEGMented:TTAG? query.
The maximum number of segments may be limited by the memory depth
of your oscilloscope. For example, an oscilloscope with 1M memory allows
a maximum of 250 segments.
Query Syntax
:ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex?
The :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex? query returns the current segmented
memory index setting.
Return Format
<index><NL>
<index> ::= an integer from 1 to 1000 (w/4M memory) in NR1 format
See Also
• ":ACQuire:MODE" on page 191
• ":ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt" on page 194
• ":DIGitize" on page 163
• ":SINGle" on page 182
• ":RUN" on page 180
• ":WAVeform:SEGMented:COUNt" on page 727
• ":WAVeform:SEGMented:TTAG" on page 728
• ":ACQuire:SEGMented:ANALyze" on page 193
• "Introduction to :ACQuire Commands" on page 187
Example Code
' Segmented memory commands example.
' -------------------------------------------------------------------
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
195
7
:ACQuire Commands
Option Explicit
Public
Public
Public
Public
myMgr As VisaComLib.ResourceManager
myScope As VisaComLib.FormattedIO488
varQueryResult As Variant
strQueryResult As String
Private Declare Sub Sleep Lib "kernel32" (ByVal dwMilliseconds As Long)
Sub Main()
On Error GoTo VisaComError
' Create the VISA COM I/O resource.
Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager
Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488
Set myScope.IO = _
myMgr.Open("USB0::0x0957::0x17A6::US50210029::0::INSTR")
myScope.IO.Clear
' Clear the interface.
' Turn on segmented memory acquisition mode.
myScope.WriteString ":ACQuire:MODE SEGMented"
myScope.WriteString ":ACQuire:MODE?"
strQueryResult = myScope.ReadString
Debug.Print "Acquisition mode: " + strQueryResult
' Set the number of segments to 25.
myScope.WriteString ":ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt 25"
myScope.WriteString ":ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt?"
strQueryResult = myScope.ReadString
Debug.Print "Acquisition memory segments: " + strQueryResult
' If data will be acquired within the IO timeout:
'myScope.IO.Timeout = 10000
'myScope.WriteString ":DIGitize"
'Debug.Print ":DIGitize blocks until all segments acquired."
'myScope.WriteString ":WAVeform:SEGMented:COUNt?"
'varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber
' Or, to poll until the desired number of segments acquired:
myScope.WriteString ":SINGle"
Debug.Print ":SINGle does not block until all segments acquired."
Do
Sleep 100
' Small wait to prevent excessive queries.
myScope.WriteString ":WAVeform:SEGMented:COUNt?"
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber
Loop Until varQueryResult = 25
Debug.Print "Number of segments in acquired data: " _
+ FormatNumber(varQueryResult)
Dim lngSegments As Long
lngSegments = varQueryResult
' For each segment:
Dim dblTimeTag As Double
Dim lngI As Long
196
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:ACQuire Commands
7
For lngI = lngSegments To 1 Step -1
' Set the segmented memory index.
myScope.WriteString ":ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex " + CStr(lngI)
myScope.WriteString ":ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex?"
strQueryResult = myScope.ReadString
Debug.Print "Acquisition memory segment index: " + strQueryResult
' Display the segment time tag.
myScope.WriteString ":WAVeform:SEGMented:TTAG?"
dblTimeTag = myScope.ReadNumber
Debug.Print "Segment " + CStr(lngI) + " time tag: " _
+ FormatNumber(dblTimeTag, 12)
Next lngI
Exit Sub
VisaComError:
MsgBox "VISA COM Error:" + vbCrLf + Err.Description
End Sub
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
197
7
:ACQuire Commands
:ACQuire:SRATe
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:ACQuire:SRATe?
The :ACQuire:SRATe? query returns the current oscilloscope acquisition
sample rate. The sample rate is not directly controllable.
Return Format
<sample_rate><NL>
<sample_rate> ::= sample rate in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :ACQuire Commands" on page 187
• ":ACQuire:POINts" on page 192
198
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
7
:ACQuire Commands
:ACQuire:TYPE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:ACQuire:TYPE <type>
<type> ::= {NORMal | AVERage | HRESolution | PEAK}
The :ACQuire:TYPE command selects the type of data acquisition that is to
take place. The acquisition types are:
• NORMal — sets the oscilloscope in the normal mode.
• AVERage — sets the oscilloscope in the averaging mode. You can set the
count by sending the :ACQuire:COUNt command followed by the number
of averages. In this mode, the value for averages is an integer from 1 to
65536. The COUNt value determines the number of averages that must
be acquired.
The AVERage type is not available when in segmented memory mode
(:ACQuire:MODE SEGMented).
• HRESolution — sets the oscilloscope in the high- resolution mode (also
known as smoothing). This mode is used to reduce noise at slower
sweep speeds where the digitizer samples faster than needed to fill
memory for the displayed time range.
For example, if the digitizer samples at 200 MSa/s, but the effective
sample rate is 1 MSa/s (because of a slower sweep speed), only 1 out of
every 200 samples needs to be stored. Instead of storing one sample
(and throwing others away), the 200 samples are averaged together to
provide the value for one display point. The slower the sweep speed,
the greater the number of samples that are averaged together for each
display point.
• PEAK — sets the oscilloscope in the peak detect mode. In this mode,
:ACQuire:COUNt has no meaning.
The AVERage and HRESolution types can give you extra bits of vertical
resolution. See the User's Guide for an explanation. When getting
waveform data acquired using the AVERage and HRESolution types, be
sure to use the WORD or ASCii waveform data formats to get the extra
bits of vertical resolution.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The obsolete command ACQuire:TYPE:REALtime is functionally equivalent to sending
ACQuire:MODE RTIME; TYPE NORMal.
:ACQuire:TYPE?
The :ACQuire:TYPE? query returns the current acquisition type.
Return Format
<acq_type><NL>
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
199
7
:ACQuire Commands
<acq_type> ::= {NORM | AVER | HRES | PEAK}
See Also
• "Introduction to :ACQuire Commands" on page 187
• ":ACQuire:COUNt" on page 190
• ":ACQuire:MODE" on page 191
• ":DIGitize" on page 163
• ":WAVeform:FORMat" on page 719
• ":WAVeform:TYPE" on page 734
• ":WAVeform:PREamble" on page 724
Example Code
' AQUIRE_TYPE - Sets the acquisition mode, which can be NORMAL,
' PEAK, or AVERAGE.
myScope.WriteString ":ACQuire:TYPE NORMal"
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
200
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
8
:BUS<n> Commands
Control all oscilloscope functions associated with buses made up of digital
channels. See "Introduction to :BUS<n> Commands" on page 202.
Table 68 :BUS<n> Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:BUS<n>:BIT<m> {{0 |
OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see
page 203)
:BUS<n>:BIT<m>? (see
page 203)
{0 | 1}
<n> ::= 1 or 2; an integer in NR1
format
<m> ::= 0-15; an integer in NR1
format
:BUS<n>:BITS
<channel_list>, {{0 |
OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see
page 204)
:BUS<n>:BITS? (see
page 204)
<channel_list>, {0 | 1}
<channel_list> ::= (@<m>,<m>:<m>
...) where "," is separator and
":" is range
<n> ::= 1 or 2; an integer in NR1
format
<m> ::= 0-15; an integer in NR1
format
:BUS<n>:CLEar (see
page 206)
n/a
<n> ::= 1 or 2; an integer in NR1
format
:BUS<n>:DISPlay {{0 |
OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see
page 207)
:BUS<n>:DISPlay? (see
page 207)
{0 | 1}
<n> ::= 1 or 2; an integer in NR1
format

201
8
:BUS<n> Commands
Table 68 :BUS<n> Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:BUS<n>:LABel
<string> (see
page 208)
:BUS<n>:LABel? (see
page 208)
<string> ::= quoted ASCII string
up to 10 characters
<n> ::= 1 or 2; an integer in NR1
format
:BUS<n>:MASK <mask>
(see page 209)
:BUS<n>:MASK? (see
page 209)
<mask> ::= 32-bit integer in
decimal, <nondecimal>, or
<string>
<nondecimal> ::= #Hnn...n where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for
hexadecimal
<nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n
::= {0 | 1} for binary
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for
hexadecimal
<n> ::= 1 or 2; an integer in NR1
format
Introduction to
:BUS<n>
Commands
NOTE
<n> ::= {1 | 2}
The BUS subsystem commands control the viewing, labeling, and digital
channel makeup of two possible buses.
These commands are only valid for the MSO models.
Reporting the Setup
Use :BUS<n>? to query setup information for the BUS subsystem.
Return Format
The following is a sample response from the :BUS1? query. In this case,
the query was issued following a *RST command.
:BUS1:DISP 0;LAB "BUS1";MASK +255
202
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:BUS<n> Commands
8
:BUS<n>:BIT<m>
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:BUS<n>:BIT<m> <display>
<display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}}
<n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to BUS
and defines the bus that is affected by the command.
<m> ::= An integer, 0,..,15, is attached as a suffix to BIT
and defines the digital channel that is affected by the command.
The :BUS<n>:BIT<m> command includes or excludes the selected bit as
part of the definition for the selected bus. If the parameter is a 1 (ON),
the bit is included in the definition. If the parameter is a 0 (OFF), the bit
is excluded from the definition. Note: BIT0- 15 correspond to DIGital0- 15.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is only valid for the MSO models.
:BUS<n>:BIT<m>?
The :BUS<n>:BIT<m>? query returns the value indicating whether the
specified bit is included or excluded from the specified bus definition.
Return Format
<display><NL>
<display> ::= {0 | 1}
See Also
• "Introduction to :BUS<n> Commands" on page 202
• ":BUS<n>:BITS" on page 204
• ":BUS<n>:CLEar" on page 206
• ":BUS<n>:DISPlay" on page 207
• ":BUS<n>:LABel" on page 208
• ":BUS<n>:MASK" on page 209
Example Code
' Include digital channel 1 in bus 1:
myScope.WriteString ":BUS1:BIT1 ON"
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
203
8
:BUS<n> Commands
:BUS<n>:BITS
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:BUS<n>:BITS <channel_list>, <display>
<channel_list> ::= (@<m>,<m>:<m>, ...) where commas separate bits and
colons define bit ranges.
<m> ::= An integer, 0,..,15, defines a digital channel affected by the
command.
<display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}}
<n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to BUS
and defines the bus that is affected by the command.
The :BUS<n>:BITS command includes or excludes the selected bits in the
channel list in the definition of the selected bus. If the parameter is a 1
(ON) then the bits in the channel list are included as part of the selected
bus definition. If the parameter is a 0 (OFF) then the bits in the channel
list are excluded from the definition of the selected bus.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is only valid for the MSO models.
:BUS<n>:BITS?
The :BUS<n>:BITS? query returns the definition for the specified bus.
Return Format
<channel_list>, <display><NL>
<channel_list> ::= (@<m>,<m>:<m>, ...) where commas separate bits and
colons define bit ranges.
<display> ::= {0 | 1}
See Also
• "Introduction to :BUS<n> Commands" on page 202
• ":BUS<n>:BIT<m>" on page 203
• ":BUS<n>:CLEar" on page 206
• ":BUS<n>:DISPlay" on page 207
• ":BUS<n>:LABel" on page 208
• ":BUS<n>:MASK" on page 209
Example Code
' Include digital channels 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 in bus 1:
myScope.WriteString ":BUS1:BITS (@1,2,4:9), ON"
' Include digital channels 1, 5, 7, and 9 in bus 1:
myScope.WriteString ":BUS1:BITS (@1,5,7,9), ON"
' Include digital channels 1 through 15 in bus 1:
myScope.WriteString ":BUS1:BITS (@1:15), ON"
204
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:BUS<n> Commands
8
' Include digital channels 1 through 5, 8, and 14 in bus 1:
myScope.WriteString ":BUS1:BITS (@1:5,8,14), ON"
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
205
8
:BUS<n> Commands
:BUS<n>:CLEar
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:BUS<n>:CLEar
<n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to BUS
and defines the bus that is affected by the command.
The :BUS<n>:CLEar command excludes all of the digital channels from the
selected bus definition.
NOTE
See Also
This command is only valid for the MSO models.
• "Introduction to :BUS<n> Commands" on page 202
• ":BUS<n>:BIT<m>" on page 203
• ":BUS<n>:BITS" on page 204
• ":BUS<n>:DISPlay" on page 207
• ":BUS<n>:LABel" on page 208
• ":BUS<n>:MASK" on page 209
206
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:BUS<n> Commands
8
:BUS<n>:DISPlay
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:BUS<n>:DISplay <value>
<value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}}
<n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to BUS
and defines the bus that is affected by the command.
The :BUS<n>:DISPlay command enables or disables the view of the selected
bus.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is only valid for the MSO models.
:BUS<n>:DISPlay?
The :BUS<n>:DISPlay? query returns the display value of the selected bus.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {0 | 1}
See Also
• "Introduction to :BUS<n> Commands" on page 202
• ":BUS<n>:BIT<m>" on page 203
• ":BUS<n>:BITS" on page 204
• ":BUS<n>:CLEar" on page 206
• ":BUS<n>:LABel" on page 208
• ":BUS<n>:MASK" on page 209
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
207
8
:BUS<n> Commands
:BUS<n>:LABel
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:BUS<n>:LABel <quoted_string>
<quoted_string> ::= any series of 10 or less characters as a
quoted ASCII string.
<n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to BUS
and defines the bus that is affected by the command.
The :BUS<n>:LABel command sets the bus label to the quoted string.
Setting a label for a bus will also result in the name being added to the
label list.
NOTE
This command is only valid for the MSO models.
NOTE
Label strings are 10 characters or less, and may contain any commonly used ASCII
characters. Labels with more than 10 characters are truncated to 10 characters.
Query Syntax
:BUS<n>:LABel?
The :BUS<n>:LABel? query returns the name of the specified bus.
Return Format
<quoted_string><NL>
<quoted_string> ::= any series of 10 or less characters as a
quoted ASCII string.
See Also
• "Introduction to :BUS<n> Commands" on page 202
• ":BUS<n>:BIT<m>" on page 203
• ":BUS<n>:BITS" on page 204
• ":BUS<n>:CLEar" on page 206
• ":BUS<n>:DISPlay" on page 207
• ":BUS<n>:MASK" on page 209
• ":CHANnel<n>:LABel" on page 229
• ":DISPlay:LABList" on page 260
• ":DIGital<d>:LABel" on page 250
Example Code
208
' Set the bus 1 label to "Data":
myScope.WriteString ":BUS1:LABel 'Data'"
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
8
:BUS<n> Commands
:BUS<n>:MASK
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:BUS<n>:MASK <mask>
<mask> ::= 32-bit integer in decimal, <nondecimal>, or <string>
<nondecimal> ::= #Hnn...n where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal
<nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal
<n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to BUS
and defines the bus that is affected by the command.
The :BUS<n>:MASK command defines the bits included and excluded in
the selected bus according to the mask. Set a mask bit to a "1" to include
that bit in the selected bus, and set a mask bit to a "0" to exclude it.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is only valid for the MSO models.
:BUS<n>:MASK?
The :BUS<n>:MASK? query returns the mask value for the specified bus.
Return Format
See Also
<mask><NL> in decimal format
• "Introduction to :BUS<n> Commands" on page 202
• ":BUS<n>:BIT<m>" on page 203
• ":BUS<n>:BITS" on page 204
• ":BUS<n>:CLEar" on page 206
• ":BUS<n>:DISPlay" on page 207
• ":BUS<n>:LABel" on page 208
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
209
8
210
:BUS<n> Commands
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
9
:CALibrate Commands
Utility commands for viewing calibration status and for starting the user
calibration procedure. See "Introduction to :CALibrate Commands" on
page 211.
Table 69 :CALibrate Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
n/a
:CALibrate:DATE? (see
page 213)
<return value> ::=
<year>,<month>,<day>; all in NR1
format
:CALibrate:LABel
<string> (see
page 214)
:CALibrate:LABel?
(see page 214)
<string> ::= quoted ASCII string
up to 32 characters
:CALibrate:OUTPut
<signal> (see
page 215)
:CALibrate:OUTPut?
(see page 215)
<signal> ::= {TRIGgers | MASK |
WAVEgen}
n/a
:CALibrate:PROTected?
(see page 216)
{PROTected | UNPRotected}
:CALibrate:STARt (see
page 217)
n/a
n/a
n/a
:CALibrate:STATus?
(see page 218)
<return value> ::=
<status_code>,<status_string>
<status_code> ::= an integer
status code
<status_string> ::= an ASCII
status string
n/a
:CALibrate:TEMPeratur
e? (see page 219)
<return value> ::= degrees C
delta since last cal in NR3
format
n/a
:CALibrate:TIME? (see
page 220)
<return value> ::=
<hours>,<minutes>,<seconds>; all
in NR1 format
Introduction to
:CALibrate
Commands
The CALibrate subsystem provides utility commands for:

211
9
:CALibrate Commands
• Determining the state of the calibration factor protection switch
(CAL PROTECT).
• Saving and querying the calibration label string.
• Reporting the calibration time and date.
• Reporting changes in the temperature since the last calibration.
• Starting the user calibration procedure.
212
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:CALibrate Commands
9
:CALibrate:DATE
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:CALibrate:DATE?
The :CALibrate:DATE? query returns the date of the last calibration.
Return Format
<date><NL>
<date> ::= year,month,day in NR1 format<NL>
See Also
• "Introduction to :CALibrate Commands" on page 211
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
213
9
:CALibrate Commands
:CALibrate:LABel
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:CALibrate:LABel <string>
<string> ::= quoted ASCII string of up to 32 characters in length,
not including the quotes
The CALibrate:LABel command saves a string that is up to 32 characters
in length into the instrument's non- volatile memory. The string may be
used to record calibration dates or other information as needed.
Query Syntax
:CALibrate:LABel?
The :CALibrate:LABel? query returns the contents of the calibration label
string.
Return Format
<string><NL>
<string>::= unquoted ASCII string of up to 32 characters in length
See Also
214
• "Introduction to :CALibrate Commands" on page 211
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
9
:CALibrate Commands
:CALibrate:OUTPut
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:CALibrate:OUTPut <signal>
<signal> ::= {TRIGgers | MASK | WAVEgen}
The CALibrate:OUTPut command sets the signal that is available on the
rear panel TRIG OUT BNC:
• TRIGgers — pulse when a trigger event occurs.
• MASK — signal from mask test indicating a failure.
• WAVEgen — waveform generator sync output signal. This signal depends
on the :WGEN:FUNCtion setting:
Waveform
Type
Sync Signal Characteristics
SINusoid,
RAMP,
PULSe
The Sync signal is a square waveform with a 50% duty cycle.
SQUare
The Sync signal is a square waveform with the same duty cycle as the main
output.
DC
N/A
NOISe
N/A
The Sync signal is a TTL "high" when the waveform's output is positive,
relative to zero volts (or the DC offset value). The Sync signal is a TTL
"low" when the output is negative, relative to zero volts (or the DC
offset value).
Query Syntax
:CALibrate:OUTPut?
The :CALibrate:OUTPut query returns the current source of the TRIG OUT
BNC signal.
Return Format
<signal><NL>
<signal> ::= {TRIG | MASK | WAVE}
See Also
• "Introduction to :CALibrate Commands" on page 211
• ":WGEN:FUNCtion" on page 746
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
215
9
:CALibrate Commands
:CALibrate:PROTected
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:CALibrate:PROTected?
The :CALibrate:PROTected? query returns the rear- panel calibration
protect (CAL PROTECT) button state. The value PROTected indicates
calibration is disabled, and UNPRotected indicates calibration is enabled.
Return Format
<switch><NL>
<switch> ::= {PROT | UNPR}
See Also
216
• "Introduction to :CALibrate Commands" on page 211
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:CALibrate Commands
9
:CALibrate:STARt
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:CALibrate:STARt
The CALibrate:STARt command starts the user calibration procedure.
NOTE
See Also
Before starting the user calibration procedure, you must set the rear panel CALIBRATION
switch to UNPROTECTED, and you must connect BNC cables from the TRIG OUT connector
to the analog channel inputs. See the User's Guide for details.
• "Introduction to :CALibrate Commands" on page 211
• ":CALibrate:PROTected" on page 216
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
217
9
:CALibrate Commands
:CALibrate:STATus
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:CALibrate:STATus?
The :CALibrate:STATus? query returns the summary results of the last
user calibration procedure.
Return Format
<return value><NL>
<return value> ::= <status_code>,<status_string>
<status_code> ::= an integer status code
<status_string> ::= an ASCII status string
See Also
218
• "Introduction to :CALibrate Commands" on page 211
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:CALibrate Commands
9
:CALibrate:TEMPerature
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:CALibrate:TEMPerature?
The :CALibrate:TEMPerature? query returns the change in temperature
since the last user calibration procedure.
Return Format
<return value><NL>
<return value> ::= degrees C delta since last cal in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :CALibrate Commands" on page 211
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
219
9
:CALibrate Commands
:CALibrate:TIME
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:CALibrate:TIME?
The :CALibrate:TIME? query returns the time of the last calibration.
Return Format
<date><NL>
<date> ::= hour,minutes,seconds in NR1 format
See Also
220
• "Introduction to :CALibrate Commands" on page 211
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
10
:CHANnel<n> Commands
Control all oscilloscope functions associated with individual analog
channels or groups of channels. See "Introduction to :CHANnel<n>
Commands" on page 222.
Table 70 :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:CHANnel<n>:BWLimit
{{0 | OFF} | {1 |
ON}} (see page 224)
:CHANnel<n>:BWLimit?
(see page 224)
{0 | 1}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:COUPling
<coupling> (see
page 225)
:CHANnel<n>:COUPling?
(see page 225)
<coupling> ::= {AC | DC}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:DISPlay
{{0 | OFF} | {1 |
ON}} (see page 226)
:CHANnel<n>:DISPlay?
(see page 226)
{0 | 1}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:IMPedance
<impedance> (see
page 227)
:CHANnel<n>:IMPedance
? (see page 227)
<impedance> ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:INVert
{{0 | OFF} | {1 |
ON}} (see page 228)
:CHANnel<n>:INVert?
(see page 228)
{0 | 1}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:LABel
<string> (see
page 229)
:CHANnel<n>:LABel?
(see page 229)
<string> ::= any series of 10 or
less ASCII characters enclosed in
quotation marks
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:OFFSet
<offset>[suffix] (see
page 230)
:CHANnel<n>:OFFSet?
(see page 230)
<offset> ::= Vertical offset
value in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {V | mV}
<n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4; in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe
<attenuation> (see
page 231)
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe?
(see page 231)
<attenuation> ::= Probe
attenuation ratio in NR3 format
<n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4r in NR1 format

221
10 :CHANnel<n> Commands
Table 70 :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEA
D[:TYPE] <head_param>
(see page 232)
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEA
D[:TYPE]? (see
page 232)
<head_param> ::= {SEND0 | SEND6 |
SEND12 | SEND20 | DIFF0 | DIFF6 |
DIFF12 | DIFF20 | NONE}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
n/a
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ID?
(see page 233)
<probe id> ::= unquoted ASCII
string up to 11 characters
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKE
W <skew_value> (see
page 234)
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKE
W? (see page 234)
<skew_value> ::= -100 ns to +100
ns in NR3 format
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:STY
Pe <signal type> (see
page 235)
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:STY
Pe? (see page 235)
<signal type> ::= {DIFFerential |
SINGle}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:PROTectio
n (see page 236)
:CHANnel<n>:PROTectio
n? (see page 236)
{NORM | TRIP}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:RANGe
<range>[suffix] (see
page 237)
:CHANnel<n>:RANGe?
(see page 237)
<range> ::= Vertical full-scale
range value in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {V | mV}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:SCALe
<scale>[suffix] (see
page 238)
:CHANnel<n>:SCALe?
(see page 238)
<scale> ::= Vertical units per
division value in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {V | mV}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:UNITs
<units> (see
page 239)
:CHANnel<n>:UNITs?
(see page 239)
<units> ::= {VOLT | AMPere}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:CHANnel<n>:VERNier
{{0 | OFF} | {1 |
ON}} (see page 240)
:CHANnel<n>:VERNier?
(see page 240)
{0 | 1}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
Introduction to
:CHANnel<n>
Commands
222
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
10
:CHANnel<n> Commands
The CHANnel<n> subsystem commands control an analog channel (vertical
or Y- axis of the oscilloscope). Channels are independently programmable
for all offset, probe, coupling, bandwidth limit, inversion, vernier, and
range (scale) functions. The channel number (1, 2, 3, or 4) specified in the
command selects the analog channel that is affected by the command.
A label command provides identifying annotations of up to 10 characters.
You can toggle the channel displays on and off with the
:CHANnel<n>:DISPlay command as well as with the root level commands
:VIEW and :BLANk.
NOTE
The obsolete CHANnel subsystem is supported.
Reporting the Setup
Use :CHANnel1?, :CHANnel2?, :CHANnel3? or :CHANnel4? to query setup
information for the CHANnel<n> subsystem.
Return Format
The following are sample responses from the :CHANnel<n>? query. In this
case, the query was issued following a *RST command.
:CHAN1:RANG +40.0E+00;OFFS +0.00000E+00;COUP DC;IMP ONEM;DISP 1;BWL 0;
INV 0;LAB "1";UNIT VOLT;PROB +10E+00;PROB:SKEW +0.00E+00;STYP SING
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
223
10 :CHANnel<n> Commands
:CHANnel<n>:BWLimit
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:BWLimit <bwlimit>
<bwlimit> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit command controls an internal low- pass filter.
When the filter is on, the bandwidth of the specified channel is limited to
approximately 25 MHz.
Query Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:BWLimit?
The :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit? query returns the current setting of the
low- pass filter.
Return Format
<bwlimit><NL>
<bwlimit> ::= {1 | 0}
See Also
224
• "Introduction to :CHANnel<n> Commands" on page 222
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:CHANnel<n> Commands
10
:CHANnel<n>:COUPling
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:COUPling <coupling>
<coupling> ::= {AC | DC}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :CHANnel<n>:COUPling command selects the input coupling for the
specified channel. The coupling for each analog channel can be set to AC
or DC.
Query Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:COUPling?
The :CHANnel<n>:COUPling? query returns the current coupling for the
specified channel.
Return Format
<coupling value><NL>
<coupling value> ::= {AC | DC}
See Also
• "Introduction to :CHANnel<n> Commands" on page 222
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
225
10 :CHANnel<n> Commands
:CHANnel<n>:DISPlay
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:DISPlay <display value>
<display value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :CHANnel<n>:DISPlay command turns the display of the specified
channel on or off.
Query Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:DISPlay?
The :CHANnel<n>:DISPlay? query returns the current display setting for
the specified channel.
Return Format
<display value><NL>
<display value> ::= {1 | 0}
See Also
• "Introduction to :CHANnel<n> Commands" on page 222
• ":VIEW" on page 186
• ":BLANk" on page 162
• ":STATus" on page 183
• ":POD<n>:DISPlay" on page 421
• ":DIGital<d>:DISPlay" on page 249
226
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:CHANnel<n> Commands
10
:CHANnel<n>:IMPedance
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:IMPedance <impedance>
<impedance> ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance command selects the input impedance setting
for the specified analog channel. The legal values for this command are
ONEMeg (1 M) and FIFTy (50).
NOTE
Query Syntax
The analog channel input impedance of the 100 MHz bandwidth oscilloscope models is
fixed at ONEMeg (1 M).
:CHANnel<n>:IMPedance?
The :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance? query returns the current input impedance
setting for the specified channel.
Return Format
<impedance value><NL>
<impedance value> ::= {ONEM | FIFT}
See Also
• "Introduction to :CHANnel<n> Commands" on page 222
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
227
10 :CHANnel<n> Commands
:CHANnel<n>:INVert
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:INVert <invert value>
<invert value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :CHANnel<n>:INVert command selects whether or not to invert the
input signal for the specified channel. The inversion may be 1
(ON/inverted) or 0 (OFF/not inverted).
Query Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:INVert?
The :CHANnel<n>:INVert? query returns the current state of the channel
inversion.
Return Format
<invert value><NL>
<invert value> ::= {0 | 1}
See Also
228
• "Introduction to :CHANnel<n> Commands" on page 222
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:CHANnel<n> Commands
10
:CHANnel<n>:LABel
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:LABel <string>
<string> ::= quoted ASCII string
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
NOTE
Label strings are 10 characters or less, and may contain any commonly used ASCII
characters. Labels with more than 10 characters are truncated to 10 characters. Lower case
characters are converted to upper case.
The :CHANnel<n>:LABel command sets the analog channel label to the
string that follows. Setting a label for a channel also adds the name to the
label list in non- volatile memory (replacing the oldest label in the list).
Query Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:LABel?
The :CHANnel<n>:LABel? query returns the label associated with a
particular analog channel.
Return Format
<string><NL>
<string> ::= quoted ASCII string
See Also
• "Introduction to :CHANnel<n> Commands" on page 222
• ":DISPlay:LABel" on page 259
• ":DIGital<d>:LABel" on page 250
• ":DISPlay:LABList" on page 260
• ":BUS<n>:LABel" on page 208
Example Code
' LABEL - This command allows you to write a name (10 characters
' maximum) next to the channel number. It is not necessary, but
' can be useful for organizing the display.
myScope.WriteString ":CHANnel1:LABel ""CAL 1""" ' Label ch1 "CAL 1".
myScope.WriteString ":CHANnel2:LABel ""CAL2"""
' Label ch1 "CAL2".
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
229
10 :CHANnel<n> Commands
:CHANnel<n>:OFFSet
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:OFFSet <offset> [<suffix>]
<offset> ::= Vertical offset value in NR3 format
<suffix> ::= {V | mV}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command sets the value that is represented at
center screen for the selected channel. The range of legal values varies
with the value set by the :CHANnel<n>:RANGe and :CHANnel<n>:SCALe
commands. If you set the offset to a value outside of the legal range, the
offset value is automatically set to the nearest legal value. Legal values are
affected by the probe attenuation setting.
Query Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:OFFSet?
The :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet? query returns the current offset value for the
selected channel.
Return Format
<offset><NL>
<offset> ::= Vertical offset value in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :CHANnel<n> Commands" on page 222
• ":CHANnel<n>:RANGe" on page 237
• ":CHANnel<n>:SCALe" on page 238
• ":CHANnel<n>:PROBe" on page 231
230
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
10
:CHANnel<n> Commands
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe <attenuation>
<attenuation> ::= probe attenuation ratio in NR3 format
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The obsolete attenuation values X1, X10, X20, X100 are also supported.
The :CHANnel<n>:PROBe command specifies the probe attenuation factor
for the selected channel. The probe attenuation factor may be 0.1 to 1000.
This command does not change the actual input sensitivity of the
oscilloscope. It changes the reference constants for scaling the display
factors, for making automatic measurements, and for setting trigger levels.
If an AutoProbe probe is connected to the oscilloscope, the attenuation
value cannot be changed from the sensed value. Attempting to set the
oscilloscope to an attenuation value other than the sensed value produces
an error.
Query Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe?
The :CHANnel<n>:PROBe? query returns the current probe attenuation
factor for the selected channel.
Return Format
<attenuation><NL>
<attenuation> ::= probe attenuation ratio in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :CHANnel<n> Commands" on page 222
• ":CHANnel<n>:RANGe" on page 237
• ":CHANnel<n>:SCALe" on page 238
• ":CHANnel<n>:OFFSet" on page 230
Example Code
' CHANNEL_PROBE - Sets the probe attenuation factor for the selected
' channel. The probe attenuation factor may be set from 0.1 to 1000.
myScope.WriteString ":CHANnel1:PROBe 10"
' Set Probe to 10:1.
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
231
10 :CHANnel<n> Commands
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEAD[:TYPE]
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
NOTE
This command is valid only for the 113xA Series probes.
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEAD[:TYPE] <head_param>
<head_param> ::= {SEND0 | SEND6 | SEND12 | SEND20 | DIFF0 | DIFF6
| DIFF12 | DIFF20 | NONE}
<n> ::= {1 | 2 | 3 | 4}
The :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEAD[:TYPE] command sets an analog channel
probe head type and dB value. You can choose from:
• SEND0 — Single- ended, 0dB.
• SEND6 — Single- ended, 6dB.
• SEND12 — Single- ended, 12dB.
• SEND20 — Single- ended, 20dB.
• DIFF0 — Differential, 0dB.
• DIFF6 — Differential, 6dB.
• DIFF12 — Differential, 12dB.
• DIFF20 — Differential, 20dB.
Query Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEAD[:TYPE]?
The :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEAD[:TYPE]? query returns the current probe
head type setting for the selected channel.
Return Format
<head_param><NL>
<head_param> ::= {SEND0 | SEND6 | SEND12 | SEND20 | DIFF0 | DIFF6
| DIFF12 | DIFF20 | NONE}
See Also
• "Introduction to :CHANnel<n> Commands" on page 222
• ":CHANnel<n>:PROBe" on page 231
• ":CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ID" on page 233
• ":CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKEW" on page 234
• ":CHANnel<n>:PROBe:STYPe" on page 235
232
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:CHANnel<n> Commands
10
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ID
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ID?
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ID? query returns the type of probe attached to
the specified oscilloscope channel.
Return Format
<probe id><NL>
<probe id> ::= unquoted ASCII string up to 11 characters
Some of the possible returned values are:
• 1131A
• 1132A
• 1134A
• 1147A
• 1153A
• 1154A
• 1156A
• 1157A
• 1158A
• 1159A
• AutoProbe
• E2621A
• E2622A
• E2695A
• E2697A
• HP1152A
• HP1153A
• NONE
• Probe
• Unknown
• Unsupported
See Also
• "Introduction to :CHANnel<n> Commands" on page 222
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
233
10 :CHANnel<n> Commands
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKEW
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKEW <skew value>
<skew value> ::= skew time in NR3 format
<skew value> ::= -100 ns to +100 ns
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKEW command sets the channel- to- channel
skew factor for the specified channel. Each analog channel can be adjusted
+ or - 100 ns for a total of 200 ns difference between channels. You can
use the oscilloscope's probe skew control to remove cable- delay errors
between channels.
Query Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKEW?
The :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKEW? query returns the current probe skew
setting for the selected channel.
Return Format
<skew value><NL>
<skew value> ::= skew value in NR3 format
See Also
234
• "Introduction to :CHANnel<n> Commands" on page 222
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:CHANnel<n> Commands
10
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:STYPe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
NOTE
This command is valid only for the 113xA Series probes.
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:STYPe <signal type>
<signal type> ::= {DIFFerential | SINGle}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:STYPe command sets the channel probe signal
type (STYPe) to differential or single- ended when using the 113xA Series
probes and determines how offset is applied.
When single- ended is selected, the :CHANnel<n>:OFFset command changes
the offset value of the probe amplifier. When differential is selected, the
:CHANnel<n>:OFFset command changes the offset value of the channel
amplifier.
Query Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:STYPe?
The :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:STYPe? query returns the current probe signal
type setting for the selected channel.
Return Format
<signal type><NL>
<signal type> ::= {DIFF | SING}
See Also
• "Introduction to :CHANnel<n> Commands" on page 222
• ":CHANnel<n>:OFFSet" on page 230
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
235
10 :CHANnel<n> Commands
:CHANnel<n>:PROTection
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:PROTection[:CLEar]
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format| 4}
When the analog channel input impedance is set to 50, the input
channels are protected against overvoltage. When an overvoltage condition
is sensed, the input impedance for the channel is automatically changed to
1 M.
The :CHANnel<n>:PROTection[:CLEar] command is used to clear (reset) the
overload protection. It allows the channel to be used again in 50 mode
after the signal that caused the overload has been removed from the
channel input.
Reset the analog channel input impedance to 50 (see
":CHANnel<n>:IMPedance" on page 227) after clearing the overvoltage
protection.
Query Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:PROTection?
The :CHANnel<n>:PROTection query returns the state of the input
protection for CHANnel<n>. If a channel input has experienced an
overload, TRIP (tripped) will be returned; otherwise NORM (normal) is
returned.
Return Format
See Also
{NORM | TRIP}<NL>
• "Introduction to :CHANnel<n> Commands" on page 222
• ":CHANnel<n>:COUPling" on page 225
• ":CHANnel<n>:IMPedance" on page 227
• ":CHANnel<n>:PROBe" on page 231
236
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:CHANnel<n> Commands
10
:CHANnel<n>:RANGe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:RANGe <range>[<suffix>]
<range> ::= vertical full-scale range value in NR3 format
<suffix> ::= {V | mV}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :CHANnel<n>:RANGe command defines the full- scale vertical axis of
the selected channel. When using 1:1 probe attenuation, legal values for
the range are from 16 mV to 40 V.
If the probe attenuation is changed, the range value is multiplied by the
probe attenuation factor.
Query Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:RANGe?
The :CHANnel<n>:RANGe? query returns the current full- scale range
setting for the specified channel.
Return Format
<range_argument><NL>
<range_argument> ::= vertical full-scale range value in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :CHANnel<n> Commands" on page 222
• ":CHANnel<n>:SCALe" on page 238
• ":CHANnel<n>:PROBe" on page 231
Example Code
' CHANNEL_RANGE - Sets the full scale vertical range in volts. The
' range value is 8 times the volts per division.
myScope.WriteString ":CHANnel1:RANGe 8"
' Set the vertical range to
8 volts.
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
237
10 :CHANnel<n> Commands
:CHANnel<n>:SCALe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:SCALe <scale>[<suffix>]
<scale> ::= vertical units per division in NR3 format
<suffix> ::= {V | mV}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command sets the vertical scale, or units per
division, of the selected channel. When using 1:1 probe attenuation, legal
values for the scale are from 2 mV to 5 V.
If the probe attenuation is changed, the scale value is multiplied by the
probe's attenuation factor.
Query Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:SCALe?
The :CHANnel<n>:SCALe? query returns the current scale setting for the
specified channel.
Return Format
<scale value><NL>
<scale value> ::= vertical units per division in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :CHANnel<n> Commands" on page 222
• ":CHANnel<n>:RANGe" on page 237
• ":CHANnel<n>:PROBe" on page 231
238
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
10
:CHANnel<n> Commands
:CHANnel<n>:UNITs
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:UNITs <units>
<units> ::= {VOLT | AMPere}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command sets the measurement units for the
connected probe. Select VOLT for a voltage probe and select AMPere for a
current probe. Measurement results, channel sensitivity, and trigger level
will reflect the measurement units you select.
Query Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:UNITs?
The :CHANnel<n>:UNITs? query returns the current units setting for the
specified channel.
Return Format
<units><NL>
<units> ::= {VOLT | AMP}
See Also
• "Introduction to :CHANnel<n> Commands" on page 222
• ":CHANnel<n>:RANGe" on page 237
• ":CHANnel<n>:PROBe" on page 231
• ":EXTernal:UNITs" on page 267
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
239
10 :CHANnel<n> Commands
:CHANnel<n>:VERNier
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:VERNier <vernier value>
<vernier value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :CHANnel<n>:VERNier command specifies whether the channel's
vernier (fine vertical adjustment) setting is ON (1) or OFF (0).
Query Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:VERNier?
The :CHANnel<n>:VERNier? query returns the current state of the
channel's vernier setting.
Return Format
<vernier value><NL>
<vernier value> ::= {0 | 1}
See Also
240
• "Introduction to :CHANnel<n> Commands" on page 222
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
11
:DEMO Commands
When the education kit is licensed (Option EDU), you can output
demonstration signals on the oscilloscope's Demo 1 and Demo 2 terminals.
See "Introduction to :DEMO Commands" on page 241.
Table 71 :DEMO Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:DEMO:FUNCtion
<signal> (see
page 242)
:DEMO:FUNCtion? (see
page 244)
<signal> ::= {SINusoid | NOISy |
PHASe | RINGing | SINGle | AM |
CLK | GLITch | BURSt | MSO | RUNT
| TRANsition | RFBurst | SHOLd |
LFSine | CAN | LIN | UART | I2C |
SPI | I2S | CANLin}
:DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:
PHASe <angle> (see
page 245)
:DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:
PHASe? (see page 245)
<angle> ::= angle in degrees from
0 to 360 in NR3 format
:DEMO:OUTPut {{0 |
OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see
page 246)
:DEMO:OUTPut? (see
page 246)
{0 | 1}
Introduction to
:DEMO
Commands
The :DEMO subsystem provides commands to output demonstration signals
on the oscillosope's Demo 1 and Demo 2 terminals.
Reporting the Setup
Use :DEMO? to query setup information for the DEMO subsystem.
Return Format
The following is a sample response from the :DEMO? query. In this case,
the query was issued following the *RST command.
:DEMO:FUNC SIN;OUTP 0

241
11 :DEMO Commands
:DEMO:FUNCtion
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:DEMO:FUNCtion <signal>
<signal> ::= {SINusoid | NOISy | PHASe | RINGing | SINGle | AM | CLK
| GLITch | BURSt | MSO | RUNT | TRANsition | RFBurst
| SHOLd | LFSine | CAN | LIN | UART | I2C | SPI | I2S
| CANLin}
The :DEMO:FUNCtion command selects the type of demo signal:
242
Demo Signal
Function
Demo 1 Terminal
Demo 2 Terminal
SINusoid
5 MHz sine wave @ ~ 6 Vpp, 0 V
offset
Off
NOISy
1 kHz sine wave @ ~ 2.4 Vpp, 0.0 V
offset, with ~ 0.5 Vpp of random
noise added
Off
PHAse
1 kHz sine wave @ 2.4 Vpp, 0.0 V
offset
1 kHz sine wave @ 2.4 Vpp, 0.0 V
offset , phase shifted by the amount
entered using the
":DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:PHASe"
on page 245 command
RINGing
500 kHz digital pulse @ ~ 3 Vpp, 1.5 V
offset, and ~500 ns pulse width with
ringing
Off
SINGle
~500 ns wide digital pulse with
ringing @ ~ 3 Vpp, 1.5 V offset
Press the front panel Set Off
Single-Shot softkey to cause the
selected single-shot signal to be
output.
Off
AM
26 kHz sine wave, ~ 7 Vpp, 0 V offset
Amplitude modulated signal, ~ 3 Vpp,
0 V offset, with ~13 MHz carrier and
sine envelope
CLK
3.6 MHz clock @ ~2 Vpp, 1 V offset,
with infrequent glitch (1 glitch per
1,000,000 clocks)
Off
GLITch
Burst of 6 digital pulses (plus
infrequent glitch) that occurs once
every 80 µs @ ~3.6 Vpp, ~1.8 V offset
Off
BURSt
Burst of digital pulses that occur
every 50 µs @ ~ 3.6 Vpp, ~1.5 V offset
Off
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:DEMO Commands
11
Demo Signal
Function
Demo 1 Terminal
Demo 2 Terminal
MSO
3.1 kHz stair-step sine wave output
of DAC @ ~1.5 Vpp, 0.75 V offset
DAC input signals are internally
routed to digital channels D0 through
D7
~3.1 kHz sine wave filtered from DAC
output @ ~ 600 mVpp, 300 mV offset
RUNT
Digital pulse train with positive and
negative runt pulses @ ~ 3.5 Vpp,
1.75 V offset
Off
TRANsition
Digital pulse train with two different
edge speeds @ ~ 3.5 Vpp, 1.75 V
offset
Off
RFBurst
5-cycle burst of a 10 MHz amplitude
modulated sine wave @ ~ 2.6 Vpp,
0 V offset occurring once every 4 ms
Off
SHOLd
6.25 MHz digital clock @ ~ 3.5 Vpp,
1.75 V offset
Data signal @ ~3.5 Vpp, 1.75 V offset
LFSine
30 Hz sine wave @ ~2.7 Vpp, 0 V
offset, with very narrow glitch near
each positive peak
Off
CAN
CAN_L, 125 kbps dominant-low,
~2.8 Vpp, ~1.4 V offset
Off
LIN
LIN, 19.2 kbs, ~2.8 Vpp, ~1.4 V offset
Off
UART
Receive data (RX) with odd parity,
19.2 kbps, 8-bit words, LSB out 1st,
low idle @ ~2.8 Vpp, 1.4 V offset
Transmit data (TX) with odd parity,
19.2 kbps, 8-bit words, LSB out 1st,
low idle @ ~ 2.8 Vpp, 1.4 V offset
I2C
I2C serial clock signal (SCL) @
~2.8 Vpp, 1.4 V offset
I2C serial data signal (SDA) @ ~
2.8 Vpp, 1.4 V offset
SPI
Off
Signals are internally routed to digital
channels D6 through D9:
• D9 — MOSI, TTL level, with MSB
out 1st (internally routed to digital
input).
• D8 — MISO, TTL level, with MSB
out 1st (internally routed to digital
input).
• D7 — CLK, TTL level (internally
routed to digital input).
• D6 — ~CS, low-enable, TTL level
(internally routed to digital input).
Off
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
243
11 :DEMO Commands
Query Syntax
Demo Signal
Function
Demo 1 Terminal
Demo 2 Terminal
I2S
Off
Signals are internally routed to digital
channels D7 through D9:
• D9 — SDATA, TTL level, with
"standard" alignment (internally
routed to digital input).
• D8 — SCLK, TTL level, (internally
routed to digital input).
• D7 — WS, TTL level, low for left
channel, high for right channel
(internally routed to digital input)
Off
CANLin
CAN_L, 250 kbps dominant-low,
~2.8 Vpp, ~1.4 V offset
LIN, 19.2 kbps, ~2.8 Vpp, ~1.4 V
offset
:DEMO:FUNCtion?
The :DEMO:FUNCtion? query returns the currently selected demo signal
type.
Return Format
<signal><NL>
<signal> ::= {SIN | NOIS | PHAS | RING | SINGl | AM | CLK | GLIT
| BURS | MSO | RUNT | TRAN | RFB | SHOL | LFS | CAN
| LIN | UART | I2C | SPI | I2S | CANL}
See Also
244
• "Introduction to :DEMO Commands" on page 241
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:DEMO Commands
11
:DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:PHASe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:PHASe <angle>
<angle> ::= angle in degrees from 0 to 360 in NR3 format
For the phase shifted sine demo signals, the
:DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:PHASe command specifies the phase shift in the
second sine waveform.
Query Syntax
:DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:PHASe?
The :DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:PHASe? query returns the currently set phase
shift.
Return Format
<angle><NL>
<angle> ::= angle in degrees from 0 to 360 in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :DEMO Commands" on page 241
• ":DEMO:FUNCtion" on page 242
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
245
11 :DEMO Commands
:DEMO:OUTPut
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:DEMO:OUTPut <on_off>
<on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}
The :DEMO:OUTPut command specifies whether the demo signal output is
ON (1) or OFF (0).
Query Syntax
:DEMO:OUTPut?
The :DEMO:OUTPut? query returns the current state of the demo signal
output setting.
Return Format
<on_off><NL>
<on_off> ::= {1 | 0}
See Also
• "Introduction to :DEMO Commands" on page 241
• ":DEMO:FUNCtion" on page 242
246
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
12
:DIGital<d> Commands
Control all oscilloscope functions associated with individual digital
channels. See "Introduction to :DIGital<d> Commands" on page 247.
Table 72 :DIGital<d> Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:DIGital<d>:DISPlay
{{0 | OFF} | {1 |
ON}} (see page 249)
:DIGital<d>:DISPlay?
(see page 249)
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
{0 | 1}
:DIGital<d>:LABel
<string> (see
page 250)
:DIGital<d>:LABel?
(see page 250)
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<string> ::= any series of 10 or
less ASCII characters enclosed in
quotation marks
:DIGital<d>:POSition
<position> (see
page 251)
:DIGital<d>:POSition?
(see page 251)
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<position> ::= 0-7 if display
size = large, 0-15 if size =
medium, 0-31 if size = small
Returns -1 when there is no space
to display the digital waveform.
:DIGital<d>:SIZE
<value> (see
page 252)
:DIGital<d>:SIZE?
(see page 252)
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<value> ::= {SMALl | MEDium |
LARGe}
:DIGital<d>:THReshold
<value>[suffix] (see
page 253)
:DIGital<d>:THReshold
? (see page 253)
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<value> ::= {CMOS | ECL | TTL |
<user defined value>}
<user defined value> ::= value in
NR3 format from -8.00 to +8.00
[suffix] ::= {V | mV | uV}
Introduction to
:DIGital<d>
Commands
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format

247
12 :DIGital<d> Commands
The DIGital subsystem commands control the viewing, labeling, and
positioning of digital channels. They also control threshold settings for
groups of digital channels, or pods.
NOTE
These commands are only valid for the MSO models.
Reporting the Setup
Use :DIGital<d>? to query setup information for the DIGital subsystem.
Return Format
The following is a sample response from the :DIGital0? query. In this case,
the query was issued following a *RST command.
:DIG0:DISP 0;THR +1.40E+00;LAB 'D0';POS +0
248
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
12
:DIGital<d> Commands
:DIGital<d>:DISPlay
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:DIGital<d>:DISPlay <display>
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
<display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}}
The :DIGital<d>:DISPlay command turns digital display on or off for the
specified channel.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is only valid for the MSO models.
:DIGital<d>:DISPlay?
The :DIGital<d>:DISPlay? query returns the current digital display setting
for the specified channel.
Return Format
<display><NL>
<display> ::= {0 | 1}
See Also
• "Introduction to :DIGital<d> Commands" on page 247
• ":POD<n>:DISPlay" on page 421
• ":CHANnel<n>:DISPlay" on page 226
• ":VIEW" on page 186
• ":BLANk" on page 162
• ":STATus" on page 183
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
249
12 :DIGital<d> Commands
:DIGital<d>:LABel
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:DIGital<d>:LABel <string>
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
<string> ::= any series of 10 or less characters as quoted ASCII string.
The :DIGital<d>:LABel command sets the channel label to the string that
follows. Setting a label for a channel also adds the name to the label list
in non- volatile memory (replacing the oldest label in the list).
NOTE
This command is only valid for the MSO models.
NOTE
Label strings are 10 characters or less, and may contain any commonly used ASCII
characters. Labels with more than 10 characters are truncated to 10 characters.
Query Syntax
:DIGital<d>:LABel?
The :DIGital<d>:LABel? query returns the name of the specified channel.
Return Format
<label string><NL>
<label string> ::= any series of 10 or less characters as a quoted
ASCII string.
See Also
• "Introduction to :DIGital<d> Commands" on page 247
• ":CHANnel<n>:LABel" on page 229
• ":DISPlay:LABList" on page 260
• ":BUS<n>:LABel" on page 208
250
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:DIGital<d> Commands
12
:DIGital<d>:POSition
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:DIGital<d>:POSition <position>
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
<position> ::= integer in NR1 format.
Channel Size
Position
Top
Bottom
Large
0-7
7
0
Medium
0-15
15
0
Small
0-31
31
0
The :DIGital<d>:POSition command sets the position of the specified
channel.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is only valid for the MSO models.
:DIGital<d>:POSition?
The :DIGital<d>:POSition? query returns the position of the specified
channel.
If the returned value is "- 1", this indicates there is no space to display the
digital waveform (for example, when all serial lanes, digital buses, and the
zoomed time base are displayed).
Return Format
<position><NL>
<position> ::= integer in NR1 format.
See Also
• "Introduction to :DIGital<d> Commands" on page 247
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
251
12 :DIGital<d> Commands
:DIGital<d>:SIZE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:DIGital<d>:SIZE <value>
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
<value> ::= {SMALl | MEDium | LARGe}
The :DIGital<d>:SIZE command specifies the size of digital channels on the
display. Sizes are set for all digital channels. Therefore, if you set the size
on digital channel 0 (for example), the same size is set on all other as
well.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is only valid for the MSO models.
:DIGital<d>:SIZE?
The :DIGital<d>:SIZE? query returns the size setting for the specified
digital channels.
Return Format
<size_value><NL>
<size_value> ::= {SMAL | MED | LARG}
See Also
• "Introduction to :DIGital<d> Commands" on page 247
• ":POD<n>:SIZE" on page 422
• ":DIGital<d>:POSition" on page 251
252
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:DIGital<d> Commands
12
:DIGital<d>:THReshold
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:DIGital<d>:THReshold <value>
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
<value> ::= {CMOS | ECL | TTL | <user defined value>[<suffix>]}
<user defined value> ::= -8.00 to +8.00 in NR3 format
<suffix> ::= {V | mV | uV}
• TTL = 1.4V
• CMOS = 2.5V
• ECL = - 1.3V
The :DIGital<d>:THReshold command sets the logic threshold value for all
channels in the same pod as the specified channel. The threshold is used
for triggering purposes and for displaying the digital data as high (above
the threshold) or low (below the threshold).
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is only valid for the MSO models.
:DIGital<d>:THReshold?
The :DIGital<d>:THReshold? query returns the threshold value for the
specified channel.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= threshold value in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :DIGital<d> Commands" on page 247
• ":POD<n>:THReshold" on page 423
• ":TRIGger[:EDGE]:LEVel" on page 658
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
253
12 :DIGital<d> Commands
254
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
13
:DISPlay Commands
Control how waveforms, graticule, and text are displayed and written on
the screen. See "Introduction to :DISPlay Commands" on page 255.
Table 73 :DISPlay Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:DISPlay:CLEar (see
page 257)
n/a
n/a
n/a
:DISPlay:DATA?
[<format>][,][<palett
e>] (see page 258)
<format> ::= {BMP | BMP8bit |
PNG}
<palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale}
<display data> ::= data in IEEE
488.2 # format
:DISPlay:LABel {{0 |
OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see
page 259)
:DISPlay:LABel? (see
page 259)
{0 | 1}
:DISPlay:LABList
<binary block> (see
page 260)
:DISPlay:LABList?
(see page 260)
<binary block> ::= an ordered
list of up to 75 labels, each 10
characters maximum, separated by
newline characters
:DISPlay:PERSistence
<value> (see
page 261)
:DISPlay:PERSistence?
(see page 261)
<value> ::= {MINimum | INFinite |
<time>}
<time> ::= seconds in in NR3
format from 100E-3 to 60E0
:DISPlay:VECTors {1 |
ON} (see page 262)
:DISPlay:VECTors?
(see page 262)
1
Introduction to
:DISPlay
Commands
The DISPlay subsystem is used to control the display storage and retrieval
of waveform data, labels, and text. This subsystem allows the following
actions:
• Clear the waveform area on the display.
• Turn vectors on or off.
• Set waveform persistence.
• Specify labels.

255
13 :DISPlay Commands
• Save and Recall display data.
Reporting the Setup
Use :DISPlay? to query the setup information for the DISPlay subsystem.
Return Format
The following is a sample response from the :DISPlay? query. In this case,
the query was issued following a *RST command.
:DISP:LAB 0;CONN 1;PERS MIN
256
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:DISPlay Commands
13
:DISPlay:CLEar
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:DISPlay:CLEar
The :DISPlay:CLEar command clears the display and resets all associated
measurements. If the oscilloscope is stopped, all currently displayed data
is erased. If the oscilloscope is running, all of the data for active channels
and functions is erased; however, new data is displayed on the next
acquisition.
See Also
• "Introduction to :DISPlay Commands" on page 255
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
257
13 :DISPlay Commands
:DISPlay:DATA
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:DISPlay:DATA? [<format>][,][<palette>]
<format> ::= {BMP | BMP8bit | PNG}
<palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale}
The :DISPlay:DATA? query reads screen image data. You can choose 24- bit
BMP, 8- bit BMP8bit, or 24- bit PNG formats in color or grayscale.
If no format or palette option is specified, the screen image is returned in
BMP, COLor format.
Screen image data is returned in the IEEE- 488.2 # binary block data
format.
Return Format
<display data><NL>
<display data> ::= binary block data in IEEE-488.2 # format.
See Also
• "Introduction to :DISPlay Commands" on page 255
• ":HARDcopy:INKSaver" on page 293
• ":PRINt" on page 179
• "*RCL (Recall)" on page 139
• "*SAV (Save)" on page 143
• ":VIEW" on page 186
Example Code
' IMAGE_TRANSFER - In this example, we will query for the image data
' with ":DISPlay:DATA?", read the data, and then save it to a file.
Dim byteData() As Byte
myScope.IO.Timeout = 15000
myScope.WriteString ":DISPlay:DATA? BMP, COLOR"
byteData = myScope.ReadIEEEBlock(BinaryType_UI1)
' Output display data to a file:
strPath = "c:\scope\data\screen.bmp"
' Remove file if it exists.
If Len(Dir(strPath)) Then
Kill strPath
End If
Close #1
' If #1 is open, close it.
Open strPath For Binary Access Write Lock Write As #1
' Open file f
or output.
Put #1, , byteData
' Write data.
Close #1
' Close file.
myScope.IO.Timeout = 5000
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
258
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:DISPlay Commands
13
:DISPlay:LABel
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:DISPlay:LABel <value>
<value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}}
The :DISPlay:LABel command turns the analog and digital channel labels
on and off.
Query Syntax
:DISPlay:LABel?
The :DISPlay:LABel? query returns the display mode of the analog and
digital labels.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {0 | 1}
See Also
• "Introduction to :DISPlay Commands" on page 255
• ":CHANnel<n>:LABel" on page 229
Example Code
' DISP_LABEL
' - Turns label names ON or OFF on the analyzer display.
myScope.WriteString ":DISPlay:LABel ON"
' Turn on labels.
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
259
13 :DISPlay Commands
:DISPlay:LABList
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:DISPlay:LABList <binary block data>
<binary block> ::= an ordered list of up to 75 labels, a maximum of 10
characters each, separated by newline characters.
The :DISPlay:LABList command adds labels to the label list. Labels are
added in alphabetical order.
NOTE
Query Syntax
Labels that begin with the same alphabetic base string followed by decimal digits are
considered duplicate labels. Duplicate labels are not added to the label list. For example, if
label "A0" is in the list and you try to add a new label called "A123456789", the new label is
not added.
:DISPlay:LABList?
The :DISPlay:LABList? query returns the label list.
Return Format
<binary block><NL>
<binary block> ::= an ordered list of up to 75 labels, a maximum of 10
characters each, separated by newline characters.
See Also
• "Introduction to :DISPlay Commands" on page 255
• ":DISPlay:LABel" on page 259
• ":CHANnel<n>:LABel" on page 229
• ":DIGital<d>:LABel" on page 250
• ":BUS<n>:LABel" on page 208
260
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:DISPlay Commands
13
:DISPlay:PERSistence
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:DISPlay:PERSistence <value>
<value> ::= {MINimum | INFinite | <time>}
<time> ::= seconds in in NR3 format from 100E-3 to 60E0
The :DISPlay:PERSistence command specifies the persistence setting:
• MINimum — indicates zero persistence.
• INFinite — indicates infinite persistence.
• <time> — for variable persistence, that is, you can specify how long
acquisitions remain on the screen.
Use the :DISPlay:CLEar command to erase points stored by persistence.
Query Syntax
:DISPlay:PERSistence?
The :DISPlay:PERSistence? query returns the specified persistence value.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {MIN | INF | <time>}
See Also
• "Introduction to :DISPlay Commands" on page 255
• ":DISPlay:CLEar" on page 257
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
261
13 :DISPlay Commands
:DISPlay:VECTors
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:DISPlay:VECTors <vectors>
<vectors> ::= {1 | ON}
The only legal value for the :DISPlay:VECTors command is ON (or 1). This
specifies that lines are drawn between acquired data points on the screen.
Query Syntax
:DISPlay:VECTors?
The :DISPlay:VECTors? query returns the vectors setting.
Return Format
<vectors><NL>
<vectors> ::= 1
See Also
262
• "Introduction to :DISPlay Commands" on page 255
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
14
:EXTernal Trigger Commands
Control the input characteristics of the external trigger input. See
"Introduction to :EXTernal Trigger Commands" on page 263.
Table 74 :EXTernal Trigger Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:EXTernal:BWLimit
<bwlimit> (see
page 264)
:EXTernal:BWLimit?
(see page 264)
<bwlimit> ::= {0 | OFF}
:EXTernal:PROBe
<attenuation> (see
page 265)
:EXTernal:PROBe? (see
page 265)
<attenuation> ::= probe
attenuation ratio in NR3 format
:EXTernal:RANGe
<range>[<suffix>]
(see page 266)
:EXTernal:RANGe? (see
page 266)
<range> ::= vertical full-scale
range value in NR3 format
<suffix> ::= {V | mV}
:EXTernal:UNITs
<units> (see
page 267)
:EXTernal:UNITs? (see
page 267)
<units> ::= {VOLT | AMPere}
Introduction to
:EXTernal Trigger
Commands
The EXTernal trigger subsystem commands control the input
characteristics of the external trigger input. The probe factor, impedance,
input range, input protection state, units, and bandwidth limit settings
may all be queried. Depending on the instrument type, some settings may
be changeable.
Reporting the Setup
Use :EXTernal? to query setup information for the EXTernal subsystem.
Return Format
The following is a sample response from the :EXTernal query. In this case,
the query was issued following a *RST command.
:EXT:BWL 0;RANG +8E+00;UNIT VOLT;PROB +1.000E+00

263
14 :EXTernal Trigger Commands
:EXTernal:BWLimit
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:EXTernal:BWLimit <bwlimit>
<bwlimit> ::= {0 | OFF}
The :EXTernal:BWLimit command is provided for product compatibility.
The only legal value is 0 or OFF. Use the :TRIGger:HFReject command to
limit bandwidth on the external trigger input.
Query Syntax
:EXTernal:BWLimit?
The :EXTernal:BWLimit? query returns the current setting of the low- pass
filter (always 0).
Return Format
<bwlimit><NL>
<bwlimit> ::= 0
See Also
• "Introduction to :EXTernal Trigger Commands" on page 263
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:HFReject" on page 644
264
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:EXTernal Trigger Commands
14
:EXTernal:PROBe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:EXTernal:PROBe <attenuation>
<attenuation> ::= probe attenuation ratio in NR3 format
The :EXTernal:PROBe command specifies the probe attenuation factor for
the external trigger. The probe attenuation factor may be 0.1 to 1000. This
command does not change the actual input sensitivity of the oscilloscope.
It changes the reference constants for scaling the display factors and for
setting trigger levels.
If an AutoProbe probe is connected to the oscilloscope, the attenuation
value cannot be changed from the sensed value. Attempting to set the
oscilloscope to an attenuation value other than the sensed value produces
an error.
Query Syntax
:EXTernal:PROBe?
The :EXTernal:PROBe? query returns the current probe attenuation factor
for the external trigger.
Return Format
<attenuation><NL>
<attenuation> ::= probe attenuation ratio in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :EXTernal Trigger Commands" on page 263
• ":EXTernal:RANGe" on page 266
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":CHANnel<n>:PROBe" on page 231
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
265
14 :EXTernal Trigger Commands
:EXTernal:RANGe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:EXTernal:RANGe <range>[<suffix>]
<range> ::= vertical full-scale range value in NR3 format
<suffix> ::= {V | mV}
The :EXTernal:RANGe command is provided for product compatibility.
When using 1:1 probe attenuation, the range can only be set to 8.0 V.
If the probe attenuation is changed, the range value is multiplied by the
probe attenuation factor.
Query Syntax
:EXTernal:RANGe?
The :EXTernal:RANGe? query returns the current full- scale range setting
for the external trigger.
Return Format
<range_argument><NL>
<range_argument> ::= external trigger range value in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :EXTernal Trigger Commands" on page 263
• ":EXTernal:PROBe" on page 265
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
266
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
14
:EXTernal Trigger Commands
:EXTernal:UNITs
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:EXTernal:UNITs <units>
<units> ::= {VOLT | AMPere}
The :EXTernal:UNITs command sets the measurement units for the probe
connected to the external trigger input. Select VOLT for a voltage probe
and select AMPere for a current probe. Measurement results, channel
sensitivity, and trigger level will reflect the measurement units you select.
Query Syntax
:EXTernal:UNITs?
The :CHANnel<n>:UNITs? query returns the current units setting for the
external trigger.
Return Format
<units><NL>
<units> ::= {VOLT | AMP}
See Also
• "Introduction to :EXTernal Trigger Commands" on page 263
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":EXTernal:RANGe" on page 266
• ":EXTernal:PROBe" on page 265
• ":CHANnel<n>:UNITs" on page 239
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
267
14 :EXTernal Trigger Commands
268
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
15
:FUNCtion Commands
Control functions in the measurement/storage module. See "Introduction to
:FUNCtion Commands" on page 271.
Table 75 :FUNCtion Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:FUNCtion:CENTer
<frequency> (see
page 272)
:FUNCtion:CENTer?
(see page 272)
<frequency> ::= the current
center frequency in NR3 format.
The range of legal values is from
0 Hz to 25 GHz.
:FUNCtion:DISPlay {{0
| OFF} | {1 | ON}}
(see page 273)
:FUNCtion:DISPlay?
(see page 273)
{0 | 1}
:FUNCtion:GOFT:OPERat
ion <operation> (see
page 274)
:FUNCtion:GOFT:OPERat
ion? (see page 274)
<operation> ::= {ADD | SUBTract |
MULTiply}
:FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce
1 <source> (see
page 275)
:FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce
1? (see page 275)
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= {1 | 2 | 3 | 4} for 4ch
models
<n> ::= {1 | 2} for 2ch models
:FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce
2 <source> (see
page 276)
:FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce
2? (see page 276)
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= {{1 | 2} | {3 | 4}} for
4ch models, depending on SOURce1
selection
<n> ::= {1 | 2} for 2ch models
:FUNCtion:OFFSet
<offset> (see
page 277)
:FUNCtion:OFFSet?
(see page 277)
<offset> ::= the value at center
screen in NR3 format.
The range of legal values is
+/-10 times the current
sensitivity of the selected
function.
:FUNCtion:OPERation
<operation> (see
page 278)
:FUNCtion:OPERation?
(see page 278)
<operation> ::= {ADD | SUBTract |
MULTiply | INTegrate | DIFF | FFT
| SQRT}

269
15 :FUNCtion Commands
Table 75 :FUNCtion Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:FUNCtion:RANGe
<range> (see
page 279)
:FUNCtion:RANGe? (see
page 279)
<range> ::= the full-scale
vertical axis value in NR3
format.
The range for ADD, SUBT, MULT is
8E-6 to 800E+3. The range for the
INTegrate function is 8E-9 to
400E+3.
The range for the DIFF function
is 80E-3 to 8.0E12 (depends on
current sweep speed).
The range for the FFT function is
8 to 800 dBV.
:FUNCtion:REFerence
<level> (see
page 280)
:FUNCtion:REFerence?
(see page 280)
<level> ::= the value at center
screen in NR3 format.
The range of legal values is
+/-10 times the current
sensitivity of the selected
function.
:FUNCtion:SCALe
<scale
value>[<suffix>] (see
page 281)
:FUNCtion:SCALe? (see
page 281)
<scale value> ::= integer in NR1
format
<suffix> ::= {V | dB}
:FUNCtion:SOURce1
<source> (see
page 282)
:FUNCtion:SOURce1?
(see page 282)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | GOFT}
<n> ::= {1 | 2 | 3 | 4} for 4ch
models
<n> ::= {1 | 2} for 2ch models
GOFT is only for FFT, INTegrate,
DIFF, and SQRT operations.
:FUNCtion:SOURce2
<source> (see
page 283)
:FUNCtion:SOURce2?
(see page 283)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | NONE}
<n> ::= {{1 | 2} | {3 | 4}} for
4ch models, depending on SOURce1
selection
<n> ::= {1 | 2} for 2ch models
:FUNCtion:SPAN <span>
(see page 284)
:FUNCtion:SPAN? (see
page 284)
<span> ::= the current frequency
span in NR3 format.
Legal values are 1 Hz to 100 GHz.
:FUNCtion:WINDow
<window> (see
page 285)
:FUNCtion:WINDow?
(see page 285)
<window> ::= {RECTangular |
HANNing | FLATtop | BHARris}
270
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
15
:FUNCtion Commands
Introduction to
:FUNCtion
Commands
The FUNCtion subsystem controls the math functions in the oscilloscope.
Add, subtract, multiply, differentiate, integrate, square root, and FFT (Fast
Fourier Transform) operations are available. These math operations only
use the analog (vertical) channels.
The SOURce1, DISPlay, RANGe, and OFFSet commands apply to any
function. The SPAN, CENTer, and WINDow commands are only useful for
FFT functions. When FFT is selected, the cursors change from volts and
time to decibels (dB) and frequency (Hz).
Reporting the Setup
Use :FUNCtion? to query setup information for the FUNCtion subsystem.
Return Format
The following is a sample response from the :FUNCtion? queries. In this
case, the query was issued following a *RST command.
:FUNC:OPER ADD;DISP 0;SOUR1 CHAN1;SOUR2 CHAN2;RANG +8.00E+00;OFFS
+0.0E+00;:FUNC:GOFT:OPER ADD;SOUR1 CHAN1;SOUR2 CHAN2
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
271
15 :FUNCtion Commands
:FUNCtion:CENTer
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:FUNCtion:CENTer <frequency>
<frequency> ::= the current center frequency in NR3 format.
of legal values is from 0 Hz to 25 GHz.
The range
The :FUNCtion:CENTer command sets the center frequency when FFT
(Fast Fourier Transform) is selected.
Query Syntax
:FUNCtion:CENTer?
The :FUNCtion:CENTer? query returns the current center frequency in
Hertz.
Return Format
<frequency><NL>
<frequency> ::= the current center frequency in NR3 format.
of legal values is from 0 Hz to 25 GHz.
NOTE
See Also
The range
After a *RST (Reset) or :AUToscale command, the values returned by the
:FUNCtion:CENTer? and :FUNCtion:SPAN? queries depend on the current :TIMebase:RANGe
value. Once you change either the :FUNCtion:CENTer or :FUNCtion:SPAN value, they no
longer track the :TIMebase:RANGe value.
• "Introduction to :FUNCtion Commands" on page 271
• ":FUNCtion:SPAN" on page 284
• ":TIMebase:RANGe" on page 633
• ":TIMebase:SCALe" on page 635
272
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:FUNCtion Commands
15
:FUNCtion:DISPlay
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:FUNCtion:DISPlay <display>
<display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}}
The :FUNCtion:DISPlay command turns the display of the function on or
off. When ON is selected, the function performs as specified using the
other FUNCtion commands. When OFF is selected, function is neither
calculated nor displayed.
Query Syntax
:FUNCtion:DISPlay?
The :FUNCtion:DISPlay? query returns whether the function display is on
or off.
Return Format
<display><NL>
<display> ::= {1 | 0}
See Also
• "Introduction to :FUNCtion Commands" on page 271
• ":VIEW" on page 186
• ":BLANk" on page 162
• ":STATus" on page 183
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
273
15 :FUNCtion Commands
:FUNCtion:GOFT:OPERation
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:FUNCtion:GOFT:OPERation <operation>
<operation> ::= {ADD | SUBTract | MULTiply}
The :FUNCtion:GOFT:OPERation command sets the math operation for the
g(t) source that can be used as the input to the FFT, INTegrate, DIFF
(differentiate), or SQRT functions:
• ADD — Source1 + source2.
• SUBTract — Source1 - source2.
• MULTiply — Source1 * source2.
The :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce1 and :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce2 commands
are used to select source1 and source2.
Query Syntax
:FUNCtion:GOFT:OPERation?
The :FUNCtion:GOFT:OPERation? query returns the current g(t) source
operation setting.
Return Format
<operation><NL>
<operation> ::= {ADD | SUBT | MULT}
See Also
• "Introduction to :FUNCtion Commands" on page 271
• ":FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce1" on page 275
• ":FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce2" on page 276
• ":FUNCtion:SOURce1" on page 282
274
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:FUNCtion Commands
15
:FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce1
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce1 <value>
<value> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= {1 | 2 | 3 | 4} for 4ch models
<n> ::= {1 | 2} for 2ch models
The :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce1 command selects the first input channel for
the g(t) source that can be used as the input to the FFT, INTegrate, DIFF
(diferentiate), or SQRT functions.
Query Syntax
:FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce1?
The :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce1? query returns the current selection for the
first input channel for the g(t) source.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= CHAN<n>
<n> ::= {1 | 2 | 3 | 4} for the 4ch models
<n> ::= {1 | 2} for the 2ch models
See Also
• "Introduction to :FUNCtion Commands" on page 271
• ":FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce2" on page 276
• ":FUNCtion:GOFT:OPERation" on page 274
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
275
15 :FUNCtion Commands
:FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce2
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce2 <value>
<value> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= {{1 | 2} | {3 | 4}} for 4ch models, depending on SOURce1
selection
<n> ::= {1 | 2} for 2ch models
The :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce2 command selects the second input channel
for the g(t) source that can be used as the input to the FFT, INTegrate,
DIFF (differentiate), or SQRT functions.
If CHANnel1 or CHANnel2 is selected for :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce1, the
SOURce2 selection can be CHANnel1 or CHANnel2. Likewise, if CHANnel3
or CHANnel4 is selected for :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce1, the SOURce2
selection can be CHANnel3 or CHANnel4.
Query Syntax
:FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce2?
The :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce2? query returns the current selection for the
second input channel for the g(t) source.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= CHAN<n>
<n> ::= {{1 | 2} | {3 | 4}} for 4ch models, depending on SOURce1
selection
<n> ::= {1 | 2} for 2ch models
See Also
• "Introduction to :FUNCtion Commands" on page 271
• ":FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce1" on page 275
• ":FUNCtion:GOFT:OPERation" on page 274
276
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:FUNCtion Commands
15
:FUNCtion:OFFSet
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:FUNCtion:OFFSet <offset>
<offset> ::= the value at center screen in NR3 format.
The :FUNCtion:OFFSet command sets the voltage or vertical value
represented at center screen for the selected function. The range of legal
values is generally +/- 10 times the current scale of the selected function,
but will vary by function. If you set the offset to a value outside of the
legal range, the offset value is automatically set to the nearest legal value.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :FUNCtion:OFFset command is equivalent to the :FUNCtion:REFerence command.
:FUNCtion:OFFSet?
The :FUNCtion:OFFSet? query outputs the current offset value for the
selected function.
Return Format
<offset><NL>
<offset> ::= the value at center screen in NR3 format.
See Also
• "Introduction to :FUNCtion Commands" on page 271
• ":FUNCtion:RANGe" on page 279
• ":FUNCtion:REFerence" on page 280
• ":FUNCtion:SCALe" on page 281
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
277
15 :FUNCtion Commands
:FUNCtion:OPERation
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:FUNCtion:OPERation <operation>
<operation> ::= {ADD | SUBTract | MULTiply | INTegrate | DIFF
| FFT | SQRT}
The :FUNCtion:OPERation command sets the desired waveform math
operation:
• ADD — Source1 + source2.
• SUBTract — Source1 - source2.
• MULTiply — Source1 * source2.
• INTegrate — Integrate the selected waveform source.
• DIFF — Differentiate the selected waveform source.
• FFT — Fast Fourier Transform on the selected waveform source.
• SQRT — Square root on the selected waveform source.
When the operation is ADD, SUBTract, or MULTiply, the
:FUNCtion:SOURce1 and :FUNCtion:SOURce2 commands are used to select
source1 and source2. For all other operations, the :FUNCtion:SOURce1
command selects the waveform source.
Query Syntax
:FUNCtion:OPERation?
The :FUNCtion:OPERation? query returns the current operation for the
selected function.
Return Format
<operation><NL>
<operation> ::= {ADD | SUBT | MULT | INT | DIFF | FFT | SQRT}
See Also
• "Introduction to :FUNCtion Commands" on page 271
• ":FUNCtion:SOURce1" on page 282
• ":FUNCtion:SOURce2" on page 283
278
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:FUNCtion Commands
15
:FUNCtion:RANGe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:FUNCtion:RANGe <range>
<range> ::= the full-scale vertical axis value in NR3 format.
The :FUNCtion:RANGe command defines the full- scale vertical axis for the
selected function.
Query Syntax
:FUNCtion:RANGe?
The :FUNCtion:RANGe? query returns the current full- scale range value for
the selected function.
Return Format
<range><NL>
<range> ::= the full-scale vertical axis value in NR3 format.
See Also
• "Introduction to :FUNCtion Commands" on page 271
• ":FUNCtion:SCALe" on page 281
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
279
15 :FUNCtion Commands
:FUNCtion:REFerence
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:FUNCtion:REFerence <level>
<level> ::= the current reference level in NR3 format.
The :FUNCtion:REFerence command sets the voltage or vertical value
represented at center screen for the selected function. The range of legal
values is generally +/- 10 times the current scale of the selected function,
but will vary by function. If you set the reference level to a value outside
of the legal range, the level is automatically set to the nearest legal value.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The FUNCtion:REFerence command is equivalent to the :FUNCtion:OFFSet command.
:FUNCtion:REFerence?
The :FUNCtion:REFerence? query outputs the current reference level value
for the selected function.
Return Format
<level><NL>
<level> ::= the current reference level in NR3 format.
See Also
• "Introduction to :FUNCtion Commands" on page 271
• ":FUNCtion:OFFSet" on page 277
• ":FUNCtion:RANGe" on page 279
• ":FUNCtion:SCALe" on page 281
280
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:FUNCtion Commands
15
:FUNCtion:SCALe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:FUNCtion:SCALe <scale value>[<suffix>]
<scale value> ::= integer in NR1 format
<suffix> ::= {V | dB}
The :FUNCtion:SCALe command sets the vertical scale, or units per
division, of the selected function. Legal values for the scale depend on the
selected function.
Query Syntax
:FUNCtion:SCALe?
The :FUNCtion:SCALe? query returns the current scale value for the
selected function.
Return Format
<scale value><NL>
<scale value> ::= integer in NR1 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :FUNCtion Commands" on page 271
• ":FUNCtion:RANGe" on page 279
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
281
15 :FUNCtion Commands
:FUNCtion:SOURce1
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:FUNCtion:SOURce1 <value>
<value> ::= {CHANnel<n> | GOFT}
<n> ::= {1 | 2 | 3 | 4} for 4ch models
<n> ::= {1 | 2} for 2ch models
The :FUNCtion:SOURce1 command is used for any :FUNCtion:OPERation
selection (including the ADD, SUBTract, or MULTiply channel math
operations and the FFT, INTegrate, DIFF (differentiate), or SQRT
transforms). This command selects the first source for channel math
operations or the single source for the transforms.
The GOFT parameter is only available for the FFT, INTegrate, DIFF
(differentiate), or SQRT functions. It lets you specify, as the function input
source, the addition, subtraction, or multiplication of two channels. When
GOFT is used, the g(t) source is specified by the
:FUNCtion:GOFT:OPERation, :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce1, and
:FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce2 commands.
NOTE
Query Syntax
Another shorthand notation for SOURce1 in this command/query (besides SOUR1) is
SOUR.
:FUNCtion:SOURce1?
The :FUNCtion:SOURce1? query returns the current source1 for function
operations.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {CHAN<n> | GOFT}
<n> ::= {1 | 2 | 3 | 4} for 4ch models
<n> ::= {1 | 2} for 2ch models
See Also
• "Introduction to :FUNCtion Commands" on page 271
• ":FUNCtion:OPERation" on page 278
• ":FUNCtion:GOFT:OPERation" on page 274
• ":FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce1" on page 275
• ":FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce2" on page 276
282
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:FUNCtion Commands
15
:FUNCtion:SOURce2
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:FUNCtion:SOURce2 <value>
<value> ::= {CHANnel<n> | NONE}
<n> ::= {{1 | 2} | {3 | 4}} for 4ch models, depending on SOURce1
selection
<n> ::= {1 | 2} for 2ch models
The :FUNCtion:SOURce2 command specifies the second source for math
operations that have two sources (see the :FUNCtion:OPERation command),
in other words, ADD, SUBTract, or MULTiply. (The :FUNCtion:SOURce1
command specifies the first source.)
If CHANnel1 or CHANnel2 is selected for :FUNCtion:SOURce1, the
SOURce2 selection can be CHANnel1 or CHANnel2. Likewise, if CHANnel3
or CHANnel4 is selected for :FUNCtion:SOURce1, the SOURce2 selection
can be CHANnel3 or CHANnel4.
The :FUNCtion:SOURce2 setting is not used when the :FUNCtion:OPERation
is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform), INTegrate, DIFF (differentiate), or SQRT.
Query Syntax
:FUNCtion:SOURce2?
The :FUNCtion:SOURce2? query returns the currently specified second
source for math operations.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {CHAN<n> | NONE}
<n> ::= {{1 | 2} | {3 | 4}} for 4ch models, depending on SOURce1
selection
<n> ::= {1 | 2} for 2ch models
See Also
• "Introduction to :FUNCtion Commands" on page 271
• ":FUNCtion:OPERation" on page 278
• ":FUNCtion:SOURce1" on page 282
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
283
15 :FUNCtion Commands
:FUNCtion:SPAN
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:FUNCtion:SPAN <span>
<span> ::= the current frequency span in NR3 format. Legal values are
1 Hz to 100 GHz.
If you set the frequency span to a value outside of the legal range, the
step size is automatically set to the nearest legal value.
The :FUNCtion:SPAN command sets the frequency span of the display (left
graticule to right graticule) when FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) is selected.
Query Syntax
:FUNCtion:SPAN?
The :FUNCtion:SPAN? query returns the current frequency span in Hertz.
NOTE
Return Format
After a *RST (Reset) or :AUToscale command, the values returned by the
:FUNCtion:CENTer? and :FUNCtion:SPAN? queries depend on the current :TIMebase:RANGe
value. Once you change either the :FUNCtion:CENTer or :FUNCtion:SPAN value, they no
longer track the :TIMebase:RANGe value.
<span><NL>
<span> ::= the current frequency span in NR3 format. Legal values are 1
Hz to 100 GHz.
See Also
• "Introduction to :FUNCtion Commands" on page 271
• ":FUNCtion:CENTer" on page 272
• ":TIMebase:RANGe" on page 633
• ":TIMebase:SCALe" on page 635
284
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:FUNCtion Commands
15
:FUNCtion:WINDow
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:FUNCtion:WINDow <window>
<window> ::= {RECTangular | HANNing | FLATtop | BHARris}
The :FUNCtion:WINDow command allows the selection of four different
windowing transforms or operations for the FFT (Fast Fourier Transform)
function.
The FFT operation assumes that the time record repeats. Unless an
integral number of sampled waveform cycles exist in the record, a
discontinuity is created between the end of one record and the beginning
of the next. This discontinuity introduces additional frequency components
about the peaks into the spectrum. This is referred to as leakage. To
minimize leakage, windows that approach zero smoothly at the start and
end of the record are employed as filters to the FFTs. Each window is
useful for certain classes of input signals.
• RECTangular — useful for transient signals, and signals where there are
an integral number of cycles in the time record.
• HANNing — useful for frequency resolution and general purpose use. It
is good for resolving two frequencies that are close together, or for
making frequency measurements. This is the default window.
• FLATtop — best for making accurate amplitude measurements of
frequency peaks.
• BHARris (Blackman- Harris) — reduces time resolution compared to the
rectangular window, but it improves the capacity to detect smaller
impulses due to lower secondary lobes (provides minimal spectral
leakage).
Query Syntax
:FUNCtion:WINDow?
The :FUNCtion:WINDow? query returns the value of the window selected
for the FFT function.
Return Format
<window><NL>
<window> ::= {RECT | HANN | FLAT | BHAR}
See Also
• "Introduction to :FUNCtion Commands" on page 271
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
285
15 :FUNCtion Commands
286
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
16
:HARDcopy Commands
Set and query the selection of hardcopy device and formatting options. See
"Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 288.
Table 76 :HARDcopy Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:HARDcopy:AREA <area>
(see page 289)
:HARDcopy:AREA? (see
page 289)
<area> ::= SCReen
:HARDcopy:APRinter
<active_printer> (see
page 290)
:HARDcopy:APRinter?
(see page 290)
<active_printer> ::= {<index> |
<name>}
<index> ::= integer index of
printer in list
<name> ::= name of printer in
list
:HARDcopy:FACTors {{0
| OFF} | {1 | ON}}
(see page 291)
:HARDcopy:FACTors?
(see page 291)
{0 | 1}
:HARDcopy:FFEed {{0 |
OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see
page 292)
:HARDcopy:FFEed? (see
page 292)
{0 | 1}
:HARDcopy:INKSaver
{{0 | OFF} | {1 |
ON}} (see page 293)
:HARDcopy:INKSaver?
(see page 293)
{0 | 1}
:HARDcopy:LAYout
<layout> (see
page 294)
:HARDcopy:LAYout?
(see page 294)
<layout> ::= {LANDscape |
PORTrait}
:HARDcopy:NETWork:ADD
Ress <address> (see
page 295)
:HARDcopy:NETWork:ADD
Ress? (see page 295)
<address> ::= quoted ASCII string
:HARDcopy:NETWork:APP
Ly (see page 296)
n/a
n/a
:HARDcopy:NETWork:DOM
ain <domain> (see
page 297)
:HARDcopy:NETWork:DOM
ain? (see page 297)
<domain> ::= quoted ASCII string

287
16 :HARDcopy Commands
Table 76 :HARDcopy Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:HARDcopy:NETWork:PAS
Sword <password> (see
page 298)
n/a
<password> ::= quoted ASCII
string
:HARDcopy:NETWork:SLO
T <slot> (see
page 299)
:HARDcopy:NETWork:SLO
T? (see page 299)
<slot> ::= {NET0 | NET1}
:HARDcopy:NETWork:USE
Rname <username> (see
page 300)
:HARDcopy:NETWork:USE
Rname? (see page 300)
<username> ::= quoted ASCII
string
:HARDcopy:PALette
<palette> (see
page 301)
:HARDcopy:PALette?
(see page 301)
<palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale
| NONE}
n/a
:HARDcopy:PRINter:LIS
T? (see page 302)
<list> ::= [<printer_spec>] ...
[printer_spec>]
<printer_spec> ::=
"<index>,<active>,<name>;"
<index> ::= integer index of
printer
<active> ::= {Y | N}
<name> ::= name of printer
:HARDcopy:STARt (see
page 303)
n/a
n/a
Introduction to
:HARDcopy
Commands
The HARDcopy subsystem provides commands to set and query the
selection of hardcopy device and formatting options such as inclusion of
instrument settings (FACTors) and generation of formfeed (FFEed).
:HARDC is an acceptable short form for :HARDcopy.
Reporting the Setup
Use :HARDcopy? to query setup information for the HARDcopy subsystem.
Return Format
The following is a sample response from the :HARDcopy? query. In this
case, the query was issued following the *RST command.
:HARD:APR "";AREA SCR;FACT 0;FFE 0;INKS 1;PAL NONE;LAY PORT
288
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:HARDcopy Commands
16
:HARDcopy:AREA
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:HARDcopy:AREA <area>
<area> ::= SCReen
The :HARDcopy:AREA command controls what part of the display area is
printed. Currently, the only legal choice is SCReen.
Query Syntax
:HARDcopy:AREA?
The :HARDcopy:AREA? query returns the selected display area.
Return Format
<area><NL>
<area> ::= SCR
See Also
• "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 288
• ":HARDcopy:STARt" on page 303
• ":HARDcopy:APRinter" on page 290
• ":HARDcopy:PRINter:LIST" on page 302
• ":HARDcopy:FACTors" on page 291
• ":HARDcopy:FFEed" on page 292
• ":HARDcopy:INKSaver" on page 293
• ":HARDcopy:LAYout" on page 294
• ":HARDcopy:PALette" on page 301
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
289
16 :HARDcopy Commands
:HARDcopy:APRinter
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:HARDcopy:APRinter <active_printer>
<active_printer> ::= {<index> | <name>}
<index> ::= integer index of printer in list
<name> ::= name of printer in list
The :HARDcopy:APRinter command sets the active printer.
Query Syntax
:HARDcopy:APRinter?
The :HARDcopy:APRinter? query returns the name of the active printer.
Return Format
<name><NL>
<name> ::= name of printer in list
See Also
• "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 288
• ":HARDcopy:PRINter:LIST" on page 302
• ":HARDcopy:STARt" on page 303
290
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:HARDcopy Commands
16
:HARDcopy:FACTors
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:HARDcopy:FACTors <factors>
<factors> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}}
The HARDcopy:FACTors command controls whether the scale factors are
output on the hardcopy dump.
Query Syntax
:HARDcopy:FACTors?
The :HARDcopy:FACTors? query returns a flag indicating whether
oscilloscope instrument settings are output on the hardcopy.
Return Format
<factors><NL>
<factors> ::= {0 | 1}
See Also
• "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 288
• ":HARDcopy:STARt" on page 303
• ":HARDcopy:FFEed" on page 292
• ":HARDcopy:INKSaver" on page 293
• ":HARDcopy:LAYout" on page 294
• ":HARDcopy:PALette" on page 301
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
291
16 :HARDcopy Commands
:HARDcopy:FFEed
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:HARDcopy:FFEed <ffeed>
<ffeed> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}}
The HARDcopy:FFEed command controls whether a formfeed is output
between the screen image and factors of a hardcopy dump.
Query Syntax
:HARDcopy:FFEed?
The :HARDcopy:FFEed? query returns a flag indicating whether a formfeed
is output at the end of the hardcopy dump.
Return Format
<ffeed><NL>
<ffeed> ::= {0 | 1}
See Also
• "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 288
• ":HARDcopy:STARt" on page 303
• ":HARDcopy:FACTors" on page 291
• ":HARDcopy:INKSaver" on page 293
• ":HARDcopy:LAYout" on page 294
• ":HARDcopy:PALette" on page 301
292
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
16
:HARDcopy Commands
:HARDcopy:INKSaver
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:HARDcopy:INKSaver <value>
<value> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}}
The HARDcopy:INKSaver command controls whether the graticule colors
are inverted or not.
Query Syntax
:HARDcopy:INKSaver?
The :HARDcopy:INKSaver? query returns a flag indicating whether
graticule colors are inverted or not.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {0 | 1}
See Also
• "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 288
• ":HARDcopy:STARt" on page 303
• ":HARDcopy:FACTors" on page 291
• ":HARDcopy:FFEed" on page 292
• ":HARDcopy:LAYout" on page 294
• ":HARDcopy:PALette" on page 301
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
293
16 :HARDcopy Commands
:HARDcopy:LAYout
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:HARDcopy:LAYout <layout>
<layout> ::= {LANDscape | PORTrait}
The :HARDcopy:LAYout command sets the hardcopy layout mode.
Query Syntax
:HARDcopy:LAYout?
The :HARDcopy:LAYout? query returns the selected hardcopy layout mode.
Return Format
<layout><NL>
<layout> ::= {LAND | PORT}
See Also
• "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 288
• ":HARDcopy:STARt" on page 303
• ":HARDcopy:FACTors" on page 291
• ":HARDcopy:PALette" on page 301
• ":HARDcopy:FFEed" on page 292
• ":HARDcopy:INKSaver" on page 293
294
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:HARDcopy Commands
16
:HARDcopy:NETWork:ADDRess
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:HARDcopy:NETWork:ADDRess <address>
<address> ::= quoted ASCII string
The :HARDcopy:NETWork:ADDRess command sets the address for a
network printer slot. The address is the server/computer name and the
printer's share name in the \\server\share format.
The network printer slot is selected by the :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT
command.
To apply the entered address, use the :HARDcopy:NETWork:APPLy
command.
Query Syntax
:HARDcopy:NETWork:ADDRess?
The :HARDcopy:NETWork:ADDRess? query returns the specified address
for the currently selected network printer slot.
Return Format
<address><NL>
<address> ::= quoted ASCII string
See Also
• "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 288
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT" on page 299
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:APPLy" on page 296
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain" on page 297
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:USERname" on page 300
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:PASSword" on page 298
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
295
16 :HARDcopy Commands
:HARDcopy:NETWork:APPLy
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:HARDcopy:NETWork:APPLy
The :HARDcopy:NETWork:APPLy command applies the network printer
settings and makes the printer connection.
See Also
• "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 288
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT" on page 299
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:ADDRess" on page 295
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain" on page 297
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:USERname" on page 300
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:PASSword" on page 298
296
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:HARDcopy Commands
16
:HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain <domain>
<domain> ::= quoted ASCII string
The :HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain command sets the Windows network
domain name.
The domain name setting is a common setting for both network printer
slots.
Query Syntax
:HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain?
The :HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain? query returns the current Windows
network domain name.
Return Format
<domain><NL>
<domain> ::= quoted ASCII string
See Also
• "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 288
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT" on page 299
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:APPLy" on page 296
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:ADDRess" on page 295
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:USERname" on page 300
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:PASSword" on page 298
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
297
16 :HARDcopy Commands
:HARDcopy:NETWork:PASSword
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:HARDcopy:NETWork:PASSword <password>
<password> ::= quoted ASCII string
The :HARDcopy:NETWork:PASSword command sets the password for the
specified Windows network domain and user name.
The password setting is a common setting for both network printer slots.
See Also
• "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 288
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:USERname" on page 300
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain" on page 297
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT" on page 299
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:APPLy" on page 296
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:ADDRess" on page 295
298
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:HARDcopy Commands
16
:HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT <slot>
<slot> ::= {NET0 | NET1}
The :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT command selects the network printer slot
used for the address and apply commands. There are two network printer
slots to choose from.
Query Syntax
:HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT?
The :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT? query returns the currently selected
network printer slot.
Return Format
<slot><NL>
<slot> ::= {NET0 | NET1}
See Also
• "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 288
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:APPLy" on page 296
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:ADDRess" on page 295
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain" on page 297
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:USERname" on page 300
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:PASSword" on page 298
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
299
16 :HARDcopy Commands
:HARDcopy:NETWork:USERname
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:HARDcopy:NETWork:USERname <username>
<username> ::= quoted ASCII string
The :HARDcopy:NETWork:USERname command sets the user name to use
when connecting to the Windows network domain.
The user name setting is a common setting for both network printer slots.
Query Syntax
:HARDcopy:NETWork:USERname?
The :HARDcopy:NETWork:USERname? query returns the currently set user
name.
Return Format
<username><NL>
<username> ::= quoted ASCII string
See Also
• "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 288
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain" on page 297
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:PASSword" on page 298
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT" on page 299
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:APPLy" on page 296
• ":HARDcopy:NETWork:ADDRess" on page 295
300
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:HARDcopy Commands
16
:HARDcopy:PALette
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:HARDcopy:PALette <palette>
<palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale | NONE}
The :HARDcopy:PALette command sets the hardcopy palette color.
The oscilloscope's print driver cannot print color images to color laser
printers, so the COLor option is not available when connected to laser
printers.
Query Syntax
:HARDcopy:PALette?
The :HARDcopy:PALette? query returns the selected hardcopy palette color.
Return Format
<palette><NL>
<palette> ::= {COL | GRAY | NONE}
See Also
• "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 288
• ":HARDcopy:STARt" on page 303
• ":HARDcopy:FACTors" on page 291
• ":HARDcopy:LAYout" on page 294
• ":HARDcopy:FFEed" on page 292
• ":HARDcopy:INKSaver" on page 293
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
301
16 :HARDcopy Commands
:HARDcopy:PRINter:LIST
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:HARDcopy:PRINter:LIST?
The :HARDcopy:PRINter:LIST? query returns a list of available printers.
The list can be empty.
Return Format
<list><NL>
<list> ::= [<printer_spec>] ... [printer_spec>]
<printer_spec> ::= "<index>,<active>,<name>;"
<index> ::= integer index of printer
<active> ::= {Y | N}
<name> ::= name of printer (for example "DESKJET 950C")
See Also
• "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 288
• ":HARDcopy:APRinter" on page 290
• ":HARDcopy:STARt" on page 303
302
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:HARDcopy Commands
16
:HARDcopy:STARt
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:HARDcopy:STARt
The :HARDcopy:STARt command starts a print job.
See Also
• "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 288
• ":HARDcopy:APRinter" on page 290
• ":HARDcopy:PRINter:LIST" on page 302
• ":HARDcopy:FACTors" on page 291
• ":HARDcopy:FFEed" on page 292
• ":HARDcopy:INKSaver" on page 293
• ":HARDcopy:LAYout" on page 294
• ":HARDcopy:PALette" on page 301
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
303
16 :HARDcopy Commands
304
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
17
:LISTer Commands
Table 77 :LISTer Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
n/a
:LISTer:DATA? (see
page 306)
<binary_block> ::=
comma-separated data with
newlines at the end of each row
:LISTer:DISPlay {{OFF
| 0} | {SBUS1 | ON |
1} | {SBUS2 | 2} |
ALL} (see page 307)
:LISTer:DISPlay? (see
page 307)
{OFF | SBUS1 | SBUS2 | ALL}
:LISTer:REFerence
<time_ref> (see
page 308)
:LISTer:REFerence?
(see page 308)
<time_ref> ::= {TRIGger |
PREVious}
Introduction to
:LISTer
Commands
The LISTer subsystem is used to turn on/off the serial decode Lister
display and return data from the Lister display.

305
17 :LISTer Commands
:LISTer:DATA
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:LISTer:DATA?
The :LISTer:DATA? query returns the lister data.
Return Format
<binary block><NL>
<binary_block> ::= comma-separated data with newlines at the
end of each row
See Also
• "Introduction to :LISTer Commands" on page 305
• ":LISTer:DISPlay" on page 307
• "Definite- Length Block Response Data" on page 122
306
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:LISTer Commands
17
:LISTer:DISPlay
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:LISTer:DISPlay <value>
<value> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {SBUS1 | ON | 1} | {SBUS2 | 2} | ALL}
The :LISTer:DISPlay command configures which of the serial buses to
display in the Lister, or whether the Lister is off. "ON" or "1" is the same
as "SBUS1".
When set to "ALL", the decode information for different buses is
interleaved in time.
Serial bus decode must be on before it can be displayed in the Lister.
Query Syntax
:LISTer:DISPlay?
The :LISTer:DISPlay? query returns the Lister display setting.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {OFF | SBUS1 | SBUS2 | ALL}
See Also
• "Introduction to :LISTer Commands" on page 305
• ":SBUS<n>:DISPlay" on page 456
• ":LISTer:DATA" on page 306
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
307
17 :LISTer Commands
:LISTer:REFerence
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:LISTer:REFerence <time_ref>
<time_ref> ::= {TRIGger | PREVious}
The :LISTer:REFerence command selects whether the time value for a
Lister row is relative to the trigger ot the previous Lister row.
Query Syntax
:LISTer:REFerence?
The :LISTer:REFerence? query returns the Lister time reference setting.
Return Format
<time_ref><NL>
<time_ref> ::= {TRIGger | PREVious}
See Also
• "Introduction to :LISTer Commands" on page 305
• ":SBUS<n>:DISPlay" on page 456
• ":LISTer:DATA" on page 306
• ":LISTer:DISPlay" on page 307
308
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
18
:MARKer Commands
Set and query the settings of X- axis markers (X1 and X2 cursors) and the
Y- axis markers (Y1 and Y2 cursors). See "Introduction to :MARKer
Commands" on page 310.
Table 78 :MARKer Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:MARKer:MODE <mode>
(see page 311)
:MARKer:MODE? (see
page 311)
<mode> ::= {OFF | MEASurement |
MANual | WAVeform}
:MARKer:X1Position
<position>[suffix]
(see page 312)
:MARKer:X1Position?
(see page 312)
<position> ::= X1 cursor position
value in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps | Hz | kHz | MHz}
<return_value> ::= X1 cursor
position value in NR3 format
:MARKer:X1Y1source
<source> (see
page 313)
:MARKer:X1Y1source?
(see page 313)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= <source>
:MARKer:X2Position
<position>[suffix]
(see page 314)
:MARKer:X2Position?
(see page 314)
<position> ::= X2 cursor position
value in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps | Hz | kHz | MHz}
<return_value> ::= X2 cursor
position value in NR3 format
:MARKer:X2Y2source
<source> (see
page 315)
:MARKer:X2Y2source?
(see page 315)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= <source>
n/a
:MARKer:XDELta? (see
page 316)
<return_value> ::= X cursors
delta value in NR3 format

309
18 :MARKer Commands
Table 78 :MARKer Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:MARKer:Y1Position
<position>[suffix]
(see page 317)
:MARKer:Y1Position?
(see page 317)
<position> ::= Y1 cursor position
value in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {V | mV | dB}
<return_value> ::= Y1 cursor
position value in NR3 format
:MARKer:Y2Position
<position>[suffix]
(see page 318)
:MARKer:Y2Position?
(see page 318)
<position> ::= Y2 cursor position
value in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {V | mV | dB}
<return_value> ::= Y2 cursor
position value in NR3 format
n/a
:MARKer:YDELta? (see
page 319)
<return_value> ::= Y cursors
delta value in NR3 format
Introduction to
:MARKer
Commands
The MARKer subsystem commands set and query the settings of X- axis
markers (X1 and X2 cursors) and the Y- axis markers (Y1 and Y2 cursors).
You can set and query the marker mode and source, the position of the X
and Y cursors, and query delta X and delta Y cursor values.
Reporting the Setup
Use :MARKer? to query setup information for the MARKer subsystem.
Return Format
The following is a sample response from the :MARKer? query. In this case,
the query was issued following a *RST and ":MARKer:MODE MANual"
command.
:MARK:X1Y1 CHAN1;X2Y2 CHAN1;MODE MAN
310
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MARKer Commands
18
:MARKer:MODE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MARKer:MODE <mode>
<mode> ::= {OFF | MEASurement | MANual | WAVeform}
The :MARKer:MODE command sets the cursors mode:
• OFF — removes the cursor information from the display.
• MANual — enables manual placement of the X and Y cursors.
If the front- panel cursors are off, or are set to the front- panel Hex or
Binary mode, setting :MARKer:MODE MANual will put the cursors in
the front- panel Normal mode.
• MEASurement — cursors track the most recent measurement.
Setting the mode to MEASurement sets the marker sources
(:MARKer:X1Y1source and :MARKer:X2Y2source) to the measurement
source (:MEASure:SOURce). Setting the measurement source remotely
always sets the marker sources.
• WAVeform — the Y1 cursor tracks the voltage value at the X1 cursor of
the waveform specified by the X1Y1source, and the Y2 cursor does the
same for the X2 cursor and its X2Y2source.
Query Syntax
:MARKer:MODE?
The :MARKer:MODE? query returns the current cursors mode.
Return Format
<mode><NL>
<mode> ::= {OFF | MEAS | MAN | WAV}
See Also
• "Introduction to :MARKer Commands" on page 310
• ":MARKer:X1Y1source" on page 313
• ":MARKer:X2Y2source" on page 315
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
• ":MARKer:X1Position" on page 312
• ":MARKer:X2Position" on page 314
• ":MARKer:Y1Position" on page 317
• ":MARKer:Y2Position" on page 318
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
311
18 :MARKer Commands
:MARKer:X1Position
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MARKer:X1Position <position> [suffix]
<position> ::= X1 cursor position in NR3 format
<suffix> ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps | Hz | kHz | MHz}
The :MARKer:X1Position command:
• Sets :MARKer:MODE to MANual if it is not currently set to WAVeform
(see ":MARKer:MODE" on page 311).
• Sets the X1 cursor position to the specified value.
Query Syntax
:MARKer:X1Position?
The :MARKer:X1Position? query returns the current X1 cursor position.
This is functionally equivalent to the obsolete :MEASure:TSTArt
command/query.
NOTE
Return Format
If the front-panel cursors are off, the marker position values are not defined and an error is
generated. Make sure to set :MARKer:MODE to MANual or WAVeform to put the cursors in
the front-panel Normal mode.
<position><NL>
<position> ::= X1 cursor position in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MARKer Commands" on page 310
• ":MARKer:MODE" on page 311
• ":MARKer:X2Position" on page 314
• ":MARKer:X1Y1source" on page 313
• ":MARKer:X2Y2source" on page 315
• ":MEASure:TSTArt" on page 797
312
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
18
:MARKer Commands
:MARKer:X1Y1source
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MARKer:X1Y1source <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= {1 | 2}
The :MARKer:X1Y1source command sets the source for the cursors. The
channel you specify must be enabled for cursors to be displayed. If the
channel or function is not on, an error message is issued.
If the marker mode is not currently WAVeform (see ":MARKer:MODE" on
page 311):
• Sending a :MARKer:X1Y1source command will put the cursors in the
MANual mode.
• Setting the source for one pair of markers (for example, X1Y1) sets the
source for the other (for example, X2Y2).
If the marker mode is currently WAVeform, the X1Y1 source can be set
separate from the X2Y2 source.
If :MARKer:MODE is set to OFF or MANual, setting :MEASure:SOURce to
CHANnel<n>, FUNCtion, MATH, or WMEMory<r> will also set
:MARKer:X1Y1source and :MARKer:X2Y2source to this value.
NOTE
Query Syntax
MATH is an alias for FUNCtion. The query will return FUNC if the source is FUNCtion or
MATH.
:MARKer:X1Y1source?
The :MARKer:X1Y1source? query returns the current source for the
cursors. If all channels are off or if :MARKer:MODE is set to OFF, the
query returns NONE.
Return Format
<source><NL>
<source> ::= {CHAN<n> | FUNC | WMEM<r> | NONE}
See Also
• "Introduction to :MARKer Commands" on page 310
• ":MARKer:MODE" on page 311
• ":MARKer:X2Y2source" on page 315
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
313
18 :MARKer Commands
:MARKer:X2Position
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MARKer:X2Position <position> [suffix]
<position> ::= X2 cursor position in NR3 format
<suffix> ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps | Hz | kHz | MHz}
The :MARKer:X2Position command:
• Sets :MARKer:MODE to MANual if it is not currently set to WAVeform
(see ":MARKer:MODE" on page 311).
• Sets the X2 cursor position to the specified value.
Query Syntax
:MARKer:X2Position?
The :MARKer:X2Position? query returns current X2 cursor position. This is
functionally equivalent to the obsolete :MEASure:TSTOp command/query.
NOTE
Return Format
If the front-panel cursors are off, the marker position values are not defined and an error is
generated. Make sure to set :MARKer:MODE to MANual or WAVeform to put the cursors in
the front-panel Normal mode.
<position><NL>
<position> ::= X2 cursor position in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MARKer Commands" on page 310
• ":MARKer:MODE" on page 311
• ":MARKer:X1Position" on page 312
• ":MARKer:X2Y2source" on page 315
• ":MEASure:TSTOp" on page 798
314
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
18
:MARKer Commands
:MARKer:X2Y2source
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MARKer:X2Y2source <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= {1 | 2}
The :MARKer:X2Y2source command sets the source for the cursors. The
channel you specify must be enabled for cursors to be displayed. If the
channel or function is not on, an error message is issued.
If the marker mode is not currently WAVeform (see ":MARKer:MODE" on
page 311):
• Sending a :MARKer:X2Y2source command will put the cursors in the
MANual mode.
• Setting the source for one pair of markers (for example, X2Y2) sets the
source for the other (for example, X1Y1).
If the marker mode is currently WAVeform, the X2Y2 source can be set
separate from the X1Y1 source.
If :MARKer:MODE is set to OFF or MANual, setting :MEASure:SOURce to
CHANnel<n>, FUNCtion, MATH, or WMEMory<r> will also set
:MARKer:X1Y1source and :MARKer:X2Y2source to this value.
NOTE
Query Syntax
MATH is an alias for FUNCtion. The query will return FUNC if the source is FUNCtion or
MATH.
:MARKer:X2Y2source?
The :MARKer:X2Y2source? query returns the current source for the
cursors. If all channels are off or if :MARKer:MODE is set to OFF, the
query returns NONE.
Return Format
<source><NL>
<source> ::= {CHAN<n> | FUNC | WMEM<r> | NONE}
See Also
• "Introduction to :MARKer Commands" on page 310
• ":MARKer:MODE" on page 311
• ":MARKer:X1Y1source" on page 313
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
315
18 :MARKer Commands
:MARKer:XDELta
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:MARKer:XDELta?
The MARKer:XDELta? query returns the value difference between the
current X1 and X2 cursor positions.
Xdelta = (Value at X2 cursor) - (Value at X1 cursor)
NOTE
Return Format
If the front-panel cursors are off, the marker position values are not defined. Make sure to
set :MARKer:MODE to MANual or WAVeform to put the cursors in the front-panel Normal
mode.
<value><NL>
<value> ::= difference value in NR3 format.
See Also
• "Introduction to :MARKer Commands" on page 310
• ":MARKer:MODE" on page 311
• ":MARKer:X1Position" on page 312
• ":MARKer:X2Position" on page 314
• ":MARKer:X1Y1source" on page 313
• ":MARKer:X2Y2source" on page 315
316
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MARKer Commands
18
:MARKer:Y1Position
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MARKer:Y1Position <position> [suffix]
<position> ::= Y1 cursor position in NR3 format
<suffix> ::= {mV | V | dB}
If the :MARKer:MODE is not currently set to WAVeform (see
":MARKer:MODE" on page 311), the :MARKer:Y1Position command:
• Sets :MARKer:MODE to MANual.
• Sets the Y1 cursor position to the specified value.
When the :MARKer:MODE is set to WAVeform, Y positions cannot be set.
Query Syntax
:MARKer:Y1Position?
The :MARKer:Y1Position? query returns current Y1 cursor position. This is
functionally equivalent to the obsolete :MEASure:VSTArt command/query.
NOTE
Return Format
If the front-panel cursors are off or are set to Binary or Hex Mode, the marker position
values are not defined and an error is generated. Make sure to set :MARKer:MODE to
MANual or WAVeform to put the cursors in the front-panel Normal mode.
<position><NL>
<position> ::= Y1 cursor position in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MARKer Commands" on page 310
• ":MARKer:MODE" on page 311
• ":MARKer:X1Y1source" on page 313
• ":MARKer:X2Y2source" on page 315
• ":MARKer:Y2Position" on page 318
• ":MEASure:VSTArt" on page 803
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
317
18 :MARKer Commands
:MARKer:Y2Position
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MARKer:Y2Position <position> [suffix]
<position> ::= Y2 cursor position in NR3 format
<suffix> ::= {mV | V | dB}
If the :MARKer:MODE is not currently set to WAVeform (see
":MARKer:MODE" on page 311), the :MARKer:Y1Position command:
• Sets :MARKer:MODE to MANual.
• Sets the Y2 cursor position to the specified value.
When the :MARKer:MODE is set to WAVeform, Y positions cannot be set.
Query Syntax
:MARKer:Y2Position?
The :MARKer:Y2Position? query returns current Y2 cursor position. This is
functionally equivalent to the obsolete :MEASure:VSTOp command/query.
NOTE
Return Format
If the front-panel cursors are off or are set to Binary or Hex Mode, the marker position
values are not defined and an error is generated. Make sure to set :MARKer:MODE to
MANual or WAVeform to put the cursors in the front-panel Normal mode.
<position><NL>
<position> ::= Y2 cursor position in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MARKer Commands" on page 310
• ":MARKer:MODE" on page 311
• ":MARKer:X1Y1source" on page 313
• ":MARKer:X2Y2source" on page 315
• ":MARKer:Y1Position" on page 317
• ":MEASure:VSTOp" on page 804
318
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MARKer Commands
18
:MARKer:YDELta
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:MARKer:YDELta?
The :MARKer:YDELta? query returns the value difference between the
current Y1 and Y2 cursor positions.
Ydelta = (Value at Y2 cursor) - (Value at Y1 cursor)
NOTE
Return Format
If the front-panel cursors are off or are set to Binary or Hex Mode, the marker position
values are not defined. Make sure to set :MARKer:MODE to MANual or WAVeform to put
the cursors in the front-panel Normal mode.
<value><NL>
<value> ::= difference value in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MARKer Commands" on page 310
• ":MARKer:MODE" on page 311
• ":MARKer:X1Y1source" on page 313
• ":MARKer:X2Y2source" on page 315
• ":MARKer:Y1Position" on page 317
• ":MARKer:Y2Position" on page 318
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
319
18 :MARKer Commands
320
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
19
:MEASure Commands
Select automatic measurements to be made and control time markers. See
"Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330.
Table 79 :MEASure Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:MEASure:ALL (see
page 332)
n/a
n/a
:MEASure:AREa
[<interval>][,][<sour
ce>] (see page 333)
:MEASure:AREa?
[<interval>][,][<sour
ce>] (see page 333)
<interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay}
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= area in
volt-seconds, NR3 format
:MEASure:BWIDth
[<source>] (see
page 334)
:MEASure:BWIDth?
[<source>] (see
page 334)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= burst width in
seconds, NR3 format
:MEASure:CLEar (see
page 335)
n/a
n/a
:MEASure:COUNter
[<source>] (see
page 336)
:MEASure:COUNter?
[<source>] (see
page 336)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | EXTernal} for MSO
models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= counter
frequency in Hertz in NR3 format

321
19 :MEASure Commands
Table 79 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:MEASure:DEFine
DELay, <delay spec>
(see page 337)
:MEASure:DEFine?
DELay (see page 338)
<delay spec> ::=
<edge_spec1>,<edge_spec2>
edge_spec1 ::=
[<slope>]<occurrence>
edge_spec2 ::=
[<slope>]<occurrence>
<slope> ::= {+ | -}
<occurrence> ::= integer
:MEASure:DEFine
THResholds,
<threshold spec> (see
page 337)
:MEASure:DEFine?
THResholds (see
page 338)
<threshold spec> ::= {STANdard} |
{<threshold mode>,<upper>,
<middle>,<lower>}
<threshold mode> ::= {PERCent |
ABSolute}
:MEASure:DELay
[<source1>]
[,<source2>] (see
page 340)
:MEASure:DELay?
[<source1>]
[,<source2>] (see
page 340)
<source1,2> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::=
floating-point number delay time
in seconds in NR3 format
:MEASure:DUTYcycle
[<source>] (see
page 342)
:MEASure:DUTYcycle?
[<source>] (see
page 342)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>} for
DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | FUNCtion | MATH |
WMEMory<r>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= ratio of
positive pulse width to period in
NR3 format
322
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
19
:MEASure Commands
Table 79 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:MEASure:FALLtime
[<source>] (see
page 343)
:MEASure:FALLtime?
[<source>] (see
page 343)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>} for
DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | FUNCtion | MATH |
WMEMory<r>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= time in
seconds between the lower and
upper thresholds in NR3 format
:MEASure:FREQuency
[<source>] (see
page 344)
:MEASure:FREQuency?
[<source>] (see
page 344)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>} for
DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | FUNCtion | MATH |
WMEMory<r>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= frequency in
Hertz in NR3 format
:MEASure:NEDGes
[<source>] (see
page 345)
:MEASure:NEDGes?
[<source>] (see
page 345)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= the falling
edge count in NR3 format
:MEASure:NPULses
[<source>] (see
page 346)
:MEASure:NPULses?
[<source>] (see
page 346)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= the falling
pulse count in NR3 format
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
323
19 :MEASure Commands
Table 79 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:MEASure:NWIDth
[<source>] (see
page 347)
:MEASure:NWIDth?
[<source>] (see
page 347)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>} for
DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | FUNCtion | MATH |
WMEMory<r>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= negative
pulse width in seconds-NR3 format
:MEASure:OVERshoot
[<source>] (see
page 348)
:MEASure:OVERshoot?
[<source>] (see
page 348)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= the percent of
the overshoot of the selected
waveform in NR3 format
:MEASure:PEDGes
[<source>] (see
page 350)
:MEASure:PEDGes?
[<source>] (see
page 350)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= the rising
edge count in NR3 format
:MEASure:PERiod
[<source>] (see
page 351)
:MEASure:PERiod?
[<source>] (see
page 351)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>} for
DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | FUNCtion | MATH |
WMEMory<r>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= waveform
period in seconds in NR3 format
324
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
19
:MEASure Commands
Table 79 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:MEASure:PHASe
[<source1>]
[,<source2>] (see
page 352)
:MEASure:PHASe?
[<source1>]
[,<source2>] (see
page 352)
<source1,2> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= the phase
angle value in degrees in NR3
format
:MEASure:PPULses
[<source>] (see
page 353)
:MEASure:PPULses?
[<source>] (see
page 353)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= the rising
pulse count in NR3 format
:MEASure:PREShoot
[<source>] (see
page 354)
:MEASure:PREShoot?
[<source>] (see
page 354)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= the percent of
preshoot of the selected waveform
in NR3 format
:MEASure:PWIDth
[<source>] (see
page 355)
:MEASure:PWIDth?
[<source>] (see
page 355)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>} for
DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | FUNCtion | MATH |
WMEMory<r>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= width of
positive pulse in seconds in NR3
format
n/a
:MEASure:RESults?
<result_list> (see
page 356)
<result_list> ::=
comma-separated list of
measurement results
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
325
19 :MEASure Commands
Table 79 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:MEASure:RISetime
[<source>] (see
page 359)
:MEASure:RISetime?
[<source>] (see
page 359)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= rise time in
seconds in NR3 format
:MEASure:SDEViation
[<source>] (see
page 360)
:MEASure:SDEViation?
[<source>] (see
page 360)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= calculated
std deviation in NR3 format
:MEASure:SHOW {1 |
ON} (see page 361)
:MEASure:SHOW? (see
page 361)
{1}
:MEASure:SOURce
<source1>
[,<source2>] (see
page 362)
:MEASure:SOURce? (see
page 362)
<source1,2> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source1,2> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | FUNCtion | MATH |
WMEMory<r> | EXTernal} for MSO
models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= {<source> |
NONE}
:MEASure:STATistics
<type> (see page 364)
:MEASure:STATistics?
(see page 364)
<type> ::= {{ON | 1} | CURRent |
MEAN | MINimum | MAXimum | STDDev
| COUNt}
ON ::= all statistics returned
:MEASure:STATistics:I
NCRement (see
page 365)
n/a
n/a
:MEASure:STATistics:R
ESet (see page 366)
n/a
n/a
326
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
19
:MEASure Commands
Table 79 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
n/a
:MEASure:TEDGe?
<slope><occurrence>[,
<source>] (see
page 367)
<slope> ::= direction of the
waveform
<occurrence> ::= the transition
to be reported
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>} for
DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | FUNCtion | MATH |
WMEMory<r>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= time in
seconds of the specified
transition
n/a
:MEASure:TVALue?
<value>,
[<slope>]<occurrence>
[,<source>] (see
page 369)
<value> ::= voltage level that
the waveform must cross.
<slope> ::= direction of the
waveform when <value> is crossed.
<occurrence> ::= transitions
reported.
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>} for
DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | FUNCtion | MATH |
WMEMory<r>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= time in
seconds of specified voltage
crossing in NR3 format
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
327
19 :MEASure Commands
Table 79 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:MEASure:VAMPlitude
[<source>] (see
page 371)
:MEASure:VAMPlitude?
[<source>] (see
page 371)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= the amplitude
of the selected waveform in volts
in NR3 format
:MEASure:VAVerage
[<interval>][,][<sour
ce>] (see page 372)
:MEASure:VAVerage?
[<interval>][,][<sour
ce>] (see page 372)
<interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay}
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= calculated
average voltage in NR3 format
:MEASure:VBASe
[<source>] (see
page 373)
:MEASure:VBASe?
[<source>] (see
page 373)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<base_voltage> ::= voltage at the
base of the selected waveform in
NR3 format
:MEASure:VMAX
[<source>] (see
page 374)
:MEASure:VMAX?
[<source>] (see
page 374)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= maximum
voltage of the selected waveform
in NR3 format
:MEASure:VMIN
[<source>] (see
page 375)
:MEASure:VMIN?
[<source>] (see
page 375)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= minimum
voltage of the selected waveform
in NR3 format
328
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
19
:MEASure Commands
Table 79 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:MEASure:VPP
[<source>] (see
page 376)
:MEASure:VPP?
[<source>] (see
page 376)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= voltage
peak-to-peak of the selected
waveform in NR3 format
:MEASure:VRATio
[<source1>]
[,<source2>] (see
page 352)
:MEASure:VRATio?
[<source1>]
[,<source2>] (see
page 377)
<source1,2> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= the ratio
value in dB in NR3 format
:MEASure:VRMS
[<interval>][,]
[<type>][,]
[<source>] (see
page 378)
:MEASure:VRMS?
[<interval>][,]
[<type>][,]
[<source>] (see
page 378)
<interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay}
<type> ::= {AC | DC}
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= calculated dc
RMS voltage in NR3 format
n/a
:MEASure:VTIMe?
<vtime>[,<source>]
(see page 379)
<vtime> ::= displayed time from
trigger in seconds in NR3 format
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>} for
DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | FUNCtion | MATH |
WMEMory<r>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= voltage at the
specified time in NR3 format
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
329
19 :MEASure Commands
Table 79 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:MEASure:VTOP
[<source>] (see
page 380)
:MEASure:VTOP?
[<source>] (see
page 380)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= voltage at the
top of the waveform in NR3 format
:MEASure:WINDow
<type> (see page 381)
:MEASure:WINDow? (see
page 381)
<type> ::= {MAIN | ZOOM | AUTO}
:MEASure:XMAX
[<source>] (see
page 382)
:MEASure:XMAX?
[<source>] (see
page 382)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= horizontal
value of the maximum in NR3
format
:MEASure:XMIN
[<source>] (see
page 383)
:MEASure:XMIN?
[<source>] (see
page 383)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<return_value> ::= horizontal
value of the maximum in NR3
format
Introduction to
:MEASure
Commands
The commands in the MEASure subsystem are used to make parametric
measurements on displayed waveforms.
Measurement Setup
To make a measurement, the portion of the waveform required for that
measurement must be displayed on the oscilloscope screen.
Measurement Type
Portion of waveform that must be displayed
period, duty cycle, or frequency
at least one complete cycle
pulse width
the entire pulse
rise time
rising edge, top and bottom of pulse
fall time
falling edge, top and bottom of pulse
Measurement Error
330
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
19
:MEASure Commands
If a measurement cannot be made (typically because the proper portion of
the waveform is not displayed), the value +9.9E+37 is returned for that
measurement.
Making Measurements
If more than one waveform, edge, or pulse is displayed, time
measurements are made on the portion of the displayed waveform closest
to the trigger reference (left, center, or right).
When making measurements in the zoomed (delayed) time base mode
(:TIMebase:MODE WINDow), the oscilloscope will attempt to make the
measurement inside the zoomed sweep window. If the measurement is an
average and there are not three edges, the oscilloscope will revert to the
mode of making the measurement at the start of the main sweep.
When the command form is used, the measurement result is displayed on
the instrument. When the query form of these measurements is used, the
measurement is made one time, and the measurement result is returned
over the bus.
Measurements are made on the displayed waveforms specified by the
:MEASure:SOURce command. The MATH source is an alias for the
FUNCtion source.
Not all measurements are available on the digital channels or FFT (Fast
Fourier Transform).
Reporting the Setup
Use the :MEASure? query to obtain setup information for the MEASure
subsystem. (Currently, this is only :MEASure:SOURce.)
Return Format
The following is a sample response from the :MEASure? query. In this
case, the query was issued following a *RST command.
:MEAS:SOUR CHAN1,CHAN2;STAT ON
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
331
19 :MEASure Commands
:MEASure:ALL
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:ALL
This command clears installs a Snapshot All measurement on the screen.
See Also
332
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MEASure Commands
19
:MEASure:AREa
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:AREa [<interval>][,][<source>]
<interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay}
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
The :MEASure:AREa command installs an area measurement on screen.
Area measurements show the area between the waveform and the ground
level.
The <interval> option lets you specify the measurement interval: either an
integral number of cycles, or the full screen. If <interval> is not specified,
DISPlay is implied.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).
:MEASure:AREa? [<interval>][,][<source>]
The :MEASure:AREa? query measures and returns the area value.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= the area value in volt-seconds in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
333
19 :MEASure Commands
:MEASure:BWIDth
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:BWIDth [<source>]
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
The :MEASure:BWIDth command installs a burst width measurement on
screen. If the optional source parameter is not specified, the current
measurement source is used.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).
:MEASure:BWIDth? [<source>]
The :MEASure:BWIDth? query measures and returns the width of the burst
on the screen.
The burst width is calculated as follows:
burst width = (last edge on screen - first edge on screen)
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= burst width in seconds in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
334
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MEASure Commands
19
:MEASure:CLEar
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:CLEar
This command clears all selected measurements and markers from the
screen.
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
335
19 :MEASure Commands
:MEASure:COUNter
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:COUNter [<source>]
<source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | EXTernal}
<digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :MEASure:COUNter command installs a screen measurement and
starts a counter measurement. If the optional source parameter is
specified, the current source is modified. Any channel except Math may be
selected for the source.
The counter measurement counts trigger level crossings at the selected
trigger slope and displays the results in Hz. The gate time for the
measurement is automatically adjusted to be 100 ms or twice the current
time window, whichever is longer, up to 1 second. The counter
measurement can measure frequencies up to 125 MHz. The minimum
frequency supported is 1/(2 X gate time).
The Y cursor shows the the edge threshold level used in the measurement.
Only one counter measurement may be displayed at a time.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is not available if the source is MATH.
:MEASure:COUNter? [<source>]
The :MEASure:COUNter? query measures and outputs the counter
frequency of the specified source.
NOTE
Return Format
The :MEASure:COUNter? query times out if the counter measurement is installed on the
front panel. Use :MEASure:CLEar to remove the front-panel measurement before executing
the :MEASure:COUNter? query.
<source><NL>
<source> ::= count in Hertz in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
• ":MEASure:FREQuency" on page 344
• ":MEASure:CLEar" on page 335
336
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MEASure Commands
19
:MEASure:DEFine
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:DEFine <meas_spec>
<meas_spec> ::= {DELay | THResholds}
The :MEASure:DEFine command sets up the definition for measurements
by specifying the delta time or threshold values. Changing these values
may affect the results of other measure commands. The table below
identifies which measurement results that can be affected by redefining
the DELay specification or the THResholds values. For example, changing
the THResholds definition from the default 10%, 50%, and 90% values may
change the returned measurement result.
MEASure Command
DELay
DUTYcycle
DELay
:MEASure:DEFine
DELay Command
Syntax
THResholds
x
x
x
FALLtime
x
FREQuency
x
NWIDth
x
OVERshoot
x
PERiod
x
PHASe
x
PREShoot
x
PWIDth
x
RISetime
x
VAVerage
x
VRMS
x
:MEASure:DEFine DELay,<delay spec>
<delay spec> ::= <edge_spec1>,<edge_spec2>
<edge_spec1> ::= [<slope>]<occurrence>
<edge_spec2> ::= [<slope>]<occurrence>
<slope> ::= {+ | -}
<occurrence> ::= integer
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
337
19 :MEASure Commands
This command defines the behavior of the :MEASure:DELay? query by
specifying the start and stop edge to be used. <edge_spec1> specifies the
slope and edge number on source1. <edge_spec2> specifies the slope and
edge number on source2. The measurement is taken as:
delay = t(<edge_spec2>) - t(<edge_spec1>)
NOTE
:MEASure:DEFine
THResholds
Command Syntax
The :MEASure:DELay command and the front-panel delay measurement use an auto-edge
selection method to determine the actual edge used for the measurement. The
:MEASure:DEFine command has no effect on these delay measurements. The edges
specified by the :MEASure:DEFine command only define the edges used by the
:MEASure:DELay? query.
:MEASure:DEFine THResholds,<threshold spec>
<threshold spec> ::= {STANdard}
| {<threshold mode>,<upper>,<middle>,<lower>}
<threshold mode> ::= {PERCent | ABSolute}
for <threshold mode> = PERCent:
<upper>, <middle>, <lower> ::= A number specifying the upper, middle,
and lower threshold percentage values
between Vbase and Vtop in NR3 format.
for <threshold mode> = ABSolute:
<upper>, <middle>, <lower> ::= A number specifying the upper, middle,
and lower threshold absolute values in
NR3 format.
• STANdard threshold specification sets the lower, middle, and upper
measurement thresholds to 10%, 50%, and 90% values between Vbase
and Vtop.
• Threshold mode PERCent sets the measurement thresholds to any
user- defined percentages between 5% and 95% of values between Vbase
and Vtop.
• Threshold mode ABSolute sets the measurement thresholds to absolute
values. ABSolute thresholds are dependent on channel scaling
(:CHANnel<n>:RANGe or ":CHANnel<n>:SCALe" on
page 238:CHANnel<n>:SCALe), probe attenuation (:CHANnel<n>:PROBe),
and probe units (:CHANnel<n>:UNITs). Always set these values first
before setting ABSolute thresholds.
Query Syntax
:MEASure:DEFine? <meas_spec>
<meas_spec> ::= {DELay | THResholds}
The :MEASure:DEFine? query returns the current edge specification for the
delay measurements setup or the current specification for the thresholds
setup.
338
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MEASure Commands
Return Format
19
for <meas_spec> = DELay:
{ <edge_spec1> | <edge_spec2> | <edge_spec1>,<edge_spec2>} <NL>
for <meas_spec> = THResholds and <threshold mode> = PERCent:
THR,PERC,<upper>,<middle>,<lower><NL>
<upper>, <middle>, <lower> ::= A number specifying the upper, middle,
and lower threshold percentage values
between Vbase and Vtop in NR3 format.
for <meas_spec> = THResholds and <threshold mode> = ABSolute:
THR,ABS,<upper>,<middle>,<lower><NL>
<upper>, <middle>, <lower> ::= A number specifying the upper, middle,
and lower threshold voltages in NR3
format.
for <threshold spec> = STANdard:
THR,PERC,+90.0,+50.0,+10.0
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:DELay" on page 340
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
• ":CHANnel<n>:RANGe" on page 237
• ":CHANnel<n>:SCALe" on page 238
• ":CHANnel<n>:PROBe" on page 231
• ":CHANnel<n>:UNITs" on page 239
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
339
19 :MEASure Commands
:MEASure:DELay
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:DELay [<source1>][,<source2>]
<source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
The :MEASure:DELay command places the instrument in the continuous
measurement mode and starts a delay measurement.
The measurement is taken as:
delay = t(<edge spec 2>) - t(<edge spec 1>)
where the <edge spec> definitions are set by the :MEASure:DEFine
command
NOTE
The :MEASure:DELay command and the front-panel delay measurement differ from the
:MEASure:DELay? query.
The delay command or front-panel measurement run the delay measurement in auto-edge
select mode. In this mode, you can select the edge polarity, but the instrument will select
the edges that will make the best possible delay measurement. The source1 edge chosen
will be the edge that meets the polarity specified and is closest to the trigger reference
point. The source2 edge selected will be that edge of the specified polarity that gives the
first of the following criteria:
• The smallest positive delay value that is less than source1 period.
• The smallest negative delay that is less than source1 period.
• The smallest absolute value of delay.
The :MEASure:DELay? query will make the measurement using the edges specified by the
:MEASure:DEFine command.
Query Syntax
:MEASure:DELay? [<source1>][,<source2>]
The :MEASure:DELay? query measures and returns the delay between
source1 and source2. The delay measurement is made from the
user- defined slope and edge count of the signal connected to source1, to
the defined slope and edge count of the signal connected to source2. Delay
measurement slope and edge parameters are selected using the
:MEASure:DEFine command.
Also in the :MEASure:DEFine command, you can set upper, middle, and
lower threshold values. It is the middle threshold value that is used when
performing the delay query. The standard upper, middle, and lower
measurement thresholds are 90%, 50%, and 10% values between Vbase and
340
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MEASure Commands
19
Vtop. If you want to move the delay measurement point nearer to Vtop or
Vbase, you must change the threshold values with the :MEASure:DEFine
THResholds command.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= floating-point number delay time in seconds in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:DEFine" on page 337
• ":MEASure:PHASe" on page 352
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
341
19 :MEASure Commands
:MEASure:DUTYcycle
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:DUTYcycle [<source>]
<source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH
| WMEMory<r>}
<digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :MEASure:DUTYcycle command installs a screen measurement and
starts a duty cycle measurement on the current :MEASure:SOURce. If the
optional source parameter is specified, the current source is modified.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The signal must be displayed to make the measurement. This command is not available if
the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).
:MEASure:DUTYcycle? [<source>]
The :MEASure:DUTYcycle? query measures and outputs the duty cycle of
the signal specified by the :MEASure:SOURce command. The value
returned for the duty cycle is the ratio of the positive pulse width to the
period. The positive pulse width and the period of the specified signal are
measured, then the duty cycle is calculated with the following formula:
duty cycle = (+pulse width/period)*100
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= ratio of positive pulse width to period in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:PERiod" on page 351
• ":MEASure:PWIDth" on page 355
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
Example Code
342
• "Example Code" on page 363
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MEASure Commands
19
:MEASure:FALLtime
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:FALLtime [<source>]
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
The :MEASure:FALLtime command installs a screen measurement and
starts a fall- time measurement. For highest measurement accuracy, set the
sweep speed as fast as possible, while leaving the falling edge of the
waveform on the display. If the optional source parameter is specified, the
current source is modified.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).
:MEASure:FALLtime? [<source>]
The :MEASure:FALLtime? query measures and outputs the fall time of the
displayed falling (negative- going) edge closest to the trigger reference. The
fall time is determined by measuring the time at the upper threshold of
the falling edge, then measuring the time at the lower threshold of the
falling edge, and calculating the fall time with the following formula:
fall time = time at lower threshold - time at upper threshold
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= time in seconds between the lower threshold and upper
threshold in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:RISetime" on page 359
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
343
19 :MEASure Commands
:MEASure:FREQuency
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:FREQuency [<source>]
<source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH
| WMEMory<r>}
<digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :MEASure:FREQuency command installs a screen measurement and
starts a frequency measurement. If the optional source parameter is
specified, the current source is modified.
IF the edge on the screen closest to the trigger reference is rising:
THEN frequency = 1/(time at trailing rising edge - time at leading rising
edge)
ELSE frequency = 1/(time at trailing falling edge - time at leading falling
edge)
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).
:MEASure:FREQuency? [<source>]
The :MEASure:FREQuency? query measures and outputs the frequency of
the cycle on the screen closest to the trigger reference.
Return Format
<source><NL>
<source> ::= frequency in Hertz in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
• ":MEASure:PERiod" on page 351
Example Code
344
• "Example Code" on page 363
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MEASure Commands
19
:MEASure:NEDGes
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:NEDGes [<source>]
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
The :MEASure:NEDGes command installs a falling edge count measurement
on screen. If the optional source parameter is not specified, the current
source is measured.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).
:MEASure:NEDGes? [<source>]
The :MEASure:NEDGes? query measures and returns the on- screen falling
edge count.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= the falling edge count in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
345
19 :MEASure Commands
:MEASure:NPULses
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:NPULses [<source>]
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
The :MEASure:NPULses command installs a falling pulse count
measurement on screen. If the optional source parameter is not specified,
the current source is measured.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).
:MEASure:NPULses? [<source>]
The :MEASure:NPULses? query measures and returns the on- screen falling
pulse count.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= the falling pulse count in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
346
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MEASure Commands
19
:MEASure:NWIDth
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:NWIDth [<source>]
<source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH
| WMEMory<r>}
<digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :MEASure:NWIDth command installs a screen measurement and starts
a negative pulse width measurement. If the optional source parameter is
not specified, the current source is modified.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).
:MEASure:NWIDth? [<source>]
The :MEASure:NWIDth? query measures and outputs the width of the
negative pulse on the screen closest to the trigger reference using the
midpoint between the upper and lower thresholds.
FOR the negative pulse closest to the trigger point:
width = (time at trailing rising edge - time at leading falling edge)
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= negative pulse width in seconds in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
• ":MEASure:PWIDth" on page 355
• ":MEASure:PERiod" on page 351
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
347
19 :MEASure Commands
:MEASure:OVERshoot
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:OVERshoot [<source>]
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
The :MEASure:OVERshoot command installs a screen measurement and
starts an overshoot measurement. If the optional source parameter is
specified, the current source is modified.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).
:MEASure:OVERshoot? [<source>]
The :MEASure:OVERshoot? query measures and returns the overshoot of
the edge closest to the trigger reference, displayed on the screen. The
method used to determine overshoot is to make three different vertical
value measurements: Vtop, Vbase, and either Vmax or Vmin, depending on
whether the edge is rising or falling.
For a rising edge:
overshoot = ((Vmax- Vtop) / (Vtop- Vbase)) x 100
For a falling edge:
overshoot = ((Vbase- Vmin) / (Vtop- Vbase)) x 100
Vtop and Vbase are taken from the normal histogram of all waveform
vertical values. The extremum of Vmax or Vmin is taken from the
waveform interval right after the chosen edge, halfway to the next edge.
This more restricted definition is used instead of the normal one, because
it is conceivable that a signal may have more preshoot than overshoot, and
the normal extremum would then be dominated by the preshoot of the
following edge.
Return Format
<overshoot><NL>
<overshoot>::= the percent of the overshoot of the selected waveform in
NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:PREShoot" on page 354
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
• ":MEASure:VMAX" on page 374
348
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MEASure Commands
19
• ":MEASure:VTOP" on page 380
• ":MEASure:VBASe" on page 373
• ":MEASure:VMIN" on page 375
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
349
19 :MEASure Commands
:MEASure:PEDGes
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:PEDGes [<source>]
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
The :MEASure:PEDGes command installs a rising edge count measurement
on screen. If the optional source parameter is not specified, the current
source is measured.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).
:MEASure:PEDGes? [<source>]
The :MEASure:NEDGes? query measures and returns the on- screen rising
edge count.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= the rising edge count in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
350
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MEASure Commands
19
:MEASure:PERiod
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:PERiod [<source>]
<source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH
| WMEMory<r>}
<digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :MEASure:PERiod command installs a screen measurement and starts
the period measurement. If the optional source parameter is specified, the
current source is modified.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).
:MEASure:PERiod? [<source>]
The :MEASure:PERiod? query measures and outputs the period of the
cycle closest to the trigger reference on the screen. The period is measured
at the midpoint of the upper and lower thresholds.
IF the edge closest to the trigger reference on screen is rising:
THEN period = (time at trailing rising edge - time at leading rising edge)
ELSE period = (time at trailing falling edge - time at leading falling edge)
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= waveform period in seconds in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
• ":MEASure:NWIDth" on page 347
• ":MEASure:PWIDth" on page 355
• ":MEASure:FREQuency" on page 344
Example Code
• "Example Code" on page 363
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
351
19 :MEASure Commands
:MEASure:PHASe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:PHASe [<source1>][,<source2>]
<source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
The :MEASure:PHASe command places the instrument in the continuous
measurement mode and starts a phase measurement.
Query Syntax
:MEASure:PHASe? [<source1>][,<source2>]
The :MEASure:PHASe? query measures and returns the phase between the
specified sources.
A phase measurement is a combination of the period and delay
measurements. First, the period is measured on source1. Then the delay is
measured between source1 and source2. The edges used for delay are the
source1 rising edge used for the period measurement closest to the
horizontal reference and the rising edge on source 2. See :MEASure:DELay
for more detail on selecting the 2nd edge.
The phase is calculated as follows:
phase = (delay / period of input 1) x 360
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= the phase angle value in degrees in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:DELay" on page 340
• ":MEASure:PERiod" on page 351
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
352
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MEASure Commands
19
:MEASure:PPULses
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:PPULses [<source>]
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
The :MEASure:PPULses command installs a rising pulse count
measurement on screen. If the optional source parameter is not specified,
the current source is measured.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).
:MEASure:PPULses? [<source>]
The :MEASure:PPULses? query measures and returns the on- screen rising
pulse count.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= the rising pulse count in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
353
19 :MEASure Commands
:MEASure:PREShoot
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:PREShoot [<source>]
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
The :MEASure:PREShoot command installs a screen measurement and
starts a preshoot measurement. If the optional source parameter is
specified, the current source is modified.
Query Syntax
:MEASure:PREShoot? [<source>]
The :MEASure:PREShoot? query measures and returns the preshoot of the
edge closest to the trigger, displayed on the screen. The method used to
determine preshoot is to make three different vertical value measurements:
Vtop, Vbase, and either Vmin or Vmax, depending on whether the edge is
rising or falling.
For a rising edge:
preshoot = ((Vmin- Vbase) / (Vtop- Vbase)) x 100
For a falling edge:
preshoot = ((Vmax- Vtop) / (Vtop- Vbase)) x 100
Vtop and Vbase are taken from the normal histogram of all waveform
vertical values. The extremum of Vmax or Vmin is taken from the
waveform interval right before the chosen edge, halfway back to the
previous edge. This more restricted definition is used instead of the
normal one, because it is likely that a signal may have more overshoot
than preshoot, and the normal extremum would then be dominated by the
overshoot of the preceding edge.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= the percent of preshoot of the selected waveform
in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
• ":MEASure:VMIN" on page 375
• ":MEASure:VMAX" on page 374
• ":MEASure:VTOP" on page 380
• ":MEASure:VBASe" on page 373
354
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MEASure Commands
19
:MEASure:PWIDth
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:PWIDth [<source>]
<source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH
| WMEMory<r>}
<digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :MEASure:PWIDth command installs a screen measurement and starts
the positive pulse width measurement. If the optional source parameter is
specified, the current source is modified.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).
:MEASure:PWIDth? [<source>]
The :MEASure:PWIDth? query measures and outputs the width of the
displayed positive pulse closest to the trigger reference. Pulse width is
measured at the midpoint of the upper and lower thresholds.
IF the edge on the screen closest to the trigger is falling:
THEN width = (time at trailing falling edge - time at leading rising edge)
ELSE width = (time at leading falling edge - time at leading rising edge)
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= width of positive pulse in seconds in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
• ":MEASure:NWIDth" on page 347
• ":MEASure:PERiod" on page 351
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
355
19 :MEASure Commands
:MEASure:RESults
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:MEASure:RESults?
The :MEASure:RESults? query returns the results of the continuously
displayed measurements. The response to the MEASure:RESults? query is a
list of comma- separated values.
If more than one measurement is running continuously, the
:MEASure:RESults return values are duplicated for each continuous
measurement from the first to last (left to right) result displayed. Each
result returned is separated from the previous result by a comma. There is
a maximum of four continuous measurements that can be continuously
displayed at a time.
When no quick measurements are installed, the :MEASure:RESults? query
returns nothing (empty string). When the count for any of the
measurements is 0, the value of infinity (9.9E+37) is returned for the min,
max, mean, and standard deviation.
Return Format
<result_list><NL>
<result_list> ::= comma-separated list of measurement results
The following shows the order of values received for a single measurement
if :MEASure:STATistics is set to ON.
Measurem
ent label
current
min
max
mean
std dev
count
Measurement label, current, min, max, mean, std dev, and count are only
returned if :MEASure:STATistics is ON.
If :MEASure:STATistics is set to CURRent, MIN, MAX, MEAN, STDDev, or
COUNt only that particular statistic value is returned for each
measurement that is on.
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:STATistics" on page 364
Example Code
' This program shows the InfiniiVision oscilloscopes' measurement
' statistics commands.
' ------------------------------------------------------------------Option Explicit
Public
Public
Public
Public
356
myMgr As VisaComLib.ResourceManager
myScope As VisaComLib.FormattedIO488
varQueryResult As Variant
strQueryResult As String
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MEASure Commands
19
Private Declare Sub Sleep Lib "kernel32" (ByVal dwMilliseconds As Long)
Sub Main()
On Error GoTo VisaComError
' Create the VISA COM I/O resource.
Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager
Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488
Set myScope.IO = myMgr.Open("TCPIP0::130.29.70.228::inst0::INSTR")
' Initialize.
myScope.IO.Clear
' Clear the interface.
myScope.WriteString "*RST"
' Reset to the defaults.
myScope.WriteString "*CLS"
' Clear the status data structures.
myScope.WriteString ":AUToscale"
' Install some measurements.
myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:SOURce CHANnel1"
' Input source.
Dim MeasurementArray(3) As String
MeasurementArray(0) = "FREQuency"
MeasurementArray(1) = "DUTYcycle"
MeasurementArray(2) = "VAMPlitude"
MeasurementArray(3) = "VPP"
Dim Measurement As Variant
For Each Measurement In MeasurementArray
myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:" + Measurement
myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:" + Measurement + "?"
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber
' Read measurement value.
Debug.Print Measurement + ": " + FormatNumber(varQueryResult, 4)
Next
myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:STATistics:RESet"
Sleep 5000
' Wait for 5 seconds.
' Reset stats.
' Select the statistics results type.
Dim ResultsTypeArray(6) As String
ResultsTypeArray(0) = "CURRent"
ResultsTypeArray(1) = "MINimum"
ResultsTypeArray(2) = "MAXimum"
ResultsTypeArray(3) = "MEAN"
ResultsTypeArray(4) = "STDDev"
ResultsTypeArray(5) = "COUNt"
ResultsTypeArray(6) = "ON"
' All results.
Dim ResultType As Variant
Dim ResultsList()
Dim ValueColumnArray(6) As String
ValueColumnArray(0) = "Meas_Lbl"
ValueColumnArray(1) = "Current"
ValueColumnArray(2) = "Min"
ValueColumnArray(3) = "Max"
ValueColumnArray(4) = "Mean"
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
357
19 :MEASure Commands
ValueColumnArray(5) = "Std_Dev"
ValueColumnArray(6) = "Count"
Dim ValueColumn As Variant
For Each ResultType In ResultsTypeArray
myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:STATistics " + ResultType
' Get the statistics results.
Dim intCounter As Integer
intCounter = 0
myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:RESults?"
ResultsList() = myScope.ReadList
For Each Measurement In MeasurementArray
If ResultType = "ON" Then
' All statistics.
For Each ValueColumn In ValueColumnArray
If VarType(ResultsList(intCounter)) <> vbString Then
Debug.Print "Measure statistics result CH1, " + _
Measurement + ", "; ValueColumn + ": " + _
FormatNumber(ResultsList(intCounter), 4)
Else
' Result is a string (e.g., measurement label).
Debug.Print "Measure statistics result CH1, " + _
Measurement + ", "; ValueColumn + ": " + _
ResultsList(intCounter)
End If
intCounter = intCounter + 1
Next
Else
' Specific statistic (e.g., Current, Max, Min, etc.).
Debug.Print "Measure statistics result CH1, " + _
Measurement + ", "; ResultType + ": " + _
FormatNumber(ResultsList(intCounter), 4)
intCounter = intCounter + 1
End If
Next
Next
Exit Sub
VisaComError:
MsgBox "VISA COM Error:" + vbCrLf + Err.Description
End Sub
358
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MEASure Commands
19
:MEASure:RISetime
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure: RISetime [<source>]
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
The :MEASure:RISetime command installs a screen measurement and
starts a rise- time measurement. If the optional source parameter is
specified, the current source is modified.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).
:MEASure: RISetime? [<source>]
The :MEASure:RISetime? query measures and outputs the rise time of the
displayed rising (positive- going) edge closest to the trigger reference. For
maximum measurement accuracy, set the sweep speed as fast as possible
while leaving the leading edge of the waveform on the display. The rise
time is determined by measuring the time at the lower threshold of the
rising edge and the time at the upper threshold of the rising edge, then
calculating the rise time with the following formula:
rise time = time at upper threshold - time at lower threshold
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= rise time in seconds in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
• ":MEASure:FALLtime" on page 343
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
359
19 :MEASure Commands
:MEASure:SDEViation
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:SDEViation [<source>]
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
NOTE
This ":MEASure:VRMS DISPlay, AC" command is the preferred syntax for making standard
deviation measurements.
The :MEASure:SDEViation command installs a screen measurement and
starts std deviation measurement. If the optional source parameter is
specified, the current source is modified.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).
:MEASure:SDEViation? [<source>]
The :MEASure:SDEViation? query measures and outputs the std deviation
of the selected waveform. The oscilloscope computes the std deviation on
all displayed data points.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= calculated std deviation value in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:VRMS" on page 378
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
360
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MEASure Commands
19
:MEASure:SHOW
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:SHOW <show>
<show> ::= {1 | ON}
The :MEASure:SHOW command enables markers for tracking measurements
on the display. This feature is always on.
Query Syntax
:MEASure:SHOW?
The :MEASure:SHOW? query returns the current state of the markers.
Return Format
<show><NL>
<show> ::= 1
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
361
19 :MEASure Commands
:MEASure:SOURce
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:SOURce <source1>[,<source2>]
<source1>,<source2> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion
| MATH | WMEMory<r> | EXTernal}
<digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :MEASure:SOURce command sets the default sources for
measurements. The specified sources are used as the sources for the
MEASure subsystem commands if the sources are not explicitly set with
the command.
If a source is specified for any measurement, the current source is
changed to this new value.
If :MARKer:MODE is set to OFF or MANual, setting :MEASure:SOURce to
CHANnel<n>, FUNCtion, or MATH will also set :MARKer:X1Y1source to
source1 and :MARKer:X2Y2source to source2.
EXTernal is only a valid source for the counter measurement (and
<source1>).
Query Syntax
:MEASure:SOURce?
The :MEASure:SOURce? query returns the current source selections. If
source2 is not specified, the query returns "NONE" for source2. If all
channels are off, the query returns "NONE,NONE". Source2 only applies to
:MEASure:DELay and :MEASure:PHASe measurements.
NOTE
Return Format
MATH is an alias for FUNCtion. The query will return FUNC if the source is FUNCtion or
MATH.
<source1>,<source2><NL>
<source1>,<source2> ::= {<digital channels> | CHAN<n> | FUNC | WMWM<r>
| EXT | NONE}
See Also:
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MARKer:MODE" on page 311
• ":MARKer:X1Y1source" on page 313
• ":MARKer:X2Y2source" on page 315
• ":MEASure:DELay" on page 340
362
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MEASure Commands
19
• ":MEASure:PHASe" on page 352
Example Code
' MEASURE - The commands in the MEASURE subsystem are used to make
' measurements on displayed waveforms.
myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:SOURCE CHANNEL1"
' Source to measure.
myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:FREQUENCY?"
' Query for frequency.
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber
' Read frequency.
MsgBox "Frequency:" + vbCrLf _
+ FormatNumber(varQueryResult / 1000, 4) + " kHz"
myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:DUTYCYCLE?"
' Query for duty cycle.
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber
' Read duty cycle.
MsgBox "Duty cycle:" + vbCrLf _
+ FormatNumber(varQueryResult, 3) + "%"
myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:RISETIME?"
' Query for risetime.
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber
' Read risetime.
MsgBox "Risetime:" + vbCrLf _
+ FormatNumber(varQueryResult * 1000000, 4) + " us"
myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:VPP?"
' Query for Pk to Pk voltage.
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber
' Read VPP.
MsgBox "Peak to peak voltage:" + vbCrLf _
+ FormatNumber(varQueryResult, 4) + " V"
myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:VMAX?"
' Query for Vmax.
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber
' Read Vmax.
MsgBox "Maximum voltage:" + vbCrLf _
+ FormatNumber(varQueryResult, 4) + " V"
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
363
19 :MEASure Commands
:MEASure:STATistics
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:STATistics <type>
<type> ::= {{ON | 1} | CURRent | MINimum | MAXimum | MEAN | STDDev
| COUNt}
The :MEASure:STATistics command determines the type of information
returned by the :MEASure:RESults? query. ON means all the statistics are
on.
Query Syntax
:MEASure:STATistics?
The :MEASure:STATistics? query returns the current statistics mode.
Return Format
<type><NL>
<type> ::= {ON | CURR | MIN | MAX | MEAN | STDD | COUN}
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:RESults" on page 356
• ":MEASure:STATistics:RESet" on page 366
• ":MEASure:STATistics:INCRement" on page 365
Example Code
364
• "Example Code" on page 356
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MEASure Commands
19
:MEASure:STATistics:INCRement
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:STATistics:INCRement
This command updates the statistics once (incrementing the count by one)
using the current measurement values. It corresponds to the front panel
Increment Statistics softkey in the Measurement Statistics Menu. This
command lets you, for example, gather statistics over multiple pulses
captured in a single acquisition. To do this, change the horizontal position
and enter the command for each new pulse that is measured.
This command is only allowed when the oscilloscope is stopped and quick
measurements are on.
The command is allowed in segmented acquisition mode even though the
corresponding front panel softkey is not available.
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:STATistics" on page 364
• ":MEASure:STATistics:RESet" on page 366
• ":MEASure:RESults" on page 356
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
365
19 :MEASure Commands
:MEASure:STATistics:RESet
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:STATistics:RESet
This command resets the measurement statistics, zeroing the counts.
Note that the measurement (statistics) configuration is not deleted.
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:STATistics" on page 364
• ":MEASure:RESults" on page 356
• ":MEASure:STATistics:INCRement" on page 365
Example Code
366
• "Example Code" on page 356
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MEASure Commands
19
:MEASure:TEDGe
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:MEASure:TEDGe? <slope><occurrence>[,<source>]
<slope> ::= direction of the waveform. A rising slope is indicated by a
space or plus sign (+). A falling edge is indicated by a
minus sign (-).
<occurrence> ::= the transition to be reported. If the occurrence number
is one, the first crossing from the left screen edge is
reported. If the number is two, the second crossing is
reported, etc.
<source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH
| WMEMory<r>}
<digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
When the :MEASure:TEDGe query is sent, the displayed signal is searched
for the specified transition. The time interval between the trigger event
and this occurrence is returned as the response to the query. The sign of
the slope selects a rising (+) or falling (- ) edge. If no sign is specified for
the slope, it is assumed to be the rising edge.
The magnitude of occurrence defines the occurrence to be reported. For
example, +3 returns the time for the third time the waveform crosses the
midpoint threshold in the positive direction. Once this crossing is found,
the oscilloscope reports the time at that crossing in seconds, with the
trigger point (time zero) as the reference.
If the specified crossing cannot be found, the oscilloscope reports
+9.9E+37. This value is returned if the waveform does not cross the
specified vertical value, or if the waveform does not cross the specified
vertical value for the specific number of times in the direction specified.
You can make delay and phase measurements using the MEASure:TEDGe
command:
Delay = time at the nth rising or falling edge of the channel - time at
the same edge of another channel
Phase = (delay between channels / period of channel) x 360
For an example of making a delay and phase measurement, see
":MEASure:TEDGe Code" on page 368.
If the optional source parameter is specified, the current source is
modified.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
367
19 :MEASure Commands
NOTE
Return Format
This query is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).
<value><NL>
<value> ::= time in seconds of the specified transition in NR3 format
:MEASure:TEDGe
Code
' Make a delay measurement between channel 1 and 2.
Dim dblChan1Edge1 As Double
Dim dblChan2Edge1 As Double
Dim dblChan1Edge2 As Double
Dim dblDelay As Double
Dim dblPeriod As Double
Dim dblPhase As Double
' Query time at 1st rising edge on ch1.
myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:TEDGE? +1, CHAN1"
' Read time at edge 1 on ch 1.
dblChan1Edge1 = myScope.ReadNumber
' Query time at 1st rising edge on ch2.
myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:TEDGE? +1, CHAN2"
' Read time at edge 1 on ch 2.
dblChan2Edge1 = myScope.ReadNumber
' Calculate delay time between ch1 and ch2.
dblDelay = dblChan2Edge1 - dblChan1Edge1
' Write calculated delay time to screen.
MsgBox "Delay = " + vbCrLf + CStr(dblDelay)
' Make a phase difference measurement between channel 1 and 2.
' Query time at 1st rising edge on ch1.
myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:TEDGE? +2, CHAN1"
' Read time at edge 2 on ch 1.
dblChan1Edge2 = myScope.ReadNumber
' Calculate period of ch 1.
dblPeriod = dblChan1Edge2 - dblChan1Edge1
' Calculate phase difference between ch1 and ch2.
dblPhase = (dblDelay / dblPeriod) * 360
MsgBox "Phase = " + vbCrLf + CStr(dblPhase)
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:TVALue" on page 369
• ":MEASure:VTIMe" on page 379
368
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
19
:MEASure Commands
:MEASure:TVALue
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:MEASure:TVALue? <value>, [<slope>]<occurrence>[,<source>]
<value> ::= the vertical value that the waveform must cross. The
value can be volts or a math function value such as dB,
Vs, or V/s.
<slope> ::= direction of the waveform. A rising slope is indicated
by a plus sign (+). A falling edge is indicated by a
minus sign (-).
<occurrence> ::= the transition to be reported. If the occurrence
number is one, the first crossing is reported. If
the number is two, the second crossing is reported,
etc.
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
When the :MEASure:TVALue? query is sent, the displayed signal is
searched for the specified value level and transition. The time interval
between the trigger event and this defined occurrence is returned as the
response to the query.
The specified value can be negative or positive. To specify a negative
value, use a minus sign (- ). The sign of the slope selects a rising (+) or
falling (- ) edge. If no sign is specified for the slope, it is assumed to be
the rising edge.
The magnitude of the occurrence defines the occurrence to be reported.
For example, +3 returns the time for the third time the waveform crosses
the specified value level in the positive direction. Once this value crossing
is found, the oscilloscope reports the time at that crossing in seconds,
with the trigger point (time zero) as the reference.
If the specified crossing cannot be found, the oscilloscope reports
+9.9E+37. This value is returned if the waveform does not cross the
specified value, or if the waveform does not cross the specified value for
the specified number of times in the direction specified.
If the optional source parameter is specified, the current source is
modified.
NOTE
Return Format
This query is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).
<value><NL>
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
369
19 :MEASure Commands
<value> ::= time in seconds of the specified value crossing in
NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:TEDGe" on page 367
• ":MEASure:VTIMe" on page 379
370
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
19
:MEASure Commands
:MEASure:VAMPlitude
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:VAMPlitude [<source>]
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
The :MEASure:VAMPlitude command installs a screen measurement and
starts a vertical amplitude measurement. If the optional source parameter
is specified, the current source is modified.
Query Syntax
:MEASure:VAMPlitude? [<source>]
The :MEASure:VAMPlitude? query measures and returns the vertical
amplitude of the waveform. To determine the amplitude, the instrument
measures Vtop and Vbase, then calculates the amplitude as follows:
vertical amplitude = Vtop - Vbase
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= the amplitude of the selected waveform in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
• ":MEASure:VBASe" on page 373
• ":MEASure:VTOP" on page 380
• ":MEASure:VPP" on page 376
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
371
19 :MEASure Commands
:MEASure:VAVerage
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:VAVerage [<interval>][,][<source>]
<interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay}
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
The :MEASure:VAVerage command installs a screen measurement and
starts an average value measurement. If the optional source parameter is
specified, the current source is modified.
The <interval> option lets you specify the measurement interval: either an
integral number of cycles, or the full screen. If <interval> is not specified,
DISPlay is implied.
Query Syntax
:MEASure:VAVerage? [<source>]
The :MEASure:VAVerage? query returns the average value of an integral
number of periods of the signal. If at least three edges are not present, the
oscilloscope averages all data points.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= calculated average value in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
372
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MEASure Commands
19
:MEASure:VBASe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:VBASe [<source>]
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
The :MEASure:VBASe command installs a screen measurement and starts a
waveform base value measurement. If the optional source parameter is
specified, the current source is modified.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).
:MEASure:VBASe? [<source>]
The :MEASure:VBASe? query returns the vertical value at the base of the
waveform. The base value of a pulse is normally not the same as the
minimum value.
Return Format
<base_voltage><NL>
<base_voltage> ::= value at the base of the selected waveform in
NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
• ":MEASure:VTOP" on page 380
• ":MEASure:VAMPlitude" on page 371
• ":MEASure:VMIN" on page 375
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
373
19 :MEASure Commands
:MEASure:VMAX
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:VMAX [<source>]
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
The :MEASure:VMAX command installs a screen measurement and starts a
maximum vertical value measurement. If the optional source parameter is
specified, the current source is modified.
Query Syntax
:MEASure:VMAX? [<source>]
The :MEASure:VMAX? query measures and outputs the maximum vertical
value present on the selected waveform.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= maximum vertical value of the selected waveform in
NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
• ":MEASure:VMIN" on page 375
• ":MEASure:VPP" on page 376
• ":MEASure:VTOP" on page 380
374
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
19
:MEASure Commands
:MEASure:VMIN
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:VMIN [<source>]
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
The :MEASure:VMIN command installs a screen measurement and starts a
minimum vertical value measurement. If the optional source parameter is
specified, the current source is modified.
Query Syntax
:MEASure:VMIN? [<source>]
The :MEASure:VMIN? query measures and outputs the minimum vertical
value present on the selected waveform.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= minimum vertical value of the selected waveform in
NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
• ":MEASure:VBASe" on page 373
• ":MEASure:VMAX" on page 374
• ":MEASure:VPP" on page 376
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
375
19 :MEASure Commands
:MEASure:VPP
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:VPP [<source>]
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
The :MEASure:VPP command installs a screen measurement and starts a
vertical peak- to- peak measurement. If the optional source parameter is
specified, the current source is modified.
Query Syntax
:MEASure:VPP? [<source>]
The :MEASure:VPP? query measures the maximum and minimum vertical
value for the selected source, then calculates the vertical peak- to- peak
value and returns that value. The peak- to- peak value (Vpp) is calculated
with the following formula:
Vpp = Vmax - Vmin
Vmax and Vmin are the vertical maximum and minimum values present on
the selected source.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= vertical peak to peak value in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
• ":MEASure:VMAX" on page 374
• ":MEASure:VMIN" on page 375
• ":MEASure:VAMPlitude" on page 371
376
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MEASure Commands
19
:MEASure:VRATio
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:VRATio [<source1>][,<source2>]
<source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
The :MEASure:VRATio command places the instrument in the continuous
measurement mode and starts a ratio measurement.
Query Syntax
:MEASure:VRATio? [<source1>][,<source2>]
The :MEASure:VRATio? query measures and returns the ratio of AC RMS
values of the specified sources expressed as dB.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= the ratio value in dB in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:VRMS" on page 378
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
377
19 :MEASure Commands
:MEASure:VRMS
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:VRMS [<interval>][,][<type>][,][<source>]
<interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay}
<type> ::= {AC | DC}
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
The :MEASure:VRMS command installs a screen measurement and starts
an RMS value measurement. If the optional source parameter is specified,
the current source is modified.
The <interval> option lets you specify the measurement interval: either an
integral number of cycles, or the full screen. If <interval> is not specified,
DISPlay is implied.
The <type> option lets you choose between a DC RMS measurement and
an AC RMS measurement. If <type> is not specified, DC is implied.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).
:MEASure:VRMS? [<source>]
The :MEASure:VRMS? query measures and outputs the dc RMS value of
the selected waveform. The dc RMS value is measured on an integral
number of periods of the displayed signal. If at least three edges are not
present, the oscilloscope computes the RMS value on all displayed data
points.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= calculated dc RMS value in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
378
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MEASure Commands
19
:MEASure:VTIMe
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:MEASure:VTIMe? <vtime_argument>[,<source>]
<vtime_argument> ::= time from trigger in seconds
<source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH
| WMEMory<r>}
<digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :MEASure:VTIMe? query returns the value at a specified time on the
source specified with :MEASure:SOURce. The specified time must be on
the screen and is referenced to the trigger event. If the optional source
parameter is specified, the current source is modified.
NOTE
Return Format
This query is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).
<value><NL>
<value> ::= value at the specified time in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
• ":MEASure:TEDGe" on page 367
• ":MEASure:TVALue" on page 369
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
379
19 :MEASure Commands
:MEASure:VTOP
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:VTOP [<source>]
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH}
<n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
The :MEASure:VTOP command installs a screen measurement and starts a
waveform top value measurement.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This query is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).
:MEASure:VTOP? [<source>]
The :MEASure:VTOP? query returns the vertical value at the top of the
waveform. The top value of the pulse is normally not the same as the
maximum value.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= vertical value at the top of the waveform in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
• ":MEASure:VMAX" on page 374
• ":MEASure:VAMPlitude" on page 371
• ":MEASure:VBASe" on page 373
380
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MEASure Commands
19
:MEASure:WINDow
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:WINDow <type>
<type> ::= {MAIN | ZOOM | AUTO}
When the zoomed time base is displayed, the :MEASure:WINDow command
lets you specify the measurement window:
• MAIN — the measurement window is the upper, Main window.
• ZOOM — the measurement window is the lower, Zoom window.
• AUTO — the measurement is attempted in the lower, Zoom window; if it
cannot be made there, the upper, Main window is used.
Query Syntax
:MEASure:WINDow?
The :MEASure:WINDow? query returns the current measurement window
setting.
Return Format
<type><NL>
<type> ::= {MAIN | ZOOM | AUTO}
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
381
19 :MEASure Commands
:MEASure:XMAX
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:XMAX [<source>]
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
The :MEASure:XMAX command installs a screen measurement and starts
an X- at- Max- Y measurement on the selected window. If the optional
source parameter is specified, the current source is modified.
NOTE
Query Syntax
:MEASure:XMAX is an alias for :MEASure:TMAX.
:MEASure:XMAX? [<source>]
The :MEASure:XMAX? query measures and returns the horizontal axis
value at which the maximum vertical value occurs. If the optional source
is specified, the current source is modified. If all channels are off, the
query returns 9.9E+37.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= horizontal value of the maximum in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:XMIN" on page 383
• ":MEASure:TMAX" on page 795
382
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MEASure Commands
19
:MEASure:XMIN
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:XMIN [<source>]
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
The :MEASure:XMIN command installs a screen measurement and starts
an X- at- Min- Y measurement on the selected window. If the optional source
parameter is specified, the current source is modified.
NOTE
Query Syntax
:MEASure:XMIN is an alias for :MEASure:TMIN.
:MEASure:XMIN? [<source>]
The :MEASure:XMIN? query measures and returns the horizontal axis
value at which the minimum vertical value occurs. If the optional source is
specified, the current source is modified. If all channels are off, the query
returns 9.9E+37.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= horizontal value of the minimum in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:XMAX" on page 382
• ":MEASure:TMIN" on page 796
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
383
19 :MEASure Commands
384
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
20
:MTESt Commands
The MTESt subsystem commands and queries control the mask test
features. See "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387.
Table 80 :MTESt Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:MTESt:ALL {{0 | OFF}
| {1 | ON}} (see
page 390)
:MTESt:ALL? (see
page 390)
{0 | 1}
:MTESt:AMASk:CREate
(see page 391)
n/a
n/a
:MTESt:AMASk:SOURce
<source> (see
page 392)
:MTESt:AMASk:SOURce?
(see page 392)
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= {1 | 2 | 3 | 4} for 4ch
models
<n> ::= {1 | 2} for 2ch models
:MTESt:AMASk:UNITs
<units> (see
page 393)
:MTESt:AMASk:UNITs?
(see page 393)
<units> ::= {CURRent | DIVisions}
:MTESt:AMASk:XDELta
<value> (see
page 394)
:MTESt:AMASk:XDELta?
(see page 394)
<value> ::= X delta value in NR3
format
:MTESt:AMASk:YDELta
<value> (see
page 395)
:MTESt:AMASk:YDELta?
(see page 395)
<value> ::= Y delta value in NR3
format
n/a
:MTESt:COUNt:FWAVefor
ms? [CHANnel<n>] (see
page 396)
<failed> ::= number of failed
waveforms in NR1 format
:MTESt:COUNt:RESet
(see page 397)
n/a
n/a
n/a
:MTESt:COUNt:TIME?
(see page 398)
<time> ::= elapsed seconds in NR3
format
n/a
:MTESt:COUNt:WAVeform
s? (see page 399)
<count> ::= number of waveforms
in NR1 format
:MTESt:DATA <mask>
(see page 400)
:MTESt:DATA? (see
page 400)
<mask> ::= data in IEEE 488.2 #
format.

385
20 :MTESt Commands
Table 80 :MTESt Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:MTESt:DELete (see
page 401)
n/a
n/a
:MTESt:ENABle {{0 |
OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see
page 402)
:MTESt:ENABle? (see
page 402)
{0 | 1}
:MTESt:LOCK {{0 |
OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see
page 403)
:MTESt:LOCK? (see
page 403)
{0 | 1}
:MTESt:RMODe <rmode>
(see page 404)
:MTESt:RMODe? (see
page 404)
<rmode> ::= {FORever | TIME |
SIGMa | WAVeforms}
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:
MEASure {{0 | OFF} |
{1 | ON}} (see
page 405)
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:
MEASure? (see
page 405)
{0 | 1}
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:
PRINt {{0 | OFF} | {1
| ON}} (see page 406)
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:
PRINt? (see page 406)
{0 | 1}
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:
SAVE {{0 | OFF} | {1
| ON}} (see page 407)
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:
SAVE? (see page 407)
{0 | 1}
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:
STOP {{0 | OFF} | {1
| ON}} (see page 408)
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:
STOP? (see page 408)
{0 | 1}
:MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa
<level> (see
page 409)
:MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa?
(see page 409)
<level> ::= from 0.1 to 9.3 in
NR3 format
:MTESt:RMODe:TIME
<seconds> (see
page 410)
:MTESt:RMODe:TIME?
(see page 410)
<seconds> ::= from 1 to 86400 in
NR3 format
:MTESt:RMODe:WAVeform
s <count> (see
page 411)
:MTESt:RMODe:WAVeform
s? (see page 411)
<count> ::= number of waveforms
in NR1 format
:MTESt:SCALe:BIND {{0
| OFF} | {1 | ON}}
(see page 412)
:MTESt:SCALe:BIND?
(see page 412)
{0 | 1}
:MTESt:SCALe:X1
<x1_value> (see
page 413)
:MTESt:SCALe:X1? (see
page 413)
<x1_value> ::= X1 value in NR3
format
386
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
20
:MTESt Commands
Table 80 :MTESt Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:MTESt:SCALe:XDELta
<xdelta_value> (see
page 414)
:MTESt:SCALe:XDELta?
(see page 414)
<xdelta_value> ::= X delta value
in NR3 format
:MTESt:SCALe:Y1
<y1_value> (see
page 415)
:MTESt:SCALe:Y1? (see
page 415)
<y1_value> ::= Y1 value in NR3
format
:MTESt:SCALe:Y2
<y2_value> (see
page 416)
:MTESt:SCALe:Y2? (see
page 416)
<y2_value> ::= Y2 value in NR3
format
:MTESt:SOURce
<source> (see
page 417)
:MTESt:SOURce? (see
page 417)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | NONE}
<n> ::= {1 | 2 | 3 | 4} for 4ch
models
<n> ::= {1 | 2} for 2ch models
n/a
:MTESt:TITLe? (see
page 418)
<title> ::= a string of up to 128
ASCII characters
Introduction to
:MTESt
Commands
Mask testing automatically compares the current displayed waveform with
the boundaries of a set of polygons that you define. Any waveform or
sample that falls within the boundaries of one or more polygons is
recorded as a failure.
Reporting the Setup
Use :MTESt? to query setup information for the MTESt subsystem.
Return Format
The following is a sample response from the :MTESt? query. In this case,
the query was issued following a *RST command.
:MTES:SOUR CHAN1;ENAB 0;LOCK 1;:MTES:AMAS:SOUR CHAN1;UNIT DIV;XDEL
+2.50000000E-001;YDEL +2.50000000E-001;:MTES:SCAL:X1 +200.000E-06;XDEL
+400.000E-06;Y1 -3.00000E+00;Y2 +3.00000E+00;BIND 0;:MTES:RMOD
FOR;RMOD:TIME +1E+00;WAV 1000;SIGM +6.0E+00;:MTES:RMOD:FACT:STOP
0;PRIN 0;SAVE 0
Example Code
' Mask testing commands example.
' ------------------------------------------------------------------Option Explicit
Public
Public
Public
Public
myMgr As VisaComLib.ResourceManager
myScope As VisaComLib.FormattedIO488
varQueryResult As Variant
strQueryResult As String
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
387
20 :MTESt Commands
Private Declare Sub Sleep Lib "kernel32" (ByVal dwMilliseconds As Long)
Sub Main()
On Error GoTo VisaComError
' Create the VISA COM I/O resource.
Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager
Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488
Set myScope.IO = _
myMgr.Open("USB0::0x0957::0x17A6::US50210029::0::INSTR")
myScope.IO.Clear
' Clear the interface.
' Make sure oscilloscope is running.
myScope.WriteString ":RUN"
' Set mask test termination conditions.
myScope.WriteString ":MTESt:RMODe SIGMa"
myScope.WriteString ":MTESt:RMODe?"
strQueryResult = myScope.ReadString
Debug.Print "Mask test termination mode: " + strQueryResult
myScope.WriteString ":MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa 4.2"
myScope.WriteString ":MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa?"
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber
Debug.Print "Mask test termination 'test sigma': " + _
FormatNumber(varQueryResult)
' Use auto-mask to create mask.
myScope.WriteString ":MTESt:AMASk:SOURce CHANnel1"
myScope.WriteString ":MTESt:AMASk:SOURce?"
strQueryResult = myScope.ReadString
Debug.Print "Mask test auto-mask source: " + strQueryResult
myScope.WriteString ":MTESt:AMASk:UNITs DIVisions"
myScope.WriteString ":MTESt:AMASk:UNITs?"
strQueryResult = myScope.ReadString
Debug.Print "Mask test auto-mask units: " + strQueryResult
myScope.WriteString ":MTESt:AMASk:XDELta 0.1"
myScope.WriteString ":MTESt:AMASk:XDELta?"
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber
Debug.Print "Mask test auto-mask X delta: " + _
FormatNumber(varQueryResult)
myScope.WriteString ":MTESt:AMASk:YDELta 0.1"
myScope.WriteString ":MTESt:AMASk:YDELta?"
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber
Debug.Print "Mask test auto-mask Y delta: " + _
FormatNumber(varQueryResult)
' Enable "Auto Mask Created" event (bit 10, &H400)
myScope.WriteString "*CLS"
myScope.WriteString ":MTEenable " + CStr(CInt("&H400"))
' Create mask.
388
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MTESt Commands
20
myScope.WriteString ":MTESt:AMASk:CREate"
Debug.Print "Auto-mask created, mask test automatically enabled."
' Set up timeout variables.
Dim lngTimeout As Long
' Max millisecs to wait.
Dim lngElapsed As Long
lngTimeout = 60000
' 60 seconds.
' Wait until mask is created.
lngElapsed = 0
Do While lngElapsed <= lngTimeout
myScope.WriteString ":OPERegister:CONDition?"
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber
' Operation Status Condition Register MTE bit (bit 9, &H200).
If (varQueryResult And &H200) <> 0 Then
Exit Do
Else
Sleep 100
' Small wait to prevent excessive queries.
lngElapsed = lngElapsed + 100
End If
Loop
' Look for RUN bit = stopped (mask test termination).
lngElapsed = 0
Do While lngElapsed <= lngTimeout
myScope.WriteString ":OPERegister:CONDition?"
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber
' Operation Status Condition Register RUN bit (bit 3, &H8).
If (varQueryResult And &H8) = 0 Then
Exit Do
Else
Sleep 100
' Small wait to prevent excessive queries.
lngElapsed = lngElapsed + 100
End If
Loop
' Get total waveforms, failed waveforms, and test time.
myScope.WriteString ":MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms?"
strQueryResult = myScope.ReadString
Debug.Print "Mask test total waveforms: " + strQueryResult
myScope.WriteString ":MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms?"
strQueryResult = myScope.ReadString
Debug.Print "Mask test failed waveforms: " + strQueryResult
myScope.WriteString ":MTESt:COUNt:TIME?"
strQueryResult = myScope.ReadString
Debug.Print "Mask test elapsed seconds: " + strQueryResult
Exit Sub
VisaComError:
MsgBox "VISA COM Error:" + vbCrLf + Err.Description
End Sub
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
389
20 :MTESt Commands
:MTESt:ALL
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:ALL <on_off>
<on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}}
The :MTESt:ALL command specifies the channel(s) that are included in the
mask test:
• ON — All displayed analog channels are included in the mask test.
• OFF — Just the selected source channel is included in the test.
Query Syntax
:MTESt:ENABle?
The :MTESt:ENABle? query returns the current setting.
Return Format
<on_off><NL>
<on_off> ::= {1 | 0}
See Also
390
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MTESt Commands
20
:MTESt:AMASk:CREate
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:AMASk:CREate
The :MTESt:AMASk:CREate command automatically constructs a mask
around the current selected channel, using the tolerance parameters
defined by the :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta, :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta, and
:MTESt:AMASk:UNITs commands. The mask only encompasses the portion
of the waveform visible on the display, so you must ensure that the
waveform is acquired and displayed consistently to obtain repeatable
results.
The :MTESt:SOURce command selects the channel and should be set before
using this command.
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:AMASk:XDELta" on page 394
• ":MTESt:AMASk:YDELta" on page 395
• ":MTESt:AMASk:UNITs" on page 393
• ":MTESt:AMASk:SOURce" on page 392
• ":MTESt:SOURce" on page 417
Example Code
• "Example Code" on page 387
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
391
20 :MTESt Commands
:MTESt:AMASk:SOURce
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:AMASk:SOURce <source>
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :MTESt:AMASk:SOURce command selects the source for the
interpretation of the :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta and :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta
parameters when :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs is set to CURRent.
When UNITs are CURRent, the XDELta and YDELta parameters are
defined in terms of the channel units, as set by the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs
command, of the selected source.
Suppose that UNITs are CURRent and that you set SOURce to CHANNEL1,
which is using units of volts. Then you can define AMASk:XDELta in
terms of volts and AMASk:YDELta in terms of seconds.
This command is the same as the :MTESt:SOURce command.
Query Syntax
:MTESt:AMASk:SOURce?
The :MTESt:AMASk:SOURce? query returns the currently set source.
Return Format
<source> ::= CHAN<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:AMASk:XDELta" on page 394
• ":MTESt:AMASk:YDELta" on page 395
• ":MTESt:AMASk:UNITs" on page 393
• ":MTESt:SOURce" on page 417
Example Code
392
• "Example Code" on page 387
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
20
:MTESt Commands
:MTESt:AMASk:UNITs
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:AMASk:UNITs <units>
<units> ::= {CURRent | DIVisions}
The :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs command alters the way the mask test
subsystem interprets the tolerance parameters for automasking as defined
by :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta and :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta commands.
• CURRent — the mask test subsystem uses the units as set by the
:CHANnel<n>:UNITs command, usually time for X and voltage for Y.
• DIVisions — the mask test subsystem uses the graticule as the
measurement system, so tolerance settings are specified as parts of a
screen division. The mask test subsystem maintains separate XDELta
and YDELta settings for CURRent and DIVisions. Thus, XDELta and
YDELta are not converted to new values when the UNITs setting is
changed.
Query Syntax
:MTESt:AMASk:UNITs?
The :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs query returns the current measurement units
setting for the mask test automask feature.
Return Format
<units><NL>
<units> ::= {CURR | DIV}
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:AMASk:XDELta" on page 394
• ":MTESt:AMASk:YDELta" on page 395
• ":CHANnel<n>:UNITs" on page 239
• ":MTESt:AMASk:SOURce" on page 392
• ":MTESt:SOURce" on page 417
Example Code
• "Example Code" on page 387
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
393
20 :MTESt Commands
:MTESt:AMASk:XDELta
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:AMASk:XDELta <value>
<value> ::= X delta value in NR3 format
The :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta command sets the tolerance in the X direction
around the waveform for the automasking feature. The absolute value of
the tolerance will be added and subtracted to horizontal values of the
waveform to determine the boundaries of the mask.
The horizontal tolerance value is interpreted based on the setting specified
by the :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs command; thus, if you specify 250- E3, the
setting for :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs is CURRent, and the current setting
specifies time in the horizontal direction, the tolerance will be ±250 ms. If
the setting for :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs is DIVisions, the same X delta value
will set the tolerance to ±250 millidivisions, or 1/4 of a division.
Query Syntax
:MTESt:AMASk:XDELta?
The :MTEST:AMASk:XDELta? query returns the current setting of the X
tolerance for automasking. If your computer program will interpret this
value, it should also request the current measurement system using the
:MTESt:AMASk:UNITs query.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= X delta value in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:AMASk:UNITs" on page 393
• ":MTESt:AMASk:YDELta" on page 395
• ":MTESt:AMASk:SOURce" on page 392
• ":MTESt:SOURce" on page 417
Example Code
394
• "Example Code" on page 387
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
20
:MTESt Commands
:MTESt:AMASk:YDELta
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:AMASk:YDELta <value>
<value> ::= Y delta value in NR3 format
The :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta command sets the vertical tolerance around
the waveform for the automasking feature. The absolute value of the
tolerance will be added and subtracted to vertical values of the waveform
to determine the boundaries of the mask.
The vertical tolerance value is interpreted based on the setting specified
by the :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs command; thus, if you specify 250- E3, the
setting for :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs is CURRent, and the current setting
specifies voltage in the vertical direction, the tolerance will be ±250 mV. If
the setting for :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs is DIVisions, the same Y delta value
will set the tolerance to ±250 millidivisions, or 1/4 of a division.
Query Syntax
:MTESt:AMASk:YDELta?
The :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta? query returns the current setting of the Y
tolerance for automasking. If your computer program will interpret this
value, it should also request the current measurement system using the
:MTESt:AMASk:UNITs query.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= Y delta value in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:AMASk:UNITs" on page 393
• ":MTESt:AMASk:XDELta" on page 394
• ":MTESt:AMASk:SOURce" on page 392
• ":MTESt:SOURce" on page 417
Example Code
• "Example Code" on page 387
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
395
20 :MTESt Commands
:MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms? [CHANnel<n>]
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms? query returns the total number of failed
waveforms in the current mask test run. This count is for all regions and
all waveforms.
Return Format
<failed><NL>
<failed> ::= number of failed waveforms in NR1 format.
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms" on page 399
• ":MTESt:COUNt:TIME" on page 398
• ":MTESt:COUNt:RESet" on page 397
• ":MTESt:SOURce" on page 417
Example Code
396
• "Example Code" on page 387
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MTESt Commands
20
:MTESt:COUNt:RESet
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:COUNt:RESet
The :MTESt:COUNt:RESet command resets the mask statistics.
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms" on page 399
• ":MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms" on page 396
• ":MTESt:COUNt:TIME" on page 398
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
397
20 :MTESt Commands
:MTESt:COUNt:TIME
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:MTESt:COUNt:TIME?
The :MTESt:COUNt:TIME? query returns the elapsed time in the current
mask test run.
Return Format
<time><NL>
<time> ::= elapsed seconds in NR3 format.
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms" on page 399
• ":MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms" on page 396
• ":MTESt:COUNt:RESet" on page 397
Example Code
398
• "Example Code" on page 387
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MTESt Commands
20
:MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms?
The :MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms? query returns the total number of
waveforms acquired in the current mask test run.
Return Format
<count><NL>
<count> ::= number of waveforms in NR1 format.
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms" on page 396
• ":MTESt:COUNt:TIME" on page 398
• ":MTESt:COUNt:RESet" on page 397
Example Code
• "Example Code" on page 387
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
399
20 :MTESt Commands
:MTESt:DATA
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:DATA <mask>
<mask> ::= binary block data in IEEE 488.2 # format.
The :MTESt:DATA command loads a mask from binary block data.
Query Syntax
:MTESt:DATA?
The :MTESt:DATA? query returns a mask in binary block data format. The
format for the data transmission is the # format defined in the IEEE 488.2
specification.
Return Format
<mask><NL>
<mask> ::= binary block data in IEEE 488.2 # format
See Also
• ":SAVE:MASK[:STARt]" on page 443
• ":RECall:MASK[:STARt]" on page 428
400
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MTESt Commands
20
:MTESt:DELete
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:DELete
The :MTESt:DELete command clears the currently loaded mask.
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:AMASk:CREate" on page 391
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
401
20 :MTESt Commands
:MTESt:ENABle
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:ENABle <on_off>
<on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}}
The :MTESt:ENABle command enables or disables the mask test features.
• ON — Enables the mask test features.
• OFF — Disables the mask test features.
Query Syntax
:MTESt:ENABle?
The :MTESt:ENABle? query returns the current state of mask test features.
Return Format
<on_off><NL>
<on_off> ::= {1 | 0}
See Also
402
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MTESt Commands
20
:MTESt:LOCK
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:LOCK <on_off>
<on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}}
The :MTESt:LOCK command enables or disables the mask lock feature:
• ON — Locks a mask to the SOURce. As the vertical or horizontal scaling
or position of the SOURce changes, the mask is redrawn accordingly.
• OFF — The mask is static and does not move.
Query Syntax
:MTESt:LOCK?
The :MTESt:LOCK? query returns the current mask lock setting.
Return Format
<on_off><NL>
<on_off> ::= {1 | 0}
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:SOURce" on page 417
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
403
20 :MTESt Commands
:MTESt:RMODe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:RMODe <rmode>
<rmode> ::= {FORever | SIGMa | TIME | WAVeforms}
The :MTESt:RMODe command specifies the termination conditions for the
mask test:
• FORever — the mask test runs until it is turned off.
• SIGMa — the mask test runs until the Sigma level is reached. This level
is set by the ":MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa" on page 409 command.
• TIME — the mask test runs for a fixed amount of time. The amount of
time is set by the ":MTESt:RMODe:TIME" on page 410 command.
• WAVeforms — the mask test runs until a fixed number of waveforms are
acquired. The number of waveforms is set by the
":MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms" on page 411 command.
Query Syntax
:MTESt:RMODe?
The :MTESt:RMODe? query returns the currently set termination condition.
Return Format
<rmode><NL>
<rmode> ::= {FOR | SIGM | TIME | WAV}
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa" on page 409
• ":MTESt:RMODe:TIME" on page 410
• ":MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms" on page 411
Example Code
404
• "Example Code" on page 387
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MTESt Commands
20
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure <on_off>
<on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}}
The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure command sets measuring only mask
failures on or off.
When ON, measurements and measurement statistics run only on
waveforms that contain a mask violation; passing waveforms do not affect
measurements and measurement statistics.
This mode is not available when the acquisition mode is set to Averaging.
Query Syntax
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure?
The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure? query returns the current mask
failure measure setting.
Return Format
<on_off><NL>
<on_off> ::= {1 | 0}
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt" on page 406
• ":MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE" on page 407
• ":MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP" on page 408
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
405
20 :MTESt Commands
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt <on_off>
<on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}}
The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt command sets printing on mask failures
on or off.
NOTE
Setting :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt ON automatically sets
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE OFF.
See Chapter 16, “:HARDcopy Commands,” starting on page 287 for more
information on setting the hardcopy device and formatting options.
Query Syntax
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt?
The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt? query returns the current mask failure
print setting.
Return Format
<on_off><NL>
<on_off> ::= {1 | 0}
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure" on page 405
• ":MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE" on page 407
• ":MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP" on page 408
406
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MTESt Commands
20
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE <on_off>
<on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}}
The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE command sets saving on mask failures
on or off.
NOTE
Setting :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE ON automatically sets
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt OFF.
See Chapter 23, “:SAVE Commands,” starting on page 433 for more
information on save options.
Query Syntax
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE?
The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE? query returns the current mask failure
save setting.
Return Format
<on_off><NL>
<on_off> ::= {1 | 0}
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure" on page 405
• ":MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt" on page 406
• ":MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP" on page 408
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
407
20 :MTESt Commands
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP <on_off>
<on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}}
The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP command sets stopping on a mask
failure on or off. When this setting is ON and a mask violation is detected,
the mask test is stopped and the acquisition system is stopped.
Query Syntax
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP?
The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP? query returns the current mask failure
stop setting.
Return Format
<on_off><NL>
<on_off> ::= {1 | 0}
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure" on page 405
• ":MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt" on page 406
• ":MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE" on page 407
408
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MTESt Commands
20
:MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa <level>
<level> ::= from 0.1 to 9.3 in NR3 format
When the :MTESt:RMODe command is set to SIGMa, the
:MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa command sets the test sigma level to which a mask
test runs. Test sigma is the best achievable process sigma, assuming no
failures. (Process sigma is calculated using the number of failures per
test.) The test sigma level indirectly specifies the number of waveforms
that must be tested (in order to reach the sigma level).
Query Syntax
:MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa?
The :MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa? query returns the current Sigma level setting.
Return Format
<level><NL>
<level> ::= from 0.1 to 9.3 in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:RMODe" on page 404
Example Code
• "Example Code" on page 387
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
409
20 :MTESt Commands
:MTESt:RMODe:TIME
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:RMODe:TIME <seconds>
<seconds> ::= from 1 to 86400 in NR3 format
When the :MTESt:RMODe command is set to TIME, the
:MTESt:RMODe:TIME command sets the number of seconds for a mask test
to run.
Query Syntax
:MTESt:RMODe:TIME?
The :MTESt:RMODe:TIME? query returns the number of seconds currently
set.
Return Format
<seconds><NL>
<seconds> ::= from 1 to 86400 in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:RMODe" on page 404
410
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
20
:MTESt Commands
:MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms <count>
<count> ::= number of waveforms in NR1 format
from 1 to 2,000,000,000
When the :MTESt:RMODe command is set to WAVeforms, the
:MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms command sets the number of waveform
acquisitions that are mask tested.
Query Syntax
:MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms?
The :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms? query returns the number of waveforms
currently set.
Return Format
<count><NL>
<count> ::= number of waveforms in NR1 format
from 1 to 2,000,000,000
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:RMODe" on page 404
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
411
20 :MTESt Commands
:MTESt:SCALe:BIND
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:SCALe:BIND <on_off>
<on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}}
The :MTESt:SCALe:BIND command enables or disables Bind 1 & 0 Levels
(Bind - 1 & 0 Levels for inverted masks) control:
• ON —
If the Bind 1 & 0 Levels control is enabled, the 1 Level and the 0 Level
controls track each other. Adjusting either the 1 Level or the 0 Level
control shifts the position of the mask up or down without changing its
size.
If the Bind - 1 & 0 Levels control is enabled, the - 1 Level and the 0
Level controls track each other. Adjusting either the - 1 Level or the 0
Level control shifts the position of the mask up or down without
changing its size.
• OFF —
If the Bind 1 & 0 Levels control is disabled, adjusting either the 1 Level
or the 0 Level control changes the vertical height of the mask.
If the Bind - 1 & 0 Levels control is disabled, adjusting either the - 1
Level or the 0 Level control changes the vertical height of the mask.
Query Syntax
:MTESt:SCALe:BIND?
The :MTESt:SCALe:BIND? query returns the value of the Bind 1&0 control
(Bind - 1&0 for inverted masks).
Return Format
<on_off><NL>
<on_off> ::= {1 | 0}
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:SCALe:X1" on page 413
• ":MTESt:SCALe:XDELta" on page 414
• ":MTESt:SCALe:Y1" on page 415
• ":MTESt:SCALe:Y2" on page 416
412
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MTESt Commands
20
:MTESt:SCALe:X1
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:SCALe:X1 <x1_value>
<x1_value> ::= X1 value in NR3 format
The :MTESt:SCALe:X1 command defines where X=0 in the base coordinate
system used for mask testing. The other X- coordinate is defined by the
:MTESt:SCALe:XDELta command. Once the X1 and XDELta coordinates are
set, all X values of vertices in the mask regions are defined with respect
to this value, according to the equation:
X = (X * X) + X1
Thus, if you set X1 to 100 ms, and XDELta to 100 ms, an X value of 0.100
is a vertex at 110 ms.
The oscilloscope uses this equation to normalize vertices. This simplifies
reprogramming to handle different data rates. For example, if you halve
the period of the waveform of interest, you need only to adjust the
XDELta value to set up the mask for the new waveform.
The X1 value is a time value specifying the location of the X1 coordinate,
which will then be treated as X=0 for mask regions coordinates.
Query Syntax
:MTESt:SCALe:X1?
The :MTESt:SCALe:X1? query returns the current X1 coordinate setting.
Return Format
<x1_value><NL>
<x1_value> ::= X1 value in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:SCALe:BIND" on page 412
• ":MTESt:SCALe:XDELta" on page 414
• ":MTESt:SCALe:Y1" on page 415
• ":MTESt:SCALe:Y2" on page 416
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
413
20 :MTESt Commands
:MTESt:SCALe:XDELta
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:SCALe:XDELta <xdelta_value>
<xdelta_value> ::= X delta value in NR3 format
The :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta command defines the position of the X2
marker with respect to the X1 marker. In the mask test coordinate system,
the X1 marker defines where X=0; thus, the X2 marker defines where X=1.
Because all X vertices of the regions defined for mask testing are
normalized with respect to X1 and X, redefining X also moves those
vertices to stay in the same locations with respect to X1 and X. Thus, in
many applications, it is best if you define XDELta as a pulse width or bit
period. Then, a change in data rate without corresponding changes in the
waveform can easily be handled by changing X.
The X- coordinate of polygon vertices is normalized using this equation:
X = (X * X) + X1
The X delta value is a time value specifying the distance of the X2 marker
with respect to the X1 marker.
For example, if the period of the waveform you wish to test is 1 ms,
setting X to 1 ms ensures that the waveform's period is between the X1
and X2 markers.
Query Syntax
:MTESt:SCALe:XDELta?
The :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta? query returns the current value of X.
Return Format
<xdelta_value><NL>
<xdelta_value> ::= X delta value in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:SCALe:BIND" on page 412
• ":MTESt:SCALe:X1" on page 413
• ":MTESt:SCALe:Y1" on page 415
• ":MTESt:SCALe:Y2" on page 416
414
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MTESt Commands
20
:MTESt:SCALe:Y1
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:SCALe:Y1 <y1_value>
<y1_value> ::= Y1 value in NR3 format
The :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 command defines where Y=0 in the coordinate
system for mask testing. All Y values of vertices in the coordinate system
are defined with respect to the boundaries set by SCALe:Y1 and SCALe:Y2
according to the equation:
Y = (Y * (Y2 - Y1)) + Y1
Thus, if you set Y1 to 100 mV, and Y2 to 1 V, a Y value of 0.100 in a
vertex is at 190 mV.
The Y1 value is a voltage value specifying the point at which Y=0.
Query Syntax
:MTESt:SCALe:Y1?
The :MTESt:SCALe:Y1? query returns the current setting of the Y1 marker.
Return Format
<y1_value><NL>
<y1_value> ::= Y1 value in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:SCALe:BIND" on page 412
• ":MTESt:SCALe:X1" on page 413
• ":MTESt:SCALe:XDELta" on page 414
• ":MTESt:SCALe:Y2" on page 416
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
415
20 :MTESt Commands
:MTESt:SCALe:Y2
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:SCALe:Y2 <y2_value>
<y2_value> ::= Y2 value in NR3 format
The :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 command defines the Y2 marker in the coordinate
system for mask testing. All Y values of vertices in the coordinate system
are defined with respect to the boundaries defined by SCALe:Y1 and
SCALe:Y2 according to the following equation:
Y = (Y * (Y2 - Y1)) + Y1
Thus, if you set Y1 to 100 mV, and Y2 to 1 V, a Y value of 0.100 in a
vertex is at 190 mV.
The Y2 value is a voltage value specifying the location of the Y2 marker.
Query Syntax
:MTESt:SCALe:Y2?
The :MTESt:SCALe:Y2? query returns the current setting of the Y2 marker.
Return Format
<y2_value><NL>
<y2_value> ::= Y2 value in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:SCALe:BIND" on page 412
• ":MTESt:SCALe:X1" on page 413
• ":MTESt:SCALe:XDELta" on page 414
• ":MTESt:SCALe:Y1" on page 415
416
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:MTESt Commands
20
:MTESt:SOURce
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:SOURce <source>
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :MTESt:SOURce command selects the channel which is configured by
the commands contained in a mask file when it is loaded.
Query Syntax
:MTESt:SOURce?
The :MTESt:SOURce? query returns the channel which is configured by the
commands contained in the current mask file.
Return Format
<source><NL>
<source> ::= {CHAN<n> | NONE}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:AMASk:SOURce" on page 392
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
417
20 :MTESt Commands
:MTESt:TITLe
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:MTESt:TITLe?
The :MTESt:TITLe? query returns the mask title which is a string of up to
128 characters. The title is displayed in the mask test dialog box and mask
test tab when a mask file is loaded.
Return Format
<title><NL>
<title> ::= a string of up to 128 ASCII characters.
See Also
418
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
21
:POD Commands
Control all oscilloscope functions associated with groups of digital
channels. See "Introduction to :POD<n> Commands" on page 419.
Table 81 :POD<n> Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:POD<n>:DISPlay {{0 |
OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see
page 421)
:POD<n>:DISPlay? (see
page 421)
{0 | 1}
<n> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
:POD<n>:SIZE <value>
(see page 422)
:POD<n>:SIZE? (see
page 422)
<value> ::= {SMALl | MEDium |
LARGe}
:POD<n>:THReshold
<type>[suffix] (see
page 423)
:POD<n>:THReshold?
(see page 423)
<n> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<type> ::= {CMOS | ECL | TTL |
<user defined value>}
<user defined value> ::= value in
NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {V | mV | uV }
Introduction to
:POD<n>
Commands
<n> ::= {1 | 2}
The POD subsystem commands control the viewing and threshold of
groups of digital channels.
POD1 ::= D0- D7
POD2 ::= D8- D15
NOTE
These commands are only valid for the MSO models.
Reporting the Setup
Use :POD1? or :POD2? to query setup information for the POD subsystem.
Return Format
The following is a sample response from the :POD1? query. In this case,
the query was issued following a *RST command.

419
21 :POD Commands
:POD1:DISP 0;THR +1.40E+00
420
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:POD Commands
21
:POD<n>:DISPlay
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:POD<n>:DISPlay <display>
<display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}}
<n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to the command and
defines the group of channels that are affected by the command.
POD1 ::= D0-D7
POD2 ::= D8-D15
The :POD<n>:DISPlay command turns displaying of the specified group of
channels on or off.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is only valid for the MSO models.
:POD<n>:DISPlay?
The :POD<n>:DISPlay? query returns the current display setting of the
specified group of channels.
Return Format
<display><NL>
<display> ::= {0 | 1}
See Also
• "Introduction to :POD<n> Commands" on page 419
• ":DIGital<d>:DISPlay" on page 249
• ":CHANnel<n>:DISPlay" on page 226
• ":VIEW" on page 186
• ":BLANk" on page 162
• ":STATus" on page 183
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
421
21 :POD Commands
:POD<n>:SIZE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:POD<n>:SIZE <value>
<n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to the command and
defines the group of channels that are affected by the command.
POD1 ::= D0-D7
POD2 ::= D8-D15
<value> ::= {SMALl | MEDium | LARGe}
The :POD<n>:SIZE command specifies the size of digital channels on the
display. Sizes are set for all pods. Therefore, if you set the size on pod 1
(for example), the same size is set on pod 2 as well.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is only valid for the MSO models.
:POD<n>:SIZE?
The :POD<n>:SIZE? query returns the digital channels size setting.
Return Format
<size_value><NL>
<size_value> ::= {SMAL | MED | LARG}
See Also
• "Introduction to :POD<n> Commands" on page 419
• ":DIGital<d>:SIZE" on page 252
• ":DIGital<d>:POSition" on page 251
422
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:POD Commands
21
:POD<n>:THReshold
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:POD<n>:THReshold <type>[<suffix>]
<n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to the command and
defines the group of channels that are affected by the command.
<type> ::= {CMOS | ECL | TTL | <user defined value>}
<user defined value> ::= -8.00 to +8.00 in NR3 format
<suffix> ::= {V | mV | uV}
POD1 ::= D0-D7
POD2 ::= D8-D15
TTL ::= 1.4V
CMOS ::= 2.5V
ECL ::= -1.3V
The :POD<n>:THReshold command sets the threshold for the specified
group of channels. The threshold is used for triggering purposes and for
displaying the digital data as high (above the threshold) or low (below the
threshold).
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is only valid for the MSO models.
:POD<n>:THReshold?
The :POD<n>:THReshold? query returns the threshold value for the
specified group of channels.
Return Format
<threshold><NL>
<threshold> ::= Floating point number in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :POD<n> Commands" on page 419
• ":DIGital<d>:THReshold" on page 253
• ":TRIGger[:EDGE]:LEVel" on page 658
Example Code
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
THRESHOLD - This command is used to set the voltage threshold for
the waveforms. There are three preset values (TTL, CMOS, and ECL)
and you can also set a user-defined threshold value between
-8.0 volts and +8.0 volts.
In this example, we set channels 0-7 to CMOS, then set channels
8-15 to a user-defined 2.0 volts, and then set the external trigger
to TTL. Of course, you only need to set the thresholds for the
channels you will be using in your program.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
423
21 :POD Commands
' Set channels 0-7 to CMOS threshold.
myScope.WriteString ":POD1:THRESHOLD CMOS"
' Set channels 8-15 to 2.0 volts.
myScope.WriteString ":POD2:THRESHOLD 2.0"
' Set external channel to TTL threshold (short form).
myScope.WriteString ":TRIG:LEV TTL,EXT"
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
424
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
22
:RECall Commands
Recall previously saved oscilloscope setups, reference waveforms, and
masks.
Table 82 :RECall Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:RECall:FILename
<base_name> (see
page 427)
:RECall:FILename?
(see page 427)
<base_name> ::= quoted ASCII
string
:RECall:MASK[:STARt]
[<file_spec>] (see
page 428)
n/a
<file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc>
| <file_name>}
<internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an
integer in NR1 format
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII
string
:RECall:PWD
<path_name> (see
page 429)
:RECall:PWD? (see
page 429)
<path_name> ::= quoted ASCII
string
:RECall:SETup[:STARt]
[<file_spec>] (see
page 430)
n/a
<file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc>
| <file_name>}
<internal_loc> ::= 0-9; an
integer in NR1 format
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII
string
:RECall:WMEMory<r>[:S
TARt] [<file_name>]
(see page 431)
n/a
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII
string
If extension included in file
name, it must be ".h5".
Introduction to
:RECall
Commands
The :RECall subsystem provides commands to recall previously saved
oscilloscope setups, reference waveforms, and masks.
Reporting the Setup
Use :RECall? to query setup information for the RECall subsystem.

425
22 :RECall Commands
Return Format
The following is a sample response from the :RECall? query. In this case,
the query was issued following the *RST command.
:REC:FIL "scope_0"
426
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:RECall Commands
22
:RECall:FILename
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:RECall:FILename <base_name>
<base_name> ::= quoted ASCII string
The :RECall:FILename command specifies the source for any RECall
operations.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command specifies a file's base name only, without path information or an extension.
:RECall:FILename?
The :RECall:FILename? query returns the current RECall filename.
Return Format
<base_name><NL>
<base_name> ::= quoted ASCII string
See Also
• "Introduction to :RECall Commands" on page 425
• ":RECall:SETup[:STARt]" on page 430
• ":SAVE:FILename" on page 436
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
427
22 :RECall Commands
:RECall:MASK[:STARt]
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:RECall:MASK[:STARt] [<file_spec>]
<file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>}
<internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string
The :RECall:MASK[:STARt] command recalls a mask.
NOTE
See Also
If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".msk".
• "Introduction to :RECall Commands" on page 425
• ":RECall:FILename" on page 427
• ":SAVE:MASK[:STARt]" on page 443
• ":MTESt:DATA" on page 400
428
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
22
:RECall Commands
:RECall:PWD
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:RECall:PWD <path_name>
<path_name> ::= quoted ASCII string
The :RECall:PWD command sets the present working directory for recall
operations.
Query Syntax
:RECall:PWD?
The :RECall:PWD? query returns the currently set working directory for
recall operations.
Return Format
<path_name><NL>
<path_name> ::= quoted ASCII string
See Also
• "Introduction to :RECall Commands" on page 425
• ":SAVE:PWD" on page 444
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
429
22 :RECall Commands
:RECall:SETup[:STARt]
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:RECall:SETup[:STARt] [<file_spec>]
<file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>}
<internal_loc> ::= 0-9; an integer in NR1 format
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string
The :RECall:SETup[:STARt] command recalls an oscilloscope setup.
NOTE
See Also
If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".scp".
• "Introduction to :RECall Commands" on page 425
• ":RECall:FILename" on page 427
• ":SAVE:SETup[:STARt]" on page 445
430
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:RECall Commands
22
:RECall:WMEMory<r>[:STARt]
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:RECall:WMEMory<r>[:STARt] [<file_name>]
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string
The :RECall:WMEMory<r>[:STARt] command recalls a reference waveform.
NOTE
See Also
If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".h5".
• "Introduction to :RECall Commands" on page 425
• ":RECall:FILename" on page 427
• ":SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt]" on page 451
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
431
22 :RECall Commands
432
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
23
:SAVE Commands
Save oscilloscope setups, screen images, and data. See "Introduction to
:SAVE Commands" on page 434.
Table 83 :SAVE Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SAVE:FILename
<base_name> (see
page 436)
:SAVE:FILename? (see
page 436)
<base_name> ::= quoted ASCII
string
:SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt]
[<file_name>] (see
page 437)
n/a
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII
string
:SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors
{{0 | OFF} | {1 |
ON}} (see page 438)
:SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors?
(see page 438)
{0 | 1}
:SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat
<format> (see
page 439)
:SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat?
(see page 439)
<format> ::= {{BMP | BMP24bit} |
BMP8bit | PNG | NONE}
:SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver
{{0 | OFF} | {1 |
ON}} (see page 440)
:SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver?
(see page 440)
{0 | 1}
:SAVE:IMAGe:PALette
<palette> (see
page 441)
:SAVE:IMAGe:PALette?
(see page 441)
<palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale}
:SAVE:LISTer[:STARt]
[<file_name>] (see
page 442)
n/a
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII
string
:SAVE:MASK[:STARt]
[<file_spec>] (see
page 443)
n/a
<file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc>
| <file_name>}
<internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an
integer in NR1 format
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII
string
:SAVE:PWD <path_name>
(see page 444)
:SAVE:PWD? (see
page 444)
<path_name> ::= quoted ASCII
string

433
23 :SAVE Commands
Table 83 :SAVE Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SAVE:SETup[:STARt]
[<file_spec>] (see
page 445)
n/a
<file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc>
| <file_name>}
<internal_loc> ::= 0-9; an
integer in NR1 format
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII
string
:SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt
] [<file_name>] (see
page 446)
n/a
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII
string
:SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat
<format> (see
page 447)
:SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat
? (see page 447)
<format> ::= {ALB | ASCiixy | CSV
| BINary | NONE}
:SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth
<length> (see
page 448)
:SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth
? (see page 448)
<length> ::= 100 to max. length;
an integer in NR1 format
:SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMen
ted <option> (see
page 449)
:SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMen
ted? (see page 449)
<option> ::= {ALL | CURRent}
:SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce
<source> (see
page 450)
:SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce?
(see page 450)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
NOTE: Only ADD or SUBtract math
operations can be saved as
reference waveforms.
<return_value> ::= <source>
:SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt]
[<file_name>] (see
page 451)
n/a
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII
string
If extension included in file
name, it must be ".h5".
Introduction to
:SAVE Commands
The :SAVE subsystem provides commands to save oscilloscope setups,
screen images, and data.
:SAV is an acceptable short form for :SAVE.
Reporting the Setup
Use :SAVE? to query setup information for the SAVE subsystem.
Return Format
434
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
23
:SAVE Commands
The following is a sample response from the :SAVE? query. In this case,
the query was issued following the *RST command.
:SAVE:FIL "";:SAVE:IMAG:AREA GRAT;FACT 0;FORM TIFF;INKS 0;PAL
MON;:SAVE:PWD "C:/setups/";:SAVE:WAV:FORM NONE;LENG 1000;SEGM CURR
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
435
23 :SAVE Commands
:SAVE:FILename
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SAVE:FILename <base_name>
<base_name> ::= quoted ASCII string
The :SAVE:FILename command specifies the source for any SAVE
operations.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command specifies a file's base name only, without path information or an extension.
:SAVE:FILename?
The :SAVE:FILename? query returns the current SAVE filename.
Return Format
<base_name><NL>
<base_name> ::= quoted ASCII string
See Also
• "Introduction to :SAVE Commands" on page 434
• ":SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt]" on page 437
• ":SAVE:SETup[:STARt]" on page 445
• ":SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt]" on page 446
• ":SAVE:PWD" on page 444
• ":RECall:FILename" on page 427
436
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SAVE Commands
23
:SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt]
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt] [<file_name>]
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string
The :SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt] command saves an image.
NOTE
Be sure to set the :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat before saving an image. If the format is NONE, the
save image command will not succeed.
NOTE
If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, and it does not match the
extension expected by the format specified in :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat, the format will be
changed if the extension is a valid image file extension.
NOTE
If the extension ".bmp" is used and the current :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat is not BMP or BMP8,
the format will be changed to BMP.
See Also
• "Introduction to :SAVE Commands" on page 434
• ":SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors" on page 438
• ":SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat" on page 439
• ":SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver" on page 440
• ":SAVE:IMAGe:PALette" on page 441
• ":SAVE:FILename" on page 436
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
437
23 :SAVE Commands
:SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors <factors>
<factors> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}}
The :SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors command controls whether the oscilloscope
factors are output along with the image.
NOTE
Query Syntax
Factors are written to a separate file with the same path and base name but with the ".txt"
extension.
:SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors?
The :SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors? query returns a flag indicating whether
oscilloscope factors are output along with the image.
Return Format
<factors><NL>
<factors> ::= {0 | 1}
See Also
• "Introduction to :SAVE Commands" on page 434
• ":SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt]" on page 437
• ":SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat" on page 439
• ":SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver" on page 440
• ":SAVE:IMAGe:PALette" on page 441
438
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SAVE Commands
23
:SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat <format>
<format> ::= {{BMP | BMP24bit} | BMP8bit | PNG}
The :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat command sets the image format type.
Query Syntax
:SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat?
The :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat? query returns the selected image format type.
Return Format
<format><NL>
<format> ::= {BMP | BMP8 | PNG | NONE}
When NONE is returned, it indicates that a waveform data file format is
currently selected.
See Also
• "Introduction to :SAVE Commands" on page 434
• ":SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt]" on page 437
• ":SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors" on page 438
• ":SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver" on page 440
• ":SAVE:IMAGe:PALette" on page 441
• ":SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat" on page 447
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
439
23 :SAVE Commands
:SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver <value>
<value> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}}
The :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver command controls whether the graticule colors
are inverted or not.
Query Syntax
:SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver?
The :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver? query returns a flag indicating whether
graticule colors are inverted or not.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {0 | 1}
See Also
• "Introduction to :SAVE Commands" on page 434
• ":SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt]" on page 437
• ":SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors" on page 438
• ":SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat" on page 439
• ":SAVE:IMAGe:PALette" on page 441
440
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SAVE Commands
23
:SAVE:IMAGe:PALette
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SAVE:IMAGe:PALette <palette>
<palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale}
The :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette command sets the image palette color.
Query Syntax
:SAVE:IMAGe:PALette?
The :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette? query returns the selected image palette color.
Return Format
<palette><NL>
<palette> ::= {COL | GRAY}
See Also
• "Introduction to :SAVE Commands" on page 434
• ":SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt]" on page 437
• ":SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors" on page 438
• ":SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat" on page 439
• ":SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver" on page 440
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
441
23 :SAVE Commands
:SAVE:LISTer[:STARt]
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SAVE:LISTer[:STARt] [<file_name>]
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string
The :SAVE:LISTer[:STARt] command saves the Lister display data to a file.
NOTE
See Also
If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".csv".
• "Introduction to :SAVE Commands" on page 434
• ":SAVE:FILename" on page 436
• Chapter 17, “:LISTer Commands,” starting on page 305
442
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SAVE Commands
23
:SAVE:MASK[:STARt]
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SAVE:MASK[:STARt] [<file_spec>]
<file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>}
<internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string
The :SAVE:MASK[:STARt] command saves a mask.
NOTE
See Also
If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".msk".
• "Introduction to :SAVE Commands" on page 434
• ":SAVE:FILename" on page 436
• ":RECall:MASK[:STARt]" on page 428
• ":MTESt:DATA" on page 400
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
443
23 :SAVE Commands
:SAVE:PWD
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SAVE:PWD <path_name>
<path_name> ::= quoted ASCII string
The :SAVE:PWD command sets the present working directory for save
operations.
Query Syntax
:SAVE:PWD?
The :SAVE:PWD? query returns the currently set working directory for
save operations.
Return Format
<path_name><NL>
<path_name> ::= quoted ASCII string
See Also
• "Introduction to :SAVE Commands" on page 434
• ":SAVE:FILename" on page 436
• ":RECall:PWD" on page 429
444
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SAVE Commands
23
:SAVE:SETup[:STARt]
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SAVE:SETup[:STARt] [<file_spec>]
<file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>}
<internal_loc> ::= 0-9; an integer in NR1 format
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string
The :SAVE:SETup[:STARt] command saves an oscilloscope setup.
NOTE
See Also
If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".scp".
• "Introduction to :SAVE Commands" on page 434
• ":SAVE:FILename" on page 436
• ":RECall:SETup[:STARt]" on page 430
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
445
23 :SAVE Commands
:SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt]
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt] [<file_name>]
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string
The :SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt] command saves oscilloscope waveform data
to a file.
NOTE
Be sure to set the :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat before saving waveform data. If the format is
NONE, the save waveform command will not succeed.
NOTE
If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, and it does not match the
extension expected by the format specified in :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat, the format will be
changed if the extension is a valid waveform file extension.
See Also
• "Introduction to :SAVE Commands" on page 434
• ":SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat" on page 447
• ":SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth" on page 448
• ":SAVE:FILename" on page 436
• ":RECall:SETup[:STARt]" on page 430
446
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
23
:SAVE Commands
:SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat <format>
<format> ::= {ALB | ASCiixy | CSV | BINary}
The :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat command sets the waveform data format
type:
• ALB — creates an Agilent module binary format file. These files can be
viewed offline by the Agilent Logic Analyzer application software. The
proper file extension for this format is ".alb".
• ASCiixy — creates comma- separated value files for each analog channel
that is displayed (turned on). The proper file extension for this format
is ".csv".
• CSV — creates one comma- separated value file that contains
information for all analog channels that are displayed (turned on). The
proper file extension for this format is ".csv".
• BINary — creates an oscilloscope binary data format file. See the User's
Guide for a description of this format. The proper file extension for this
format is ".bin".
Query Syntax
:SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat?
The :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat? query returns the selected waveform data
format type.
Return Format
<format><NL>
<format> ::= {ALB | ASC | CSV | BIN | NONE}
When NONE is returned, it indicates that an image file format is currently
selected.
See Also
• "Introduction to :SAVE Commands" on page 434
• ":SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt]" on page 446
• ":SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth" on page 448
• ":SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat" on page 439
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
447
23 :SAVE Commands
:SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth <length>
<length> ::= 100 to max. length; an integer in NR1 format
The :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth command sets the waveform data length
(that is, the number of points saved).
Query Syntax
:SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth?
The :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth? query returns the specified waveform data
length.
Return Format
<length><NL>
<length> ::= 100 to max. length; an integer in NR1 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :SAVE Commands" on page 434
• ":SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt]" on page 446
• ":WAVeform:POINts" on page 720
• ":SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat" on page 447
448
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SAVE Commands
23
:SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMented
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMented <option>
<option> ::= {ALL | CURRent}
When segmented memory is used for acquisitions, the
:SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMented command specifies which segments are
included when the waveform is saved:
• ALL — all acquired segments are saved.
• CURRent — only the currently selected segment is saved.
Query Syntax
:SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMented?
The :SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMented? query returns the current segmented
waveform save option setting.
Return Format
<option><NL>
<option> ::= {ALL | CURR}
See Also
• "Introduction to :SAVE Commands" on page 434
• ":SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt]" on page 446
• ":SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat" on page 447
• ":SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth" on page 448
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
449
23 :SAVE Commands
:SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= {1 | 2}
The :SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce command selects the source to be saved as a
reference waveform file.
NOTE
Only ADD or SUBtract math operations can be saved as reference waveforms.
NOTE
MATH is an alias for FUNCtion. The query will return FUNC if the source is FUNCtion or
MATH.
Query Syntax
:SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce?
The :SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce? query returns the source to be saved as a
reference waveform file.
Return Format
<source><NL>
<source> ::= {CHAN<n> | FUNC | WMEM<r> | NONE}
See Also
• "Introduction to :SAVE Commands" on page 434
• ":SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt]" on page 451
• ":RECall:WMEMory<r>[:STARt]" on page 431
450
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SAVE Commands
23
:SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt]
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt] [<file_name>]
<file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string
The :SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt] command saves oscilloscope waveform data
to a reference waveform file.
NOTE
See Also
If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".h5".
• "Introduction to :SAVE Commands" on page 434
• ":SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce" on page 450
• ":RECall:WMEMory<r>[:STARt]" on page 431
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
451
23 :SAVE Commands
452
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
24
:SBUS<n> Commands
Control the modes and parameters for each serial bus decode/trigger type.
See:
• "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 453
• "General :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 455
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN Commands" on page 458
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S Commands" on page 475
• ":SBUS<n>:IIC Commands" on page 494
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN Commands" on page 504
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI Commands" on page 518
• ":SBUS<n>:UART Commands" on page 535
Introduction to
:SBUS<n>
Commands
NOTE
The :SBUS subsystem commands control the serial decode bus viewing,
mode, and other options.
These commands are only valid on oscilloscope models when a serial decode option has
been licensed.
The following serial bus decode/trigger types are available (see
":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648).
• CAN (Controller Area Network) triggering— will trigger on CAN
version 2.0A and 2.0B signals. Setup consists of connecting the
oscilloscope to a CAN signal. Baud rate, signal source, and signal
polarity, and type of data to trigger on can be specified. You can trigger
on CAN data and identifier patterns and you can set the bit sample
point.
• I2S (Inter- IC Sound or Integrated Interchip Sound bus) triggering—
consists of connecting the oscilloscope to the serial clock, word select,
and serial data lines, then triggering on a data value.
• IIC (Inter- IC bus) triggering— consists of connecting the oscilloscope
to the serial data (SDA) line and the serial clock (SCL) line, then
triggering on a stop/start condition, a restart, a missing acknowledge, or
on a read/write frame with a specific device address and data value.

453
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
• LIN (Local Interconnect Network) triggering— will trigger on LIN sync
break at the beginning of a message frame.You can trigger on Sync
Break, Frame IDs, or Frame IDs and Data.
• SPI (Serial Peripheral Interface) triggering— consists of connecting
the oscilloscope to a clock, data (MOSI or MISO), and framing signal.
You can then trigger on a data pattern during a specific framing period.
The serial data string can be specified to be from 4 to 64 bits long.
• UART/RS- 232 triggering (with Option 232) — lets you trigger on
RS- 232 serial data.
NOTE
Two I2S buses or two SPI buses cannot be decoded on both SBUS1 and SBUS2 at the same
time.
Reporting the Setup
Use :SBUS<n>? to query setup information for the :SBUS<n> subsystem.
Return Format
The following is a sample response from the :SBUS1? query. In this case,
the query was issued following a *RST command.
:SBUS1:DISP 0;MODE IIC;:SBUS1:IIC:ASIZ BIT7;:SBUS1:IIC:TRIG:TYPE
STAR;QUAL EQU;:SBUS1:IIC:SOUR:CLOC CHAN1;DATA
CHAN2;:SBUS1:IIC:TRIG:PATT:ADDR -1;DATA -1;DATA2 -1
454
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
24
:SBUS<n> Commands
General :SBUS<n> Commands
Table 84 General :SBUS<n> Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:DISPlay {{0
| OFF} | {1 | ON}}
(see page 456)
:SBUS<n>:DISPlay?
(see page 456)
{0 | 1}
:SBUS<n>:MODE <mode>
(see page 457)
:SBUS<n>:MODE? (see
page 457)
<mode> ::= {CAN | I2S | IIC | LIN
| SPI | UART}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
455
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:DISPlay
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:DISPlay <display>
<display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}}
The :SBUS<n>:DISPlay command turns displaying of the serial decode bus
on or off.
NOTE
This command is only valid when a serial decode option has been licensed.
NOTE
Two I2S buses or two SPI buses cannot be decoded on both SBUS1 and SBUS2 at the same
time.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:DISPlay?
The :SBUS<n>:DISPlay? query returns the current display setting of the
serial decode bus.
Return Format
<display><NL>
<display> ::= {0 | 1}
Errors
See Also
• "- 241, Hardware missing" on page 823
• "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 453
• ":CHANnel<n>:DISPlay" on page 226
• ":DIGital<d>:DISPlay" on page 249
• ":POD<n>:DISPlay" on page 421
• ":VIEW" on page 186
• ":BLANk" on page 162
• ":STATus" on page 183
456
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
24
:SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:MODE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:MODE <mode>
<mode> ::= {CAN | I2S | IIC | LIN | SPI | UART}
The :SBUS<n>:MODE command determines the decode mode for the serial
bus.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is only valid when a serial decode option has been licensed.
:SBUS<n>:MODE?
The :SBUS<n>:MODE? query returns the current serial bus decode mode
setting.
Return Format
<mode><NL>
<mode> ::= {CAN | I2S | IIC | LIN | SPI | UART | NONE}
Errors
See Also
• "- 241, Hardware missing" on page 823
• "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 453
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN Commands" on page 458
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S Commands" on page 475
• ":SBUS<n>:IIC Commands" on page 494
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN Commands" on page 504
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI Commands" on page 518
• ":SBUS<n>:UART Commands" on page 535
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
457
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:CAN Commands
NOTE
These commands are valid on when the automotive CAN and LIN serial decode option
(Option AMS) has been licensed.
Table 85 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
n/a
:SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:ER
Ror? (see page 460)
<frame_count> ::= integer in NR1
format
n/a
:SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:OV
ERload? (see
page 461)
<frame_count> ::= integer in NR1
format
:SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RE
Set (see page 462)
n/a
n/a
n/a
:SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:TO
Tal? (see page 463)
<frame_count> ::= integer in NR1
format
n/a
:SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:UT
ILization? (see
page 464)
<percent> ::= floating-point in
NR3 format
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepo
int <value> (see
page 465)
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepo
int? (see page 465)
<value> ::= {60 | 62.5 | 68 | 70
| 75 | 80 | 87.5} in NR3 format
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:B
AUDrate <baudrate>
(see page 466)
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:B
AUDrate? (see
page 466)
<baudrate> ::= integer from 10000
to 1000000 in 100 b/s increments
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:D
EFinition <value>
(see page 467)
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:D
EFinition? (see
page 467)
<value> ::= {CANH | CANL | RX |
TX | DIFFerential | DIFL | DIFH}
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce
<source> (see
page 468)
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce?
(see page 468)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> |} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger
<condition> (see
page 469)
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger?
(see page 470)
<condition> ::= {SOF | DATA |
ERRor | IDData | IDEither |
IDRemote | ALLerrors | OVERload |
ACKerror}
458
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
24
:SBUS<n> Commands
Table 85 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATA <string>
(see page 471)
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATA? (see
page 471)
<string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::=
{0 | 1 | X | $}
<string ::= "0xnn...n" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $}
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATA:LENGth
<length> (see
page 472)
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATA:LENGth?
(see page 472)
<length> ::= integer from 1 to 8
in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:
PATTern:ID <string>
(see page 473)
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:
PATTern:ID? (see
page 473)
<string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::=
{0 | 1 | X | $}
<string ::= "0xnn...n" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $}
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:
PATTern:ID:MODE
<value> (see
page 474)
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:
PATTern:ID:MODE? (see
page 474)
<value> ::= {STANdard | EXTended}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
459
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:ERRor
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:ERRor?
Returns the error frame count.
Return Format
<frame_count><NL>
<frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format
Errors
See Also
• "- 241, Hardware missing" on page 823
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet" on page 462
• "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 453
• ":SBUS<n>:MODE" on page 457
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN Commands" on page 458
460
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:OVERload
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:OVERload?
Returns the overload frame count.
Return Format
<frame_count><NL>
<frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format
Errors
See Also
• "- 241, Hardware missing" on page 823
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet" on page 462
• "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 453
• ":SBUS<n>:MODE" on page 457
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN Commands" on page 458
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
461
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet
Resets the frame counters.
Errors
See Also
• "- 241, Hardware missing" on page 823
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:ERRor" on page 460
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:OVERload" on page 461
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:TOTal" on page 463
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:UTILization" on page 464
• "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 453
• ":SBUS<n>:MODE" on page 457
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN Commands" on page 458
462
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:TOTal
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:TOTal?
Returns the total frame count.
Return Format
<frame_count><NL>
<frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format
Errors
See Also
• "- 241, Hardware missing" on page 823
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet" on page 462
• "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 453
• ":SBUS<n>:MODE" on page 457
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN Commands" on page 458
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
463
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:UTILization
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:UTILization?
Returns the percent utilization.
Return Format
<percent><NL>
<percent> ::= floating-point in NR3 format
Errors
See Also
• "- 241, Hardware missing" on page 823
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet" on page 462
• "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 453
• ":SBUS<n>:MODE" on page 457
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN Commands" on page 458
464
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
24
:SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepoint
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepoint <value>
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {60 | 62.5 | 68 | 70 | 75 | 80 | 87.5} in NR3 format
The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepoint command sets the point during the bit
time where the bit level is sampled to determine whether the bit is
dominant or recessive. The sample point represents the percentage of time
between the beginning of the bit time to the end of the bit time.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepoint?
The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepoint? query returns the current CAN sample
point setting.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {60 | 62.5 | 68 | 70 | 75 | 80 | 87.5} in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:MODE" on page 457
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger" on page 469
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
465
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:BAUDrate
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:BAUDrate <baudrate>
<baudrate> ::= integer from 10000 to 1000000 in 100 b/s increments
The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:BAUDrate command sets the standard baud rate
of the CAN signal from 10 kb/s to 1 Mb/s in 100 b/s increments. If you
enter a baud rate that is not divisible by 100 b/s, the baud rate is set to
the nearest baud rate divisible by 100 b/s.
If the baud rate you select does not match the system baud rate, false
triggers may occur.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:BAUDrate?
The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:BAUDrate? query returns the current CAN baud
rate setting.
Return Format
<baudrate><NL>
<baudrate> ::= integer from 10000 to 1000000 in 100 b/s increments
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:MODE" on page 457
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger" on page 469
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition" on page 467
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce" on page 468
466
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
24
:SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition <value>
<value> ::= {CANH | CANL | RX | TX | DIFFerential | DIFL | DIFH}
The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition command sets the CAN signal type
when :SBUS<n>:CAN:SBUS<n> is set to SOF (start of frame). These signals
can be set to:
Dominant high signals:
• CANH — the actual CAN_H differential bus signal.
• DIFH — the CAN differential (H- L) bus signal connected to an analog
source channel using a differential probe.
Dominant low signals:
• CANL — the actual CAN_L differential bus signal.
• RX — the Receive signal from the CAN bus transceiver.
• TX — the Transmit signal to the CAN bus transceiver.
• DIFL — the CAN differential (L- H) bus signal connected to an analog
source channel using a differential probe.
• DIFFerential — the CAN differential bus signal connected to an analog
source channel using a differential probe. This is the same as DIFL.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition?
The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition? query returns the current CAN
signal type.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {CANH | CANL | RX | TX | DIFL | DIFH}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:MODE" on page 457
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:BAUDrate" on page 466
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce" on page 468
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger" on page 469
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
467
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce command sets the source for the CAN signal.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce?
The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce? query returns the current source for the CAN
signal.
Return Format
See Also
<source><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:MODE" on page 457
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger" on page 469
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition" on page 467
468
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger <condition>
<condition> ::= {SOF | DATA | ERRor | IDData | IDEither | IDRemote |
ALLerrors | OVERload | ACKerror}
The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger command sets the CAN trigger on condition:
• SOF - will trigger on the Start of Frame (SOF) bit of a Data frame,
Remote Transfer Request (RTR) frame, or an Overload frame.
• DATA - will trigger on CAN Data frames matching the specified Id,
Data, and the DLC (Data length code).
• ERRor - will trigger on CAN Error frame.
• IDData - will trigger on CAN frames matching the specified Id of a
Data frame.
• IDEither - will trigger on the specified Id, regardless if it is a Remote
frame or a Data frame.
• IDRemote - will trigger on CAN frames matching the specified Id of a
Remote frame.
• ALLerrors - will trigger on CAN active error frames and unknown bus
conditions.
• OVERload - will trigger on CAN overload frames.
• ACKerror - will trigger on a data or remote frame acknowledge bit that
is recessive.
The table below shows the programming parameter and the corresponding
front- panel softkey selection:
Remote <condition> parameter
Front-panel Trigger on: softkey selection
(softkey text - softkey popup text)
SOF
SOF - Start of Frame
DATA
ID & Data - Data Frame ID and Data
ERRor
Error - Error frame
IDData
ID & ~RTR - Data Frame ID (~RTR)
IDEither
ID - Remote or Data Frame ID
IDRemote
ID & RTR - Remote Frame ID (RTR)
ALLerrors
All Errors - All Errors
OVERload
Overload - Overload Frame
ACKerror
Ack Error - Acknowledge Error
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
469
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
CAN Id specification is set by the :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID
and:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE commands.
CAN Data specification is set by the :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA
command.
CAN Data Length Code is set by the
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger?
The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger? query returns the current CAN trigger on
condition.
Return Format
<condition><NL>
<condition> ::= {SOF | DATA | ERR | IDD | IDE | IDR | ALL | OVER | ACK}
Errors
See Also
• "- 241, Hardware missing" on page 823
• "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 453
• ":SBUS<n>:MODE" on page 457
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA" on page 471
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth" on page 472
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID" on page 473
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE" on page 474
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition" on page 467
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce" on page 468
470
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
24
:SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <string>
<string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $}
<string ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $}
The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command defines the CAN data
pattern resource according to the string parameter. This pattern, along
with the data length (set by the
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command), control the data
pattern searched for in each CAN message.
If the string parameter starts with "0x", it is a hexadecimal string made up
of hexadecimal and X (don't care) characters; otherwise, it is a binary
string made up of 0, 1, and X (don't care) characters.
NOTE
Query Syntax
If more bits are sent for <string> than specified by the
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command, the most significant bits will be
truncated. If the data length is changed after the <string> is programmed, the added or
deleted bits will be added to or deleted from the least significant bits.
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA?
The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA? query returns the current
settings of the specified CAN data pattern resource in the binary string
format.
Return Format
Errors
See Also
<string><NL> in nondecimal format
• "- 241, Hardware missing" on page 823
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth" on page 472
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID" on page 473
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
471
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth <length>
<length> ::= integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format
The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command sets the
number of 8- bit bytes in the CAN data string. The number of bytes in the
string can be anywhere from 1 bytes to 8 bytes (64 bits). The value for
these bytes is set by the :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth?
The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth? query returns the
current CAN data pattern length setting.
Return Format
<count><NL>
<count> ::= integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format
Errors
See Also
• "- 241, Hardware missing" on page 823
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA" on page 471
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce" on page 468
472
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID <string>
<string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $}
<string ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $}
The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID command defines the CAN
identifier pattern resource according to the string parameter. This pattern,
along with the identifier mode (set by the
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE command), control the identifier
pattern searched for in each CAN message.
If the string parameter starts with "0x", it is a hexadecimal string made up
of hexadecimal and X (don't care) characters; otherwise, it is a binary
string made up of 0, 1, and X (don't care) characters.
NOTE
Query Syntax
If more bits are sent than allowed (11 bits in standard mode, 29 bits in extended mode) by
the :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE command, the most significant bits will be
truncated. If the ID mode is changed after the <string> is programmed, the added or deleted
bits will be added to or deleted from the most significant bits.
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID?
The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID? query returns the current settings
of the specified CAN identifier pattern resource in the binary string
format.
Return Format
Errors
See Also
<string><NL> in nondecimal format
• "- 241, Hardware missing" on page 823
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE" on page 474
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA" on page 471
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
473
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE <value>
<value> ::= {STANdard | EXTended}
The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE command sets the CAN
identifier mode. STANdard selects the standard 11- bit identifier. EXTended
selects the extended 29- bit identifier. The CAN identifier is set by the
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID command.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE?
The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE? query returns the current
setting of the CAN identifier mode.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {STAN | EXT}
Errors
See Also
• "- 241, Hardware missing" on page 823
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:MODE" on page 457
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA" on page 471
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth" on page 472
• ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID" on page 473
474
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
24
:SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:I2S Commands
NOTE
These commands are only valid when the I2S serial decode option (Option SND) has been
licensed.
Table 86 :SBUS<n>:I2S Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnmen
t <setting> (see
page 477)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnmen
t? (see page 477)
<setting> ::= {I2S | LJ | RJ}
:SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE
<base> (see page 478)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE?
(see page 478)
<base> ::= {DECimal | HEX}
:SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SL
OPe <slope> (see
page 479)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SL
OPe? (see page 479)
<slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive}
:SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth
<receiver> (see
page 480)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth?
(see page 480)
<receiver> ::= 4-32 in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:C
LOCk <source> (see
page 481)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:C
LOCk? (see page 481)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> } for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:D
ATA <source> (see
page 482)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:D
ATA? (see page 482)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> } for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:W
SELect <source> (see
page 483)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:W
SELect? (see
page 483)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> } for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
475
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
Table 86 :SBUS<n>:I2S Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger
<operator> (see
page 484)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger?
(see page 484)
<operator> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal
| LESSthan | GREaterthan |
INRange | OUTRange | INCReasing |
DECReasing}
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:
AUDio <audio_ch> (see
page 486)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:
AUDio? (see page 486)
<audio_ch> ::= {RIGHt | LEFT |
EITHer}
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATA <string>
(see page 487)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATA? (see
page 488)
<string> ::= "n" where n ::=
32-bit integer in signed decimal
when <base> = DECimal
<string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::=
{0 | 1 | X | $} when <base> =
BINary
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $}
when <base> = HEX
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:
PATTern:FORMat <base>
(see page 489)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:
PATTern:FORMat? (see
page 489)
<base> ::= {BINary | HEX |
DECimal}
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:
RANGe <lower>,<upper>
(see page 490)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:
RANGe? (see page 490)
<lower> ::= 32-bit integer in
signed decimal, <nondecimal>, or
<string>
<upper> ::= 32-bit integer in
signed decimal, <nondecimal>, or
<string>
<nondecimal> ::= #Hnn...n where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for
hexadecimal
<nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n
::= {0 | 1} for binary
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for
hexadecimal
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth
<word_size> (see
page 492)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth?
(see page 492)
<word_size> ::= 4-32 in NR1
format
:SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow
<low_def> (see
page 493)
:SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow?
(see page 493)
<low_def> ::= {LEFT | RIGHt}
476
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnment
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnment <setting>
<setting> ::= {I2S | LJ | RJ}
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnment command selects the data alignment of the
I2S bus for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in I2S mode:
• I2S — standard.
• LJ — left justified.
• RJ — right justified.
Note that the word select (WS) polarity is specified separately with the
:SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow command.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnment?
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnment? query returns the currently selected I2S
data alignment.
Return Format
<setting><NL>
<setting> ::= {I2S | LJ | RJ}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SLOPe" on page 479
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth" on page 480
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth" on page 492
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow" on page 493
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
477
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE <base>
<base> ::= {DECimal | HEX}
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE command determines the base to use for the I2S
decode display.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE?
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE? query returns the current I2S display decode
base.
Return Format
<base><NL>
<base> ::= {DECimal | HEX}
Errors
See Also
• "- 241, Hardware missing" on page 823
• "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 453
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S Commands" on page 475
478
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SLOPe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SLOPe <slope>
<slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive}
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SLOPe command specifies which edge of the I2S
serial clock signal clocks in data.
• NEGative — Falling edge.
• POSitive — Rising edge.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SLOPe?
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SLOPe? query returns the current I2S clock slope
setting.
Return Format
<slope><NL>
<slope> ::= {NEG | POS}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnment" on page 477
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth" on page 480
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth" on page 492
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow" on page 493
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
479
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth <receiver>
<receiver> ::= 4-32 in NR1 format
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth command sets the width of the receiver
(decoded) data word in I2S anywhere from 4 bits to 32 bits.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth?
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth? query returns the currently set I2S receiver
data word width.
Return Format
<receiver><NL>
<receiver> ::= 4-32 in NR1 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnment" on page 477
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SLOPe" on page 479
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth" on page 492
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow" on page 493
480
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
24
:SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:CLOCk
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:CLOCk <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:CLOCk controls which signal is used as the
serial clock (SCLK) source by the serial decoder and/or trigger when in
I2S mode.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:CLOCk?
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:CLOCk? query returns the current source for the
I2S serial clock (SCLK).
Return Format
See Also
<source><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:DATA" on page 482
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:WSELect" on page 483
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
481
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:DATA
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:DATA <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:DATA command controls which signal is used as
the serial data (SDATA) source by the serial decoder and/or trigger when
in I2S mode.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:DATA?
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:DATA? query returns the current source for the
I2S serial data (SDATA).
Return Format
See Also
<source><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:CLOCk" on page 481
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:WSELect" on page 483
482
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:WSELect
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:WSELect <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:WSELect command controls which signal is used
as the word select (WS) source by the serial decoder and/or trigger when
in I2S mode.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:WSELect?
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:WSELect? query returns the current source for
I2S word select (WS).
Return Format
See Also
<source><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:CLOCk" on page 481
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:DATA" on page 482
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
483
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger <operator>
<operator> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | LESSthan | GREaterthan | INRange
| OUTRange | INCReasing | DECReasing}
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger command sets the I2S trigger operator:
• EQUal— triggers on the specified audio channel's data word when it
equals the specified word.
• NOTequal — triggers on any word other than the specified word.
• LESSthan — triggers when the channel's data word is less than the
specified value.
• GREaterthan — triggers when the channel's data word is greater than
the specified value.
• INRange — enter upper and lower values to specify the range in which
to trigger.
• OUTRange — enter upper and lower values to specify range in which
trigger will not occur.
• INCReasing — triggers when the data value makes a certain increase
over time and the specified value is met or exceeded. Use the
:SBUS<n>:I2S:RANGe command to set "Trigger" and "Armed" values. The
"Trigger" value is the value that must be met or exceeded to cause the
trigger. The "Armed" value is the value the data must go below in order
to re- arm the oscilloscope (ready it to trigger again).
Trigger
Trigger
No trigger
"Trigger" value
"Armed" value
• DECReasing — similar to INCReasing except the trigger occurs on a
certain descrease over time and the "Trigger" data value is less than the
"Armed" data value.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger?
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger? query returns the current I2S trigger operator.
Return Format
<operator><NL>
<operator> ::= {EQU | NOT | LESS | GRE | INR | OUTR | INCR | DECR}
484
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
See Also
24
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio" on page 486
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:RANGe" on page 490
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat" on page 489
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
485
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio <audio_ch>
<audio_ch> ::= {RIGHt | LEFT | EITHer}
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio command specifies the audio channel to
trigger on:
• RIGHt — right channel.
• LEFT— left channel.
• EITHer — right or left channel.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio?
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio? query returns the current audio channel
for the I2S trigger.
Return Format
<audio_ch><NL>
<audio_ch> ::= {RIGH | LEFT | EITH}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger" on page 484
486
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
24
:SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <string>
<string> ::= "n" where n ::= 32-bit integer in signed decimal when
<base> = DECimal
<string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} when
<base> = BINary
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} when
<base> = HEX
NOTE
<base> is specified with the :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat command. The
default <base> is DECimal.
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command specifies the I2S
trigger data pattern searched for in each I2S message.
Set a <string> bit to "0" or "1" to set the corresponding bit in the data
pattern to low or high, respectively.
Set a <string> bit to "X" to ignore (mask off) that bit in the data pattern.
Use the "$" character to indicate that the value of the corresponding bit
will not be changed (the existing bit value is used).
When <base> = DECimal, the "X" and "$" characters cannot be entered.
When queried, the "$" character is returned when any bits in the pattern
have the value of "X" and <base> = DECimal. When any bits in a given
nibble have the value of "X" and <base> = HEX, the "$" character is
returned for the corresponding nibble.
NOTE
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command specifies the I2S trigger data pattern
used by the EQUal, NOTequal, GREaterthan, and LESSthan trigger conditions. If the
GREaterthan or LESSthan trigger condition is selected, the bits specified to be masked off
("X") will be interpreted as 0's.
NOTE
The length of the trigger data value is determined by the :SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth and
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth commands. When the receiver word size is less than the transmitter
word size, the data length is equal to the receiver word size. When the receiver word size is
greater than the transmitter word size, the data length is equal to the transmitter word size.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
487
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
NOTE
Query Syntax
If more bits are sent for <string> than the specified trigger data length, the most significant
bits will be truncated. If the word size is changed after the <string> is programmed, the
added or deleted bits will be added to or deleted from the least significant bits.
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA?
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA? query returns the currently
specified I2S trigger data pattern.
Return Format
See Also
<string><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat" on page 489
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger" on page 484
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth" on page 480
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth" on page 492
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio" on page 486
488
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
24
:SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat <base>
<base> ::= {BINary | HEX | DECimal}
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat command sets the entry (and
query) number base used by the :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA
command. The default <base> is DECimal.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat?
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat? query returns the currently
set number base for I2S pattern data.
Return Format
<base><NL>
<base> ::= {BIN | HEX | DEC}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio" on page 486
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger" on page 484
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
489
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:RANGe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:RANGe <lower>,<upper>
<lower> ::= 32-bit integer in signed decimal, <nondecimal>
or <string>
<upper> ::= 32-bit integer in signed decimal, <nondecimal>,
or <string>
<nondecimal> ::= #Hnn...n where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F}
for hexadecimal
<nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:RANGe command sets the lower and upper
range boundaries used by the INRange, OUTRange, INCReasing, and
DECReasing trigger conditions. You can enter the parameters in any order
— the smaller value becomes the <lower> and the larger value becomes the
<upper>.
Note that for INCReasing and DECReasing, the <lower> and <upper> values
correspond to the "Armed" and "Trigger" softkeys.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The length of the <lower> and <upper> values is determined by the :SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth
and :SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth commands. When the receiver word size is less than the
transmitter word size, the length is equal to the receiver word size. When the receiver word
size is greater than the transmitter word size, the length is equal to the transmitter word
size.
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:RANGe?
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:RANGe? query returns the currently set lower
and upper range boundaries.
Return Format
<lower>,<upper><NL>
<lower> ::= 32-bit integer in signed decimal, <nondecimal>
or <string>
<upper> ::= 32-bit integer in signed decimal, <nondecimal>,
or <string>
<nondecimal> ::= #Hnn...n where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F}
for hexadecimal
<nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal
See Also
490
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger" on page 484
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth" on page 480
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth" on page 492
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow" on page 493
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
491
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth <word_size>
<word_size> ::= 4-32 in NR1 format
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth command sets the width of the transmitted data
word in I2S anywhere from 4 bits to 32 bits.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth?
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth? query returns the currently set I2S transmitted
data word width.
Return Format
<word_size><NL>
<word_size> ::= 4-32 in NR1 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnment" on page 477
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SLOPe" on page 479
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth" on page 480
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow" on page 493
492
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
24
:SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow <low_def>
<low_def> ::= {LEFT | RIGHt}
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow command selects the polarity of the word select
(WS) signal:
• LEFT— a word select (WS) state of low indicates left channel data is
active on the I2S bus, and a WS state of high indicates right channel
data is active on the bus.
• RIGHt — a word select (WS) state of low indicates right channel data is
active on the I2S bus, and a WS state of high indicates left channel
data is active on the bus.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow?
The :SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow? query returns the currently selected I2S word
select (WS) polarity.
Return Format
<low_def><NL>
<low_def> ::= {LEFT | RIGHt}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnment" on page 477
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SLOPe" on page 479
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth" on page 480
• ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth" on page 492
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
493
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:IIC Commands
NOTE
These commands are only valid when the low-speed IIC and SPI serial decode option
(Option LSS) has been licensed.
Table 87 :SBUS<n>:IIC Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe
<size> (see page 495)
:SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe?
(see page 495)
<size> ::= {BIT7 | BIT8}
:SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]
:CLOCk <source> (see
page 496)
:SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]
:CLOCk? (see
page 496)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> } for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]
:DATA <source> (see
page 497)
:SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]
:DATA? (see page 497)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> } for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:
PATTern:ADDRess
<value> (see
page 498)
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:
PATTern:ADDRess? (see
page 498)
<value> ::= integer or <string>
<string> ::= "0xnn" n ::= {0,..,9
| A,..,F}
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATA <value>
(see page 499)
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATA? (see
page 499)
<value> ::= integer or <string>
<string> ::= "0xnn" n ::= {0,..,9
| A,..,F}
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATa2 <value>
(see page 500)
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATa2? (see
page 500)
<value> ::= integer or <string>
<string> ::= "0xnn" n ::= {0,..,9
| A,..,F}
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:
QUALifier <value>
(see page 501)
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:
QUALifier? (see
page 501)
<value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal |
LESSthan | GREaterthan}
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[
:TYPE] <type> (see
page 502)
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[
:TYPE]? (see
page 502)
<type> ::= {STARt | STOP | READ7
| READEprom | WRITe7 | WRITe10 |
NACKnowledge | ANACk | R7Data2 |
W7Data2 | RESTart}
494
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe <size>
<size> ::= {BIT7 | BIT8}
The :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe command determines whether the Read/Write bit
is included as the LSB in the display of the IIC address field of the
decode bus.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe?
The :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe? query returns the current IIC address width
setting.
Return Format
<mode><NL>
<mode> ::= {BIT7 | BIT8}
Errors
See Also
• "- 241, Hardware missing" on page 823
• "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 453
• ":SBUS<n>:IIC Commands" on page 494
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
495
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:CLOCk
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:IIC:[SOURce:]CLOCk <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :SBUS<n>:IIC:[SOURce:]CLOCk command sets the source for the IIC
serial clock (SCL).
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:IIC:[SOURce:]CLOCk?
The :SBUS<n>:IIC:[SOURce:]CLOCk? query returns the current source for
the IIC serial clock.
Return Format
See Also
<source><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:DATA" on page 497
496
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:DATA
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:IIC:[SOURce:]DATA <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :SBUS<n>:IIC:[SOURce:]DATA command sets the source for IIC serial
data (SDA).
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:IIC:[SOURce:]DATA?
The :SBUS<n>:IIC:[SOURce:]DATA? query returns the current source for
IIC serial data.
Return Format
See Also
<source><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:CLOCk" on page 496
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
497
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess <value>
<value> ::= integer or <string>
<string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F}
The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess command sets the address for
IIC data.The address can range from 0x00 to 0x7F (7- bit) or 0x3FF
(10- bit) hexadecimal. Use the don't care address (- 1 or 0xFFFFFFFF) to
ignore the address value.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess?
The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess? query returns the current
address for IIC data.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= integer
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA" on page 499
• ":SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2" on page 500
• ":SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE]" on page 502
498
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <value>
<value> ::= integer or <string>
<string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F}
The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command sets IIC data. The data
value can range from 0x00 to 0x0FF (hexadecimal). Use the don't care
data pattern (- 1 or 0xFFFFFFFF) to ignore the data value.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA?
The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA? query returns the current
pattern for IIC data.
Return Format
See Also
<value><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess" on page 498
• ":SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2" on page 500
• ":SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE]" on page 502
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
499
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2 <value>
<value> ::= integer or <string>
<string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F}
The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2 command sets IIC data 2. The
data value can range from 0x00 to 0x0FF (hexadecimal). Use the don't
care data pattern (- 1 or 0xFFFFFFFF) to ignore the data value.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2?
The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2? query returns the current
pattern for IIC data 2.
Return Format
See Also
<value><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess" on page 498
• ":SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA" on page 499
• ":SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE]" on page 502
500
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
24
:SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier <value>
<value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | LESSthan | GREaterthan}
The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier command sets the IIC data qualifier
when TRIGger:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE] is set to READEprom.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier?
The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier? query returns the current IIC data
qualifier value.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | LESSthan | GREaterthan}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE]" on page 502
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
501
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE]
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE] <value>
<value> ::= {STARt | STOP | READ7 | READEprom | WRITe7 | WRITe10
| NACKnowledge | ANACk | R7Data2 | W7Data2 | RESTart}
The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE] command sets the IIC trigger type:
• STARt — Start condition.
• STOP — Stop condition.
• READ7 — 7- bit address frame containing
(Start:Address7:Read:Ack:Data). The value READ is also accepted for
READ7.
• R7Data2 — 7- bit address frame containing
(Start:Address7:Read:Ack:Data:Ack:Data2).
• READEprom — EEPROM data read.
• WRITe7 — 7- bit address frame containing
(Start:Address7:Write:Ack:Data). The value WRITe is also accepted for
WRITe7.
• W7Data2 — 7- bit address frame containing
(Start:Address7:Write:Ack:Data:Ack:Data2).
• WRITe10 — 10- bit address frame containing (Start:Address
byte1:Write:Ack:Address byte 2:Data).
• NACKnowledge — Missing acknowledge.
• ANACk — Address with no acknowledge.
• RESTart — Another start condition occurs before a stop condition.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The short form of READ7 (READ7), READEprom (READE), WRITe7 (WRIT7), and WRITe10
(WRIT10) do not follow the defined Long Form to Short Form Truncation Rules (see
page 862).
:SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE]?
The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE]? query returns the current IIC trigger
type value.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {STAR | STOP | READ7 | READE | WRIT7 | WRIT10 | NACK | ANAC
| R7D2 | W7D2 | REST}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
502
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
• ":SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess" on page 498
• ":SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA" on page 499
• ":SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2" on page 500
• ":SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier" on page 501
• "Long Form to Short Form Truncation Rules" on page 862
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
503
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:LIN Commands
NOTE
These commands are valid on when the automotive CAN and LIN serial decode option
(Option AMS) has been licensed.
Table 88 :SBUS<n>:LIN Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity
{{0 | OFF} | {1 |
ON}} (see page 506)
:SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity?
(see page 506)
{0 | 1}
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SAMPlepo
int <value> (see
page 507)
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SAMPlepo
int? (see page 507)
<value> ::= {60 | 62.5 | 68 | 70
| 75 | 80 | 87.5} in NR3 format
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:B
AUDrate <baudrate>
(see page 508)
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:B
AUDrate? (see
page 508)
<baudrate> ::= integer from 2400
to 625000 in 100 b/s increments
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce
<source> (see
page 509)
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce?
(see page 509)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:LIN:STANdard
<std> (see page 510)
:SBUS<n>:LIN:STANdard
? (see page 510)
<std> ::= {LIN13 | LIN20}
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SYNCbrea
k <value> (see
page 511)
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SYNCbrea
k? (see page 511)
<value> ::= integer = {11 | 12 |
13}
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger
<condition> (see
page 512)
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger?
(see page 512)
<condition> ::= {SYNCbreak | ID |
DATA}
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:
ID <value> (see
page 513)
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:
ID? (see page 513)
<value> ::= 7-bit integer in
decimal, <nondecimal>, or
<string> from 0-63 or 0x00-0x3f
<nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::=
{0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal
<nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n
::= {0 | 1} for binary
<string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::=
{0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal
504
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
24
:SBUS<n> Commands
Table 88 :SBUS<n>:LIN Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATA <string>
(see page 514)
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATA? (see
page 514)
<string> ::= "n" where n ::=
32-bit integer in signed decimal
when <base> = DECimal
<string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::=
{0 | 1 | X | $} when <base> =
BINary
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $}
when <base> = HEX
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATA:LENGth
<length> (see
page 516)
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:
PATTern:DATA:LENGth?
(see page 516)
<length> ::= integer from 1 to 8
in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:
PATTern:FORMat <base>
(see page 517)
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:
PATTern:FORMat? (see
page 517)
<base> ::= {BINary | HEX |
DECimal}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
505
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity <display>
<display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}}
The :SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity command determines whether the parity bits are
included as the most significant bits (MSB) in the display of the Frame Id
field in the LIN decode bus.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity?
The :SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity? query returns the current LIN parity bits
display setting of the serial decode bus.
Return Format
<display><NL>
<display> ::= {0 | 1}
Errors
See Also
• "- 241, Hardware missing" on page 823
• "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 453
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN Commands" on page 504
506
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SAMPlepoint
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SAMPlepoint <value>
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {60 | 62.5 | 68 | 70 | 75 | 80 | 87.5} in NR3 format
The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SAMPlepoint command sets the point during the bit
time where the bit level is sampled to determine whether the bit is
dominant or recessive. The sample point represents the percentage of time
between the beginning of the bit time to the end of the bit time.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The sample point values are not limited by the baud rate.
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SAMPlepoint?
The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SAMPlepoint? query returns the current LIN sample
point setting.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {60 | 62.5 | 68 | 70 | 75 | 80 | 87.5} in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger" on page 512
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
507
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:BAUDrate
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:BAUDrate <baudrate>
<baudrate> ::= integer from 2400 to 625000 in 100 b/s increments
The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:BAUDrate command sets the standard baud rate
of the LIN signal from 2400 b/s to 625 kb/s in 100 b/s increments. If you
enter a baud rate that is not divisible by 100 b/s, the baud rate is set to
the nearest baud rate divisible by 100 b/s.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:BAUDrate?
The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:BAUDrate? query returns the current LIN baud
rate setting.
Return Format
<baudrate><NL>
<baudrate> ::= integer from 2400 to 625000 in 100 b/s increments
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger" on page 512
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:DEFinition" on page 816
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce" on page 509
508
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce command sets the source for the LIN signal.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce?
The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce? query returns the current source for the LIN
signal.
Return Format
See Also
<source><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger" on page 512
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:DEFinition" on page 816
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
509
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:LIN:STANdard
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:LIN:STANdard <std>
<std> ::= {LIN13 | LIN20}
The :SBUS<n>:LIN:STANdard command sets the LIN standard in effect for
triggering and decoding to be LIN1.3 or LIN2.0.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:LIN:STANdard?
The :SBUS<n>:LIN:STANdard? query returns the current LIN standard
setting.
Return Format
<std><NL>
<std> ::= {LIN13 | LIN20}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:DEFinition" on page 816
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce" on page 509
510
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SYNCbreak
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SYNCbreak <value>
<value> ::= integer = {11 | 12 | 13}
The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SYNCbreak command sets the length of the LIN sync
break to be greater than or equal to 11, 12, or 13 clock lengths. The sync
break is the idle period in the bus activity at the beginning of each packet
that distinguishes one information packet from the previous one.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SYNCbreak?
The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SYNCbreak? query returns the current LIN sync break
setting.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {11 | 12 | 13}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:DEFinition" on page 816
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce" on page 509
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
511
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger <condition>
<condition> ::= {SYNCbreak | ID | DATA}
The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger command sets the LIN trigger condition to be:
• SYNCbreak — Sync Break.
• ID — Frame ID.
Use the :SBUS<n>:LIN:ID command to specify the frame ID.
• DATA — Frame ID and Data.
Use the :SBUS<n>:LIN:ID command to specify the frame ID.
Use the :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth and
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA commands to specify the data
string length and value.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger?
The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger? query returns the current LIN trigger value.
Return Format
<condition><NL>
<condition> ::= {SYNC | ID | DATA}
Errors
See Also
• "- 241, Hardware missing" on page 823
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:ID" on page 513
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth" on page 516
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA" on page 514
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:DEFinition" on page 816
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce" on page 509
512
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:ID
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:ID <value>
<value> ::= 7-bit integer in decimal, <nondecimal>, or <string>
from 0-63 or 0x00-0x3f
<nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal
<nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary
<string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal
The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:ID command defines the LIN identifier searched
for in each CAN message when the LIN trigger mode is set to frame ID.
Setting the ID to a value of "- 1" results in "0xXX" which is equivalent to
all IDs.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:ID?
The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:ID? query returns the current LIN identifier
setting.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= integer in decimal
Errors
See Also
• "- 241, Hardware missing" on page 823
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger" on page 512
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:DEFinition" on page 816
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce" on page 509
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
513
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <string>
<string> ::= "n" where n ::= 32-bit integer in signed decimal when
<base> = DECimal
<string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} when
<base> = BINary
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} when
<base> = HEX
NOTE
<base> is specified with the :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat command. The
default <base> is BINary.
The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command specifies the LIN
trigger data pattern searched for in each LIN data field.
Set a <string> bit to "0" or "1" to set the corresponding bit in the data
pattern to low or high, respectively.
Set a <string> bit to "X" to ignore (mask off) that bit in the data pattern.
Use the "$" character to indicate that the value of the corresponding bit
will not be changed (the existing bit value is used).
When <base> = DECimal, the "X" and "$" characters cannot be entered.
When queried, the "$" character is returned when any bits in the pattern
have the value of "X" and <base> = DECimal. When any bits in a given
nibble have the value of "X" and <base> = HEX, the "$" character is
returned for the corresponding nibble.
NOTE
The length of the trigger data value is determined by the
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command.
NOTE
If more bits are sent for <string> than the specified trigger pattern data length, the most
significant bits will be truncated. If the data length size is changed after the <string> is
programmed, the added or deleted bits will be added to or deleted from the least significant
bits.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA?
The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA? query returns the currently
specified LIN trigger data pattern.
Return Format
514
<string><NL>
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
See Also
24
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat" on page 517
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger" on page 512
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth" on page 516
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
515
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth <length>
<length> ::= integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format
The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command sets the
number of 8- bit bytes in the LIN data string. The number of bytes in the
string can be anywhere from 1 bytes to 8 bytes (64 bits). The value for
these bytes is set by the :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth?
The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth? query returns the
current LIN data pattern length setting.
Return Format
<count><NL>
<count> ::= integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format
Errors
See Also
• "- 241, Hardware missing" on page 823
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA" on page 514
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce" on page 509
516
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat <base>
<base> ::= {BINary | HEX | DECimal}
The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat command sets the entry (and
query) number base used by the :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA
command. The default <base> is BINary.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat?
The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat? query returns the currently
set number base for LIN pattern data.
Return Format
<base><NL>
<base> ::= {BIN | HEX | DEC}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA" on page 514
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth" on page 516
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
517
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:SPI Commands
NOTE
These commands are only valid when the low-speed IIC and SPI serial decode option
(Option LSS) has been licensed.
Table 89 :SBUS<n>:SPI Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder
<order> (see
page 520)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder
? (see page 520)
<order> ::= {LSBFirst | MSBFirst}
:SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:SL
OPe <slope> (see
page 521)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:SL
OPe? (see page 521)
<slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive}
:SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TI
Meout <time_value>
(see page 522)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TI
Meout? (see page 522)
<time_value> ::= time in seconds
in NR3 format
:SBUS<n>:SPI:FRAMing
<value> (see
page 523)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:FRAMing?
(see page 523)
<value> ::= {CHIPselect |
{NCHipselect | NOTC} | TIMeout}
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:C
LOCk <source> (see
page 524)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:C
LOCk? (see page 524)
<value> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for the DSO models
<value> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:D
ATA <source> (see
page 525)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:D
ATA? (see page 525)
<value> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for the DSO models
<value> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:F
RAMe <source> (see
page 526)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:F
RAMe? (see page 526)
<value> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for the DSO models
<value> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
518
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
24
:SBUS<n> Commands
Table 89 :SBUS<n>:SPI Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:M
ISO <source> (see
page 527)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:M
ISO? (see page 527)
<value> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for the DSO models
<value> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:M
OSI <source> (see
page 528)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:M
OSI? (see page 528)
<value> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for the DSO models
<value> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:
PATTern:MISO:DATA
<string> (see
page 529)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:
PATTern:MISO:DATA?
(see page 529)
<string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::=
{0 | 1 | X | $}
<string ::= "0xnn...n" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $}
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:
PATTern:MISO:WIDTh
<width> (see
page 530)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:
PATTern:MISO:WIDTh?
(see page 530)
<width> ::= integer from 4 to 64
in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:
PATTern:MOSI:DATA
<string> (see
page 531)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:
PATTern:MOSI:DATA?
(see page 531)
<string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::=
{0 | 1 | X | $}
<string ::= "0xnn...n" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $}
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:
PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh
<width> (see
page 532)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:
PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh?
(see page 532)
<width> ::= integer from 4 to 64
in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:
TYPE <value> (see
page 533)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:
TYPE? (see page 533)
<value> ::= {MOSI | MISO}
:SBUS<n>:SPI:WIDTh
<word_width> (see
page 534)
:SBUS<n>:SPI:WIDTh?
(see page 534)
<word_width> ::= integer 4-16 in
NR1 format
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
519
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder <order>
<order> ::= {LSBFirst | MSBFirst}
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder command selects the bit order, most significant
bit first (MSB) or least significant bit first (LSB), used when displaying
data in the serial decode waveform and in the Lister.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder?
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder? query returns the current SPI decode bit
order.
Return Format
<order><NL>
<order> ::= {LSBF | MSBF}
Errors
See Also
• "- 241, Hardware missing" on page 823
• "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 453
• ":SBUS<n>:MODE" on page 457
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI Commands" on page 518
520
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe <slope>
<slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive}
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe command specifies the rising edge
(POSitive) or falling edge (NEGative) of the SPI clock source that will
clock in the data.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe?
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe? query returns the current SPI clock
source slope.
Return Format
<slope><NL>
<slope> ::= {NEG | POS}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout" on page 522
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk" on page 524
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
521
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout <time_value>
<time_value> ::= time in seconds in NR3 format
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout command sets the SPI signal clock
timeout resource in seconds from 100 ns to 10 s when the
:SBUS<n>:SPI:FRAMing command is set to TIMeout. The timer is used to
frame a signal by a clock timeout.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout?
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout? query returns current SPI clock timeout
setting.
Return Format
<time value><NL>
<time_value> ::= time in seconds in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe" on page 521
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk" on page 524
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:FRAMing" on page 523
522
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:SPI:FRAMing
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:SPI:FRAMing <value>
<value> ::= {CHIPselect | {NCHipselect | NOTC} | TIMeout}
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:FRAMing command sets the SPI trigger framing value. If
TIMeout is selected, the timeout value is set by the
:SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout command.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The NOTC value is deprecated. It is the same as NCHipselect.
:SBUS<n>:SPI:FRAMing?
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:FRAMing? query returns the current SPI framing value.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {CHIP | NCH | TIM}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout" on page 522
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe" on page 526
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
523
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk command sets the source for the SPI
serial clock.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk?
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk? query returns the current source for
the SPI serial clock.
Return Format
See Also
<source><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe" on page 521
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout" on page 522
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe" on page 526
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MOSI" on page 528
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MISO" on page 527
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:DATA" on page 525
524
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:DATA
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:DATA <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:DATA command sets the source for the SPI
serial MOSI data.
This command is the same as the :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MOSI command.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:DATA?
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:DATA? query returns the current source for the
SPI serial MOSI data.
Return Format
See Also
<source><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MOSI" on page 528
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MISO" on page 527
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk" on page 524
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe" on page 526
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA" on page 529
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA" on page 531
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh" on page 530
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh" on page 532
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
525
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe command sets the frame source when
:SBUS<n>:SPI:FRAMing is set to CHIPselect or NOTChipselect.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe?
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe? query returns the current frame source
for the SPI serial frame.
Return Format
See Also
<source><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk" on page 524
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MOSI" on page 528
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MISO" on page 527
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:DATA" on page 525
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:FRAMing" on page 523
526
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MISO
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MISO <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MISO command sets the source for the SPI
serial MISO data.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MISO?
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MISO? query returns the current source for the
SPI serial MISO data.
Return Format
See Also
<source><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MOSI" on page 528
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:DATA" on page 525
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk" on page 524
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe" on page 526
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA" on page 529
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA" on page 531
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh" on page 530
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh" on page 532
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
527
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MOSI
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MOSI <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MOSI command sets the source for the SPI
serial MOSI data.
You can also use the equivalent :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:DATA command to
set the MOSI data source.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MOSI?
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MOSI? query returns the current source for the
SPI serial MOSI data.
Return Format
See Also
<source><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:DATA" on page 525
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MISO" on page 527
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk" on page 524
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe" on page 526
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA" on page 529
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA" on page 531
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh" on page 530
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh" on page 532
528
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA <string>
<string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $}
<string ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $}
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA command defines the SPI
data pattern resource according to the string parameter. This pattern,
along with the data width, control the data pattern searched for in the
data stream.
If the string parameter starts with "0x", it is a hexadecimal string made up
of hexadecimal and X (don't care) characters; otherwise, it is a binary
string made up of 0, 1, and X (don't care) characters.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh should be set before
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA.
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA?
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA? query returns the current
settings of the specified SPI data pattern resource in the binary string
format.
Return Format
See Also
<string><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh" on page 530
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MISO" on page 527
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
529
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh <width>
<width> ::= integer from 4 to 64 in NR1 format
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh command sets the width
of the SPI data pattern anywhere from 4 bits to 64 bits.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh should be set before
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA.
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh?
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh? query returns the
current SPI data pattern width setting.
Return Format
<width><NL>
<width> ::= integer from 4 to 64 in NR1 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA" on page 529
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MISO" on page 527
530
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA <string>
<string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $}
<string ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $}
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA command defines the SPI
data pattern resource according to the string parameter. This pattern,
along with the data width, control the data pattern searched for in the
data stream.
If the string parameter starts with "0x", it is a hexadecimal string made up
of hexadecimal and X (don't care) characters; otherwise, it is a binary
string made up of 0, 1, and X (don't care) characters.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh should be set before
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA.
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA?
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA? query returns the current
settings of the specified SPI data pattern resource in the binary string
format.
Return Format
See Also
<string><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh" on page 532
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MOSI" on page 528
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:DATA" on page 525
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
531
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh <width>
<width> ::= integer from 4 to 64 in NR1 format
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh command sets the width
of the SPI data pattern anywhere from 4 bits to 64 bits.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh should be set before
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA.
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh?
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh? query returns the
current SPI data pattern width setting.
Return Format
<width><NL>
<width> ::= integer from 4 to 64 in NR1 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA" on page 531
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MOSI" on page 528
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:DATA" on page 525
532
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:TYPE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:TYPE <value>
<value> ::= {MOSI | MISO}
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:TYPE command specifies whether the SPI
trigger will be on the MOSI data or the MISO data.
When triggering on MOSI data, the data value is specified by the
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA and
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh commands.
When triggering on MISO data, the data value is specified by the
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA and
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh commands.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:TYPE?
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:TYPE? query returns the current SPI trigger
type setting.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {MOSI | MISO}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:DATA" on page 525
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MOSI" on page 528
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MISO" on page 527
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA" on page 529
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA" on page 531
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh" on page 530
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh" on page 532
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
533
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:SPI:WIDTh
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:SPI:WIDTh <word_width>
<word_width> ::= integer 4-16 in NR1 format
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:WIDTh command determines the number of bits in a
word of data for SPI.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:SPI:WIDTh?
The :SBUS<n>:SPI:WIDTh? query returns the current SPI decode word
width.
Return Format
<word_width><NL>
<word_width> ::= integer 4-16 in NR1 format
Errors
See Also
• "- 241, Hardware missing" on page 823
• "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 453
• ":SBUS<n>:MODE" on page 457
• ":SBUS<n>:SPI Commands" on page 518
534
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
24
:SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:UART Commands
NOTE
These commands are only valid when the UART/RS-232 triggering and serial decode option
(Option 232) has been licensed.
Table 90 :SBUS<n>:UART Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:UART:BASE
<base> (see page 538)
:SBUS<n>:UART:BASE?
(see page 538)
<base> ::= {ASCii | BINary | HEX}
:SBUS<n>:UART:BAUDrat
e <baudrate> (see
page 539)
:SBUS<n>:UART:BAUDrat
e? (see page 539)
<baudrate> ::= integer from 1200
to 8000000 in 100 b/s increments
:SBUS<n>:UART:BITorde
r <bitorder> (see
page 540)
:SBUS<n>:UART:BITorde
r? (see page 540)
<bitorder> ::= {LSBFirst |
MSBFirst}
n/a
:SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:E
RRor? (see page 541)
<frame_count> ::= integer in NR1
format
:SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:R
ESet (see page 542)
n/a
n/a
n/a
:SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:R
XFRames? (see
page 543)
<frame_count> ::= integer in NR1
format
n/a
:SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:T
XFRames? (see
page 544)
<frame_count> ::= integer in NR1
format
:SBUS<n>:UART:FRAMing
<value> (see
page 545)
:SBUS<n>:UART:FRAMing
? (see page 545)
<value> ::= {OFF | <decimal> |
<nondecimal>}
<decimal> ::= 8-bit integer from
0-255 (0x00-0xff)
<nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::=
{0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal
<nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n
::= {0 | 1} for binary
:SBUS<n>:UART:PARity
<parity> (see
page 546)
:SBUS<n>:UART:PARity?
(see page 546)
<parity> ::= {EVEN | ODD | NONE}
:SBUS<n>:UART:POLarit
y <polarity> (see
page 547)
:SBUS<n>:UART:POLarit
y? (see page 547)
<polarity> ::= {HIGH | LOW}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
535
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
Table 90 :SBUS<n>:UART Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:
RX <source> (see
page 548)
:SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:
RX? (see page 548)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:
TX <source> (see
page 549)
:SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:
TX? (see page 549)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger
:BASE <base> (see
page 550)
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger
:BASE? (see page 550)
<base> ::= {ASCii | HEX}
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger
:BURSt <value> (see
page 551)
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger
:BURSt? (see
page 551)
<value> ::= {OFF | 1 to 4096 in
NR1 format}
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger
:DATA <value> (see
page 552)
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger
:DATA? (see page 552)
<value> ::= 8-bit integer from
0-255 (0x00-0xff) in decimal,
<hexadecimal>, <binary>, or
<quoted_string> format
<hexadecimal> ::= #Hnn where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for
hexadecimal
<binary> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::=
{0 | 1} for binary
<quoted_string> ::= any of the
128 valid 7-bit ASCII characters
(or standard abbreviations)
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger
:IDLE <time_value>
(see page 553)
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger
:IDLE? (see page 553)
<time_value> ::= time from 1 us
to 10 s in NR3 format
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger
:QUALifier <value>
(see page 554)
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger
:QUALifier? (see
page 554)
<value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal |
GREaterthan | LESSthan}
536
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
Table 90 :SBUS<n>:UART Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger
:TYPE <value> (see
page 555)
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger
:TYPE? (see page 555)
<value> ::=
RDATa | RD1
PARityerror
TDATa | TD1
:SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh
<width> (see
page 556)
:SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh?
(see page 556)
<width> ::= {5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
{RSTArt | RSTOp |
| RD0 | RDX |
| TSTArt | TSTOp |
| TD0 | TDX}
537
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:UART:BASE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:BASE <base>
<base> ::= {ASCii | BINary | HEX}
The :SBUS<n>:UART:BASE command determines the base to use for the
UART decode and Lister display.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:BASE?
The :SBUS<n>:UART:BASE? query returns the current UART decode and
Lister base setting.
Return Format
<base><NL>
<base> ::= {ASCii | BINary | HEX}
Errors
See Also
• "- 241, Hardware missing" on page 823
• "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 453
• ":SBUS<n>:UART Commands" on page 535
538
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:UART:BAUDrate
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:BAUDrate <baudrate>
<baudrate> ::= integer from 1200 to 8000000 in 100 b/s increments
The :SBUS<n>:UART:BAUDrate command selects the bit rate (in bps) for
the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode. The baud rate can
be set from 1200 b/s to 8 Mb/s in 100 b/s increments. If you enter a baud
rate that is not divisible by 100 b/s, the baud rate is set to the nearest
baud rate divisible by 100 b/s.
If the baud rate you select does not match the system baud rate, false
triggers may occur.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:BAUDrate?
The :SBUS<n>:UART:BAUDrate? query returns the current UART baud rate
setting.
Return Format
<baudrate><NL>
<baudrate> ::= integer from 1200 to 8000000 in 100 b/s increments
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE" on page 555
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
539
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:UART:BITorder
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:BITorder <bitorder>
<bitorder> ::= {LSBFirst | MSBFirst}
The :SBUS<n>:UART:BITorder command specifies the order of transmission
used by the physical Tx and Rx input signals for the serial decoder and/or
trigger when in UART mode. LSBFirst sets the least significant bit of each
message "byte" as transmitted first. MSBFirst sets the most significant bit
as transmitted first.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:BITorder?
The :SBUS<n>:UART:BITorder? query returns the current UART bit order
setting.
Return Format
<bitorder><NL>
<bitorder> ::= {LSBF | MSBF}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE" on page 555
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:RX" on page 548
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:TX" on page 549
540
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:ERRor
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:ERRor?
Returns the UART error frame count.
Return Format
<frame_count><NL>
<frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format
Errors
See Also
• "- 241, Hardware missing" on page 823
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RESet" on page 542
• "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 453
• ":SBUS<n>:MODE" on page 457
• ":SBUS<n>:UART Commands" on page 535
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
541
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RESet
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RESet
Resets the UART frame counters.
Errors
See Also
• "- 241, Hardware missing" on page 823
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:ERRor" on page 541
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RXFRames" on page 543
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:TXFRames" on page 544
• "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 453
• ":SBUS<n>:MODE" on page 457
• ":SBUS<n>:UART Commands" on page 535
542
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RXFRames
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RXFRames?
Returns the UART Rx frame count.
Return Format
<frame_count><NL>
<frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format
Errors
See Also
• "- 241, Hardware missing" on page 823
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RESet" on page 542
• "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 453
• ":SBUS<n>:MODE" on page 457
• ":SBUS<n>:UART Commands" on page 535
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
543
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:TXFRames
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:TXFRames?
Returns the UART Tx frame count.
Return Format
<frame_count><NL>
<frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format
Errors
See Also
• "- 241, Hardware missing" on page 823
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RESet" on page 542
• "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 453
• ":SBUS<n>:MODE" on page 457
• ":SBUS<n>:UART Commands" on page 535
544
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:UART:FRAMing
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:FRAMing <value>
<value> ::= {OFF | <decimal> | <nondecimal>}
<decimal> ::= 8-bit integer in decimal from 0-255 (0x00-0xff)
<nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal
<nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary
The :SBUS<n>:UART:FRAMing command determines the byte value to use
for framing (end of packet) or to turn off framing for UART decode.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:FRAMing?
The :SBUS<n>:UART:FRAMing? query returns the current UART decode
base setting.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {OFF | <decimal>}
<decimal> ::= 8-bit integer in decimal from 0-255
Errors
See Also
• "- 241, Hardware missing" on page 823
• "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 453
• ":SBUS<n>:UART Commands" on page 535
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
545
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:UART:PARity
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:PARity <parity>
<parity> ::= {EVEN | ODD | NONE}
The :SBUS<n>:UART:PARity command selects the parity to be used with
each message "byte" for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART
mode.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:PARity?
The :SBUS<n>:UART:PARity? query returns the current UART parity
setting.
Return Format
<parity><NL>
<parity> ::= {EVEN | ODD | NONE}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE" on page 555
546
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:UART:POLarity
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:POLarity <polarity>
<polarity> ::= {HIGH | LOW}
The :SBUS<n>:UART:POLarity command selects the polarity as idle low or
idle high for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:POLarity?
The :SBUS<n>:UART:POLarity? query returns the current UART polarity
setting.
Return Format
<polarity><NL>
<polarity> ::= {HIGH | LOW}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE" on page 555
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
547
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:RX
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:RX <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:RX command controls which signal is used as
the Rx source by the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:RX?
The :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:RX? query returns the current source for the
UART Rx signal.
Return Format
See Also
<source><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE" on page 555
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:BITorder" on page 540
548
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:TX
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:TX <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:TX command controls which signal is used as
the Tx source by the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:TX?
The :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:TX? query returns the current source for the
UART Tx signal.
Return Format
See Also
<source><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE" on page 555
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:BITorder" on page 540
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
549
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BASE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BASE <base>
<base> ::= {ASCii | HEX}
The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BASE command sets the front panel
UART/RS232 trigger setup data selection option:
• ASCii — front panel data selection is from ASCII values.
• HEX — front panel data selection is from hexadecimal values.
The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BASE setting does not affect the
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:DATA command which can always set data values
using ASCII or hexadecimal values.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BASE command is independent of the
:SBUS<n>:UART:BASE command which affects decode and Lister only.
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BASE?
The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BASE? query returns the current UART base
setting.
Return Format
<base><NL>
<base> ::= {ASC | HEX}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:DATA" on page 552
550
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BURSt
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BURSt <value>
<value> ::= {OFF | 1 to 4096 in NR1 format}
The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BURSt command selects the burst value (Nth
frame after idle period) in the range 1 to 4096 or OFF, for the trigger
when in UART mode.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BURSt?
The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BURSt? query returns the current UART
trigger burst value.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {OFF | 1 to 4096 in NR1 format}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:IDLE" on page 553
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE" on page 555
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
551
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:DATA
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:DATA <value>
<value> ::= 8-bit integer from 0-255 (0x00-0xff) in decimal,
<hexadecimal>, <binary>, or <quoted_string> format
<hexadecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal
<binary> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary
<quoted_string> ::= any of the 128 valid 7-bit ASCII characters
(or standard abbreviations)
The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:DATA command selects the data byte value
(0x00 to 0xFF) for the trigger QUALifier when in UART mode. The data
value is used when one of the RD or TD trigger types is selected.
When entering an ASCII character via the quoted string, it must be one of
the 128 valid characters (case- sensitive): "NUL", "SOH", "STX", "ETX",
"EOT", "ENQ", "ACK", "BEL", "BS", "HT", "LF", "VT", "FF", "CR", "SO","SI",
"DLE", "DC1", "DC2", "DC3", "DC4", "NAK", "SYN", "ETB", "CAN", "EM", "SUB",
"ESC", "FS","GS", "RS", "US", "SP", "!", "\"", "#", "$", "%","&", "\'", "(", ")", "*", "+",
",", "- ", ".", "/","0", "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9",":", ";", "<", "=", ">", "?",
"@", "A", "B", "C","D", "E", "F", "G", "H", "I", "J", "K", "L", "M","N", "O", "P", "Q",
"R", "S", "T", "U", "V", "W", "X", "Y", "Z","[", "\\", "]", "^", "_", "`", "a", "b", "c",
"d", "e", "f", "g", "h", "i", "j", "k", "l", "m", "n", "o", "p", "q", "r", "s", "t", "u", "v",
"w", "x", "y", "z", "{", "|", "}", "~", or "DEL".
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:DATA?
The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:DATA? query returns the current UART
trigger data value.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= 8-bit integer in decimal from 0-255
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BASE" on page 550
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE" on page 555
552
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:IDLE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:IDLE <time_value>
<time_value> ::= time from 1 us to 10 s in NR3 format
The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:IDLE command selects the value of the idle
period for burst trigger in the range from 1 us to 10 s when in UART
mode.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:IDLE?
The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:IDLE? query returns the current UART trigger
idle period time.
Return Format
<time_value><NL>
<time_value> ::= time from 1 us to 10 s in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BURSt" on page 551
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE" on page 555
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
553
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier <value>
<value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | GREaterthan | LESSthan}
The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier command selects the data qualifier
when :TYPE is set to RDATa, RD1, RD0, RDX, TDATa, TD1, TD0, or TDX
for the trigger when in UART mode.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier?
The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier? query returns the current UART
trigger qualifier.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {EQU | NOT | GRE | LESS}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE" on page 555
554
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SBUS<n> Commands
24
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE <value>
<value> ::= {RSTArt | RSTOp | RDATa | RD1 | RD0 | RDX | PARityerror
| TSTArt | TSTOp | TDATa | TD1 | TD0 | TDX}
The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE command selects the UART trigger type.
When one of the RD or TD types is selected, the
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:DATA and :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier
commands are used to specify the data value and comparison operator.
The RD1, RD0, RDX, TD1, TD0, and TDX types (for triggering on data and
alert bit values) are only valid when a 9- bit width has been selected.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE?
The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE? query returns the current UART
trigger data value.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {RSTA | RSTO | RDAT | RD1 | RD0 | RDX | PAR | TSTA |
TSTO | TDAT | TD1 | TD0 | TDX}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:DATA" on page 552
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier" on page 554
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh" on page 556
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
555
24 :SBUS<n> Commands
:SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh <width>
<width> ::= {5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9}
The :SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh command determines the number of bits (5- 9)
for each message "byte" for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in
UART mode.
Query Syntax
:SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh?
The :SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh? query returns the current UART width
setting.
Return Format
<width><NL>
<width> ::= {5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE" on page 555
556
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
25
:SEARch Commands
Control the event search modes and parameters for each search type. See:
• "General :SEARch Commands" on page 558
• ":SEARch:EDGE Commands" on page 562
• ":SEARch:GLITch Commands" on page 565 (Pulse Width search)
• ":SEARch:RUNT Commands" on page 572
• ":SEARch:TRANsition Commands" on page 577
• ":SEARch:SERial:CAN Commands" on page 582
• ":SEARch:SERial:I2S Commands" on page 588
• ":SEARch:SERial:IIC Commands" on page 594
• ":SEARch:SERial:LIN Commands" on page 601
• ":SEARch:SERial:SPI Commands" on page 607
• ":SEARch:SERial:UART Commands" on page 611

557
25 :SEARch Commands
General :SEARch Commands
Table 91 General :SEARch Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
n/a
:SEARch:COUNt? (see
page 559)
<count> ::= an integer count
value
:SEARch:MODE <value>
(see page 560)
:SEARch:MODE? (see
page 560)
<value> ::= {EDGE | GLITch | RUNT
| TRANsition | SERial{1 | 2}}
:SEARch:STATe <value>
(see page 561)
:SEARch:STATe? (see
page 561)
<value> ::= {{0 | OFF} | {1 |
ON}}
558
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SEARch Commands
25
:SEARch:COUNt
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:SEARch:COUNt?
The :SEARch:COUNt? query returns the number of search events found.
Return Format
<count><NL>
<count> ::= an integer count value
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
559
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:MODE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:MODE <value>
<value> ::= {EDGE | GLITch | RUNT | TRANsition | SERial{1 | 2}}
The :SEARch:MODE command selects the search mode.
The command is only valid when the :SEARch:STATe is ON.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:MODE?
The :SEARch:MODE? query returns the currently selected mode or OFF if
the :SEARch:STATe is OFF.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {EDGE | GLIT | RUNT | TRAN | SER{1 | 2} | OFF}
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:STATe" on page 561
560
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SEARch Commands
25
:SEARch:STATe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:STATe <value>
<value> ::= {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}}
The :SEARch:STATe command enables or disables the search feature.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:STATe?
The :SEARch:STATe? query returns returns the current setting.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {0 | 1}
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:MODE" on page 560
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
561
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:EDGE Commands
Table 92 :SEARch:EDGE Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe
<slope> (see
page 563)
:SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe?
(see page 563)
<slope> ::= {POSitive | NEGative
| EITHer}
:SEARch:EDGE:SOURce
<source> (see
page 564)
:SEARch:EDGE:SOURce?
(see page 564)
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
562
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SEARch Commands
25
:SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe <slope>
<slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive | EITHer}
The :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe command specifies the slope of the edge for the
search.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe?
The :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe? query returns the current slope setting.
Return Format
<slope><NL>
<slope> ::= {NEG | POS | EITH}
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
563
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:EDGE:SOURce
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:EDGE:SOURce <source>
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce command selects the channel on which to
search for edges.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:EDGE:SOURce?
The :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce? query returns the current source.
Return Format
<source><NL>
<source> ::= CHAN<n>
See Also
564
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
25
:SEARch Commands
:SEARch:GLITch Commands
Table 93 :SEARch:GLITch Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SEARch:GLITch:GREate
rthan
<greater_than_time>[s
uffix] (see page 566)
:SEARch:GLITch:GREate
rthan? (see page 566)
<greater_than_time> ::=
floating-point number in NR3
format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
:SEARch:GLITch:LESSth
an
<less_than_time>[suff
ix] (see page 567)
:SEARch:GLITch:LESSth
an? (see page 567)
<less_than_time> ::=
floating-point number in NR3
format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
:SEARch:GLITch:POLari
ty <polarity> (see
page 568)
:SEARch:GLITch:POLari
ty? (see page 568)
<polarity> ::= {POSitive |
NEGative}
:SEARch:GLITch:QUALif
ier <qualifier> (see
page 569)
:SEARch:GLITch:QUALif
ier? (see page 569)
<qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan |
LESSthan | RANGe}
:SEARch:GLITch:RANGe
<less_than_time>[suff
ix],
<greater_than_time>[s
uffix] (see page 570)
:SEARch:GLITch:RANGe?
(see page 570)
<less_than_time> ::= 15 ns to
10 seconds in NR3 format
<greater_than_time> ::= 10 ns to
9.99 seconds in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
:SEARch:GLITch:SOURce
<source> (see
page 571)
:SEARch:GLITch:SOURce
? (see page 571)
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
565
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:GLITch:GREaterthan
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:GLITch:GREaterthan <greater_than_time>[<suffix>]
<greater_than_time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format
<suffix> ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps}
The :SEARch:GLITch:GREaterthan command sets the minimum pulse width
duration for the selected :SEARch:GLITch:SOURce.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:GLITch:GREaterthan?
The :SEARch:GLITch:GREaterthan? query returns the minimum pulse
width duration time for :SEARch:GLITch:SOURce.
Return Format
<greater_than_time><NL>
<greater_than_time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format.
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:GLITch:SOURce" on page 571
• ":SEARch:GLITch:QUALifier" on page 569
• ":SEARch:MODE" on page 560
566
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
25
:SEARch Commands
:SEARch:GLITch:LESSthan
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:GLITch:LESSthan <less_than_time>[<suffix>]
<less_than_time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format
<suffix> ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps}
The :SEARch:GLITch:LESSthan command sets the maximum pulse width
duration for the selected :SEARch:GLITch:SOURce.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:GLITch:LESSthan?
The :SEARch:GLITch:LESSthan? query returns the pulse width duration
time for :SEARch:GLITch:SOURce.
Return Format
<less_than_time><NL>
<less_than_time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format.
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:GLITch:SOURce" on page 571
• ":SEARch:GLITch:QUALifier" on page 569
• ":SEARch:MODE" on page 560
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
567
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:GLITch:POLarity
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:GLITch:POLarity <polarity>
<polarity> ::= {POSitive | NEGative}
The :SEARch:GLITch:POLarity command sets the polarity for the glitch
(pulse width) search.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:GLITch:POLarity?
The :SEARch:GLITch:POLarity? query returns the current polarity setting
for the glitch (pulse width) search.
Return Format
<polarity><NL>
<polarity> ::= {POS | NEG}
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:MODE" on page 560
• ":SEARch:GLITch:SOURce" on page 571
568
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SEARch Commands
25
:SEARch:GLITch:QUALifier
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:GLITch:QUALifier <operator>
<operator> ::= {GREaterthan | LESSthan | RANGe}
This command sets the mode of operation of the glitch (pulse width)
search. The oscilloscope can search for a pulse width that is greater than
a time value, less than a time value, or within a range of time values.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:GLITch:QUALifier?
The :SEARch:GLITch:QUALifier? query returns the glitch (pulse width)
qualifier.
Return Format
<operator><NL>
<operator> ::= {GRE | LESS | RANG}
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:GLITch:SOURce" on page 571
• ":SEARch:MODE" on page 560
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
569
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:GLITch:RANGe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:GLITch:RANGe <less_than_time>[suffix],
<greater_than_time>[suffix]
<less_than_time> ::= (15 ns - 10 seconds) in NR3 format
<greater_than_time> ::= (10 ns - 9.99 seconds) in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps}
The :SEARch:GLITch:RANGe command sets the pulse width duration for
the selected :SEARch:GLITch:SOURce. You can enter the parameters in any
order — the smaller value becomes the <greater_than_time> and the larger
value becomes the <less_than_time>.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:GLITch:RANGe?
The :SEARch:GLITch:RANGe? query returns the pulse width duration time
for :SEARch:GLITch:SOURce.
Return Format
See Also
<less_than_time>,<greater_than_time><NL>
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:GLITch:SOURce" on page 571
• ":SEARch:GLITch:QUALifier" on page 569
• ":SEARch:MODE" on page 560
570
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SEARch Commands
25
:SEARch:GLITch:SOURce
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:GLITch:SOURce <source>
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :SEARch:GLITch:SOURce command selects the channel on which to
search for glitches (pulse widths).
Query Syntax
:SEARch:GLITch:SOURce?
The :SEARch:GLITch:SOURce? query returns the current pulse width
source.
If all channels are off, the query returns "NONE."
Return Format
See Also
<source><NL>
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:MODE" on page 560
• ":SEARch:GLITch:POLarity" on page 568
• ":SEARch:GLITch:QUALifier" on page 569
• ":SEARch:GLITch:RANGe" on page 570
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
571
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:RUNT Commands
Table 94 :SEARch:RUNT Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SEARch:RUNT:POLarity
<polarity> (see
page 573)
:SEARch:RUNT:POLarity
? (see page 573)
<polarity> ::= {POSitive |
NEGative | EITHer}
:SEARch:RUNT:QUALifie
r <qualifier> (see
page 574)
:SEARch:RUNT:QUALifie
r? (see page 574)
<qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan |
LESSthan | NONE}
:SEARch:RUNT:SOURce
<source> (see
page 575)
:SEARch:RUNT:SOURce?
(see page 575)
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:SEARch:RUNT:TIME
<time>[suffix] (see
page 576)
:SEARch:RUNT:TIME?
(see page 576)
<time> ::= floating-point number
in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
572
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SEARch Commands
25
:SEARch:RUNT:POLarity
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:RUNT:POLarity <slope>
<polarity> ::= {POSitive | NEGative | EITHer}
The :SEARch:RUNT:POLarity command sets the polarity for the runt
search.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:RUNT:POLarity?
The :SEARch:RUNT:POLarity? query returns the currently set runt polarity.
Return Format
<slope><NL>
<polarity> ::= {POS | NEG | EITH}
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:MODE" on page 560
• ":SEARch:RUNT:SOURce" on page 575
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
573
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:RUNT:QUALifier
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:RUNT:QUALifier <qualifier>
<qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan | LESSthan | NONE}
The :SEARch:RUNT:QUALifier command specifies whether to search for a
runt that is greater than a time value, less than a time value, or any time
value.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:RUNT:QUALifier?
The :SEARch:RUNT:QUALifier? query returns the current runt search
qualifier.
Return Format
<qualifier><NL>
<qualifier> ::= {GRE | LESS NONE}
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:MODE" on page 560
574
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SEARch Commands
25
:SEARch:RUNT:SOURce
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:RUNT:SOURce <source>
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :SEARch:RUNT:SOURce command selects the channel on which to
search for the runt pulse.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:RUNT:SOURce?
The :SEARch:RUNT:SOURce? query returns the current runt search source.
Return Format
<source><NL>
<source> ::= CHAN<n>
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:RUNT:POLarity" on page 573
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
575
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:RUNT:TIME
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:RUNT:TIME <time>[suffix]
<time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps}
When searching for runt pulses whose widths are greater than or less than
a time (see :SEARch:RUNT:QUALifier), the :SEARch:RUNT:TIME command
specifies the time value.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:RUNT:TIME?
The :SEARch:RUNT:TIME? query returns the currently specified runt time
value.
Return Format
<time><NL>
<time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:RUNT:QUALifier" on page 574
576
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
25
:SEARch Commands
:SEARch:TRANsition Commands
Table 95 :SEARch:TRANsition Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SEARch:TRANsition:QU
ALifier <qualifier>
(see page 578)
:SEARch:TRANsition:QU
ALifier? (see
page 578)
<qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan |
LESSthan}
:SEARch:TRANsition:SL
OPe <slope> (see
page 579)
:SEARch:TRANsition:SL
OPe? (see page 579)
<slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive}
:SEARch:TRANsition:SO
URce <source> (see
page 580)
:SEARch:TRANsition:SO
URce? (see page 580)
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:SEARch:TRANsition:TI
ME <time>[suffix]
(see page 581)
:SEARch:TRANsition:TI
ME? (see page 581)
<time> ::= floating-point number
in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
577
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:TRANsition:QUALifier
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:TRANsition:QUALifier <qualifier>
<qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan | LESSthan}
The :SEARch:TRANsition:QUALifier command specifies whether to search
for edge transitions greater than or less than a time.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:TRANsition:QUALifier?
The :SEARch:TRANsition:QUALifier? query returns the current transition
search qualifier.
Return Format
<qualifier><NL>
<qualifier> ::= {GRE | LESS}
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:MODE" on page 560
• ":SEARch:TRANsition:TIME" on page 581
578
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SEARch Commands
25
:SEARch:TRANsition:SLOPe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:TRANsition:SLOPe <slope>
<slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive}
The :SEARch:TRANsition:SLOPe command selects whether to search for
rising edge (POSitive slope) transitions or falling edge (NEGative slope)
transitions.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:TRANsition:SLOPe?
The :SEARch:TRANsition:SLOPe? query returns the current transition
search slope setting.
Return Format
<slope><NL>
<slope> ::= {NEG | POS}
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:MODE" on page 560
• ":SEARch:TRANsition:SOURce" on page 580
• ":SEARch:TRANsition:TIME" on page 581
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
579
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:TRANsition:SOURce
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:TRANsition:SOURce <source>
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :SEARch:TRANsition:SOURce command selects the channel on which
to search for edge transitions.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:TRANsition:SOURce?
The :SEARch:TRANsition:SOURce? query returns the current transition
search source.
Return Format
<source><NL>
<source> ::= CHAN<n>
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:MODE" on page 560
• ":SEARch:TRANsition:SLOPe" on page 579
580
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SEARch Commands
25
:SEARch:TRANsition:TIME
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:TRANsition:TIME <time>[suffix]
<time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps}
The :SEARch:TRANsition:TIME command sets the time of the transition to
search for. You can search for transitions greater than or less than this
time.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:TRANsition:TIME?
The :SEARch:TRANsition:TIME? query returns the current transition time
value.
Return Format
<time><NL>
<time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:TRANsition:QUALifier" on page 578
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
581
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:SERial:CAN Commands
Table 96 :SEARch:SERial:CAN Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:MO
DE <value> (see
page 587)
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:MO
DE? (see page 587)
<value> ::= {DATA | IDData |
IDEither | IDRemote | ALLerrors |
OVERload | ERRor}
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PA
TTern:DATA <string>
(see page 583)
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PA
TTern:DATA? (see
page 583)
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X} for
hexadecimal
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PA
TTern:DATA:LENGth
<length> (see
page 584)
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PA
TTern:DATA:LENGth?
(see page 584)
<length> ::= integer from 1 to 8
in NR1 format
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PA
TTern:ID <string>
(see page 585)
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PA
TTern:ID? (see
page 585)
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X} for
hexadecimal
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PA
TTern:ID:MODE <value>
(see page 586)
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PA
TTern:ID:MODE? (see
page 586)
<value> ::= {STANdard | EXTended}
582
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
25
:SEARch Commands
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA <string>
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X}
for hexadecimal
The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA command specifies the data value
when searching for Data Frame ID and Data.
The length of the data value is specified using the
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA?
The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA? query returns the current data
value setting.
Return Format
<string><NL>
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X}
for hexadecimal
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:SERial:CAN:MODE" on page 587
• ":SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth" on page 584
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
583
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth <length>
<length> ::= integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format
The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command specifies the
length of the data value when searching for Data Frame ID and Data.
The data value is specified using the :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA
command.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth?
The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth? query returns the
current data length setting.
Return Format
<length><NL>
<length> ::= integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:SERial:CAN:MODE" on page 587
• ":SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA" on page 583
584
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SEARch Commands
25
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID <string>
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X}
for hexadecimal
The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID command specifies the ID value when
searching for a CAN event.
The value can be a standard ID or an extended ID, depending on the
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID:MODE command's setting.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID?
The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID? query returns the current ID value
setting.
Return Format
<string><NL>
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X}
for hexadecimal
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:SERial:CAN:MODE" on page 587
• ":SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID:MODE" on page 586
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
585
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID:MODE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID:MODE <value>
<value> ::= {STANdard | EXTended}
The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID:MODE command specifies whether a
standard ID value or an extended ID value is used when searching for a
CAN event.
The ID value is specified using the :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID
command.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID:MODE?
The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID:MODE? query returns the current
setting.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {STAN | EXT}
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:SERial:CAN:MODE" on page 587
• ":SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID" on page 585
586
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SEARch Commands
25
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:MODE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:MODE <value>
<value> ::= {DATA | IDData | IDEither | IDRemote | ALLerrors
| OVERload | ERRor}
The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:MODE command selects the type of CAN
information to find in the Lister display:
• DATA - searches for CAN Data frames matching the specified ID, Data,
and the DLC (Data length code).
• IDData - searches for CAN frames matching the specified ID of a Data
frame.
• IDEither - searches for the specified ID, regardless if it is a Remote
frame or a Data frame.
• IDRemote - searches for CAN frames matching the specified ID of a
Remote frame.
• ALLerrors - searches for CAN active error frames and unknown bus
conditions.
• OVERload - searches for CAN overload frames.
• ERRor - searches for CAN Error frame.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:CAN:MODE?
The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:MODE? query returns the currently selected
mode.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {DATA | IDD | IDE | IDR | ALL | OVER | ERR}
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA" on page 583
• ":SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID" on page 585
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
587
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:SERial:I2S Commands
Table 97 :SEARch:SERial:I2S Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:AU
Dio <audio_ch> (see
page 589)
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:AU
Dio? (see page 589)
<audio_ch> ::= {RIGHt | LEFT |
EITHer}
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:MO
DE <value> (see
page 590)
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:MO
DE? (see page 590)
<value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal |
LESSthan | GREaterthan | INRange
| OUTRange}
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:PA
TTern:DATA <string>
(see page 591)
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:PA
TTern:DATA? (see
page 591)
<string> ::= "n" where n ::=
32-bit integer in signed decimal
when <base> = DECimal
<string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::=
{0 | 1 | X} when <base> = BINary
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X} when
<base> = HEX
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:PA
TTern:FORMat <base>
(see page 592)
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:PA
TTern:FORMat? (see
page 592)
<base> ::= {BINary | HEX |
DECimal}
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:RA
NGe <upper>, <lower>
(see page 593)
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:RA
NGe? (see page 593)
<upper> ::= 32-bit integer in
signed decimal, <nondecimal>, or
<string>
<lower> ::= 32-bit integer in
signed decimal, <nondecimal>, or
<string>
<nondecimal> ::= #Hnn...n where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for
hexadecimal
<nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n
::= {0 | 1} for binary
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for
hexadecimal
588
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SEARch Commands
25
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:AUDio
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:AUDio <audio_ch>
<audio_ch> ::= {RIGHt | LEFT | EITHer}
The :SEARch:SERial:I2S:AUDio command specifies the channel on which to
search for I2S events: right, left, or either channel.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:AUDio?
The :SEARch:SERial:I2S:AUDio? query returns the current channel setting.
Return Format
<audio_ch><NL>
<audio_ch> ::= {RIGH | LEFT | EITH}
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:SERial:I2S:MODE" on page 590
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
589
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:MODE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:MODE <value>
<value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | LESSthan | GREaterthan | INRange
| OUTRange}
The :SEARch:SERial:I2S:MODE command selects the type of I2S
information to find in the Lister display:
• EQUal— searches for the specified audio channel's data word when it
equals the specified word.
• NOTequal — searches for any word other than the specified word.
• LESSthan — searches for channel data words less than the specified
value.
• GREaterthan — searches for channel data words greater than the
specified value.
• INRange — searches for channel data words in the range.
• OUTRange — searches for channel data words outside the range.
Data word values are specified using the
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:DATA command.
Value ranges are specified using the :SEARch:SERial:I2S:RANGe command.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:MODE?
The :SEARch:SERial:I2S:MODE? query returns the currently selected mode.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {EQU | NOT | LESS | GRE | INR | OUTR}
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:DATA" on page 591
• ":SEARch:SERial:I2S:RANGe" on page 593
• ":SEARch:SERial:I2S:AUDio" on page 589
590
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
25
:SEARch Commands
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:DATA
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:DATA <string>
<string> ::= "n" where n ::= 32-bit integer in signed decimal
when <base> = DECimal
<string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} when <base> = BINary
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X}
when <base> = HEX
The :SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:DATA command specifies the data word
value when searching for I2S events.
The base of the value entered with this command is specified using the
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:FORMat command.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:DATA?
The :SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:DATA? query returns the current data
word value setting.
Return Format
<string><NL>
<string> ::= "n" where n ::= 32-bit integer in signed decimal
when <base> = DECimal
<string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} when <base> = BINary
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X}
when <base> = HEX
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:SERial:I2S:MODE" on page 590
• ":SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:FORMat" on page 592
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
591
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:FORMat
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:FORMat <base>
<base> ::= {BINary | HEX | DECimal}
The :SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:FORMat command specifies the number
base used with the :SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:DATA command.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:FORMat?
The :SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:FORMat? query returns the current
number base setting.
Return Format
<base><NL>
<base> ::= {BIN | HEX | DEC}
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:DATA" on page 591
592
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SEARch Commands
25
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:RANGe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:RANGe <upper>, <lower>
<upper> ::= 32-bit integer in signed decimal, <nondecimal>, or <string>
<lower> ::= 32-bit integer in signed decimal, <nondecimal>, or <string>
<nondecimal> ::= #Hnn...n where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal
<nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal
The :SEARch:SERial:I2S:RANGe command specifies the data value range
when searching for I2S events.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:I2S:RANGe?
The :SEARch:SERial:I2S:RANGe? query returns the current data value
range setting.
Return Format
<upper>, <lower><NL>
<upper> ::= 32-bit integer in signed decimal
<lower> ::= 32-bit integer in signed decimal
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:SERial:I2S:MODE" on page 590
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
593
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:SERial:IIC Commands
Table 98 :SEARch:SERial:IIC Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:MO
DE <value> (see
page 595)
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:MO
DE? (see page 595)
<value> ::= { READ7 | WRITE7 |
NACKnowledge | ANACk | R7Data2 |
W7Data2 | RESTart | READEprom}
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:PA
TTern:ADDRess <value>
(see page 597)
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:PA
TTern:ADDRess? (see
page 597)
<value> ::= integer or <string>
<string> ::= "0xnn" n ::= {0,..,9
| A,..,F}
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:PA
TTern:DATA <value>
(see page 598)
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:PA
TTern:DATA? (see
page 598)
<value> ::= integer or <string>
<string> ::= "0xnn" n ::= {0,..,9
| A,..,F}
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:PA
TTern:DATA2 <value>
(see page 599)
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:PA
TTern:DATA2? (see
page 599)
<value> ::= integer or <string>
<string> ::= "0xnn" n ::= {0,..,9
| A,..,F}
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:QU
ALifier <value> (see
page 600)
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:QU
ALifier? (see
page 600)
<value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal |
LESSthan | GREaterthan}
594
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SEARch Commands
25
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:MODE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:MODE <value>
<value> ::= {READ7 | WRITE7 | NACKnowledge | ANACk | R7Data2
| W7Data2 | RESTart | READEprom}
The :SEARch:SERial:IIC:MODE command selects the type of IIC
information to find in the Lister display:
• READ7 — searched for 7- bit address frames containing
Start:Address7:Read:Ack:Data. The value READ is also accepted for
READ7.
• WRITe7 — searches for 7- bit address frames containing
Start:Address7:Write:Ack:Data. The value WRITe is also accepted for
WRITe7.
• NACKnowledge — searches for missing acknowledge events.
• ANACk — searches for address with no acknowledge events.
• R7Data2 — searches for 7- bit address frames containing
Start:Address7:Read:Ack:Data:Ack:Data2.
• W7Data2 — searches for 7- bit address frames containing
Start:Address7:Write:Ack:Data:Ack:Data2.
• RESTart — searches for another start condition occurring before a stop
condition.
• READEprom — searches for EEPROM data reads.
NOTE
The short form of READ7 (READ7), READEprom (READE), and WRITe7 (WRIT7) do not
follow the defined Long Form to Short Form Truncation Rules (see page 862).
When searching for events containing addresses, address values are
specified using the :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:ADDRess command.
When searching for events containing data, data values are specified using
the :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA and
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA2 commands.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:MODE?
The :SEARch:SERial:IIC:MODE? query returns the currently selected mode.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {READ7 | WRITE7 | NACK | ANAC | R7D2 | W7D2 | REST
| READE}
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
595
25 :SEARch Commands
• ":SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:ADDRess" on page 597
• ":SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA" on page 598
• ":SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA2" on page 599
• ":SEARch:SERial:IIC:QUALifier" on page 600
596
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SEARch Commands
25
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:ADDRess
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:ADDRess <value>
<value> ::= integer or <string>
<string> ::= "0xnn" n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F}
The :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:ADDRess command specifies address
values when searching for IIC events.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:ADDRess?
The :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:ADDRess? query returns the current
address value setting.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= integer
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:SERial:IIC:MODE" on page 595
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
597
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA <value>
<value> ::= integer or <string>
<string> ::= "0xnn" n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F}
The :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA command specifies data values
when searching for IIC events.
When searching for IIC EEPROM data read events, you specify the data
value qualifier using the :SEARch:SERial:IIC:QUALifier command.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA?
The :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA? query returns the current data
value setting.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= integer
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:SERial:IIC:MODE" on page 595
• ":SEARch:SERial:IIC:QUALifier" on page 600
• ":SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA2" on page 599
598
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SEARch Commands
25
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA2
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA2 <value>
<value> ::= integer or <string>
<string> ::= "0xnn" n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F}
The :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA2 command specifies the second
data value when searching for IIC events with two data values.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA2?
The :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA2? query returns the current second
data value setting.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= integer
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:SERial:IIC:MODE" on page 595
• ":SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA" on page 598
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
599
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:QUALifier
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:QUALifier <value>
<value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | LESSthan | GREaterthan}
The :SEARch:SERial:IIC:QUALifier command specifies the data value
qualifier used when searching for IIC EEPROM data read events.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:IIC:QUALifier?
The :SEARch:SERial:IIC:QUALifier? query returns the current data value
qualifier setting.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {EQU | NOT | LESS | GRE}
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:SERial:IIC:MODE" on page 595
• ":SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA" on page 598
600
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
25
:SEARch Commands
:SEARch:SERial:LIN Commands
Table 99 :SEARch:SERial:LIN Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:ID
<value> (see
page 602)
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:ID
? (see page 602)
<value> ::= 7-bit integer in
decimal, <nondecimal>, or
<string> from 0-63 or 0x00-0x3f
(with Option AMS)
<nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::=
{0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal
<nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n
::= {0 | 1} for binary
<string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::=
{0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:MO
DE <value> (see
page 603)
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:MO
DE? (see page 603)
<value> ::= {ID | DATA | ERRor}
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:PA
TTern:DATA <string>
(see page 604)
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:PA
TTern:DATA? (see
page 604)
<string> ::= "n" where n ::=
32-bit integer in signed decimal
when <base> = DECimal
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X } when
<base> = HEX
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:PA
TTern:DATA:LENGth
<length> (see
page 605)
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:PA
TTern:DATA:LENGth?
(see page 605)
<length> ::= integer from 1 to 8
in NR1 format
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:PA
TTern:FORMat <base>
(see page 606)
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:PA
TTern:FORMat? (see
page 606)
<base> ::= {HEX | DECimal}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
601
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:ID
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:ID <value>
<value> ::= 7-bit integer in decimal, <nondecimal>, or <string>
from 0-63 or 0x00-0x3f (with Option AMS)
<nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal
<nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary
<string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal
The :SEARch:SERial:LIN:ID command specifies the frame ID value when
searching for LIN events.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:ID?
The :SEARch:SERial:LIN:ID? query returns the current frame ID setting.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= 7-bit integer in decimal (with Option AMS)
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:SERial:LIN:MODE" on page 603
602
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SEARch Commands
25
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:MODE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:MODE <value>
<value> ::= {ID | DATA | ERRor}
The :SEARch:SERial:LIN:MODE command selects the type of LIN
information to find in the Lister display:
• ID — searches for a frame ID.
• DATA — searches for a frame ID and data.
• ERRor — searches for errors.
Frame IDs are specified usind the :SEARch:SERial:LIN:ID command.
Data values are specified using the:SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA
command.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:MODE?
The :SEARch:SERial:LIN:MODE? query returns the currently selected mode.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {ID | DATA | ERR}
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:SERial:LIN:ID" on page 602
• ":SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA" on page 604
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
603
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA <string>
<string> ::= "n" where n ::= 32-bit integer in signed decimal
when <base> = DECimal
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X }
when <base> = HEX
The :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA command specifies the data value
when searching for LIN events.
The number base of the value entered with this command is specified
using the :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:FORMat command.
The length of the data value entered is specified using the
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA?
The :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA? query returns the current data
value setting.
Return Format
<string><NL>
<string> ::= "n" where n ::= 32-bit integer in signed decimal
when <base> = DECimal
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X }
when <base> = HEX
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:SERial:LIN:MODE" on page 603
• ":SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:FORMat" on page 606
• ":SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth" on page 605
604
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
25
:SEARch Commands
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth <length>
<length> ::= integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format
The :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command specifies the the
length of the data value when searching for LIN events.
The data value is specified using the :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA
command.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth?
The :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth? query returns the current
data value length setting.
Return Format
<length><NL>
<length> ::= integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA" on page 604
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
605
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:FORMat
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:FORMat <base>
<base> ::= {HEX | DECimal}
The :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:FORMat command specifies the number
base used with the :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA command.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:FORMat?
The :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:FORMat? query returns the current
number base setting.
Return Format
<base><NL>
<base> ::= {HEX | DEC}
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA" on page 604
606
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
25
:SEARch Commands
:SEARch:SERial:SPI Commands
Table 100 :SEARch:SERial:SPI Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SEARch:SERial:SPI:MO
DE <value> (see
page 608)
:SEARch:SERial:SPI:MO
DE? (see page 608)
<value> ::= {MOSI | MISO}
:SEARch:SERial:SPI:PA
TTern:DATA <string>
(see page 609)
:SEARch:SERial:SPI:PA
TTern:DATA? (see
page 609)
<string> ::= "0xnnnnnn" where n
::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X}
:SEARch:SERial:SPI:PA
TTern:WIDTh <width>
(see page 610)
:SEARch:SERial:SPI:PA
TTern:WIDTh? (see
page 610)
<width> ::= integer from 1 to 10
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
607
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:SERial:SPI:MODE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:SPI:MODE <value>
<value> ::= {MOSI | MISO}
The :SEARch:SERial:SPI:MODE command specifies whether the SPI search
will be on the MOSI data or the MISO data.
Data values are specified using the :SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:DATA
command.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:SPI:MODE?
The :SEARch:SERial:SPI:MODE? query returns the current SPI search mode
setting.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {MOSI | MISO}
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:DATA" on page 609
608
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SEARch Commands
25
:SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:DATA
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:DATA <string>
<string> ::= "0xnnnnnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X}
The :SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:DATA command specifies the data value
when searching for SPI events.
The width of the data value is specified using the
:SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:WIDTh command.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:DATA?
The :SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:DATA? query returns the current data
value setting.
Return Format
<string><NL>
<string> ::= "0xnnnnnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X}
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:WIDTh" on page 610
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
609
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:WIDTh
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:WIDTh <width>
<width> ::= integer from 1 to 10
The :SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:WIDTh command specifies the width of
the data value (in bytes) when searching for SPI events.
The data value is specified using the :SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:DATA
command.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:WIDTh?
The :SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:WIDTh? query returns the current data
width setting.
Return Format
<width><NL>
<width> ::= integer from 1 to 10
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:DATA" on page 609
610
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
25
:SEARch Commands
:SEARch:SERial:UART Commands
Table 101 :SEARch:SERial:UART Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SEARch:SERial:UART:D
ATA <value> (see
page 612)
:SEARch:SERial:UART:D
ATA? (see page 612)
<value> ::= 8-bit integer from
0-255 (0x00-0xff) in decimal,
<hexadecimal>, <binary>, or
<quoted_string> format
<hexadecimal> ::= #Hnn where n
::= {0,..,9| A,..,F} for
hexadecimal
<binary> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::=
{0 | 1} for binary
<quoted_string> ::= any of the
128 valid 7-bit ASCII characters
(or standard abbreviations)
:SEARch:SERial:UART:M
ODE <value> (see
page 613)
:SEARch:SERial:UART:M
ODE? (see page 613)
<value> ::= {RDATa | RD1 | RD0 |
RDX | TDATa | TD1 | TD0 | TDX |
PARityerror | AERRor}
:SEARch:SERial:UART:Q
UALifier <value> (see
page 614)
:SEARch:SERial:UART:Q
UALifier? (see
page 614)
<value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal |
GREaterthan | LESSthan}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
611
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:SERial:UART:DATA
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:UART:DATA <value>
<value> ::= 8-bit integer from 0-255 (0x00-0xff) in decimal,
<hexadecimal>, <binary>, or <quoted_string> format
<hexadecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9| A,..,F} for hexadecimal
<binary> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary
<quoted_string> ::= any of the 128 valid 7-bit ASCII characters (or
standard abbreviations)
The :SEARch:SERial:UART:DATA command specifies a data value when
searching for UART/RS232 events.
The data value qualifier is specified using the
:SEARch:SERial:UART:QUALifier command.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:UART:DATA?
The :SEARch:SERial:UART:DATA? query returns the current data value
setting.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= 8-bit integer from 0-255 (0x00-0xff) in decimal format
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:SERial:UART:MODE" on page 613
• ":SEARch:SERial:UART:QUALifier" on page 614
612
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SEARch Commands
25
:SEARch:SERial:UART:MODE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:UART:MODE <value>
<value> ::= {RDATa | RD1 | RD0 | RDX | TDATa | TD1 | TD0 | TDX
| PARityerror | AERRor}
The :SEARch:SERial:UART:MODE command selects the type of
UART/RS232 information to find in the Lister display:
• RDATa — searches for a receive data value when data words are from 5
to 8 bits long.
• RD1 — searches for a receive data value when data words are 9 bits
long and the 9th (alert) bit is 1.
• RD0 — searches for a receive data value when data words are 9 bits
long and the 9th (alert) bit is 0.
• RDX — searches for a receive data value when data words are 9 bits
long and the 9th (alert) bit is a don't care (X).
• TDATa — searches for a transmit data value when data words are from
5 to 8 bits long.
• TD1 — searches for a transmit data value when data words are 9 bits
long and the 9th (alert) bit is 1.
• TD0 — searches for a transmit data value when data words are 9 bits
long and the 9th (alert) bit is 0.
• TDX — searches for a transmit data value when data words are 9 bits
long and the 9th (alert) bit is a don't care (X).
• PARityerror — searches for parity errors.
• AERRor — searches for any error.
Data values are specified using the :SEARch:SERial:UART:DATA command.
Data value qualifiers are specified using the
:SEARch:SERial:UART:QUALifier command.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:UART:MODE?
The :SEARch:SERial:UART:MODE? query returns ...
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {RDAT | RD1 | RD0 | RDX | TDAT | TD1 | TD0 | TDX | PAR
| AERR}
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:SERial:UART:DATA" on page 612
• ":SEARch:SERial:UART:QUALifier" on page 614
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
613
25 :SEARch Commands
:SEARch:SERial:UART:QUALifier
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:UART:QUALifier <value>
<value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | GREaterthan | LESSthan}
The :SEARch:SERial:UART:QUALifier command specifies the data value
qualifier when searching for UART/RS232 events.
Query Syntax
:SEARch:SERial:UART:QUALifier?
The :SEARch:SERial:UART:QUALifier? query returns the current data value
qualifier setting.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {EQU | NOT | GRE | LESS}
See Also
• Chapter 25, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 557
• ":SEARch:SERial:UART:DATA" on page 612
614
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
26
:SYSTem Commands
Control basic system functions of the oscilloscope. See "Introduction to
:SYSTem Commands" on page 616.
Table 102 :SYSTem Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:SYSTem:DATE <date>
(see page 617)
:SYSTem:DATE? (see
page 617)
<date> ::= <year>,<month>,<day>
<year> ::= 4-digit year in NR1
format
<month> ::= {1,..,12 | JANuary |
FEBruary | MARch | APRil | MAY |
JUNe | JULy | AUGust | SEPtember
| OCTober | NOVember | DECember}
<day> ::= {1,..31}
:SYSTem:DSP <string>
(see page 618)
n/a
<string> ::= up to 75 characters
as a quoted ASCII string
n/a
:SYSTem:ERRor? (see
page 619)
<error> ::= an integer error code
<error string> ::= quoted ASCII
string.
See Error Messages (see
page 821).
:SYSTem:LOCK <value>
(see page 620)
:SYSTem:LOCK? (see
page 620)
<value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 |
OFF}}
:SYSTem:PRESet (see
page 621)
n/a
See :SYSTem:PRESet (see
page 621)
:SYSTem:PROTection:LO
CK <value> (see
page 624)
:SYSTem:PROTection:LO
CK? (see page 624)
<value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 |
OFF}}
:SYSTem:SETup
<setup_data> (see
page 625)
:SYSTem:SETup? (see
page 625)
<setup_data> ::= data in IEEE
488.2 # format.
:SYSTem:TIME <time>
(see page 627)
:SYSTem:TIME? (see
page 627)
<time> ::= hours,minutes,seconds
in NR1 format

615
26 :SYSTem Commands
Introduction to
:SYSTem
Commands
616
SYSTem subsystem commands enable writing messages to the display,
setting and reading both the time and the date, querying for errors, and
saving and recalling setups.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SYSTem Commands
26
:SYSTem:DATE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SYSTem:DATE <date>
<date> ::= <year>,<month>,<day>
<year> ::= 4-digit year in NR1 format
<month> ::= {1,..,12 | JANuary | FEBruary | MARch | APRil | MAY | JUNe
| JULy | AUGust | SEPtember | OCTober | NOVember | DECember}
<day> ::= {1,..,31}
The :SYSTem:DATE command sets the date. Validity checking is performed
to ensure that the date is valid.
Query Syntax
:SYSTem:DATE?
The SYSTem:DATE? query returns the date.
Return Format
See Also
<year>,<month>,<day><NL>
• "Introduction to :SYSTem Commands" on page 616
• ":SYSTem:TIME" on page 627
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
617
26 :SYSTem Commands
:SYSTem:DSP
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SYSTem:DSP <string>
<string> ::= quoted ASCII string (up to 75 characters)
The :SYSTem:DSP command writes the quoted string (excluding quotation
marks) to a text box in the center of the display. Use :SYStem:DSP "" to
remotely remove the message from the display. (Two sets of quote marks
without a space between them creates a NULL string.) Press any menu key
to manually remove the message from the display.
See Also
618
• "Introduction to :SYSTem Commands" on page 616
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SYSTem Commands
26
:SYSTem:ERRor
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:SYSTem:ERRor?
The :SYSTem:ERRor? query outputs the next error number and text from
the error queue. The instrument has an error queue that is 30 errors deep
and operates on a first- in, first- out basis. Repeatedly sending the
:SYSTem:ERRor? query returns the errors in the order that they occurred
until the queue is empty. Any further queries then return zero until
another error occurs.
Return Format
<error number>,<error string><NL>
<error number> ::= an integer error code in NR1 format
<error string> ::= quoted ASCII string containing the error message
Error messages are listed in Chapter 33, “Error Messages,” starting on
page 821.
See Also
• "Introduction to :SYSTem Commands" on page 616
• "*ESR (Standard Event Status Register)" on page 132
• "*CLS (Clear Status)" on page 129
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
619
26 :SYSTem Commands
:SYSTem:LOCK
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SYSTem:LOCK <value>
<value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}}
The :SYSTem:LOCK command disables the front panel. LOCK ON is the
equivalent of sending a local lockout message over the programming
interface.
Query Syntax
:SYSTem:LOCK?
The :SYSTem:LOCK? query returns the lock status of the front panel.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {1 | 0}
See Also
620
• "Introduction to :SYSTem Commands" on page 616
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SYSTem Commands
26
:SYSTem:PRESet
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SYSTem:PRESet
The :SYSTem:PRESet command places the instrument in a known state.
This is the same as pressing the [Default Setup] key or [Save/Recall] >
Default/Erase > Default Setup on the front panel.
When you perform a default setup, some user settings (like preferences)
remain unchanged. To reset all user settings to their factory defaults, use
the *RST command.
Reset conditions are:
Acquire Menu
Mode
Normal
Averaging
Off
# Averages
8
Analog Channel Menu
Channel 1
On
Channel 2
Off
Volts/division
5.00 V
Offset
0.00
Coupling
DC
Probe attenuation
10:1
Vernier
Off
Invert
Off
BW limit
Off
Impedance
1 M Ohm (cannot be changed)
Units
Volts
Skew
0
Cursor Menu
Source
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Channel 1
621
26 :SYSTem Commands
Digital Channel Menu (MSO models only)
Channel 0 - 7
Off
Labels
Off
Threshold
TTL (1.4V)
Display Menu
Persistence
Off
Grid
33%
Quick Meas Menu
Source
Channel 1
Run Control
Scope is running
Time Base Menu
Main time/division
100 us
Main time base delay
0.00 s
Delay time/division
500 ns
Delay time base delay
0.00 s
Reference
center
Mode
main
Vernier
Off
Trigger Menu
622
Type
Edge
Mode
Auto
Coupling
dc
Source
Channel 1
Level
0.0 V
Slope
Positive
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SYSTem Commands
26
Trigger Menu
See Also
HF Reject and noise reject
Off
Holdoff
60 ns
External probe attenuation
10:1
External Units
Volts
External Impedance
1 M Ohm (cannot be changed)
• "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 127
• "*RST (Reset)" on page 140
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
623
26 :SYSTem Commands
:SYSTem:PROTection:LOCK
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SYSTem:PROTection:LOCK <value>
<value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}}
The :SYSTem:PROTection:LOCK command disables the fifty ohm impedance
setting for all analog channels.
Query Syntax
:SYSTem:PROTection:LOCK?
The :SYSTem:PROTection:LOCK? query returns the analog channel
protection lock status.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {1 | 0}
See Also
624
• "Introduction to :SYSTem Commands" on page 616
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SYSTem Commands
26
:SYSTem:SETup
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SYSTem:SETup <setup_data>
<setup_data> ::= binary block data in IEEE 488.2 # format.
The :SYSTem:SETup command sets the oscilloscope as defined by the data
in the setup (learn) string sent from the controller. The setup string does
not change the interface mode or interface address.
Query Syntax
:SYSTem:SETup?
The :SYSTem:SETup? query operates the same as the *LRN? query. It
outputs the current oscilloscope setup in the form of a learn string to the
controller. The setup (learn) string is sent and received as a binary block
of data. The format for the data transmission is the # format defined in
the IEEE 488.2 specification.
Return Format
<setup_data><NL>
<setup_data> ::= binary block data in IEEE 488.2 # format
See Also
• "Introduction to :SYSTem Commands" on page 616
• "*LRN (Learn Device Setup)" on page 135
Example Code
' SAVE_SYSTEM_SETUP - The :SYSTEM:SETUP? query returns a program
' message that contains the current state of the instrument. Its
' format is a definite-length binary block, for example,
' #800075595<setup string><NL>
' where the setup string is 75595 bytes in length.
myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:SETUP?"
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadIEEEBlock(BinaryType_UI1)
CheckForInstrumentErrors
' After reading query results.
' Output setup string to a file:
Dim strPath As String
strPath = "c:\scope\config\setup.dat"
' Open file for output.
Close #1
' If #1 is open, close it.
Open strPath For Binary Access Write Lock Write As #1
Put #1, , varQueryResult
' Write data.
Close #1
' Close file.
' RESTORE_SYSTEM_SETUP - Read the setup string from a file and
' write it back to the oscilloscope.
Dim varSetupString As Variant
strPath = "c:\scope\config\setup.dat"
' Open file for input.
Open strPath For Binary Access Read As #1
Get #1, , varSetupString
' Read data.
Close #1
' Close file.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
625
26 :SYSTem Commands
' Write setup string back to oscilloscope using ":SYSTEM:SETUP"
' command:
myScope.WriteIEEEBlock ":SYSTEM:SETUP ", varSetupString
CheckForInstrumentErrors
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
626
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:SYSTem Commands
26
:SYSTem:TIME
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SYSTem:TIME <time>
<time> ::= hours,minutes,seconds in NR1 format
The :SYSTem:TIME command sets the system time, using a 24- hour format.
Commas are used as separators. Validity checking is performed to ensure
that the time is valid.
Query Syntax
:SYSTem:TIME? <time>
The :SYSTem:TIME? query returns the current system time.
Return Format
<time><NL>
<time> ::= hours,minutes,seconds in NR1 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :SYSTem Commands" on page 616
• ":SYSTem:DATE" on page 617
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
627
26 :SYSTem Commands
628
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
27
:TIMebase Commands
Control all horizontal sweep functions. See "Introduction to :TIMebase
Commands" on page 630.
Table 103 :TIMebase Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TIMebase:MODE
<value> (see
page 631)
:TIMebase:MODE? (see
page 631)
<value> ::= {MAIN | WINDow | XY |
ROLL}
:TIMebase:POSition
<pos> (see page 632)
:TIMebase:POSition?
(see page 632)
<pos> ::= time from the trigger
event to the display reference
point in NR3 format
:TIMebase:RANGe
<range_value> (see
page 633)
:TIMebase:RANGe? (see
page 633)
<range_value> ::= 20 ns through
500 s in NR3 format
:TIMebase:REFerence
{LEFT | CENTer |
RIGHt} (see page 634)
:TIMebase:REFerence?
(see page 634)
<return_value> ::= {LEFT | CENTer
| RIGHt}
:TIMebase:SCALe
<scale_value> (see
page 635)
:TIMebase:SCALe? (see
page 635)
<scale_value> ::= scale value in
seconds in NR3 format
:TIMebase:VERNier {{0
| OFF} | {1 | ON}}
(see page 636)
:TIMebase:VERNier?
(see page 636)
{0 | 1}
:TIMebase:WINDow:POSi
tion <pos> (see
page 637)
:TIMebase:WINDow:POSi
tion? (see page 637)
<pos> ::= time from the trigger
event to the zoomed view
reference point in NR3 format
:TIMebase:WINDow:RANG
e <range_value> (see
page 638)
:TIMebase:WINDow:RANG
e? (see page 638)
<range value> ::= range value in
seconds in NR3 format for the
zoomed window
:TIMebase:WINDow:SCAL
e <scale_value> (see
page 639)
:TIMebase:WINDow:SCAL
e? (see page 639)
<scale_value> ::= scale value in
seconds in NR3 format for the
zoomed window

629
27 :TIMebase Commands
Introduction to
:TIMebase
Commands
The TIMebase subsystem commands control the horizontal (X- axis)
functions and set the oscilloscope to X- Y mode (where channel 1 becomes
the X input and channel 2 becomes the Y input). The time per division,
delay, vernier control, and reference can be controlled for the main and
window (zoomed) time bases.
Reporting the Setup
Use :TIMebase? to query setup information for the TIMebase subsystem.
Return Format
The following is a sample response from the :TIMebase? query. In this
case, the query was issued following a *RST command.
:TIM:MODE MAIN;REF CENT;MAIN:RANG +1.00E-03;POS +0.0E+00
630
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:TIMebase Commands
27
:TIMebase:MODE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TIMebase:MODE <value>
<value> ::= {MAIN | WINDow | XY | ROLL}
The :TIMebase:MODE command sets the current time base. There are four
time base modes:
• MAIN — The normal time base mode is the main time base. It is the
default time base mode after the *RST (Reset) command.
• WINDow — In the WINDow (zoomed or delayed) time base mode,
measurements are made in the zoomed time base if possible; otherwise,
the measurements are made in the main time base.
• XY — In the XY mode, the :TIMebase:RANGe, :TIMebase:POSition, and
:TIMebase:REFerence commands are not available. No measurements are
available in this mode.
• ROLL — In the ROLL mode, data moves continuously across the display
from left to right. The oscilloscope runs continuously and is untriggered.
The :TIMebase:REFerence selection changes to RIGHt.
Query Syntax
:TIMebase:MODE?
The :TIMebase:MODE query returns the current time base mode.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {MAIN | WIND | XY | ROLL}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TIMebase Commands" on page 630
• "*RST (Reset)" on page 140
• ":TIMebase:RANGe" on page 633
• ":TIMebase:POSition" on page 632
• ":TIMebase:REFerence" on page 634
Example Code
' TIMEBASE_MODE - (not executed in this example)
' Set the time base mode to MAIN, DELAYED, XY, or ROLL.
' Set time base mode to main.
myScope.WriteString ":TIMEBASE:MODE MAIN"
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
631
27 :TIMebase Commands
:TIMebase:POSition
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TIMebase:POSition <pos>
<pos> ::= time in seconds from the trigger to the display reference
in NR3 format
The :TIMebase:POSition command sets the time interval between the
trigger event and the display reference point on the screen. The display
reference point is either left, right, or center and is set with the
:TIMebase:REFerence command. The maximum position value depends on
the time/division settings.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is an alias for the :TIMebase:DELay command.
:TIMebase:POSition?
The :TIMebase:POSition? query returns the current time from the trigger to
the display reference in seconds.
Return Format
<pos><NL>
<pos> ::= time in seconds from the trigger to the display reference
in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :TIMebase Commands" on page 630
• ":TIMebase:REFerence" on page 634
• ":TIMebase:RANGe" on page 633
• ":TIMebase:SCALe" on page 635
• ":TIMebase:WINDow:POSition" on page 637
• ":TIMebase:DELay" on page 817
632
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:TIMebase Commands
27
:TIMebase:RANGe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TIMebase:RANGe <range_value>
<range_value> ::= 20 ns through 500 s in NR3 format
The :TIMebase:RANGe command sets the full- scale horizontal time in
seconds for the main window. The range is 10 times the current
time- per- division setting.
Query Syntax
:TIMebase:RANGe?
The :TIMebase:RANGe query returns the current full- scale range value for
the main window.
Return Format
<range_value><NL>
<range_value> ::= 20 ns through 500 s in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :TIMebase Commands" on page 630
• ":TIMebase:MODE" on page 631
• ":TIMebase:SCALe" on page 635
• ":TIMebase:WINDow:RANGe" on page 638
Example Code
' TIME_RANGE - Sets the full scale horizontal time in seconds. The
' range value is 10 times the time per division.
myScope.WriteString ":TIM:RANG 2e-3"
' Set the time range to 0.002
seconds.
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
633
27 :TIMebase Commands
:TIMebase:REFerence
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TIMebase:REFerence <reference>
<reference> ::= {LEFT | CENTer | RIGHt}
The :TIMebase:REFerence command sets the time reference to one division
from the left side of the screen, to the center of the screen, or to one
division from the right side of the screen. Time reference is the point on
the display where the trigger point is referenced.
Query Syntax
:TIMebase:REFerence?
The :TIMebase:REFerence? query returns the current display reference for
the main window.
Return Format
<reference><NL>
<reference> ::= {LEFT | CENT | RIGH}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TIMebase Commands" on page 630
• ":TIMebase:MODE" on page 631
Example Code
' TIME_REFERENCE - Possible values are LEFT, CENTer, or RIGHt.
' - LEFT sets the display reference one time division from the left.
' - CENTer sets the display reference to the center of the screen.
' - RIGHt sets the display reference one time division from the righ
t.
myScope.WriteString ":TIMebase:REFerence CENTer"
center.
' Set reference to
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
634
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:TIMebase Commands
27
:TIMebase:SCALe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TIMebase:SCALe <scale_value>
<scale_value> ::= 2 ns through 50 s in NR3 format
The :TIMebase:SCALe command sets the horizontal scale or units per
division for the main window.
Query Syntax
:TIMebase:SCALe?
The :TIMebase:SCALe? query returns the current horizontal scale setting in
seconds per division for the main window.
Return Format
<scale_value><NL>
<scale_value> ::= 2 ns through 50 s in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :TIMebase Commands" on page 630
• ":TIMebase:RANGe" on page 633
• ":TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe" on page 639
• ":TIMebase:WINDow:RANGe" on page 638
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
635
27 :TIMebase Commands
:TIMebase:VERNier
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TIMebase:VERNier <vernier value>
<vernier value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}
The :TIMebase:VERNier command specifies whether the time base control's
vernier (fine horizontal adjustment) setting is ON (1) or OFF (0).
Query Syntax
:TIMebase:VERNier?
The :TIMebase:VERNier? query returns the current state of the time base
control's vernier setting.
Return Format
<vernier value><NL>
<vernier value> ::= {0 | 1}
See Also
636
• "Introduction to :TIMebase Commands" on page 630
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:TIMebase Commands
27
:TIMebase:WINDow:POSition
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TIMebase:WINDow:POSition <pos value>
<pos value> ::= time from the trigger event to the zoomed (delayed)
view reference point in NR3 format
The :TIMebase:WINDow:POSition command sets the horizontal position in
the zoomed (delayed) view of the main sweep. The main sweep range and
the main sweep horizontal position determine the range for this command.
The value for this command must keep the zoomed view window within
the main sweep range.
Query Syntax
:TIMebase:WINDow:POSition?
The :TIMebase:WINDow:POSition? query returns the current horizontal
window position setting in the zoomed view.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= position value in seconds
See Also
• "Introduction to :TIMebase Commands" on page 630
• ":TIMebase:MODE" on page 631
• ":TIMebase:POSition" on page 632
• ":TIMebase:RANGe" on page 633
• ":TIMebase:SCALe" on page 635
• ":TIMebase:WINDow:RANGe" on page 638
• ":TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe" on page 639
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
637
27 :TIMebase Commands
:TIMebase:WINDow:RANGe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TIMebase:WINDow:RANGe <range value>
<range value> ::= range value in seconds in NR3 format
The :TIMebase:WINDow:RANGe command sets the full- scale horizontal time
in seconds for the zoomed (delayed) window. The range is 10 times the
current zoomed view window seconds per division setting. The main sweep
range determines the range for this command. The maximum value is one
half of the :TIMebase:RANGe value.
Query Syntax
:TIMebase:WINDow:RANGe?
The :TIMebase:WINDow:RANGe? query returns the current window
timebase range setting.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= range value in seconds
See Also
• "Introduction to :TIMebase Commands" on page 630
• ":TIMebase:RANGe" on page 633
• ":TIMebase:POSition" on page 632
• ":TIMebase:SCALe" on page 635
638
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:TIMebase Commands
27
:TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe <scale_value>
<scale_value> ::= scale value in seconds in NR3 format
The :TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe command sets the zoomed (delayed)
window horizontal scale (seconds/division). The main sweep scale
determines the range for this command. The maximum value is one half of
the :TIMebase:SCALe value.
Query Syntax
:TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe?
The :TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe? query returns the current zoomed window
scale setting.
Return Format
<scale_value><NL>
<scale_value> ::= current seconds per division for the zoomed window
See Also
• "Introduction to :TIMebase Commands" on page 630
• ":TIMebase:RANGe" on page 633
• ":TIMebase:POSition" on page 632
• ":TIMebase:SCALe" on page 635
• ":TIMebase:WINDow:RANGe" on page 638
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
639
27 :TIMebase Commands
640
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
28
:TRIGger Commands
Control the trigger modes and parameters for each trigger type. See:
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• "General :TRIGger Commands" on page 643
• ":TRIGger:EBURst Commands" on page 651
• ":TRIGger[:EDGE] Commands" on page 656
• ":TRIGger:GLITch Commands" on page 662 (Pulse Width trigger)
• ":TRIGger:PATTern Commands" on page 671
• ":TRIGger:RUNT Commands" on page 680
• ":TRIGger:SHOLd Commands" on page 685
• ":TRIGger:TRANsition Commands" on page 691
• ":TRIGger:TV Commands" on page 696
• ":TRIGger:USB Commands" on page 702
Introduction to
:TRIGger
Commands
The commands in the TRIGger subsystem define the conditions for an
internal trigger. Many of these commands are valid in multiple trigger
modes.
The default trigger mode is :EDGE.
The trigger subsystem controls the trigger sweep mode and the trigger
specification. The trigger sweep (see ":TRIGger:SWEep" on page 650) can
be AUTO or NORMal.
• NORMal mode — displays a waveform only if a trigger signal is present
and the trigger conditions are met. Otherwise the oscilloscope does not
trigger and the display is not updated. This mode is useful for
low- repetitive- rate signals.
• AUTO trigger mode — generates an artificial trigger event if the trigger
specification is not satisfied within a preset time, acquires
unsynchronized data and displays it.
AUTO mode is useful for signals other than low- repetitive- rate signals.
You must use this mode to display a DC signal because there are no
edges on which to trigger.
The following trigger types are available (see ":TRIGger:MODE" on
page 648).

641
28 :TRIGger Commands
• Edge triggering— identifies a trigger by looking for a specified slope
and voltage level on a waveform.
• Nth Edge Burst triggering— lets you trigger on the Nth edge of a burst
that occurs after an idle time.
• Pulse width triggering— (:TRIGger:GLITch commands) sets the
oscilloscope to trigger on a positive pulse or on a negative pulse of a
specified width.
• Pattern triggering— identifies a trigger condition by looking for a
specified pattern. This pattern is a logical AND combination of the
channels. You can also trigger on a specified time duration of a pattern.
• TV triggering— is used to capture the complicated waveforms of
television equipment. The trigger circuitry detects the vertical and
horizontal interval of the waveform and produces triggers based on the
TV trigger settings you selected. TV triggering requires greater than º
division of sync amplitude with any analog channel as the trigger
source.
• USB (Universal Serial Bus) triggering— will trigger on a Start of
Packet (SOP), End of Packet (EOP), Reset Complete, Enter Suspend, or
Exit Suspend signal on the differential USB data lines. USB Low Speed
and Full Speed are supported by this trigger.
Reporting the Setup
Use :TRIGger? to query setup information for the TRIGger subsystem.
Return Format
The return format for the TRIGger? query varies depending on the current
mode. The following is a sample response from the :TRIGger? query. In
this case, the query was issued following a *RST command.
:TRIG:MODE EDGE;SWE AUTO;NREJ 0;HFR 0;HOLD +60.0000000000000E-09;
:TRIG:EDGE:SOUR CHAN1;LEV +0.00000E+00;SLOP POS;REJ OFF;COUP DC
642
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
28
:TRIGger Commands
General :TRIGger Commands
Table 104 General :TRIGger Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TRIGger:HFReject {{0
| OFF} | {1 | ON}}
(see page 644)
:TRIGger:HFReject?
(see page 644)
{0 | 1}
:TRIGger:HOLDoff
<holdoff_time> (see
page 645)
:TRIGger:HOLDoff?
(see page 645)
<holdoff_time> ::= 60 ns to 10 s
in NR3 format
:TRIGger:LEVel:HIGH
<level>, <source>
(see page 646)
:TRIGger:LEVel:HIGH?
<source> (see
page 646)
<level> ::= .75 x full-scale
voltage from center screen in NR3
format.
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:TRIGger:LEVel:LOW
<level>, <source>
(see page 647)
:TRIGger:LEVel:LOW?
<source> (see
page 647)
<level> ::= .75 x full-scale
voltage from center screen in NR3
format.
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:TRIGger:MODE <mode>
(see page 648)
:TRIGger:MODE? (see
page 648)
<mode> ::= {EDGE | GLITch |
PATTern | TV | EBURst | RUNT |
SHOLd | TRANsition | SBUS{1 | 2}
| USB}
<return_value> ::= {<mode> |
<none>}
<none> ::= query returns "NONE"
if the :TIMebase:MODE is ROLL or
XY
:TRIGger:NREJect {{0
| OFF} | {1 | ON}}
(see page 649)
:TRIGger:NREJect?
(see page 649)
{0 | 1}
:TRIGger:SWEep
<sweep> (see
page 650)
:TRIGger:SWEep? (see
page 650)
<sweep> ::= {AUTO | NORMal}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
643
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:HFReject
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:HFReject <value>
<value> ::= {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}}
The :TRIGger:HFReject command turns the high frequency reject filter off
and on. The high frequency reject filter adds a 50 kHz low- pass filter in
the trigger path to remove high frequency components from the trigger
waveform. Use this filter to remove high- frequency noise, such as AM or
FM broadcast stations, from the trigger path.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:HFReject?
The :TRIGger:HFReject? query returns the current high frequency reject
filter mode.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {0 | 1}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger[:EDGE]:REJect" on page 659
644
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:TRIGger Commands
28
:TRIGger:HOLDoff
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:HOLDoff <holdoff_time>
<holdoff_time> ::= 60 ns to 10 s in NR3 format
The :TRIGger:HOLDoff command defines the holdoff time value in seconds.
Holdoff keeps a trigger from occurring until after a certain amount of time
has passed since the last trigger. This feature is valuable when a waveform
crosses the trigger level multiple times during one period of the waveform.
Without holdoff, the oscilloscope could trigger on each of the crossings,
producing a confusing waveform. With holdoff set correctly, the
oscilloscope always triggers on the same crossing. The correct holdoff
setting is typically slightly less than one period.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:HOLDoff?
The :TRIGger:HOLDoff? query returns the holdoff time value for the
current trigger mode.
Return Format
<holdoff_time><NL>
<holdoff_time> ::= the holdoff time value in seconds in NR3 format.
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
645
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:LEVel:HIGH
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:LEVel:HIGH <level>, <source>
<level> ::= 0.75 x full-scale voltage from center screen in NR3 format
for internal triggers
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :TRIGger:LEVel:HIGH command sets the high trigger voltage level
voltage for the specified source.
High and low trigger levels are used with runt triggers and rise/fall time
(transition) triggers.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:LEVel:HIGH? <source>
The :TRIGger:LEVel:HIGH? query returns the high trigger voltage level for
the specified source.
Return Format
See Also
<level><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:LEVel:LOW" on page 647
• ":TRIGger:RUNT Commands" on page 680
• ":TRIGger:TRANsition Commands" on page 691
• ":TRIGger[:EDGE]:SOURce" on page 661
646
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
28
:TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:LEVel:LOW
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:LEVel:LOW <level>, <source>
<level> ::= 0.75 x full-scale voltage from center screen in NR3 format
for internal triggers
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :TRIGger:LEVel:LOW command sets the low trigger voltage level voltage
for the specified source.
High and low trigger levels are used with runt triggers and rise/fall time
(transition) triggers.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:LEVel:LOW? <source>
The :TRIGger:LEVel:LOW? query returns the low trigger voltage level for
the specified source.
Return Format
See Also
<level><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:LEVel:HIGH" on page 646
• ":TRIGger:RUNT Commands" on page 680
• ":TRIGger:TRANsition Commands" on page 691
• ":TRIGger[:EDGE]:SOURce" on page 661
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
647
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:MODE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:MODE <mode>
<mode> ::= {EDGE | GLITch | PATTern | TV | EBURst | RUNT | SHOLd
| TRANsition | SBUS{1 | 2} | USB}
The :TRIGger:MODE command selects the trigger mode (trigger type).
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:MODE?
The :TRIGger:MODE? query returns the current trigger mode. If the
:TIMebase:MODE is ROLL or XY, the query returns "NONE".
Return Format
<mode><NL>
<mode> ::= {EDGE | GLIT | PATT | TV | EBUR | RUNT | SHOL
| TRAN | SBUS{1 | 2} | USB}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:SWEep" on page 650
• ":TIMebase:MODE" on page 631
Example Code
' TRIGGER_MODE - Set the trigger mode to EDGE.
myScope.WriteString ":TRIGger:MODE EDGE"
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
648
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:TRIGger Commands
28
:TRIGger:NREJect
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:NREJect <value>
<value> ::= {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}}
The :TRIGger:NREJect command turns the noise reject filter off and on.
When the noise reject filter is on, the trigger circuitry is less sensitive to
noise but may require a greater amplitude waveform to trigger the
oscilloscope. This command is not valid in TV trigger mode.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:NREJect?
The :TRIGger:NREJect? query returns the current noise reject filter mode.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {0 | 1}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
649
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:SWEep
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:SWEep <sweep>
<sweep> ::= {AUTO | NORMal}
The :TRIGger:SWEep command selects the trigger sweep mode.
When AUTO sweep mode is selected, a baseline is displayed in the absence
of a signal. If a signal is present but the oscilloscope is not triggered, the
unsynchronized signal is displayed instead of a baseline.
When NORMal sweep mode is selected and no trigger is present, the
instrument does not sweep, and the data acquired on the previous trigger
remains on the screen.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This feature is called "Mode" on the instrument's front panel.
:TRIGger:SWEep?
The :TRIGger:SWEep? query returns the current trigger sweep mode.
Return Format
<sweep><NL>
<sweep> ::= current trigger sweep mode
See Also
650
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
28
:TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:EBURst Commands
Table 105 :TRIGger:EBURst Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TRIGger:EBURst:COUNt
<count> (see
page 652)
:TRIGger:EBURst:COUNt
? (see page 652)
<count> ::= integer in NR1 format
:TRIGger:EBURst:IDLE
<time_value> (see
page 653)
:TRIGger:EBURst:IDLE?
(see page 653)
<time_value> ::= time in seconds
in NR3 format
:TRIGger:EBURst:SLOPe
<slope> (see
page 654)
:TRIGger:EBURst:SLOPe
? (see page 654)
<slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive}
:TRIGger:EBURst:SOURc
e <source> (see
page 655)
:TRIGger:EBURst:SOURc
e? (see page 655)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
The :TRIGger:EBURst:SOURce command is used to specify the source
channel for the Nth Edge Burst trigger. If an analog channel is selected as
the source, the :TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel command is used to set the Nth Edge
Burst trigger level. If a digital channel is selected as the source, the
:DIGital<n>:THReshold or :POD<n>:THReshold command is used to set the
Nth Edge Burst trigger level.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
651
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:EBURst:COUNt
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:EBURst:COUNt <count>
<count> ::= integer in NR1 format
The :TRIGger:EBURst:COUNt command sets the Nth edge at burst counter
resource. The edge counter is used in the trigger stage to determine which
edge in a burst will generate a trigger.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:EBURst:COUNt?
The :TRIGger:EBURst:COUNt? query returns the current Nth edge of burst
edge counter setting.
Return Format
<count><NL>
<count> ::= integer in NR1 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:EBURst:SLOPe" on page 654
• ":TRIGger:EBURst:IDLE" on page 653
652
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:TRIGger Commands
28
:TRIGger:EBURst:IDLE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:EBURst:IDLE <time_value>
<time_value> ::= time in seconds in NR3 format
The :TRIGger:EBURst:IDLE command sets the Nth edge in a burst idle
resource in seconds from 10 ns to 10 s. The timer is used to set the
minimum time before the next burst.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:EBURst:IDLE?
The :TRIGger:EBURst:IDLE? query returns current Nth edge in a burst idle
setting.
Return Format
<time value><NL>
<time_value> ::= time in seconds in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:EBURst:SLOPe" on page 654
• ":TRIGger:EBURst:COUNt" on page 652
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
653
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:EBURst:SLOPe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:EBURst:SLOPe <slope>
<slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive}
The :TRIGger:EBURst:SLOPe command specifies whether the rising edge
(POSitive) or falling edge (NEGative) of the Nth edge in a burst will
generate a trigger.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:EBURst:SLOPe?
The :TRIGger:EBURst:SLOPe? query returns the current Nth edge in a
burst slope.
Return Format
<slope><NL>
<slope> ::= {NEG | POS}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:EBURst:IDLE" on page 653
• ":TRIGger:EBURst:COUNt" on page 652
654
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
28
:TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:EBURst:SOURce
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:EBURst:SOURce <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :TRIGger:EBURst:SOURce command selects the input that produces the
Nth edge burst trigger.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:EBURst:SOURce?
The :TRIGger:EBURst:SOURce? query returns the current Nth edge burst
trigger source. If all channels are off, the query returns "NONE."
Return Format
<source><NL>
<source> ::= {CHAN<n> | DIG<d>}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
655
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger[:EDGE] Commands
Table 106 :TRIGger[:EDGE] Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPl
ing {AC | DC |
LFReject} (see
page 657)
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPl
ing? (see page 657)
{AC | DC | LFReject}
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:LEVel
<level> [,<source>]
(see page 658)
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:LEVel
? [<source>] (see
page 658)
For internal triggers, <level>
::= .75 x full-scale voltage from
center screen in NR3 format.
For external triggers, <level>
::= ±(external range setting) in
NR3 format.
For digital channels (MSO
models), <level> ::= ±8 V.
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | EXTernal } for MSO
models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:REJec
t {OFF | LFReject |
HFReject} (see
page 659)
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:REJec
t? (see page 659)
{OFF | LFReject | HFReject}
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:SLOPe
<polarity> (see
page 660)
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:SLOPe
? (see page 660)
<polarity> ::= {POSitive |
NEGative | EITHer | ALTernate}
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:SOURc
e <source> (see
page 661)
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:SOURc
e? (see page 661)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal | LINE | WGEN} for the
DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | EXTernal | LINE |
WGEN} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
656
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:TRIGger Commands
28
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPling
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPling <coupling>
<coupling> ::= {AC | DC | LFReject}
The :TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPling command sets the input coupling for the
selected trigger sources. The coupling can be set to AC, DC, or LFReject.
• AC coupling places a high- pass filter (10 Hz for analog channels, and
3.5 Hz for all External trigger inputs) in the trigger path, removing dc
offset voltage from the trigger waveform. Use AC coupling to get a
stable edge trigger when your waveform has a large dc offset.
• LFReject coupling places a 50 KHz high- pass filter in the trigger path.
• DC coupling allows dc and ac signals into the trigger path.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPling and the :TRIGger[:EDGE]:REJect selections are coupled.
Changing the setting of the :TRIGger[:EDGE]:REJect can change the COUPling setting.
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPling?
The :TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPling? query returns the current coupling
selection.
Return Format
<coupling><NL>
<coupling> ::= {AC | DC | LFR}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":TRIGger[:EDGE]:REJect" on page 659
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
657
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:LEVel
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:LEVel <level>
<level> ::= <level>[,<source>]
<level> ::= 0.75 x full-scale voltage from center screen in NR3 format
for internal triggers
<level> ::= ±(external range setting) in NR3 format
for external triggers
<level> ::= ±8 V for digital channels (MSO models)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> | EXTernal}
for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :TRIGger[:EDGE]:LEVel command sets the trigger level voltage for the
active trigger source.
NOTE
Query Syntax
If the optional source is specified and is not the active source, the level on the active source
is not affected and the active source is not changed.
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:LEVel? [<source>]
The :TRIGger[:EDGE]:LEVel? query returns the trigger level of the current
trigger source.
Return Format
See Also
<level><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger[:EDGE]:SOURce" on page 661
• ":EXTernal:RANGe" on page 266
• ":POD<n>:THReshold" on page 423
• ":DIGital<d>:THReshold" on page 253
658
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
28
:TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:REJect
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:REJect <reject>
<reject> ::= {OFF | LFReject | HFReject}
The :TRIGger[:EDGE]:REJect command turns the low- frequency or
high- frequency reject filter on or off. You can turn on one of these filters
at a time.
• The high frequency reject filter adds a 50 kHz low- pass filter in the
trigger path to remove high frequency components from the trigger
waveform. Use the high frequency reject filter to remove high- frequency
noise, such as AM or FM broadcast stations, from the trigger path.
• The low frequency reject filter adds a 50 kHz high- pass filter in series
with the trigger waveform to remove any unwanted low frequency
components from a trigger waveform, such as power line frequencies,
that can interfere with proper triggering.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :TRIGger[:EDGE]:REJect and the :TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPling selections are coupled.
Changing the setting of the :TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPling can change the COUPling setting.
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:REJect?
The :TRIGger[:EDGE]:REJect? query returns the current status of the reject
filter.
Return Format
<reject><NL>
<reject> ::= {OFF | LFR | HFR}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:HFReject" on page 644
• ":TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPling" on page 657
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
659
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:SLOPe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:SLOPe <slope>
<slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive | EITHer | ALTernate}
The :TRIGger[:EDGE]:SLOPe command specifies the slope of the edge for
the trigger. The SLOPe command is not valid in TV trigger mode. Instead,
use :TRIGger:TV:POLarity to set the polarity in TV trigger mode.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:SLOPe?
The :TRIGger[:EDGE]:SLOPe? query returns the current trigger slope.
Return Format
<slope><NL>
<slope> ::= {NEG | POS | EITH | ALT}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":TRIGger:TV:POLarity" on page 699
Example Code
' TRIGGER_EDGE_SLOPE - Sets the slope of the edge for the trigger.
' Set the slope to positive.
myScope.WriteString ":TRIGGER:EDGE:SLOPE POSITIVE"
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
660
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:TRIGger Commands
28
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:SOURce
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:SOURce <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal | LINE | WGEN} for the DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> | EXTernal | LINE | WGEN}
for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :TRIGger[:EDGE]:SOURce command selects the input that produces the
trigger.
• EXTernal — triggers on the rear panel EXT TRIG IN signal.
• LINE — triggers at the 50% level of the rising or falling edge of the AC
power source signal.
• WGEN — triggers at the 50% level of the rising edge of the waveform
generator output signal.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger[:EDGE]:SOURce?
The :TRIGger[:EDGE]:SOURce? query returns the current source. If all
channels are off, the query returns "NONE."
Return Format
<source><NL>
<source> ::= {CHAN<n> | EXT | LINE | WGEN | NONE} for the DSO models
<source> ::= {CHAN<n> | DIG<d> | EXTernal | LINE | WGEN | NONE}
for the MSO models
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
Example Code
' TRIGGER_EDGE_SOURCE - Selects the channel that actually produces th
e
' edge trigger. Any channel can be selected.
myScope.WriteString ":TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce CHANnel1"
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
661
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:GLITch Commands
Table 107 :TRIGger:GLITch Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TRIGger:GLITch:GREat
erthan
<greater_than_time>[s
uffix] (see page 664)
:TRIGger:GLITch:GREat
erthan? (see
page 664)
<greater_than_time> ::=
floating-point number in NR3
format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
:TRIGger:GLITch:LESSt
han
<less_than_time>[suff
ix] (see page 665)
:TRIGger:GLITch:LESSt
han? (see page 665)
<less_than_time> ::=
floating-point number in NR3
format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
:TRIGger:GLITch:LEVel
<level> [<source>]
(see page 666)
:TRIGger:GLITch:LEVel
? (see page 666)
For internal triggers, <level>
::= .75 x full-scale voltage from
center screen in NR3 format.
For external triggers (DSO
models), <level> ::= ±(external
range setting) in NR3 format.
For digital channels (MSO
models), <level> ::= ±8 V.
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:TRIGger:GLITch:POLar
ity <polarity> (see
page 667)
:TRIGger:GLITch:POLar
ity? (see page 667)
<polarity> ::= {POSitive |
NEGative}
:TRIGger:GLITch:QUALi
fier <qualifier> (see
page 668)
:TRIGger:GLITch:QUALi
fier? (see page 668)
<qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan |
LESSthan | RANGe}
662
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
28
:TRIGger Commands
Table 107 :TRIGger:GLITch Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TRIGger:GLITch:RANGe
<less_than_time>[suff
ix],
<greater_than_time>[s
uffix] (see page 669)
:TRIGger:GLITch:RANGe
? (see page 669)
<less_than_time> ::= 15 ns to
10 seconds in NR3 format
<greater_than_time> ::= 10 ns to
9.99 seconds in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
:TRIGger:GLITch:SOURc
e <source> (see
page 670)
:TRIGger:GLITch:SOURc
e? (see page 670)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
663
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:GLITch:GREaterthan
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:GLITch:GREaterthan <greater_than_time>[<suffix>]
<greater_than_time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format
<suffix> ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps}
The :TRIGger:GLITch:GREaterthan command sets the minimum pulse width
duration for the selected :TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:GLITch:GREaterthan?
The :TRIGger:GLITch:GREaterthan? query returns the minimum pulse
width duration time for :TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce.
Return Format
<greater_than_time><NL>
<greater_than_time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format.
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce" on page 670
• ":TRIGger:GLITch:QUALifier" on page 668
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
664
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
28
:TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:GLITch:LESSthan
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:GLITch:LESSthan <less_than_time>[<suffix>]
<less_than_time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format
<suffix> ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps}
The :TRIGger:GLITch:LESSthan command sets the maximum pulse width
duration for the selected :TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:GLITch:LESSthan?
The :TRIGger:GLITch:LESSthan? query returns the pulse width duration
time for :TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce.
Return Format
<less_than_time><NL>
<less_than_time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format.
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce" on page 670
• ":TRIGger:GLITch:QUALifier" on page 668
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
665
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:GLITch:LEVel
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:GLITch:LEVel <level_argument>
<level_argument> ::= <level>[, <source>]
<level> ::= .75 x full-scale voltage from center screen in NR3 format
for internal triggers
<level> ::= ±(external range setting) in NR3 format
for external triggers (DSO models)
<level> ::= ±8 V for digital channels (MSO models)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :TRIGger:GLITch:LEVel command sets the trigger level voltage for the
active pulse width trigger.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:GLITch:LEVel?
The :TRIGger:GLITch:LEVel? query returns the trigger level of the current
pulse width trigger mode. If all channels are off, the query returns
"NONE."
Return Format
See Also
<level_argument><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce" on page 670
• ":EXTernal:RANGe" on page 266
666
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:TRIGger Commands
28
:TRIGger:GLITch:POLarity
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:GLITch:POLarity <polarity>
<polarity> ::= {POSitive | NEGative}
The :TRIGger:GLITch:POLarity command sets the polarity for the glitch
pulse width trigger.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:GLITch:POLarity?
The :TRIGger:GLITch:POLarity? query returns the glitch pulse width trigger
polarity.
Return Format
<polarity><NL>
<polarity> ::= {POS | NEG}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce" on page 670
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
667
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:GLITch:QUALifier
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:GLITch:QUALifier <operator>
<operator> ::= {GREaterthan | LESSthan | RANGe}
This command sets the mode of operation of the glitch pulse width trigger.
The oscilloscope can trigger on a pulse width that is greater than a time
value, less than a time value, or within a range of time values.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:GLITch:QUALifier?
The :TRIGger:GLITch:QUALifier? query returns the glitch pulse width
qualifier.
Return Format
<operator><NL>
<operator> ::= {GRE | LESS | RANG}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce" on page 670
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
668
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:TRIGger Commands
28
:TRIGger:GLITch:RANGe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:GLITch:RANGe <less_than_time>[suffix],
<greater_than_time>[suffix]
<less_than_time> ::= (15 ns - 10 seconds) in NR3 format
<greater_than_time> ::= (10 ns - 9.99 seconds) in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps}
The :TRIGger:GLITch:RANGe command sets the pulse width duration for
the selected :TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce. You can enter the parameters in any
order — the smaller value becomes the <greater_than_time> and the larger
value becomes the <less_than_time>.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:GLITch:RANGe?
The :TRIGger:GLITch:RANGe? query returns the pulse width duration time
for :TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce.
Return Format
See Also
<less_than_time>,<greater_than_time><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce" on page 670
• ":TRIGger:GLITch:QUALifier" on page 668
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
669
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce <source>
<source> ::= {DIGital<d> | CHANnel<n>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce command selects the channel that produces
the pulse width trigger.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce?
The :TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce? query returns the current pulse width
source. If all channels are off, the query returns "NONE".
Return Format
See Also
<source><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":TRIGger:GLITch:LEVel" on page 666
• ":TRIGger:GLITch:POLarity" on page 667
• ":TRIGger:GLITch:QUALifier" on page 668
• ":TRIGger:GLITch:RANGe" on page 669
Example Code
670
• "Example Code" on page 661
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
28
:TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:PATTern Commands
Table 108 :TRIGger:PATTern Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TRIGger:PATTern
<string>[,<edge_sourc
e>,<edge>] (see
page 672)
:TRIGger:PATTern?
(see page 673)
<string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::=
{0 | 1 | X | R | F} when <base> =
ASCii <string> ::= "0xnn...n"
where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X
| $} when <base> = HEX
<edge_source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
NONE} for DSO models
<edge_source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d> | NONE} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
<edge> ::= {POSitive | NEGative}
:TRIGger:PATTern:FORM
at <base> (see
page 674)
:TRIGger:PATTern:FORM
at? (see page 674)
<base> ::= {ASCii | HEX}
:TRIGger:PATTern:GREa
terthan
<greater_than_time>[s
uffix] (see page 675)
:TRIGger:PATTern:GREa
terthan? (see
page 675)
<greater_than_time> ::=
floating-point number in NR3
format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
:TRIGger:PATTern:LESS
than
<less_than_time>[suff
ix] (see page 676)
:TRIGger:PATTern:LESS
than? (see page 676)
<less_than_time> ::=
floating-point number in NR3
format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
:TRIGger:PATTern:QUAL
ifier <qualifier>
(see page 677)
:TRIGger:PATTern:QUAL
ifier? (see page 677)
<qualifier> ::= {ENTered |
GREaterthan | LESSthan | INRange
| OUTRange | TIMeout}
:TRIGger:PATTern:RANG
e
<less_than_time>[suff
ix],
<greater_than_time>[s
uffix] (see page 679)
:TRIGger:PATTern:RANG
e? (see page 679)
<less_than_time> ::= 15 ns to
10 seconds in NR3 format
<greater_than_time> ::= 10 ns to
9.99 seconds in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
671
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:PATTern
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:PATTern <pattern>
<pattern> ::= <string>[,<edge_source>,<edge>]
<string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | R | F} when
<base> = ASCii
<string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} when
<base> = HEX
<edge_source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | NONE} for DSO models
<edge_source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>
| NONE} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
<edge> ::= {POSitive | NEGative}
The :TRIGger:PATTern command specifies the channel values to be used in
the pattern trigger.
In the <string> parameter, each bit corresponds to a channel as described
in the following table:
Oscilloscope Models
Value and Mask Bit Assignments
4 analog + 16 digital channels (mixed-signal)
Bits 0 through 15 - digital channels 0 through
15. Bits 16 through 19 - analog channels 4
through 1.
2 analog + 16 digital channels (mixed-signal)
Bits 0 through 15 - digital channels 0 through
15. Bits 16 and 17 - analog channels 2 and 1.
4 analog channels only
Bits 0 through 3 - analog channels 4 through 1.
2 analog channels only
Bits 0 and 1 - analog channels 2 and 1.
The format of the <string> parameter depends on the
:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat command setting:
• When the format is ASCii, the string looks just like the string you see
on the oscilloscope's front panel, made up of 0, 1, X (don't care), R
(rising edge), and F (falling edge) characters.
• When the format is HEX, the string begins with "0x" and contains hex
digit characters or X (don't care for all four bits in the nibble).
With the hex format string, you can use the <edge_source> and <edge>
parameters to specify an edge on one of the channels.
672
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:TRIGger Commands
NOTE
28
The optional <edge_source> and <edge> parameters should be sent together or not at all.
The edge can be specified in the ASCII <string> parameter. If the edge source and edge
parameters are used, they take precedence.
You can only specify an edge on one channel. When an edge is specified,
the :TRIGger:PATTern:QUALifier does not apply.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:PATTern?
The :TRIGger:PATTern? query returns the pattern string, edge source, and
edge.
Return Format
See Also
<string>,<edge_source>,<edge><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat" on page 674
• ":TRIGger:PATTern:QUALifier" on page 677
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
673
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat <base>
<base> ::= {ASCii | HEX}
The :TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat command sets the entry (and query)
number base used by the :TRIGger:PATTern command. The default <base>
is ASCii.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat?
The :TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat? query returns the currently set number
base for pattern trigger patterns.
Return Format
<base><NL>
<base> ::= {ASC | HEX}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:PATTern" on page 672
674
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:TRIGger Commands
28
:TRIGger:PATTern:GREaterthan
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:PATTern:GREaterthan <greater_than_time>[<suffix>]
<greater_than_time> ::= minimum trigger duration in seconds
in NR3 format
<suffix> ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps }
The :TRIGger:PATTern:GREaterthan command sets the minimum duration
for the defined pattern when :TRIGger:PATTern:QUALifier is set to
GREaterthan. The command also sets the timeout value when the
:TRIGger:PATTern:QUALifier is set to TIMeout.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:PATTern:GREaterthan?
The :TRIGger:PATTern:GREaterthan? query returns the minimum duration
time for the defined pattern.
Return Format
See Also
<greater_than_time><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:PATTern" on page 672
• ":TRIGger:PATTern:QUALifier" on page 677
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
675
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:PATTern:LESSthan
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:PATTern:LESSthan <less_than_time>[<suffix>]
<less_than_time> ::= maximum trigger duration in seconds
in NR3 format
<suffix> ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps}
The :TRIGger:PATTern:LESSthan command sets the maximum duration for
the defined pattern when :TRIGger:PATTern:QUALifier is set to LESSthan.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:PATTern:LESSthan?
The :TRIGger:PATTern:LESSthan? query returns the duration time for the
defined pattern.
Return Format
See Also
<less_than_time><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:PATTern" on page 672
• ":TRIGger:PATTern:QUALifier" on page 677
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
676
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
28
:TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:PATTern:QUALifier
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:PATTern:QUALifier <qualifier>
<qualifier> ::= {ENTered | GREaterthan | LESSthan | INRange | OUTRange
| TIMeout}
The :TRIGger:PATTern:QUALifier command qualifies when the trigger
occurs:
• ENTered — when the pattern is entered.
• LESSthan — when the pattern is present for less than a time value.
• GREaterthan — when the pattern is present for greater than a time
value. The trigger occurs when the pattern exits (not when the
GREaterthan time value is exceeded).
• TIMeout — when the pattern is present for greater than a time value. In
this case, the trigger occurs when the GREaterthan time value is
exceeded (not when the pattern exits).
• INRange — when the pattern is present for a time within a range of
values.
• OUTRange — when the pattern is present for a time outside of range of
values.
Pattern durations are evaluated using a timer. The timer starts on the last
edge that makes the pattern (logical AND) true. Except when the TIMeout
qualifier is selected, the trigger occurs on the first edge that makes the
pattern false, provided the time qualifier criteria has been met.
Set the GREaterthan qualifier value with the
:TRIGger:PATTern:GREaterthan command.
Set the LESSthan qualifier value with the :TRIGger:PATTern:LESSthan
command.
Set the INRange and OUTRange qualifier values with the
:TRIGger:PATTern:RANGe command.
Set the TIMeout qualifier value with the :TRIGger:PATTern:GREaterthan
command.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:PATTern:QUALifier?
The :TRIGger:PATTern:QUALifier? query returns the trigger duration
qualifier.
Return Format
See Also
<qualifier><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:PATTern:GREaterthan" on page 675
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
677
28 :TRIGger Commands
• ":TRIGger:PATTern:LESSthan" on page 676
• ":TRIGger:PATTern:RANGe" on page 679
678
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:TRIGger Commands
28
:TRIGger:PATTern:RANGe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:PATTern:RANGe <less_than_time>[<suffix>],
<greater_than_time>[<suffix>]
<greater_than_time> ::= 10 ns to 9.99 seconds in NR3 format
<less_than_time> ::= 15 ns to 10 seconds in NR3 format
<suffix> ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps}
The :TRIGger:PATTern:RANGe command sets the duration for the defined
pattern when the :TRIGger:PATTern:QUALifier command is set to INRange
or OUTRange. You can enter the parameters in any order — the smaller
value becomes the <greater_than_time> and the larger value becomes the
<less_than_time>.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:PATTern:RANGe?
The :TRIGger:PATTern:RANGe? query returns the duration time for the
defined pattern.
Return Format
See Also
<less_than_time>,<greater_than_time><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:PATTern" on page 672
• ":TRIGger:PATTern:QUALifier" on page 677
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
679
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:RUNT Commands
Table 109 :TRIGger:RUNT Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TRIGger:RUNT:POLarit
y <polarity> (see
page 681)
:TRIGger:RUNT:POLarit
y? (see page 681)
<polarity> ::= {POSitive |
NEGative | EITHer}
:TRIGger:RUNT:QUALifi
er <qualifier> (see
page 682)
:TRIGger:RUNT:QUALifi
er? (see page 682)
<qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan |
LESSthan | NONE}
:TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce
<source> (see
page 683)
:TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce?
(see page 683)
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:TRIGger:RUNT:TIME
<time>[suffix] (see
page 684)
:TRIGger:RUNT:TIME?
(see page 684)
<time> ::= floating-point number
in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
680
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:TRIGger Commands
28
:TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity <polarity>
<polarity> ::= {POSitive | NEGative | EITHer}
The :TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity command sets the polarity for the runt
trigger:
• POSitive — positive runt pulses.
• NEGative — negative runt pulses.
• EITHer — either positive or negative runt pulses.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity?
The :TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity? query returns the runt trigger polarity.
Return Format
<polarity><NL>
<polarity> ::= {POS | NEG | EITH}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":TRIGger:LEVel:HIGH" on page 646
• ":TRIGger:LEVel:LOW" on page 647
• ":TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce" on page 683
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
681
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:RUNT:QUALifier
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:RUNT:QUALifier <qualifier>
<qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan | LESSthan | NONE}
The :TRIGger:RUNT:QUALifier command selects the qualifier used for
specifying runt pulse widths:
• GREaterthan — triggers on runt pulses whose width is greater than the
:TRIGger:RUNT:TIME.
• LESSthan — triggers on runt pulses whose width is less than the
:TRIGger:RUNT:TIME.
• NONE — triggers on runt pulses of any width.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:RUNT:QUALifier?
The :TRIGger:RUNT:QUALifier? query returns the runt trigger qualifier
setting.
Return Format
<qualifier><NL>
<qualifier> ::= {GRE | LESS NONE}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":TRIGger:RUNT:TIME" on page 684
682
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:TRIGger Commands
28
:TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce <source>
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce command selects the channel used to produce
the trigger.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce?
The :TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce? query returns the current runt trigger source.
Return Format
<source><NL>
<source> ::= CHAN<n>
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity" on page 681
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
683
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:RUNT:TIME
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:RUNT:TIME <time>[suffix]
<time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps}
When triggering on runt pulses whose width is greater than or less than a
certain value (see :TRIGger:RUNT:QUALifier), the :TRIGger:RUNT:TIME
command specifies the time used with the qualifer.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:RUNT:TIME?
The :TRIGger:RUNT:TIME? query returns the current runt pulse qualifier
time setting.
Return Format
<time><NL>
<time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:RUNT:QUALifier" on page 682
684
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
28
:TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:SHOLd Commands
Table 110 :TRIGger:SHOLd Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe
<slope> (see
page 686)
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe?
(see page 686)
<slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive}
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce
:CLOCk <source> (see
page 687)
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce
:CLOCk? (see
page 687)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce
:DATA <source> (see
page 688)
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce
:DATA? (see page 688)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:H
OLD <time>[suffix]
(see page 689)
:TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:H
OLD? (see page 689)
<time> ::= floating-point number
in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
:TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:S
ETup <time>[suffix]
(see page 690)
:TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:S
ETup? (see page 690)
<time> ::= floating-point number
in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
685
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe <slope>
<slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive}
The :TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe command sets the polarity for the TV trigger.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe?
The :TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe? query returns the TV trigger polarity.
Return Format
<slope><NL>
<slope> ::= {NEG | POS}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce:CLOCk" on page 687
• ":TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce:DATA" on page 688
686
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:TRIGger Commands
28
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce:CLOCk
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce:CLOCk <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce:CLOCk command selects the channel used to
produce the trigger.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce:CLOCk?
The :TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce:CLOCk? query returns the current setup and
hold trigger source.
Return Format
<source><NL>
<source> ::= {CHAN<n> | EXT} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHAN<n> | DIG<d>} for MSO models
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe" on page 686
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
687
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce:DATA
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce:DATA <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce:DATA command selects the channel used to
produce the trigger.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce:DATA?
The :TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce:DATA? query returns the current setup and
hold trigger source.
Return Format
<source><NL>
<source> ::= {CHAN<n> | EXT} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHAN<n> | DIG<d>} for MSO models
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe" on page 686
688
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:TRIGger Commands
28
:TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:HOLD
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:HOLD <time>[suffix]
<time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps}
The :TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:HOLD command allows triggering on a specific
line of video. The line number limits vary with the standard and mode, as
shown in the following table.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:HOLD?
The :TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:HOLD? query returns the current TV trigger line
number setting.
Return Format
<time><NL>
<time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
689
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:SETup
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:SETup <time>[suffix]
<time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps}
The :TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:SETup command allows triggering on a specific
line of video. The line number limits vary with the standard and mode, as
shown in the following table.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:SETup?
The :TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:SETup? query returns the current TV trigger
line number setting.
Return Format
<time><NL>
<time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format
See Also
690
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
28
:TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:TRANsition Commands
The :TRIGger:TRANsition comamnds set the rise/fall time trigger options.
Table 111 :TRIGger:TRANsition Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TRIGger:TRANsition:Q
UALifier <qualifier>
(see page 692)
:TRIGger:TRANsition:Q
UALifier? (see
page 692)
<qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan |
LESSthan}
:TRIGger:TRANsition:S
LOPe <slope> (see
page 693)
:TRIGger:TRANsition:S
LOPe? (see page 693)
<slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive}
:TRIGger:TRANsition:S
OURce <source> (see
page 694)
:TRIGger:TRANsition:S
OURce? (see page 694)
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:TRIGger:TRANsition:T
IME <time>[suffix]
(see page 695)
:TRIGger:TRANsition:T
IME? (see page 695)
<time> ::= floating-point number
in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns |
ps}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
691
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:TRANsition:QUALifier
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:TRANsition:QUALifier <qualifier>
<qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan | LESSthan}
The :TRIGger:TRANsition:QUALifier command specifies whether you are
looking for rise/fall times greater than or less than a certain time value.
The time value is set using the :TRIGger:TRANsition:TIME command.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:TRANsition:QUALifier?
The :TRIGger:TRANsition:QUALifier? query returns the current rise/fall
time trigger qualifier setting.
Return Format
<qualifier><NL>
<qualifier> ::= {GRE | LESS}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:TRANsition:TIME" on page 695
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
692
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:TRIGger Commands
28
:TRIGger:TRANsition:SLOPe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:TRANsition:SLOPe <slope>
<slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive}
The :TRIGger:TRANsition:SLOPe command specifies a POSitive rising edge
or a NEGative falling edge.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:TRANsition:SLOPe?
The :TRIGger:TRANsition:SLOPe? query returns the current rise/fall time
trigger slope setting.
Return Format
<slope><NL>
<slope> ::= {NEG | POS}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":TRIGger:TRANsition:SOURce" on page 694
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
693
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:TRANsition:SOURce
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:TRANsition:SOURce <source>
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :TRIGger:TRANsition:SOURce command selects the channel used to
produce the trigger.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:TRANsition:SOURce?
The :TRIGger:TRANsition:SOURce? query returns the current transition
trigger source.
Return Format
<source><NL>
<source> ::= CHAN<n>
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":TRIGger:TRANsition:SLOPe" on page 693
694
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:TRIGger Commands
28
:TRIGger:TRANsition:TIME
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:TRANsition:TIME <time>[suffix]
<time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps}
The :TRIGger:TRANsition:TIME command sets the time value for rise/fall
time triggers. You also use the :TRIGger:TRANsition:QUALifier command to
specify whether you are triggering on times greater than or less than this
time value.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:TRANsition:TIME?
The :TRIGger:TRANsition:TIME? query returns the current rise/fall time
trigger time value.
Return Format
<time><NL>
<time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:TRANsition:QUALifier" on page 692
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
695
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:TV Commands
Table 112 :TRIGger:TV Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TRIGger:TV:LINE
<line number> (see
page 697)
:TRIGger:TV:LINE?
(see page 697)
<line number> ::= integer in NR1
format
:TRIGger:TV:MODE <tv
mode> (see page 698)
:TRIGger:TV:MODE?
(see page 698)
<tv mode> ::= {FIEld1 | FIEld2 |
AFIelds | ALINes | LFIeld1 |
LFIeld2 | LALTernate}
:TRIGger:TV:POLarity
<polarity> (see
page 699)
:TRIGger:TV:POLarity?
(see page 699)
<polarity> ::= {POSitive |
NEGative}
:TRIGger:TV:SOURce
<source> (see
page 700)
:TRIGger:TV:SOURce?
(see page 700)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:TRIGger:TV:STANdard
<standard> (see
page 701)
:TRIGger:TV:STANdard?
(see page 701)
<standard> ::= {NTSC | PAL | PALM
| SECam}
696
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:TRIGger Commands
28
:TRIGger:TV:LINE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:TV:LINE <line_number>
<line_number> ::= integer in NR1 format
The :TRIGger:TV:LINE command allows triggering on a specific line of
video. The line number limits vary with the standard and mode, as shown
in the following table.
Table 113 TV Trigger Line Number Limits
TV Standard
Query Syntax
Mode
LFIeld1
LFIeld2
LALTernate
NTSC
1 to 263
1 to 262
1 to 262
PAL
1 to 313
314 to 625
1 to 312
PAL-M
1 to 263
264 to 525
1 to 262
SECAM
1 to 313
314 to 625
1 to 312
:TRIGger:TV:LINE?
The :TRIGger:TV:LINE? query returns the current TV trigger line number
setting.
Return Format
<line_number><NL>
<line_number>::= integer in NR1 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:TV:STANdard" on page 701
• ":TRIGger:TV:MODE" on page 698
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
697
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:TV:MODE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:TV:MODE <mode>
<mode> ::= {FIEld1 | FIEld2 | AFIelds | ALINes
| LFIeld1 | LFIeld2 | LALTernate}
The :TRIGger:TV:MODE command selects the TV trigger mode and field.
Old forms for <mode> are accepted:
Query Syntax
<mode>
Old Forms Accepted
FIEld1
F1
FIEld2
F2
AFIelds
ALLFields, ALLFLDS
ALINes
ALLLines
LFIeld1
LINEF1, LINEFIELD1
LFIeld2
LINEF2, LINEFIELD2
LALTernate
LINEAlt
:TRIGger:TV:MODE?
The :TRIGger:TV:MODE? query returns the TV trigger mode.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {FIE1 | FIE2 | AFI | ALIN | LFI1 | LFI2 | LALT}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:TV:STANdard" on page 701
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
698
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:TRIGger Commands
28
:TRIGger:TV:POLarity
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:TV:POLarity <polarity>
<polarity> ::= {POSitive | NEGative}
The :TRIGger:TV:POLarity command sets the polarity for the TV trigger.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:TV:POLarity?
The :TRIGger:TV:POLarity? query returns the TV trigger polarity.
Return Format
<polarity><NL>
<polarity> ::= {POS | NEG}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":TRIGger:TV:SOURce" on page 700
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
699
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:TV:SOURce
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:TV:SOURce <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n>}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :TRIGger:TV:SOURce command selects the channel used to produce the
trigger.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:TV:SOURce?
The :TRIGger:TV:SOURce? query returns the current TV trigger source.
Return Format
<source><NL>
<source> ::= {CHAN<n>}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":TRIGger:TV:POLarity" on page 699
Example Code
700
• "Example Code" on page 661
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:TRIGger Commands
28
:TRIGger:TV:STANdard
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:TV:STANdard <standard>
<standard> ::= {NTSC | PALM | PAL | SECam}
The :TRIGger:TV:STANdard command selects the video standard:
• NTSC
• PAL
• PAL- M
• SECAM
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:TV:STANdard?
The :TRIGger:TV:STANdard? query returns the current TV trigger standard
setting.
Return Format
<standard><NL>
<standard> ::= {NTSC | PALM | PAL | SEC}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
701
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:USB Commands
Table 114 :TRIGger:USB Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:TRIGger:USB:SOURce:D
MINus <source> (see
page 703)
:TRIGger:USB:SOURce:D
MINus? (see page 703)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for the DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:TRIGger:USB:SOURce:D
PLus <source> (see
page 704)
:TRIGger:USB:SOURce:D
PLus? (see page 704)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
EXTernal} for the DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels
- 1) in NR1 format
:TRIGger:USB:SPEed
<value> (see
page 705)
:TRIGger:USB:SPEed?
(see page 705)
<value> ::= {LOW | FULL}
:TRIGger:USB:TRIGger
<value> (see
page 706)
:TRIGger:USB:TRIGger?
(see page 706)
<value> ::= {SOP | EOP |
ENTersuspend | EXITsuspend |
RESet}
702
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
28
:TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:USB:SOURce:DMINus
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:USB:SOURce:DMINus <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :TRIGger:USB:SOURce:DMINus command sets the source for the USB
D- signal.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:USB:SOURce:DMINus?
The :TRIGger:USB:SOURce:DMINus? query returns the current source for
the USB D- signal.
Return Format
See Also
<source><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":TRIGger:USB:SOURce:DPLus" on page 704
• ":TRIGger:USB:TRIGger" on page 706
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
703
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:USB:SOURce:DPLus
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:USB:SOURce:DPLus <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
The :TRIGger:USB:SOURce:DPLus command sets the source for the USB D+
signal.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:USB:SOURce:DPLus?
The :TRIGger:USB:SOURce:DPLus? query returns the current source for the
USB D+ signal.
Return Format
See Also
<source><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":TRIGger:USB:SOURce:DMINus" on page 703
• ":TRIGger:USB:TRIGger" on page 706
704
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
28
:TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:USB:SPEed
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:USB:SPEed <value>
<value> ::= {LOW | FULL}
The :TRIGger:USB:SPEed command sets the expected USB signal speed to
be Low Speed (1.5 Mb/s) or Full Speed (12 Mb/s).
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:USB:SPEed?
The :TRIGger:USB:SPEed? query returns the current speed value for the
USB signal.
Return Format
See Also
<value><NL>
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":TRIGger:USB:SOURce:DMINus" on page 703
• ":TRIGger:USB:SOURce:DPLus" on page 704
• ":TRIGger:USB:TRIGger" on page 706
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
705
28 :TRIGger Commands
:TRIGger:USB:TRIGger
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:USB:TRIGger <value>
<value> ::= {SOP | EOP | ENTersuspend | EXITsuspend | RESet}
The :TRIGger:USB:TRIGger command sets where the USB trigger will occur:
• SOP — Start of packet.
• EOP — End of packet.
• ENTersuspend — Enter suspend state.
• EXITsuspend — Exit suspend state.
• RESet — Reset complete.
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:USB:TRIGger?
The :TRIGger:USB:TRIGger? query returns the current USB trigger value.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {SOP | EOP | ENTersuspend | EXITsuspend | RESet}
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":TRIGger:USB:SPEed" on page 705
706
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
29
:WAVeform Commands
Provide access to waveform data. See "Introduction to :WAVeform
Commands" on page 709.
Table 115 :WAVeform Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:WAVeform:BYTeorder
<value> (see
page 715)
:WAVeform:BYTeorder?
(see page 715)
<value> ::= {LSBFirst | MSBFirst}
n/a
:WAVeform:COUNt? (see
page 716)
<count> ::= an integer from 1 to
65536 in NR1 format
n/a
:WAVeform:DATA? (see
page 717)
<binary block length bytes>,
<binary data>
For example, to transmit 1000
bytes of data, the syntax would
be: #800001000<1000 bytes of
data><NL>
8 is the number of digits that
follow
00001000 is the number of bytes
to be transmitted
<1000 bytes of data> is the
actual data
:WAVeform:FORMat
<value> (see
page 719)
:WAVeform:FORMat?
(see page 719)
<value> ::= {WORD | BYTE | ASCII}
:WAVeform:POINts
<# points> (see
page 720)
:WAVeform:POINts?
(see page 720)
<# points> ::= {100 | 250 | 500 |
1000 | <points_mode>} if waveform
points mode is NORMal
<# points> ::= {100 | 250 | 500 |
1000 | 2000 ... 8000000 in 1-2-5
sequence | <points_mode>} if
waveform points mode is MAXimum
or RAW
<points_mode> ::= {NORMal |
MAXimum | RAW}

707
29 :WAVeform Commands
Table 115 :WAVeform Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:WAVeform:POINts:MODE
<points_mode> (see
page 722)
:WAVeform:POINts:MODE
? (see page 722)
<points_mode> ::= {NORMal |
MAXimum | RAW}
n/a
:WAVeform:PREamble?
(see page 724)
<preamble_block> ::= <format
NR1>, <type NR1>,<points
NR1>,<count NR1>, <xincrement
NR3>, <xorigin NR3>, <xreference
NR1>,<yincrement NR3>, <yorigin
NR3>, <yreference NR1>
<format> ::= an integer in NR1
format:
• 0 for BYTE format
• 1 for WORD format
• 2 for ASCii format
<type> ::= an integer in NR1
format:
•
•
•
•
0
1
3
4
for
for
for
for
NORMal type
PEAK detect type
AVERage type
HRESolution type
<count> ::= Average count, or 1
if PEAK detect type or NORMal; an
integer in NR1 format
n/a
:WAVeform:SEGMented:C
OUNt? (see page 727)
<count> ::= an integer from 2 to
1000 in NR1 format (with Option
SGM)
n/a
:WAVeform:SEGMented:T
TAG? (see page 728)
<time_tag> ::= in NR3 format
(with Option SGM)
:WAVeform:SOURce
<source> (see
page 729)
:WAVeform:SOURce?
(see page 729)
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH | SBUS} for DSO
models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | POD{1
| 2} | BUS{1 | 2} | FUNCtion |
MATH | SBUS} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
:WAVeform:SOURce:SUBS
ource <subsource>
(see page 733)
:WAVeform:SOURce:SUBS
ource? (see page 733)
<subsource> ::= {{SUB0 | RX |
MOSI} | {SUB1 | TX | MISO}}
n/a
:WAVeform:TYPE? (see
page 734)
<return_mode> ::= {NORM | PEAK |
AVER | HRES}
708
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
29
:WAVeform Commands
Table 115 :WAVeform Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:WAVeform:UNSigned
{{0 | OFF} | {1 |
ON}} (see page 735)
:WAVeform:UNSigned?
(see page 735)
{0 | 1}
:WAVeform:VIEW <view>
(see page 736)
:WAVeform:VIEW? (see
page 736)
<view> ::= {MAIN}
n/a
:WAVeform:XINCrement?
(see page 737)
<return_value> ::= x-increment
in the current preamble in NR3
format
n/a
:WAVeform:XORigin?
(see page 738)
<return_value> ::= x-origin
value in the current preamble in
NR3 format
n/a
:WAVeform:XREFerence?
(see page 739)
<return_value> ::= 0
(x-reference value in the current
preamble in NR1 format)
n/a
:WAVeform:YINCrement?
(see page 740)
<return_value> ::= y-increment
value in the current preamble in
NR3 format
n/a
:WAVeform:YORigin?
(see page 741)
<return_value> ::= y-origin in
the current preamble in NR3
format
n/a
:WAVeform:YREFerence?
(see page 742)
<return_value> ::= y-reference
value in the current preamble in
NR1 format
Introduction to
:WAVeform
Commands
The WAVeform subsystem is used to transfer data to a controller from the
oscilloscope waveform memories. The queries in this subsystem will only
operate when the channel selected by :WAVeform:SOURce is on.
Waveform Data and Preamble
The waveform record is actually contained in two portions: the preamble
and waveform data. The waveform record must be read from the
oscilloscope by the controller using two separate commands,
:WAVeform:DATA (see page 717) and :WAVeform:PREamble (see page 724).
The waveform data is the actual data acquired for each point in the
specified source. The preamble contains the information for interpreting
the waveform data, which includes the number of points acquired, the
format of acquired data, and the type of acquired data. The preamble also
contains the X and Y increments, origins, and references for the acquired
data, so that word and byte data can be translated to time and voltage
values.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
709
29 :WAVeform Commands
Data Acquisition Types
There are four types of waveform acquisitions that can be selected for
analog channels with the :ACQuire:TYPE command (see page 199):
NORMal, AVERage, PEAK, and HRESolution. Digital channels are always
acquired using NORMal. When the data is acquired using the :DIGitize
command (see page 163) or :RUN command (see page 180), the data is
placed in the channel buffer of the specified source.
Once you have acquired data with the :DIGitize command, the instrument
is stopped. If the instrument is restarted (via the programming interface
or the front panel), or if any instrument setting is changed, the data
acquired with the :DIGitize command may be overwritten.You should first
acquire the data with the :DIGitize command, then immediately read the
data with the :WAVeform:DATA? query (see page 717) before changing any
instrument setup.
A waveform record consists of either all of the acquired points or a subset
of the acquired points. The number of points acquired may be queried
using :ACQuire:POINts? (see page 192).
Helpful Hints:
The number of points transferred to the computer is controlled using the
:WAVeform:POINts command (see page 720). If :WAVeform:POINts
MAXimum is specified and the instrument is not running (stopped), all of
the points that are displayed are transferred. This can be as many as
4,000,000 in some operating modes or as many as 8,000,000 for a digital
channel on the mixed signal oscilloscope. Fewer points may be specified to
speed data transfers and minimize controller analysis time. The
:WAVeform:POINts may be varied even after data on a channel is acquired.
However, this decimation may result in lost pulses and transitions. The
number of points selected for transfer using :WAVeform:POINts must be an
even divisor of 1,000 or be set to MAXimum. :WAVeform:POINts determines
the increment between time buckets that will be transferred. If POINts =
MAXimum, the data cannot be decimated. For example:
• :WAVeform:POINts 1000 — returns time buckets 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 ,.., 999.
• :WAVeform:POINts 500 — returns time buckets 0, 2, 4, 6, 8 ,.., 998.
• :WAVeform:POINts 250 — returns time buckets 0, 4, 8, 12, 16 ,.., 996.
• :WAVeform:POINts 100 — returns time buckets 0, 10, 20, 30, 40 ,..,
990.
Analog Channel Data
NORMal Data
710
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:WAVeform Commands
29
Normal data consists of the last data point (hit) in each time bucket. This
data is transmitted over the programming interface in a linear fashion
starting with time bucket 0 and going through time bucket n - 1, where n
is the number returned by the :WAVeform:POINts? query (see page 720).
Only the magnitude values of each data point are transmitted. The first
voltage value corresponds to the first time bucket on the left side of the
screen and the last value corresponds to the next- to- last time bucket on
the right side of the screen. Time buckets without data return 0. The time
values for each data point correspond to the position of the data point in
the data array. These time values are not transmitted.
AVERage Data
AVERage data consists of the average of the first n hits in a time bucket,
where n is the value returned by the :ACQuire:COUNt query (see
page 190). Time buckets that have fewer than n hits return the average of
the data they do have. If a time bucket does not have any data in it, it
returns 0.
This data is transmitted over the interface linearly, starting with time
bucket 0 and proceeding through time bucket n- 1, where n is the number
returned by the :WAVeform:POINts? query (see page 720). The first value
corresponds to a point at the left side of the screen and the last value
corresponds to one point away from the right side of the screen. The
maximum number of points that can be returned in average mode is 1000
unless ACQuire:COUNt has been set to 1.
PEAK Data
Peak detect display mode is used to detect glitches for time base settings
of 500 us/div and slower. In this mode, the oscilloscope can sample more
data than it can store and display. So, when peak detect is turned on, the
oscilloscope scans through the extra data, picks up the minimum and
maximum for each time bucket, then stores the data in an array. Each
time bucket contains two data sample.
The array is transmitted over the interface bus linearly, starting with time
bucket 0 proceeding through time bucket n- 1, where n is the number
returned by the :WAVeform:POINts? query (see page 720). In each time
bucket, two values are transmitted, first the minimum, followed by the
maximum. The first pair of values corresponds to the time bucket at the
leftmost side of the screen. The last pair of values corresponds to the time
bucket at the far right side of the screen. In :ACQuire:TYPE PEAK mode
(see page 199), the value returned by the :WAVeform:XINCrement query
(see page 737) should be doubled to find the time difference between the
min- max pairs.
HRESolution Data
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
711
29 :WAVeform Commands
The high resolution (smoothing) mode is used to reduce noise at slower
sweep speeds where the digitizer samples faster than needed to fill
memory for the displayed time range.
Data Conversion
Word or byte data sent from the oscilloscope must be scaled for useful
interpretation. The values used to interpret the data are the X and Y
references, X and Y origins, and X and Y increments. These values are
read from the waveform preamble. Each channel has its own waveform
preamble.
In converting a data value to a voltage value, the following formula is
used:
voltage = [(data value - yreference) * yincrement] + yorigin
If the :WAVeform:FORMat data format is ASCii (see page 719), the data
values are converted internally and sent as floating point values separated
by commas.
In converting a data value to time, the time value of a data point can be
determined by the position of the data point. For example, the fourth data
point sent with :WAVeform:XORigin = 16 ns, :WAVeform:XREFerence = 0,
and :WAVeform:XINCrement = 2 ns, can be calculated using the following
formula:
time = [(data point number - xreference) * xincrement] + xorigin
This would result in the following calculation for time bucket 3:
time = [(3 - 0) * 2 ns] + 16 ns = 22 ns
In :ACQuire:TYPE PEAK mode (see page 199), because data is acquired in
max- min pairs, modify the previous time formula to the following:
time=[(data pair number - xreference) * xincrement * 2] + xorigin
Data Format for Transfer
There are three formats for transferring waveform data over the interface:
BYTE, WORD and ASCii (see ":WAVeform:FORMat" on page 719). BYTE,
WORD and ASCii formatted waveform records are transmitted using the
arbitrary block program data format specified in IEEE 488.2.
When you use the block data format, the ASCII character string
"#8<DD...D>" is sent prior to sending the actual data. The 8 indicates how
many Ds follow. The Ds are ASCII numbers that indicate how many data
bytes follow.
For example, if 1000 points will be transferred, and the WORD format was
specified, the block header "#800001000" would be sent. The 8 indicates
that eight length bytes follow, and 00001000 indicates that 1000 binary
data bytes follow.
712
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:WAVeform Commands
29
Use the :WAVeform:UNSigned command (see page 735) to control whether
data values are sent as unsigned or signed integers. This command can be
used to match the instrument's internal data type to the data type used by
the programming language. This command has no effect if the data format
is ASCii.
Data Format for Transfer - ASCii format
The ASCii format (see ":WAVeform:FORMat" on page 719) provides
access to the waveform data as real Y- axis values without using Y
origin, Y reference, and Y increment to convert the binary data. Values
are transferred as ASCii digits in floating point format separated by
commas. In ASCii format, holes are represented by the value 9.9e+37.
The setting of :WAVeform:BYTeorder (see page 715) and
:WAVeform:UNSigned (see page 735) have no effect when the format is
ASCii.
Data Format for Transfer - WORD format
WORD format (see ":WAVeform:FORMat" on page 719) provides 16- bit
access to the waveform data. In the WORD format, the number of data
bytes is twice the number of data points. The number of data points is
the value returned by the :WAVeform:POINts? query (see page 720). If
the data intrinsically has less than 16 bits of resolution, the data is
left- shifted to provide 16 bits of resolution and the least significant bits
are set to 0. Currently, the greatest intrinsic resolution of any data is
12 bits, so at least the lowest 4 bits of data will be 0. If there is a hole
in the data, the hole is represented by a 16 bit value equal to 0.
Use :WAVeform:BYTeorder (see page 715) to determine if the least
significant byte or most significant byte is to be transferred first. The
:BYTeorder command can be used to alter the transmit sequence to
match the storage sequence of an integer in the programming language
being used.
Data Format for Transfer - BYTE format
The BYTE format (see ":WAVeform:FORMat" on page 719 ) allows 8- bit
access to the waveform data. If the data intrinsically has more than 8
bits of resolution (averaged data), the data is right- shifted (truncated)
to fit into 8 bits. If there is a hole in the data, the hole is represented
by a value of 0. The BYTE- formatted data transfers over the
programming interface faster than ASCii or WORD- formatted data,
because in ASCii format, as many as 13 bytes per point are transferred,
in BYTE format one byte per point is transferred, and in WORD format
two bytes per point are transferred.
The :WAVeform:BYTeorder command (see page 715) has no effect when
the data format is BYTE.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
713
29 :WAVeform Commands
Digital Channel Data (MSO models only)
The waveform record for digital channels is similar to that of analog
channels. The main difference is that the data points represent either
DIGital0,..,7 (POD1), DIGital8,..,15 (POD2), or any grouping of digital
channels (BUS1 or BUS2).
For digital channels, :WAVeform:UNSigned (see page 735) must be set to
ON.
Digital Channel POD Data Format
Data for digital channels is only available in groups of 8 bits (Pod1 = D0 D7, Pod2 = D8 - D15). The bytes are organized as:
:WAVeform:SOURce
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
POD1
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
POD2
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
If the :WAVeform:FORMat is WORD (see page 719) is WORD, every other
data byte will be 0. The setting of :WAVeform:BYTeorder (see page 715)
controls which byte is 0.
If a digital channel is not displayed, its bit value in the pod data byte is
not defined.
Digital Channel BUS Data Format
Digital channel BUS definitions can include any or all of the digital
channels. Therefore, data is always returned as 16- bit values. :BUS
commands (see page 201) are used to select the digital channels for a bus.
Reporting the Setup
The following is a sample response from the :WAVeform? query. In this
case, the query was issued following a *RST command.
:WAV:UNS 1;VIEW MAIN;BYT MSBF;FORM BYTE;POIN +1000;SOUR CHAN1;SOUR:SUBS
NONE
714
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:WAVeform Commands
29
:WAVeform:BYTeorder
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WAVeform:BYTeorder <value>
<value> ::= {LSBFirst | MSBFirst}
The :WAVeform:BYTeorder command sets the output sequence of the WORD
data. The parameter MSBFirst sets the most significant byte to be
transmitted first. The parameter LSBFirst sets the least significant byte to
be transmitted first. This command affects the transmitting sequence only
when :WAVeform:FORMat WORD is selected. The default setting is
LSBFirst.
Query Syntax
:WAVeform:BYTeorder?
The :WAVeform:BYTeorder query returns the current output sequence.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {LSBF | MSBF}
See Also
• "Introduction to :WAVeform Commands" on page 709
• ":WAVeform:DATA" on page 717
• ":WAVeform:FORMat" on page 719
• ":WAVeform:PREamble" on page 724
Example Code
• "Example Code" on page 730
• "Example Code" on page 725
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
715
29 :WAVeform Commands
:WAVeform:COUNt
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:WAVeform:COUNt?
The :WAVeform:COUNT? query returns the count used to acquire the
current waveform. This may differ from current values if the unit has been
stopped and its configuration modified. For all acquisition types except
average, this value is 1.
Return Format
<count_argument><NL>
<count_argument> ::= an integer from 1 to 65536 in NR1 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :WAVeform Commands" on page 709
• ":ACQuire:COUNt" on page 190
• ":ACQuire:TYPE" on page 199
716
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:WAVeform Commands
29
:WAVeform:DATA
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:WAVeform:DATA?
The :WAVeform:DATA query returns the binary block of sampled data
points transmitted using the IEEE 488.2 arbitrary block data format. The
binary data is formatted according to the settings of the
:WAVeform:UNSigned, :WAVeform:BYTeorder, :WAVeform:FORMat, and
:WAVeform:SOURce commands. The number of points returned is
controlled by the :WAVeform:POINts command.
In BYTE or WORD waveform formats, these data values have special
meaning:
• 0x00 or 0x0000 — Hole. Holes are locations where data has not yet been
acquired.
Another situation where there can be zeros in the data, incorrectly, is
when programming over telnet port 5024. Port 5024 provides a
command prompt and is intended for ASCII transfers. Use telnet port
5025 instead.
• 0x01 or 0x0001 — Clipped low. These are locations where the waveform
is clipped at the bottom of the oscilloscope display.
• 0xFF or 0xFFFF — Clipped high. These are locations where the
waveform is clipped at the top of the oscilloscope display.
Return Format
See Also
<binary block data><NL>
• For a more detailed description of the data returned for different
acquisition types, see: "Introduction to :WAVeform Commands" on
page 709
• ":WAVeform:UNSigned" on page 735
• ":WAVeform:BYTeorder" on page 715
• ":WAVeform:FORMat" on page 719
• ":WAVeform:POINts" on page 720
• ":WAVeform:PREamble" on page 724
• ":WAVeform:SOURce" on page 729
• ":WAVeform:TYPE" on page 734
Example Code
' QUERY_WAVE_DATA - Outputs waveform data that is stored in a buffer.
' Query the oscilloscope for the waveform data.
myScope.WriteString ":WAV:DATA?"
' READ_WAVE_DATA - The wave data consists of two parts: the header,
' and the actual waveform data followed by a new line (NL) character.
' The query data has the following format:
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
717
29 :WAVeform Commands
'
'
<header><waveform_data><NL>
'
' Where:
'
<header> = #800001000 (This is an example header)
' The "#8" may be stripped off of the header and the remaining
' numbers are the size, in bytes, of the waveform data block. The
' size can vary depending on the number of points acquired for the
' waveform. You can then read that number of bytes from the
' oscilloscope and the terminating NL character.
'
Dim lngI As Long
Dim lngDataValue As Long
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadIEEEBlock(BinaryType_UI1)
' Unsigned integer bytes.
For lngI = 0 To UBound(varQueryResult) _
Step (UBound(varQueryResult) / 20)
' 20 points.
If intBytesPerData = 2 Then
lngDataValue = varQueryResult(lngI) * 256 _
+ varQueryResult(lngI + 1)
' 16-bit value.
Else
lngDataValue = varQueryResult(lngI)
' 8-bit value.
End If
strOutput = strOutput + "Data point " + _
CStr(lngI / intBytesPerData) + ", " + _
FormatNumber((lngDataValue - lngYReference) _
* sngYIncrement + sngYOrigin) + " V, " + _
FormatNumber(((lngI / intBytesPerData - lngXReference) _
* sngXIncrement + dblXOrigin) * 1000000) + " us" + vbCrLf
Next lngI
MsgBox "Waveform data:" + vbCrLf + strOutput
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
718
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
29
:WAVeform Commands
:WAVeform:FORMat
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WAVeform:FORMat <value>
<value> ::= {WORD | BYTE | ASCii}
The :WAVeform:FORMat command sets the data transmission mode for
waveform data points. This command controls how the data is formatted
when sent from the oscilloscope.
• ASCii formatted data converts the internal integer data values to real
Y- axis values. Values are transferred as ASCii digits in floating point
notation, separated by commas.
ASCII formatted data is transferred ASCii text.
• WORD formatted data transfers 16- bit data as two bytes. The
:WAVeform:BYTeorder command can be used to specify whether the
upper or lower byte is transmitted first. The default (no command sent)
is that the upper byte transmitted first.
• BYTE formatted data is transferred as 8- bit bytes.
When the :WAVeform:SOURce is the serial decode bus (SBUS1 or SBUS2),
ASCii is the only waveform format allowed.
When the :WAVeform:SOURce is one of the digital channel buses (BUS1 or
BUS2), ASCii and WORD are the only waveform formats allowed.
Query Syntax
:WAVeform:FORMat?
The :WAVeform:FORMat query returns the current output format for the
transfer of waveform data.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {WORD | BYTE | ASC}
See Also
• "Introduction to :WAVeform Commands" on page 709
• ":WAVeform:BYTeorder" on page 715
• ":WAVeform:SOURce" on page 729
• ":WAVeform:DATA" on page 717
• ":WAVeform:PREamble" on page 724
Example Code
• "Example Code" on page 730
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
719
29 :WAVeform Commands
:WAVeform:POINts
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WAVeform:POINts <# points>
<# points> ::= {100 | 250 | 500 | 1000 | <points mode>}
if waveform points mode is NORMal
<# points> ::= {100 | 250 | 500 | 1000 | 2000 | 5000 | 10000 | 20000
| 50000 | 100000 | 200000 | 500000 | 1000000 | 2000000
| 4000000 | 8000000 | <points mode>}
if waveform points mode is MAXimum or RAW
<points mode> ::= {NORMal | MAXimum | RAW}
NOTE
The <points_mode> option is deprecated. Use the :WAVeform:POINts:MODE command
instead.
The :WAVeform:POINts command sets the number of waveform points to be
transferred with the :WAVeform:DATA? query. This value represents the
points contained in the waveform selected with the :WAVeform:SOURce
command.
For the analog or digital sources, the records that can be transferred
depend on the waveform points mode. The maximum number of points
returned for math (function) waveforms is determined by the NORMal
waveform points mode. See the :WAVeform:POINts:MODE command (see
page 722) for more information.
Only data visible on the display will be returned.
When the :WAVeform:SOURce is the serial decode bus (SBUS1 or SBUS2),
this command is ignored, and all available serial decode bus data is
returned.
Query Syntax
:WAVeform:POINts?
The :WAVeform:POINts query returns the number of waveform points to be
transferred when using the :WAVeform:DATA? query. Setting the points
mode will affect what data is transferred (see the :WAVeform:POINts:MODE
command (see page 722) for more information).
When the :WAVeform:SOURce is the serial decode bus (SBUS1 or SBUS2),
this query returns the number of messages that were decoded.
Return Format
<# points><NL>
<# points> ::= {100 | 250 | 500 | 1000 | <maximum # points>}
if waveform points mode is NORMal
<# points> ::= {100 | 250 | 500 | 1000 | 2000 | 5000 | 10000 | 20000
| 50000 | 100000 | 200000 | 500000 | 1000000 | 2000000
720
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:WAVeform Commands
29
| 4000000 | 8000000 | <maximum # points>}
if waveform points mode is MAXimum or RAW
NOTE
See Also
If a full screen of data is not displayed, the number of points returned will not be 1000 or an
even divisor of it.
• "Introduction to :WAVeform Commands" on page 709
• ":ACQuire:POINts" on page 192
• ":WAVeform:DATA" on page 717
• ":WAVeform:SOURce" on page 729
• ":WAVeform:VIEW" on page 736
• ":WAVeform:PREamble" on page 724
• ":WAVeform:POINts:MODE" on page 722
Example Code
' WAVE_POINTS - Specifies the number of points to be transferred
' using the ":WAVEFORM:DATA?" query.
myScope.WriteString ":WAVEFORM:POINTS 1000"
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
721
29 :WAVeform Commands
:WAVeform:POINts:MODE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WAVeform:POINts:MODE <points_mode>
<points_mode> ::= {NORMal | MAXimum | RAW}
The :WAVeform:POINts:MODE command sets the data record to be
transferred with the :WAVeform:DATA? query.
For the analog or digital sources, there are two different records that can
be transferred:
• The first is the raw acquisition record. The maximum number of points
available in this record is returned by the :ACQuire:POINts? query. The
raw acquisition record can only be transferred when the oscilloscope is
not running and can only be retrieved from the analog or digital
sources.
• The second is referred to as the measurement record and is a
62,500- point (maximum) representation of the raw acquisition record.
The measurement record can be retrieved from any source.
If the <points_mode> is NORMal the measurement record is retrieved.
If the <points_mode> is RAW, the raw acquisition record is used. Under
some conditions, such as when the oscilloscope is running, this data
record is unavailable.
If the <points_mode> is MAXimum, whichever record contains the
maximum amount of points is used. Usually, this is the raw acquisition
record. But, if the raw acquisition record is unavailable (for example,
when the oscilloscope is running), the measurement record may have more
data. If data is being retrieved as the oscilloscope is stopped and as the
data displayed is changing, the data being retrieved can switch between
the measurement and raw acquisition records.
Considerations
for MAXimum or
RAW data
retrieval
• The instrument must be stopped (see the :STOP command (see
page 184) or the :DIGitize command (see page 163) in the root
subsystem) in order to return more than the measurement record.
• :TIMebase:MODE must be set to MAIN.
• :ACQuire:TYPE must be set to NORMal, AVERage, or HRESolution. If
AVERage, :ACQuire:COUNt must be set to 1 in order to return more
than the measurement record.
• MAXimum or RAW will allow up to 4,000,000 points to be returned. The
number of points returned will vary as the instrument's configuration is
changed. Use the :WAVeform:POINts? MAXimum query to determine the
maximum number of points that can be retrieved at the current
settings.
Query Syntax
722
:WAVeform:POINts:MODE?
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:WAVeform Commands
29
The :WAVeform:POINts:MODE? query returns the current points mode.
Setting the points mode will affect what data is transferred. See the
discussion above.
Return Format
<points_mode><NL>
<points_mode> ::= {NORMal | MAXimum | RAW}
See Also
• "Introduction to :WAVeform Commands" on page 709
• ":WAVeform:DATA" on page 717
• ":ACQuire:POINts" on page 192
• ":WAVeform:VIEW" on page 736
• ":WAVeform:PREamble" on page 724
• ":WAVeform:POINts" on page 720
• ":TIMebase:MODE" on page 631
• ":ACQuire:TYPE" on page 199
• ":ACQuire:COUNt" on page 190
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
723
29 :WAVeform Commands
:WAVeform:PREamble
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:WAVeform:PREamble?
The :WAVeform:PREamble query requests the preamble information for the
selected waveform source. The preamble data contains information
concerning the vertical and horizontal scaling of the data of the
corresponding channel.
Return Format
<preamble_block><NL>
<preamble_block> ::= <format 16-bit NR1>,
<type 16-bit NR1>,
<points 32-bit NR1>,
<count 32-bit NR1>,
<xincrement 64-bit floating point NR3>,
<xorigin 64-bit floating point NR3>,
<xreference 32-bit NR1>,
<yincrement 32-bit floating point NR3>,
<yorigin 32-bit floating point NR3>,
<yreference 32-bit NR1>
<format> ::= 0 for BYTE format, 1 for WORD format, 4 for ASCii format;
an integer in NR1 format (format set by :WAVeform:FORMat).
<type> ::= 2 for AVERage type, 0 for NORMal type, 1 for PEAK detect
type; an integer in NR1 format (type set by :ACQuire:TYPE).
<count> ::= Average count or 1 if PEAK or NORMal; an integer in NR1
format (count set by :ACQuire:COUNt).
Delay = (#points / 2) * Xincrement + Xorigin
Y increment =
voltage of 1 Vstep
Y origin (V)
Offset
Y reference = #Vsteps / 2
#Vsteps =
65536 (if format = WORD)
256 (if format = BYTE)
X origin (t)
X reference = 0
X increment (t) = time between successive points
See Also
• "Introduction to :WAVeform Commands" on page 709
• ":ACQuire:COUNt" on page 190
• ":ACQuire:POINts" on page 192
• ":ACQuire:TYPE" on page 199
724
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:WAVeform Commands
29
• ":DIGitize" on page 163
• ":WAVeform:COUNt" on page 716
• ":WAVeform:DATA" on page 717
• ":WAVeform:FORMat" on page 719
• ":WAVeform:POINts" on page 720
• ":WAVeform:TYPE" on page 734
• ":WAVeform:XINCrement" on page 737
• ":WAVeform:XORigin" on page 738
• ":WAVeform:XREFerence" on page 739
• ":WAVeform:YINCrement" on page 740
• ":WAVeform:YORigin" on page 741
• ":WAVeform:YREFerence" on page 742
Example Code
' GET_PREAMBLE - The preamble block contains all of the current
' WAVEFORM settings. It is returned in the form <preamble_block><NL>
' where <preamble_block> is:
'
FORMAT
: int16 - 0 = BYTE, 1 = WORD, 4 = ASCII.
'
TYPE
: int16 - 0 = NORMAL, 1 = PEAK DETECT, 2 = AVERAGE
'
POINTS
: int32 - number of data points transferred.
'
COUNT
: int32 - 1 and is always 1.
'
XINCREMENT
: float64 - time difference between data points.
'
XORIGIN
: float64 - always the first data point in memory.
'
XREFERENCE
: int32 - specifies the data point associated with
'
x-origin.
'
YINCREMENT
: float32 - voltage diff between data points.
'
YORIGIN
: float32 - value is the voltage at center screen.
'
YREFERENCE
: int32 - specifies the data point where y-origin
'
occurs.
Dim Preamble()
Dim intFormat As Integer
Dim intType As Integer
Dim lngPoints As Long
Dim lngCount As Long
Dim dblXIncrement As Double
Dim dblXOrigin As Double
Dim lngXReference As Long
Dim sngYIncrement As Single
Dim sngYOrigin As Single
Dim lngYReference As Long
Dim strOutput As String
myScope.WriteString ":WAVEFORM:PREAMBLE?"
' Query for the preamble.
Preamble() = myScope.ReadList
' Read preamble information.
intFormat = Preamble(0)
intType = Preamble(1)
lngPoints = Preamble(2)
lngCount = Preamble(3)
dblXIncrement = Preamble(4)
dblXOrigin = Preamble(5)
lngXReference = Preamble(6)
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
725
29 :WAVeform Commands
sngYIncrement = Preamble(7)
sngYOrigin = Preamble(8)
lngYReference = Preamble(9)
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
726
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
29
:WAVeform Commands
:WAVeform:SEGMented:COUNt
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
NOTE
:WAVeform:SEGMented:COUNt?
This command is available when the segmented memory option (Option SGM) is enabled.
The :WAVeform:SEGMented:COUNt query returns the number of memory
segments in the acquired data. You can use the
:WAVeform:SEGMented:COUNt? query while segments are being acquired
(although :DIGitize blocks subsequent queries until the full segmented
acquisition is complete).
The segmented memory acquisition mode is enabled with the
:ACQuire:MODE command. The number of segments to acquire is set using
the :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt command, and data is acquired using the
:DIGitize, :SINGle, or :RUN commands.
Return Format
See Also
<count> ::= an integer from 2 to 1000 in NR1 format (count set by
:ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt).
• ":ACQuire:MODE" on page 191
• ":ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt" on page 194
• ":DIGitize" on page 163
• ":SINGle" on page 182
• ":RUN" on page 180
• "Introduction to :WAVeform Commands" on page 709
Example Code
• "Example Code" on page 195
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
727
29 :WAVeform Commands
:WAVeform:SEGMented:TTAG
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
NOTE
:WAVeform:SEGMented:TTAG?
This command is available when the segmented memory option (Option SGM) is enabled.
The :WAVeform:SEGMented:TTAG? query returns the time tag of the
currently selected segmented memory index. The index is selected using
the :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex command.
Return Format
See Also
<time_tag> ::= in NR3 format
• ":ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex" on page 195
• "Introduction to :WAVeform Commands" on page 709
Example Code
728
• "Example Code" on page 195
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
29
:WAVeform Commands
:WAVeform:SOURce
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WAVeform:SOURce <source>
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r> | SBUS{1 | 2}}
for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | POD{1 | 2} | BUS{1 | 2} | FUNCtion
| MATH | WMEMory<r> | SBUS{1 | 2}}
for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= {1 | 2}
The :WAVeform:SOURce command selects the analog channel, function,
digital pod, digital bus, reference waveform, or serial decode bus to be
used as the source for the :WAVeform commands.
Function capabilities include add, subtract, multiply, integrate,
differentiate, and FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) operations.
When the :WAVeform:SOURce is the serial decode bus (SBUS1 or SBUS2),
ASCii is the only waveform format allowed.
With MSO oscilloscope models, you can choose a POD or BUS as the
waveform source. There are some differences between POD and BUS when
formatting and getting data from the oscilloscope:
• When POD1 or POD2 is selected as the waveform source, you can
choose the BYTE, WORD, or ASCii formats (see ":WAVeform:FORMat" on
page 719).
When the WORD format is chosen, every other data byte will be 0. The
setting of :WAVeform:BYTeorder controls which byte is 0.
When the ASCii format is chosen, the :WAVeform:DATA? query returns a
string with unsigned decimal values separated by commas.
• When BUS1 or BUS2 is selected as the waveform source, you can
choose the WORD or ASCii formats (but not BYTE because bus values
are always returned as 16- bit values).
When the ASCii format is chosen, the :WAVeform:DATA? query returns a
string with timestamps and hexadecimal bus values, for example:
- 5.000000000000e- 08,0x1938,- 4.990000000000e- 08,0xff38,...
Query Syntax
:WAVeform:SOURce?
The :WAVeform:SOURce? query returns the currently selected source for
the WAVeform commands.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
729
29 :WAVeform Commands
NOTE
Return Format
MATH is an alias for FUNCtion. The :WAVeform:SOURce? Query returns FUNC if the source
is FUNCtion or MATH.
<source><NL>
<source> ::= {CHAN<n> | FUNC | WMEM<r> | SBUS{1 | 2}} for DSO models
<source> ::= {CHAN<n> | POD{1 | 2} | BUS{1 | 2} | FUNC
| WMEM<r> | SBUS{1 | 2}} for MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<r> ::= {1 | 2}
See Also
• "Introduction to :WAVeform Commands" on page 709
• ":DIGitize" on page 163
• ":WAVeform:FORMat" on page 719
• ":WAVeform:BYTeorder" on page 715
• ":WAVeform:DATA" on page 717
• ":WAVeform:PREamble" on page 724
Example Code
' WAVEFORM_DATA - To obtain waveform data, you must specify the
' WAVEFORM parameters for the waveform data prior to sending the
' ":WAVEFORM:DATA?" query. Once these parameters have been sent,
' the waveform data and the preamble can be read.
'
' WAVE_SOURCE - Selects the channel to be used as the source for
' the waveform commands.
myScope.WriteString ":WAVEFORM:SOURCE CHAN1"
' WAVE_POINTS - Specifies the number of points to be transferred
' using the ":WAVEFORM:DATA?" query.
myScope.WriteString ":WAVEFORM:POINTS 1000"
' WAVE_FORMAT - Sets the data transmission mode for the waveform
' data output. This command controls whether data is formatted in
' a word or byte format when sent from the oscilloscope.
Dim lngVSteps As Long
Dim intBytesPerData As Integer
' Data in range 0 to 65535.
myScope.WriteString ":WAVEFORM:FORMAT WORD"
lngVSteps = 65536
intBytesPerData = 2
' Data in range 0 to 255.
'myScope.WriteString ":WAVEFORM:FORMAT BYTE"
'lngVSteps = 256
'intBytesPerData = 1
' GET_PREAMBLE - The preamble block contains all of the current
' WAVEFORM settings. It is returned in the form <preamble_block><NL>
730
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:WAVeform Commands
' where <preamble_block> is:
'
FORMAT
: int16 '
TYPE
: int16 '
POINTS
: int32 '
COUNT
: int32 '
XINCREMENT
: float64
'
XORIGIN
: float64
'
XREFERENCE
: int32 '
'
YINCREMENT
: float32
'
YORIGIN
: float32
'
YREFERENCE
: int32 '
Dim Preamble()
Dim intFormat As Integer
Dim intType As Integer
Dim lngPoints As Long
Dim lngCount As Long
Dim dblXIncrement As Double
Dim dblXOrigin As Double
Dim lngXReference As Long
Dim sngYIncrement As Single
Dim sngYOrigin As Single
Dim lngYReference As Long
Dim strOutput As String
29
0 = BYTE, 1 = WORD, 4 = ASCII.
0 = NORMAL, 1 = PEAK DETECT, 2 = AVERAGE
number of data points transferred.
1 and is always 1.
- time difference between data points.
- always the first data point in memory.
specifies the data point associated with
x-origin.
- voltage diff between data points.
- value is the voltage at center screen.
specifies the data point where y-origin
occurs.
myScope.WriteString ":WAVEFORM:PREAMBLE?"
' Query for the preamble.
Preamble() = myScope.ReadList
' Read preamble information.
intFormat = Preamble(0)
intType = Preamble(1)
lngPoints = Preamble(2)
lngCount = Preamble(3)
dblXIncrement = Preamble(4)
dblXOrigin = Preamble(5)
lngXReference = Preamble(6)
sngYIncrement = Preamble(7)
sngYOrigin = Preamble(8)
lngYReference = Preamble(9)
strOutput = ""
'strOutput = strOutput + "Format = " + CStr(intFormat) + vbCrLf
'strOutput = strOutput + "Type = " + CStr(intType) + vbCrLf
'strOutput = strOutput + "Points = " + CStr(lngPoints) + vbCrLf
'strOutput = strOutput + "Count = " + CStr(lngCount) + vbCrLf
'strOutput = strOutput + "X increment = " + _
'
FormatNumber(dblXIncrement * 1000000) + " us" + vbCrLf
'strOutput = strOutput + "X origin = " + _
'
FormatNumber(dblXOrigin * 1000000) + " us" + vbCrLf
'strOutput = strOutput + "X reference = " + _
'
CStr(lngXReference) + vbCrLf
'strOutput = strOutput + "Y increment = " + _
'
FormatNumber(sngYIncrement * 1000) + " mV" + vbCrLf
'strOutput = strOutput + "Y origin = " + _
'
FormatNumber(sngYOrigin) + " V" + vbCrLf
'strOutput = strOutput + "Y reference = " + _
'
CStr(lngYReference) + vbCrLf
strOutput = strOutput + "Volts/Div = " + _
FormatNumber(lngVSteps * sngYIncrement / 8) + _
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
731
29 :WAVeform Commands
" V" + vbCrLf
strOutput = strOutput + "Offset = " + _
FormatNumber((lngVSteps / 2 - lngYReference) * _
sngYIncrement + sngYOrigin) + " V" + vbCrLf
strOutput = strOutput + "Sec/Div = " + _
FormatNumber(lngPoints * dblXIncrement / 10 * _
1000000) + " us" + vbCrLf
strOutput = strOutput + "Delay = " + _
FormatNumber(((lngPoints / 2 - lngXReference) * _
dblXIncrement + dblXOrigin) * 1000000) + " us" + vbCrLf
' QUERY_WAVE_DATA - Outputs waveform data that is stored in a buffer.
' Query the oscilloscope for the waveform data.
myScope.WriteString ":WAV:DATA?"
' READ_WAVE_DATA - The wave data consists of two parts: the header,
' and the actual waveform data followed by a new line (NL) character.
' The query data has the following format:
'
'
<header><waveform_data><NL>
'
' Where:
'
<header> = #800001000 (This is an example header)
' The "#8" may be stripped off of the header and the remaining
' numbers are the size, in bytes, of the waveform data block. The
' size can vary depending on the number of points acquired for the
' waveform. You can then read that number of bytes from the
' oscilloscope and the terminating NL character.
'
Dim lngI As Long
Dim lngDataValue As Long
' Unsigned integer bytes.
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadIEEEBlock(BinaryType_UI1)
For lngI = 0 To UBound(varQueryResult) _
Step (UBound(varQueryResult) / 20)
' 20 points.
If intBytesPerData = 2 Then
lngDataValue = varQueryResult(lngI) * 256 _
+ varQueryResult(lngI + 1)
' 16-bit value.
Else
lngDataValue = varQueryResult(lngI)
' 8-bit value.
End If
strOutput = strOutput + "Data point " + _
CStr(lngI / intBytesPerData) + ", " + _
FormatNumber((lngDataValue - lngYReference) _
* sngYIncrement + sngYOrigin) + " V, " + _
FormatNumber(((lngI / intBytesPerData - lngXReference) _
* sngXIncrement + dblXOrigin) * 1000000) + " us" + vbCrLf
Next lngI
MsgBox "Waveform data:" + vbCrLf + strOutput
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
732
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
29
:WAVeform Commands
:WAVeform:SOURce:SUBSource
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WAVeform:SOURce:SUBSource <subsource>
<subsource> ::= {{SUB0 | RX | MOSI} | {SUB1 | TX | MISO}}
If the :WAVeform:SOURce is SBUS<n> (serial decode), more than one data
set may be available, and this command lets you choose from the available
data sets.
When using UART serial decode, this option lets you get "TX" data. (TX is
an alias for SUB1.) The default, SUB0, specifies "RX" data. (RX is an alias
for SUB0.)
When using SPI serial decode, this option lets you get "MISO" data. (MISO
is an alias for SUB1.) The default, SUB0, specifies "MOSI" data. (MOSI is
an alias for SUB0.)
If the :WAVeform:SOURce is not SBUS, or the :SBUS<n>:MODE is not UART
or SPI, the only valid subsource is SUB0.
Query Syntax
:WAVeform:SOURce:SUBSource?
The :WAVeform:SOURce:SUBSource? query returns the current waveform
subsource setting.
Return Format
<subsource><NL>
<subsource> ::= {SUB0 | SUB1}
See Also
• "Introduction to :WAVeform Commands" on page 709
• ":WAVeform:SOURce" on page 729
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
733
29 :WAVeform Commands
:WAVeform:TYPE
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:WAVeform:TYPE?
The :WAVeform:TYPE? query returns the acquisition mode associated with
the currently selected waveform. The acquisition mode is set by the
:ACQuire:TYPE command.
Return Format
<mode><NL>
<mode> ::= {NORM | PEAK | AVER | HRES}
NOTE
See Also
If the :WAVeform:SOURce is POD1, POD2, or SBUS1, SBUS2, the type is always NORM.
• "Introduction to :WAVeform Commands" on page 709
• ":ACQuire:TYPE" on page 199
• ":WAVeform:DATA" on page 717
• ":WAVeform:PREamble" on page 724
• ":WAVeform:SOURce" on page 729
734
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:WAVeform Commands
29
:WAVeform:UNSigned
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WAVeform:UNSigned <unsigned>
<unsigned> ::= {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}}
The :WAVeform:UNSigned command turns unsigned mode on or off for the
currently selected waveform. Use the WAVeform:UNSigned command to
control whether data values are sent as unsigned or signed integers. This
command can be used to match the instrument's internal data type to the
data type used by the programming language. This command has no effect
if the data format is ASCii.
If :WAVeform:SOURce is set to POD1, POD2, BUS1, or BUS2,
WAVeform:UNSigned must be set to ON.
Query Syntax
:WAVeform:UNSigned?
The :WAVeform:UNSigned? query returns the status of unsigned mode for
the currently selected waveform.
Return Format
<unsigned><NL>
<unsigned> ::= {0 | 1}
See Also
• "Introduction to :WAVeform Commands" on page 709
• ":WAVeform:SOURce" on page 729
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
735
29 :WAVeform Commands
:WAVeform:VIEW
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WAVeform:VIEW <view>
<view> ::= {MAIN}
The :WAVeform:VIEW command sets the view setting associated with the
currently selected waveform. Currently, the only legal value for the view
setting is MAIN.
Query Syntax
:WAVeform:VIEW?
The :WAVeform:VIEW? query returns the view setting associated with the
currently selected waveform.
Return Format
<view><NL>
<view> ::= {MAIN}
See Also
• "Introduction to :WAVeform Commands" on page 709
• ":WAVeform:POINts" on page 720
736
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:WAVeform Commands
29
:WAVeform:XINCrement
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:WAVeform:XINCrement?
The :WAVeform:XINCrement? query returns the x- increment value for the
currently specified source. This value is the time difference between
consecutive data points in seconds.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= x-increment in the current preamble in 64-bit
floating point NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :WAVeform Commands" on page 709
• ":WAVeform:PREamble" on page 724
Example Code
• "Example Code" on page 725
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
737
29 :WAVeform Commands
:WAVeform:XORigin
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:WAVeform:XORigin?
The :WAVeform:XORigin? query returns the x- origin value for the currently
specified source. XORigin is the X- axis value of the data point specified by
the :WAVeform:XREFerence value. In this product, that is always the
X- axis value of the first data point (XREFerence = 0).
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= x-origin value in the current preamble in 64-bit
floating point NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :WAVeform Commands" on page 709
• ":WAVeform:PREamble" on page 724
• ":WAVeform:XREFerence" on page 739
Example Code
738
• "Example Code" on page 725
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:WAVeform Commands
29
:WAVeform:XREFerence
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:WAVeform:XREFerence?
The :WAVeform:XREFerence? query returns the x- reference value for the
currently specified source. This value specifies the index of the data point
associated with the x- origin data value. In this product, the x- reference
point is the first point displayed and XREFerence is always 0.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= x-reference value = 0 in 32-bit NR1 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :WAVeform Commands" on page 709
• ":WAVeform:PREamble" on page 724
• ":WAVeform:XORigin" on page 738
Example Code
• "Example Code" on page 725
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
739
29 :WAVeform Commands
:WAVeform:YINCrement
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:WAVeform:YINCrement?
The :WAVeform:YINCrement? query returns the y- increment value in volts
for the currently specified source. This value is the voltage difference
between consecutive data values. The y- increment for digital waveforms is
always "1".
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= y-increment value in the current preamble in 32-bit
floating point NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :WAVeform Commands" on page 709
• ":WAVeform:PREamble" on page 724
Example Code
740
• "Example Code" on page 725
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:WAVeform Commands
29
:WAVeform:YORigin
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:WAVeform:YORigin?
The :WAVeform:YORigin? query returns the y- origin value for the currently
specified source. This value is the Y- axis value of the data value specified
by the :WAVeform:YREFerence value. For this product, this is the Y- axis
value of the center of the screen.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= y-origin in the current preamble in 32-bit
floating point NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :WAVeform Commands" on page 709
• ":WAVeform:PREamble" on page 724
• ":WAVeform:YREFerence" on page 742
Example Code
• "Example Code" on page 725
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
741
29 :WAVeform Commands
:WAVeform:YREFerence
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:WAVeform:YREFerence?
The :WAVeform:YREFerence? query returns the y- reference value for the
currently specified source. This value specifies the data point value where
the y- origin occurs. In this product, this is the data point value of the
center of the screen. It is undefined if the format is ASCii.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= y-reference value in the current preamble in 32-bit
NR1 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :WAVeform Commands" on page 709
• ":WAVeform:PREamble" on page 724
• ":WAVeform:YORigin" on page 741
Example Code
742
• "Example Code" on page 725
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
30
:WGEN Commands
When the built- in waveform generator is licensed (Option WGN), you can
use it to output sine, square, ramp, pulse, DC, and noise waveforms. The
:WGEN commands are used to select the waveform function and
parameters. See "Introduction to :WGEN Commands" on page 744.
Table 116 :WGEN Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:WGEN:FREQuency
<frequency> (see
page 745)
:WGEN:FREQuency? (see
page 745)
<frequency> ::= frequency in Hz
in NR3 format
:WGEN:FUNCtion
<signal> (see
page 746)
:WGEN:FUNCtion? (see
page 747)
<signal> ::= {SINusoid | SQUare |
RAMP | PULSe | NOISe | DC}
:WGEN:FUNCtion:PULSe:
WIDTh <width> (see
page 748)
:WGEN:FUNCtion:PULSe:
WIDTh? (see page 748)
<width> ::= pulse width in
seconds in NR3 format
:WGEN:FUNCtion:RAMP:S
YMMetry <percent>
(see page 749)
:WGEN:FUNCtion:RAMP:S
YMMetry? (see
page 749)
<percent> ::= symmetry
percentage from 0% to 100% in NR3
format
:WGEN:FUNCtion:SQUare
:DCYCle <percent>
(see page 750)
:WGEN:FUNCtion:SQUare
:DCYCle? (see
page 750)
<percent> ::= duty cycle
percentage from 20% to 80% in NR3
format
:WGEN:OUTPut {{0 |
OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see
page 751)
:WGEN:OUTPut? (see
page 751)
{0 | 1}
:WGEN:OUTPut:LOAD
<impedance> (see
page 752)
:WGEN:OUTPut:LOAD?
(see page 752)
<impedance> ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy}
:WGEN:PERiod <period>
(see page 753)
:WGEN:PERiod? (see
page 753)
<period> ::= period in seconds in
NR3 format
:WGEN:RST (see
page 754)
n/a
n/a

743
30 :WGEN Commands
Table 116 :WGEN Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:WGEN:VOLTage
<amplitude> (see
page 755)
:WGEN:VOLTage? (see
page 755)
<amplitude> ::= amplitude in
volts in NR3 format
:WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH
<high> (see page 756)
:WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH?
(see page 756)
<high> ::= high-level voltage in
volts, in NR3 format
:WGEN:VOLTage:LOW
<low> (see page 757)
:WGEN:VOLTage:LOW?
(see page 757)
<low> ::= low-level voltage in
volts, in NR3 format
:WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet
<offset> (see
page 758)
:WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet?
(see page 758)
<offset> ::= offset in volts in
NR3 format
Introduction to
:WGEN
Commands
The :WGEN subsystem provides commands to select the waveform
generator function and parameters.
Reporting the Setup
Use :WGEN? to query setup information for the WGEN subsystem.
Return Format
The following is a sample response from the :WGEN? query. In this case,
the query was issued following the *RST command.
:WGEN:FUNC SIN;OUTP 0;FREQ +1.0000E+03;VOLT +500.0E-03;VOLT:OFFS
+0.0E+00;:WGEN:OUTP:LOAD ONEM
744
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:WGEN Commands
30
:WGEN:FREQuency
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WGEN:FREQuency <frequency>
<frequency> ::= frequency in Hz in NR3 format
For Sine, Square, Ramp, and Pulse waveforms, the :WGEN:FREQuency
command specifies the frequency of the waveform.
You can also specify the frequency indirectly using the :WGEN:PERiod
command.
Query Syntax
:WGEN:FREQuency?
The :WGEN:FREQuency? query returns the currently set waveform
generator frequency.
Return Format
<frequency><NL>
<frequency> ::= frequency in Hz in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :WGEN Commands" on page 744
• ":WGEN:FUNCtion" on page 746
• ":WGEN:PERiod" on page 753
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
745
30 :WGEN Commands
:WGEN:FUNCtion
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WGEN:FUNCtion <signal>
<signal> ::= {SINusoid | SQUare | RAMP | PULSe | NOISe | DC}
The :WGEN:FUNCtion command selects the type of waveform:
746
Waveform
Type
Characteristics
SINusoid
Use these commands to set the sine signal parameters:
• ":WGEN:FREQuency" on page 745
• ":WGEN:PERiod" on page 753
• ":WGEN:VOLTage" on page 755
• ":WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet" on page 758
• ":WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH" on page 756
• ":WGEN:VOLTage:LOW" on page 757
The frequency can be adjusted from 100 mHz to 20 MHz.
SQUare
Use these commands to set the square wave signal parameters:
• ":WGEN:FREQuency" on page 745
• ":WGEN:PERiod" on page 753
• ":WGEN:VOLTage" on page 755
• ":WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet" on page 758
• ":WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH" on page 756
• ":WGEN:VOLTage:LOW" on page 757
• ":WGEN:FUNCtion:SQUare:DCYCle" on page 750
The frequency can be adjusted from 100 mHz to 10 MHz.
The duty cycle can be adjusted from 20% to 80%.
RAMP
Use these commands to set the ramp signal parameters:
• ":WGEN:FREQuency" on page 745
• ":WGEN:PERiod" on page 753
• ":WGEN:VOLTage" on page 755
• ":WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet" on page 758
• ":WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH" on page 756
• ":WGEN:VOLTage:LOW" on page 757
• ":WGEN:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry" on page 749
The frequency can be adjusted from 100 mHz to 100 kHz.
Symmetry represents the amount of time per cycle that the ramp waveform is
rising and can be adjusted from 0% to 100%.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:WGEN Commands
Waveform
Type
PULSe
30
Characteristics
Use these commands to set the pulse signal parameters:
":WGEN:FREQuency" on page 745
":WGEN:PERiod" on page 753
":WGEN:VOLTage" on page 755
":WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet" on page 758
":WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH" on page 756
":WGEN:VOLTage:LOW" on page 757
":WGEN:FUNCtion:PULSe:WIDTh" on page 748
The frequency can be adjusted from 100 mHz to 10 MHz.
The pulse width can be adjusted from 20 ns to the period minus 20 ns.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
DC
Use this command to set the DC level:
• ":WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet" on page 758
NOISe
Use these commands to set the noise signal parameters:
• ":WGEN:VOLTage" on page 755
• ":WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet" on page 758
• ":WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH" on page 756
• ":WGEN:VOLTage:LOW" on page 757
For all waveform types, the output amplitude, into 50 , can be adjusted
from 10 mVpp to 2.5 Vpp (or from 20 mVpp to 5 Vpp into and
open- circuit load).
Query Syntax
:WGEN:FUNCtion?
The :WGEN:FUNCtion? query returns the currently selected signal type.
Return Format
<signal><NL>
<signal> ::= {SIN | SQU | RAMP | PULS | NOIS | DC}
See Also
• "Introduction to :WGEN Commands" on page 744
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
747
30 :WGEN Commands
:WGEN:FUNCtion:PULSe:WIDTh
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WGEN:FUNCtion:PULSe:WIDTh <width>
<width> ::= pulse width in seconds in NR3 format
For Pulse waveforms, the :WGEN:FUNCtion:PULSe:WIDTh command
specifies the width of the pulse.
The pulse width can be adjusted from 20 ns to the period minus 20 ns.
Query Syntax
:WGEN:FUNCtion:PULSe:WIDTh?
The :WGEN:FUNCtion:PULSe:WIDTh? query returns the currently set pulse
width.
Return Format
<width><NL>
<width> ::= pulse width in seconds in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :WGEN Commands" on page 744
• ":WGEN:FUNCtion" on page 746
748
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:WGEN Commands
30
:WGEN:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WGEN:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry <percent>
<percent> ::= symmetry percentage from 0% to 100% in NR3 format
For Ramp waveforms, the :WGEN:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry command
specifies the symmetry of the waveform.
Symmetry represents the amount of time per cycle that the ramp
waveform is rising.
Query Syntax
:WGEN:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry?
The :WGEN:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry? query returns the currently set
ramp symmetry.
Return Format
<percent><NL>
<percent> ::= symmetry percentage from 0% to 100% in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :WGEN Commands" on page 744
• ":WGEN:FUNCtion" on page 746
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
749
30 :WGEN Commands
:WGEN:FUNCtion:SQUare:DCYCle
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WGEN:FUNCtion:SQUare:DCYCle <percent>
<percent> ::= duty cycle percentage from 20% to 80% in NR3 format
For Square waveforms, the :WGEN:FUNCtion:SQUare:DCYCle command
specifies the square wave duty cycle.
Duty cycle is the percentage of the period that the waveform is high.
Query Syntax
:WGEN:FUNCtion:SQUare:DCYCle?
The :WGEN:FUNCtion:SQUare:DCYCle? query returns the currently set
square wave duty cycle.
Return Format
<percent><NL>
<percent> ::= duty cycle percentage from 20% to 80% in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :WGEN Commands" on page 744
• ":WGEN:FUNCtion" on page 746
750
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
30
:WGEN Commands
:WGEN:OUTPut
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WGEN:OUTPut <on_off>
<on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}
The :WGEN:OUTPut command specifies whether the waveform generator
signal output is ON (1) or OFF (0).
Query Syntax
:WGEN:OUTPut?
The :WGEN:OUTPut? query returns the current state of the waveform
generator output setting.
Return Format
<on_off><NL>
<on_off> ::= {1 | 0}
See Also
• "Introduction to :WGEN Commands" on page 744
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
751
30 :WGEN Commands
:WGEN:OUTPut:LOAD
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WGEN:OUTPut:LOAD <impedance>
<impedance> ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy}
The :WGEN:OUTPut:LOAD command selects the expected output load
impedance.
The output impedance of the Gen Out BNC is fixed at 50 ohms. However,
the output load selection lets the waveform generator display the correct
amplitude and offset levels for the expected output load.
If the actual load impedance is different than the selected value, the
displayed amplitude and offset levels will be incorrect.
Query Syntax
:WGEN:OUTPut:LOAD?
The :WGEN:OUTPut:LOAD? query returns the current expected output load
impedance.
Return Format
<impedance><NL>
<impedance> ::= {ONEM | FIFT}
See Also
752
• "Introduction to :WGEN Commands" on page 744
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
30
:WGEN Commands
:WGEN:PERiod
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WGEN:PERiod <period>
<period> ::= period in seconds in NR3 format
For Sine, Square, Ramp, and Pulse waveforms, the :WGEN:PERiod
command specifies the period of the waveform.
You can also specify the period indirectly using the :WGEN:FREQuency
command.
Query Syntax
:WGEN:PERiod?
The :WGEN:PERiod? query returns the currently set waveform generator
period.
Return Format
<period><NL>
<period> ::= period in seconds in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :WGEN Commands" on page 744
• ":WGEN:FUNCtion" on page 746
• ":WGEN:FREQuency" on page 745
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
753
30 :WGEN Commands
:WGEN:RST
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WGEN:RST
The :WGEN:RST command restores the waveform generator factory default
settings (1 kHz sine wave, 500 mVpp, 0 V offset).
See Also
• "Introduction to :WGEN Commands" on page 744
• ":WGEN:FUNCtion" on page 746
• ":WGEN:FREQuency" on page 745
754
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:WGEN Commands
30
:WGEN:VOLTage
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WGEN:VOLTage <amplitude>
<amplitude> ::= amplitude in volts in NR3 format
For Sine, Square, Ramp, Pulse, and Noise waveforms, the :WGEN:VOLTage
command specifies the waveform's amplitude. Use the
:WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet command to specify the offset voltage.
You can also specify the amplitude and offset indirectly using the
:WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH and :WGEN:VOLTage:LOW commands. For example,
an amplitude of 5 V and an offset of 1 V is the same as a high- level
voltage of 4 V and a low- level voltage of - 1 V.
Query Syntax
:WGEN:VOLTage?
The :WGEN:VOLTage? query returns the currently specified waveform
amplitude.
Return Format
<amplitude><NL>
<amplitude> ::= amplitude in volts in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :WGEN Commands" on page 744
• ":WGEN:FUNCtion" on page 746
• ":WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet" on page 758
• ":WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH" on page 756
• ":WGEN:VOLTage:LOW" on page 757
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
755
30 :WGEN Commands
:WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH <high>
<high> ::= high-level voltage in volts, in NR3 format
For Sine, Square, Ramp, Pulse, and Noise waveforms, the
:WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH command specifies the waveform's high- level
voltage. Use the :WGEN:VOLTage:LOW command to specify the low- level
voltage.
You can also specify the high- level and low- level voltages indirectly using
the :WGEN:VOLTage and :WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet commands. For example,
a high- level voltage of 4 V and a low- level voltage of - 1 V is the same as
an amplitude of 5 V and an offset of 1 V.
Query Syntax
:WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH?
The :WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH? query returns the currently specified waveform
high- level voltage.
Return Format
<high><NL>
<high> ::= high-level voltage in volts, in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :WGEN Commands" on page 744
• ":WGEN:FUNCtion" on page 746
• ":WGEN:VOLTage:LOW" on page 757
• ":WGEN:VOLTage" on page 755
• ":WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet" on page 758
756
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:WGEN Commands
30
:WGEN:VOLTage:LOW
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WGEN:VOLTage:LOW <low>
<low> ::= low-level voltage in volts, in NR3 format
For Sine, Square, Ramp, Pulse, and Noise waveforms, the
:WGEN:VOLTage:LOW command specifies the waveform's low- level voltage.
Use the :WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH command to specify the high- level voltage.
You can also specify the high- level and low- level voltages indirectly using
the :WGEN:VOLTage and :WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet commands. For example,
a high- level voltage of 4 V and a low- level voltage of - 1 V is the same as
an amplitude of 5 V and an offset of 1 V.
Query Syntax
:WGEN:VOLTage:LOW?
The :WGEN:VOLTage:LOW? query returns the currently specified waveform
low- level voltage.
Return Format
<low><NL>
<low> ::= low-level voltage in volts, in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :WGEN Commands" on page 744
• ":WGEN:FUNCtion" on page 746
• ":WGEN:VOLTage:LOW" on page 757
• ":WGEN:VOLTage" on page 755
• ":WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet" on page 758
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
757
30 :WGEN Commands
:WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet <offset>
<offset> ::= offset in volts in NR3 format
For Sine, Square, Ramp, Pulse, and Noise waveforms, the
:WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet command specifies the waveform's offset voltage.
Use the :WGEN:VOLTage command to specify the amplitude.
You can also specify the amplitude and offset indirectly using the
:WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH and :WGEN:VOLTage:LOW commands. For example,
an amplitude of 5 V and an offset of 1 V is the same as a high- level
voltage of 4 V and a low- level voltage of - 1 V.
Query Syntax
:WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet?
The :WGEN:VOLTage:OFFSet? query returns the currently specified
waveform offset voltage.
Return Format
<offset><NL>
<offset> ::= offset in volts in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :WGEN Commands" on page 744
• ":WGEN:FUNCtion" on page 746
• ":WGEN:VOLTage" on page 755
• ":WGEN:VOLTage:HIGH" on page 756
• ":WGEN:VOLTage:LOW" on page 757
758
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
31
:WMEMory<r> Commands
Control reference waveforms.
Table 117 :WMEMory<r> Commands Summary
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:WMEMory<r>:CLEar
(see page 761)
n/a
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
:WMEMory<r>:DISPlay
{{0 | OFF} | {1 |
ON}} (see page 762)
:WMEMory<r>:DISPlay?
(see page 762)
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
{0 | 1}
:WMEMory<r>:LABel
<string> (see
page 763)
:WMEMory<r>:LABel?
(see page 763)
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<string> ::= any series of 10 or
less ASCII characters enclosed in
quotation marks
:WMEMory<r>:SAVE
<source> (see
page 764)
n/a
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> |
FUNCtion | MATH}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels)
in NR1 format
NOTE: Only ADD or SUBtract math
operations can be saved as
reference waveforms.
:WMEMory<r>:SKEW
<skew> (see page 765)
:WMEMory<r>:SKEW?
(see page 765)
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<skew> ::= time in seconds in NR3
format
:WMEMory<r>:YOFFset
<offset>[suffix] (see
page 766)
:WMEMory<r>:YOFFset?
(see page 766)
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<offset> ::= vertical offset
value in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {V | mV}

759
31 :WMEMory<r> Commands
Table 117 :WMEMory<r> Commands Summary (continued)
Command
Query
Options and Query Returns
:WMEMory<r>:YRANge
<range>[suffix] (see
page 767)
:WMEMory<r>:YRANge?
(see page 767)
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<range> ::= vertical full-scale
range value in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {V | mV}
:WMEMory<r>:YSCale
<scale>[suffix] (see
page 768)
:WMEMory<r>:YSCale?
(see page 768)
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<scale> ::= vertical units per
division value in NR3 format
[suffix] ::= {V | mV}
760
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:WMEMory<r> Commands
31
:WMEMory<r>:CLEar
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WMEMory<r>:CLEar
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
The :WMEMory<r>:CLEar command clears the specified reference waveform
location.
See Also
• Chapter 31, “:WMEMory<r> Commands,” starting on page 759
• ":WMEMory<r>:SAVE" on page 764
• ":WMEMory<r>:DISPlay" on page 762
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
761
31 :WMEMory<r> Commands
:WMEMory<r>:DISPlay
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WMEMory<r>:DISPlay <on_off>
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}}
The :WMEMory<r>:DISPlay command turns the display of the specified
reference waveform on or off.
There are two reference waveform locations, but only one reference
waveform can be displayed at a time. That means, if :WMEMory1:DISPlay
is ON, sending the :WMEMory2:DISPlay ON command will automatically set
:WMEMory1:DISPlay OFF.
Query Syntax
:WMEMory<r>:DISPlay?
The :WMEMory<r>:DISPlay? query returns the current display setting for
the reference waveform.
Return Format
<on_off><NL>
<on_off> ::= {1 | 0}
See Also
• Chapter 31, “:WMEMory<r> Commands,” starting on page 759
• ":WMEMory<r>:CLEar" on page 761
• ":WMEMory<r>:LABel" on page 763
762
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
31
:WMEMory<r> Commands
:WMEMory<r>:LABel
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WMEMory<r>:LABel <string>
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<string> ::= quoted ASCII string
NOTE
Label strings are 10 characters or less, and may contain any commonly used ASCII
characters. Labels with more than 10 characters are truncated to 10 characters. Lower case
characters are converted to upper case.
The :WMEMory<r>:LABel command sets the reference waveform label to
the string that follows.
Setting a label for a reference waveform also adds the name to the label
list in non- volatile memory (replacing the oldest label in the list).
Query Syntax
:WMEMory<r>:LABel?
The :WMEMory<r>:LABel? query returns the label associated with a
particular reference waveform.
Return Format
<string><NL>
<string> ::= quoted ASCII string
See Also
• Chapter 31, “:WMEMory<r> Commands,” starting on page 759
• ":WMEMory<r>:DISPlay" on page 762
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
763
31 :WMEMory<r> Commands
:WMEMory<r>:SAVE
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WMEMory<r>:SAVE <source>
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :WMEMory<r>:SAVE command copies the analog channel or math
function waveform to the specified reference waveform location.
NOTE
See Also
Only ADD or SUBtract math operations can be saved as reference waveforms.
• Chapter 31, “:WMEMory<r> Commands,” starting on page 759
• ":WMEMory<r>:DISPlay" on page 762
764
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:WMEMory<r> Commands
31
:WMEMory<r>:SKEW
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WMEMory<r>:SKEW <skew>
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<skew> ::= time in seconds in NR3 format
The :WMEMory<r>:SKEW command sets the skew factor for the specified
reference waveform.
Query Syntax
:WMEMory<r>:SKEW?
The :WMEMory<r>:SKEW? query returns the current skew setting for the
selected reference waveform.
Return Format
<skew><NL>
<skew> ::= time in seconds in NR3 format
See Also
• Chapter 31, “:WMEMory<r> Commands,” starting on page 759
• ":WMEMory<r>:DISPlay" on page 762
• ":WMEMory<r>:YOFFset" on page 766
• ":WMEMory<r>:YRANge" on page 767
• ":WMEMory<r>:YSCale" on page 768
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
765
31 :WMEMory<r> Commands
:WMEMory<r>:YOFFset
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WMEMory<r>:YOFFset <offset> [<suffix>]
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<offset> ::= vertical offset value in NR3 format
<suffix> ::= {V | mV}
The :WMEMory<r>:YOFFset command sets the value that is represented at
center screen for the selected reference waveform.
The range of legal values varies with the value set by the
:WMEMory<r>:YRANge or :WMEMory<r>:YSCale commands. If you set the
offset to a value outside of the legal range, the offset value is
automatically set to the nearest legal value. Legal values are affected by
the probe attenuation setting.
Query Syntax
:WMEMory<r>:YOFFset?
The :WMEMory<r>:YOFFset? query returns the current offset value for the
selected reference waveform.
Return Format
<offset><NL>
<offset> ::= vertical offset value in NR3 format
See Also
• Chapter 31, “:WMEMory<r> Commands,” starting on page 759
• ":WMEMory<r>:DISPlay" on page 762
• ":WMEMory<r>:YRANge" on page 767
• ":WMEMory<r>:YSCale" on page 768
• ":WMEMory<r>:SKEW" on page 765
766
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
:WMEMory<r> Commands
31
:WMEMory<r>:YRANge
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WMEMory<r>:YRANge <range>[<suffix>]
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<range> ::= vertical full-scale range value in NR3 format
<suffix> ::= {V | mV}
The :WMEMory<r>:YRANge command defines the full- scale vertical axis of
the selected reference waveform.
Legal values for the range are copied from the original source waveform
(that is, the analog channel or math function waveform that was originally
saved as a reference waveform).
Query Syntax
:WMEMory<r>:YRANge?
The :WMEMory<r>:YRANge? query returns the current full- scale range
setting for the specified reference waveform.
Return Format
<range><NL>
<range> ::= vertical full-scale range value in NR3 format
See Also
• Chapter 31, “:WMEMory<r> Commands,” starting on page 759
• ":WMEMory<r>:DISPlay" on page 762
• ":WMEMory<r>:YOFFset" on page 766
• ":WMEMory<r>:SKEW" on page 765
• ":WMEMory<r>:YSCale" on page 768
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
767
31 :WMEMory<r> Commands
:WMEMory<r>:YSCale
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:WMEMory<r>:YSCale <scale>[<suffix>]
<r> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format
<scale> ::= vertical units per division in NR3 format
<suffix> ::= {V | mV}
The :WMEMory<r>:YSCale command sets the vertical scale, or units per
division, of the selected reference waveform.
Legal values for the scale are copied from the original source waveform
(that is, the analog channel or math function waveform that was originally
saved as a reference waveform).
Query Syntax
:WMEMory<r>:YSCale?
The :WMEMory<r>:YSCale? query returns the current scale setting for the
specified reference waveform.
Return Format
<scale><NL>
<scale> ::= vertical units per division in NR3 format
See Also
• Chapter 31, “:WMEMory<r> Commands,” starting on page 759
• ":WMEMory<r>:DISPlay" on page 762
• ":WMEMory<r>:YOFFset" on page 766
• ":WMEMory<r>:YRANge" on page 767
• ":WMEMory<r>:SKEW" on page 765
768
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
32
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
Obsolete commands are older forms of commands that are provided to
reduce customer rework for existing systems and programs (see"Obsolete
Commands" on page 860).
Obsolete Command
Current Command Equivalent
ANALog<n>:BWLimit
:CHANnel<n>:BWLimit (see
page 224)
ANALog<n>:COUPling
:CHANnel<n>:COUPling (see
page 225)
ANALog<n>:INVert
:CHANnel<n>:INVert (see
page 228)
ANALog<n>:LABel
:CHANnel<n>:LABel (see
page 229)
ANALog<n>:OFFSet
:CHANnel<n>:OFFSet (see
page 230)
ANALog<n>:PROBe
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe (see
page 231)
ANALog<n>:PMODe
none
ANALog<n>:RANGe
:CHANnel<n>:RANGe (see
page 237)
:CHANnel:ACTivity (see
page 774)
:ACTivity (see page 155)
:CHANnel:LABel (see
page 775)
:CHANnel<n>:LABel (see
page 229) or
:DIGital<n>:LABel (see
page 250)
:CHANnel:THReshold (see
page 776)
:POD<n>:THReshold (see
page 423) or
:DIGital<d>:THReshold (see
page 253)
:CHANnel2:SKEW (see
page 777)
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKEW
(see page 234)
Behavior Differences
use CHANnel<n>:LABel for
analog channels and use
DIGital<n>:LABel for digital
channels

769
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
770
Obsolete Command
Current Command Equivalent
Behavior Differences
:CHANnel<n>:INPut (see
page 778)
:CHANnel<n>:IMPedance
(see page 227)
:CHANnel<n>:PMODe (see
page 779)
none
:DISPlay:CONNect (see
page 780)
:DISPlay:VECTors (see
page 262)
:DISPlay:ORDer (see page 781)
none
:ERASe (see page 782)
:DISplay:CLEar (see page 257)
:EXTernal:PMODe (see
page 783)
none
FUNCtion1, FUNCtion2
:FUNCtion Commands (see
page 269)
ADD not included
:FUNCtion:SOURce (see
page 784)
:FUNCtion:SOURce1 (see
page 282)
Obsolete command has ADD,
SUBTract, and MULTiply
parameters; current command
has GOFT parameter.
:FUNCtion:VIEW (see
page 785)
:FUNCtion:DISPlay (see
page 273)
:HARDcopy:DESTination (see
page 786)
:HARDcopy:FILename (see
page 787)
:HARDcopy:FILename (see
page 787)
:RECall:FILename (see
page 427)
:SAVE:FILename (see
page 427)
:HARDcopy:GRAYscale (see
page 788)
:HARDcopy:PALette (see
page 301)
:HARDcopy:IGColors (see
page 789)
:HARDcopy:INKSaver (see
page 293)
:HARDcopy:PDRiver (see
page 790)
:HARDcopy:APRinter (see
page 290)
:MEASure:LOWer (see
page 791)
:MEASure:DEFine:THResholds
(see page 337)
:MEASure:SCRatch (see
page 792)
:MEASure:CLEar (see
page 335)
:MEASure:TDELta (see
page 793)
:MARKer:XDELta (see
page 316)
:MEASure:THResholds (see
page 794)
:MEASure:DEFine:THResholds
(see page 337)
MEASure:DEFine:THResholds
can define absolute values or
percentage
MEASure:DEFine:THResholds
can define absolute values or
percentage
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
32
Obsolete Command
Current Command Equivalent
:MEASure:TMAX (see
page 795)
:MEASure:XMAX (see
page 382)
:MEASure:TMIN (see
page 796)
:MEASure:XMIN (see
page 383)
:MEASure:TSTArt (see
page 797)
:MARKer:X1Position (see
page 312)
:MEASure:TSTOp (see
page 798)
:MARKer:X2Position (see
page 314)
:MEASure:TVOLt (see
page 799)
:MEASure:TVALue (see
page 369)
TVALue measures additional
values such as db, Vs, etc.
:MEASure:UPPer (see
page 801)
:MEASure:DEFine:THResholds
(see page 337)
MEASure:DEFine:THResholds
can define absolute values or
percentage
:MEASure:VDELta (see
page 802)
:MARKer:YDELta (see
page 319)
:MEASure:VSTArt (see
page 803)
:MARKer:Y1Position (see
page 317)
:MEASure:VSTOp (see
page 804)
:MARKer:Y2Position (see
page 318)
:MTESt:AMASk:{SAVE |
STORe} (see page 805)
:SAVE:MASK[:STARt] (see
page 443)
:MTESt:AVERage (see
page 806)
:ACQuire:TYPE AVERage (see
page 199)
:MTESt:AVERage:COUNt (see
page 807)
:ACQuire:COUNt (see
page 190)
:MTESt:LOAD (see page 808)
:RECall:MASK[:STARt] (see
page 428)
:MTESt:RUMode (see
page 809)
:MTESt:RMODe (see
page 404)
:MTESt:RUMode:SOFailure
(see page 810)
:MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STO
P (see page 408)
:MTESt:{STARt | STOP} (see
page 811)
:RUN (see page 180) or :STOP
(see page 184)
:MTESt:TRIGger:SOURce (see
page 812)
:TRIGger Commands (see
page 641)
:PRINt? (see page 813)
:DISPlay:DATA? (see
page 258)
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Behavior Differences
There are various commands
for setting the source with
different types of triggers.
771
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
Discontinued
Commands
772
Obsolete Command
Current Command Equivalent
:SAVE:IMAGe:AREA (see
page 815)
none
:TIMebase:DELay (see
page 817)
:TIMebase:POSition (see
page 632) or
:TIMebase:WINDow:POSition
(see page 637)
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:DEFiniti
on (see page 816)
none
:TRIGger:THReshold (see
page 818)
:POD<n>:THReshold (see
page 423) or
:DIGital<d>:THReshold (see
page 253)
:TRIGger:TV:TVMode (see
page 819)
:TRIGger:TV:MODE (see
page 698)
Behavior Differences
TIMebase:POSition is position
value of main time base;
TIMebase:WINDow:POSition
is position value of zoomed
(delayed) time base window.
Discontinued commands are commands that were used by previous
oscilloscopes, but are not supported by the InfiniiVision 3000 X- Series
oscilloscopes. Listed below are the Discontinued commands and the
nearest equivalent command available (if any).
Discontinued Command
Current Command Equivalent
Comments
ASTore
:DISPlay:PERSistence INFinite
(see page 261)
CHANnel:MATH
:FUNCtion:OPERation (see
page 278)
ADD not included
CHANnel<n>:PROTect
:CHANnel<n>:PROTection
(see page 236)
Previous form of this
command was used to
enable/disable 50
protection. The new command
resets a tripped protect and
the query returns the status of
TRIPed or NORMal.
DISPlay:INVerse
none
DISPlay:COLumn
none
DISPlay:FREeze
none
DISPlay:GRID
none
DISPLay:LINE
none
DISPlay:PIXel
none
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
Discontinued Command
Current Command Equivalent
DISPlay:POSition
none
DISPlay:ROW
none
DISPlay:TEXT
none
FUNCtion:MOVE
none
FUNCtion:PEAKs
none
HARDcopy:ADDRess
none
Only parallel printer port is
supported. GPIB printing not
supported
MASK
none
All commands discontinued,
feature not available
SYSTem:KEY
none
TEST:ALL
*TST (Self Test) (see page 149)
TRACE subsystem
none
TRIGger:ADVanced subsystem
TRIGger:TV:FIELd
32
Comments
All commands discontinued,
feature not available
Use new GLITch, PATTern, or
TV trigger modes
:TRIGger:TV:MODE (see
page 698)
TRIGger:TV:TVHFrej
Discontinued
Parameters
TRIGger:TV:VIR
none
VAUToscale
none
Some previous oscilloscope queries returned control setting values of OFF
and ON. The InfiniiVision 3000 X- Series oscilloscopes only return the
enumerated values 0 (for off) and 1 (for on).
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
773
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:CHANnel:ACTivity
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:CHANnel:ACTivity
The :CHANnel:ACTivity command clears the cumulative edge variables for
the next activity query.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :CHANnel:ACTivity command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :ACTivity command (see page 155) instead.
:CHANnel:ACTivity?
The :CHANnel:ACTivity? query returns the active edges since the last clear,
and returns the current logic levels.
Return Format
<edges>,<levels><NL>
<edges> ::= presence of edges (32-bit integer in NR1 format).
<levels> ::= logical highs or lows (32-bit integer in NR1 format).
NOTE
A bit equal to zero indicates that no edges were detected at the specified threshold since
the last clear on that channel. Edges may have occurred that were not detected because of
the threshold setting.
A bit equal to one indicates that edges have been detected at the specified
threshold since the last clear on that channel.
774
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
32
:CHANnel:LABel
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:CHANnel:LABel <source_text><string>
<source_text> ::= {CHANnel1 | CHANnel2 | DIGital<d>}
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
<string> ::= quoted ASCII string
The :CHANnel:LABel command sets the source text to the string that
follows. Setting a channel will also result in the name being added to the
label list.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :CHANnel:LABel command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :CHANnel<n>:LABel command (see page 229) or
:DIGital<n>:LABel command (see page 250).
:CHANnel:LABel?
The :CHANnel:LABel? query returns the label associated with a particular
analog channel.
Return Format
<string><NL>
<string> ::= quoted ASCII string
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
775
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:CHANnel:THReshold
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:CHANnel:THReshold <channel group>, <threshold type> [, <value>]
<channel group> ::= {POD1 | POD2}
<threshold type> ::= {CMOS | ECL | TTL | USERdef}
<value> ::= voltage for USERdef in NR3 format [volt_type]
[volt_type] ::= {V | mV (-3) | uV (-6)}
The :CHANnel:THReshold command sets the threshold for a group of
channels. The threshold is either set to a predefined value or to a
user- defined value. For the predefined value, the voltage parameter is
ignored.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :CHANnel:THReshold command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :POD<n>:THReshold command (see page 423) or
:DIGital<n>:THReshold command (see page 253).
:CHANnel:THReshold? <channel group>
The :CHANnel:THReshold? query returns the voltage and threshold text for
a specific group of channels.
Return Format
<threshold type> [, <value>]<NL>
<threshold type> ::= {CMOS | ECL | TTL | USERdef}
<value> ::= voltage for USERdef (float 32 NR3)
NOTE
776
•
•
•
•
CMOS = 2.5V
TTL = 1.5V
ECL = -1.3V
USERdef ::= -6.0V to 6.0V
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
32
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:CHANnel2:SKEW
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:CHANnel2:SKEW <skew value>
<skew value> ::= skew time in NR3 format
<skew value> ::= -100 ns to +100 ns
The :CHANnel2:SKEW command sets the skew between channels 1 and 2.
The maximum skew is +/- 100 ns. You can use the oscilloscope's analog
probe skew control to remove cable delay errors between channel 1 and
channel 2.
NOTE
The :CHANnel2:SKEW command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKEW command (see page 234)
instead.
NOTE
This command is only valid for the two channel oscilloscope models.
Query Syntax
:CHANnel2:SKEW?
The :CHANnel2:SKEW? query returns the current probe skew setting for
the selected channel.
Return Format
<skew value><NL>
<skew value> ::= skew value in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :CHANnel<n> Commands" on page 222
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
777
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:CHANnel<n>:INPut
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:INPut <impedance>
<impedance> ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :CHANnel<n>:INPut command selects the input impedance setting for
the specified channel. The legal values for this command are ONEMeg (1
M) and FIFTy (50).
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :CHANnel<n>:INPut command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance command (see page 227)
instead.
:CHANnel<n>:INPut?
The :CHANnel<n>:INPut? query returns the current input impedance
setting for the specified channel.
Return Format
<impedance value><NL>
<impedance value> ::= {ONEM | FIFT}
778
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
32
:CHANnel<n>:PMODe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:PMODe <pmode value>
<pmode value> ::= {AUTo | MANual}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The probe sense mode is controlled internally and cannot be set. If a
probe with sense is connected to the specified channel, auto sensing is
enabled; otherwise, the mode is manual.
If the PMODe sent matches the oscilloscope's setting, the command will be
accepted. Otherwise, a setting conflict error is generated.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :CHANnel<n>:PMODe command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes.
:CHANnel<n>:PMODe?
The :CHANnel<n>:PMODe? query returns AUT if an autosense probe is
attached and MAN otherwise.
Return Format
<pmode value><NL>
<pmode value> ::= {AUT | MAN}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
779
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:DISPlay:CONNect
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:DISPlay:CONNect <connect>
<connect> ::= {{ 1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}}
The :DISPlay:CONNect command turns vectors on and off. When vectors
are turned on, the oscilloscope displays lines connecting sampled data
points. When vectors are turned off, only the sampled data is displayed.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :DISPlay:CONNEct command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :DISPlay:VECTors command (see page 262) instead.
:DISPlay:CONNect?
The :DISPlay:CONNect? query returns the current state of the vectors
setting.
Return Format
<connect><NL>
<connect> ::= {1 | 0}
See Also
780
• ":DISPlay:VECTors" on page 262
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
32
:DISPlay:ORDer
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:DISPlay:ORDer?
The :DISPlay:ORDer? query returns a list of digital channel numbers in
screen order, from top to bottom, separated by commas. Busing is
displayed as digital channels with no separator. For example, in the
following list, the bus consists of digital channels 4 and 5: DIG1, DIG4
DIG5, DIG7.
NOTE
Return Format
The :DISPlay:ORDer command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. This command is only available on the MSO models.
<order><NL>
<order> ::= Unquoted ASCII string
NOTE
See Also
Example Code
A return value is included for each digital channel. A return value of NONE indicates that a
channel is turned off.
• ":DIGital<d>:POSition" on page 251
' DISP_ORDER - Set the order the channels are displayed on the
' analyzer. You can enter between 1 and 32 channels at one time.
' If you leave out channels, they will not be displayed.
' Display ONLY channel 0 and channel 10 in that order.
myScope.WriteString ":DISPLAY:ORDER 0,10"
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
781
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:ERASe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:ERASe
The :ERASe command erases the screen.
NOTE
782
The :ERASe command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to previous
oscilloscopes. Use the :DISplay:CLEar command (see page 257) instead.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
32
:EXTernal:PMODe
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:EXTernal:PMODe <pmode value>
<pmode value> ::= {AUTo | MANual}
The probe sense mode is controlled internally and cannot be set. If a
probe with sense is connected to the specified channel, auto sensing is
enabled; otherwise, the mode is manual.
If the pmode sent matches the oscilloscope's setting, the command will be
accepted. Otherwise, a setting conflict error is generated.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :EXTernal:PMODe command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes.
:EXTernal:PMODe?
The :EXTernal:PMODe? query returns AUT if an autosense probe is
attached and MAN otherwise.
Return Format
<pmode value><NL>
<pmode value> ::= {AUT | MAN}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
783
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:FUNCtion:SOURce
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:FUNCtion:SOURce <value>
<value> ::= {CHANnel<n> | ADD | SUBTract | MULTiply}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :FUNCtion:SOURce command is only used when an FFT (Fast Fourier
Transform), DIFF, or INT operation is selected (see
the:FUNCtion:OPERation command for more information about selecting an
operation). The :FUNCtion:SOURce command selects the source for
function operations. Choose CHANnel<n>, or ADD, SUBT, or MULT to
specify the desired source for function DIFF (differentiate), INTegrate, and
FFT operations specified by the :FUNCtion:OPERation command.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :FUNCtion:SOURce command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :FUNCtion:SOURce1 command (see page 282) instead.
:FUNCtion:SOURce?
The :FUNCtion:SOURce? query returns the current source for function
operations.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {CHAN<n> | ADD | SUBT | MULT}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :FUNCtion Commands" on page 271
• ":FUNCtion:OPERation" on page 278
784
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
32
:FUNCtion:VIEW
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:FUNCtion:VIEW <view>
<view> ::= {{1 | ON} | (0 | OFF}}
The :FUNCtion:VIEW command turns the selected function on or off. When
ON is selected, the function performs as specified using the other
FUNCtion commands. When OFF is selected, function is neither calculated
nor displayed.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :FUNCtion:VIEW command is provided for backward compatibility to previous
oscilloscopes. Use the :FUNCtion:DISPlay command (see page 273) instead.
:FUNCtion:VIEW?
The :FUNCtion:VIEW? query returns the current state of the selected
function.
Return Format
<view><NL>
<view> ::= {1 | 0}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
785
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:HARDcopy:DESTination
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:HARDcopy:DESTination <destination>
<destination> ::= {CENTronics | FLOPpy}
The :HARDcopy:DESTination command sets the hardcopy destination.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :HARDcopy:DESTination command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility
to previous oscilloscopes. Use the :HARDcopy:FILename command (see page 787) instead.
:HARDcopy:DESTination?
The :HARDcopy:DESTination? query returns the selected hardcopy
destination.
Return Format
<destination><NL>
<destination> ::= {CENT | FLOP}
See Also
786
• "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 288
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
32
:HARDcopy:FILename
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:HARDcopy:FILename <string>
<string> ::= quoted ASCII string
The HARDcopy:FILename command sets the output filename for those
print formats whose output is a file.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :HARDcopy:FILename command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :SAVE:FILename command (see page 436) and
:RECall:FILename command (see page 427) instead.
:HARDcopy:FILename?
The :HARDcopy:FILename? query returns the current hardcopy output
filename.
Return Format
<string><NL>
<string> ::= quoted ASCII string
See Also
• "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 288
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
787
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:HARDcopy:GRAYscale
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:HARDcopy:GRAYscale <gray>
<gray> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}}
The :HARDcopy:GRAYscale command controls whether grayscaling is
performed in the hardcopy dump.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :HARDcopy:GRAYscale command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :HARDcopy:PALette command (see page 301) instead.
(":HARDcopy:GRAYscale ON" is the same as ":HARDcopy:PALette GRAYscale" and
":HARDcopy:GRAYscale OFF" is the same as ":HARDcopy:PALette COLor".)
:HARDcopy:GRAYscale?
The :HARDcopy:GRAYscale? query returns a flag indicating whether
grayscaling is performed in the hardcopy dump.
Return Format
<gray><NL>
<gray> ::= {0 | 1}
See Also
788
• "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 288
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
32
:HARDcopy:IGColors
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:HARDcopy:IGColors <value>
<value> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}}
The HARDcopy:IGColors command controls whether the graticule colors
are inverted or not.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :HARDcopy:IGColors command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :HARDcopy:INKSaver (see page 293) command instead.
:HARDcopy:IGColors?
The :HARDcopy:IGColors? query returns a flag indicating whether graticule
colors are inverted or not.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {0 | 1}
See Also
• "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 288
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
789
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:HARDcopy:PDRiver
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:HARDcopy:PDRiver <driver>
<driver> ::= {AP2Xxx | AP21xx | {AP2560 | AP25} | {DJ350 | DJ35} |
DJ6xx | {DJ630 | DJ63} | DJ6Special | DJ6Photo |
DJ8Special | DJ8xx | DJ9Vip | OJPRokx50 | DJ9xx | GVIP |
DJ55xx | {PS470 | PS47} {PS100 | PS10} | CLASer |
MLASer | LJFastraster | POSTscript}
The HARDcopy:PDRiver command sets the hardcopy printer driver used
for the selected printer.
If the correct driver for the selected printer can be identified, it will be
selected and cannot be changed.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :HARDcopy:PDRiver command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :HARDcopy:APRinter (see page 290) command instead.
:HARDcopy:PDRiver?
The :HARDcopy:PDRiver? query returns the selected hardcopy printer
driver.
Return Format
<driver><NL>
<driver> ::= {AP2X | AP21 | AP25 | DJ35 | DJ6 | DJ63 | DJ6S | DJ6P |
DJ8S | DJ8 | DJ9V | OJPR | DJ9 | GVIP | DJ55 | PS10 |
PS47 | CLAS | MLAS | LJF | POST}
See Also
790
• "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 288
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
32
:MEASure:LOWer
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:LOWer <voltage>
The :MEASure:LOWer command sets the lower measurement threshold
value. This value and the UPPer value represent absolute values when the
thresholds are ABSolute and percentage when the thresholds are PERCent
as defined by the :MEASure:DEFine THResholds command.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :MEASure:LOWer command is obsolete and is provided for backward compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :MEASure:DEFine THResholds command (see page 337)
instead.
:MEASure:LOWer?
The :MEASure:LOWer? query returns the current lower threshold level.
Return Format
<voltage><NL>
<voltage> ::= the user-defined lower threshold in volts in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:THResholds" on page 794
• ":MEASure:UPPer" on page 801
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
791
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:MEASure:SCRatch
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:SCRatch
The :MEASure:SCRatch command clears all selected measurements and
markers from the screen.
NOTE
792
The :MEASure:SCRatch command is obsolete and is provided for backward compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :MEASure:CLEar command (see page 335) instead.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
32
:MEASure:TDELta
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:MEASure:TDELta?
The :MEASure:TDELta? query returns the time difference between the
Tstop marker (X2 cursor) and the Tstart marker (X1 cursor).
Tdelta = Tstop - Tstart
Tstart is the time at the start marker (X1 cursor) and Tstop is the time at
the stop marker (X2 cursor). No measurement is made when the
:MEASure:TDELta? query is received by the oscilloscope. The delta time
value that is output is the current value. This is the same value as the
front- panel cursors delta X value.
NOTE
Return Format
The :MEASure:TDELta command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :MARKer:XDELta command (see page 316) instead.
<value><NL>
<value> ::= time difference between start and stop markers in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MARKer Commands" on page 310
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MARKer:X1Position" on page 312
• ":MARKer:X2Position" on page 314
• ":MARKer:XDELta" on page 316
• ":MEASure:TSTArt" on page 797
• ":MEASure:TSTOp" on page 798
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
793
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:MEASure:THResholds
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:THResholds {T1090 | T2080 | VOLTage}
The :MEASure:THResholds command selects the thresholds used when
making time measurements.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :MEASure:THResholds command is obsolete and is provided for backward
compatibility to previous oscilloscopes. Use the :MEASure:DEFine THResholds command
(see page 337) instead.
:MEASure:THResholds?
The :MEASure:THResholds? query returns the current thresholds selected
when making time measurements.
Return Format
{T1090 | T2080 | VOLTage}<NL>
{T1090} uses the 10% and 90% levels of the selected waveform.
{T2080} uses the 20% and 80% levels of the selected waveform.
{VOLTage} uses the upper and lower voltage thresholds set by the
UPPer and LOWer commands on the selected waveform.
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:LOWer" on page 791
• ":MEASure:UPPer" on page 801
794
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
32
:MEASure:TMAX
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:TMAX [<source>]
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :MEASure:TMAX command installs a screen measurement and starts
an X- at- Max- Y measurement on the selected waveform. If the optional
source is specified, the current source is modified.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :MEASure:TMAX command is obsolete and is provided for backward compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :MEASure:XMAX command (see page 382) instead.
:MEASure:TMAX? [<source>]
The :MEASure:TMAX? query returns the horizontal axis value at which the
maximum vertical value occurs on the current source. If the optional
source is specified, the current source is modified. If all channels are off,
the query returns 9.9E+37.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= time at maximum in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:TMIN" on page 796
• ":MEASure:XMAX" on page 382
• ":MEASure:XMIN" on page 383
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
795
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:MEASure:TMIN
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:TMIN [<source>]
<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH}
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :MEASure:TMIN command installs a screen measurement and starts an
X- at- Min- Y measurement on the selected waveform. If the optional source
is specified, the current source is modified.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :MEASure:TMIN command is obsolete and is provided for backward compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :MEASure:XMIN command (see page 383) instead.
:MEASure:TMIN? [<source>]
The :MEASure:TMIN? query returns the horizontal axis value at which the
minimum vertical value occurs on the current source. If the optional
source is specified, the current source is modified. If all channels are off,
the query returns 9.9E+37.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= time at minimum in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:TMAX" on page 795
• ":MEASure:XMAX" on page 382
• ":MEASure:XMIN" on page 383
796
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
32
:MEASure:TSTArt
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:TSTArt <value> [suffix]
<value> ::= time at the start marker in seconds
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps}
The :MEASure:TSTArt command moves the start marker (X1 cursor) to the
specified time with respect to the trigger time.
NOTE
The short form of this command, TSTA, does not follow the defined Long Form to Short
Form Truncation Rules (see page 862). The normal short form "TST" would be the same for
both TSTArt and TSTOp, so sending TST for the TSTArt command produces an error.
NOTE
The :MEASure:TSTArt command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :MARKer:X1Position command (see page 312) instead.
Query Syntax
:MEASure:TSTArt?
The :MEASure:TSTArt? query returns the time at the start marker (X1
cursor).
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= time at the start marker in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MARKer Commands" on page 310
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MARKer:X1Position" on page 312
• ":MARKer:X2Position" on page 314
• ":MARKer:XDELta" on page 316
• ":MEASure:TDELta" on page 793
• ":MEASure:TSTOp" on page 798
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
797
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:MEASure:TSTOp
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:TSTOp <value> [suffix]
<value> ::= time at the stop marker in seconds
[suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps}
The :MEASure:TSTOp command moves the stop marker (X2 cursor) to the
specified time with respect to the trigger time.
NOTE
The short form of this command, TSTO, does not follow the defined Long Form to Short
Form Truncation Rules (see page 862). The normal short form "TST" would be the same for
both TSTArt and TSTOp, so sending TST for the TSTOp command produces an error.
NOTE
The :MEASure:TSTOp command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :MARKer:X2Position command (see page 314) instead.
Query Syntax
:MEASure:TSTOp?
The :MEASure:TSTOp? query returns the time at the stop marker (X2
cursor).
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= time at the stop marker in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MARKer Commands" on page 310
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MARKer:X1Position" on page 312
• ":MARKer:X2Position" on page 314
• ":MARKer:XDELta" on page 316
• ":MEASure:TDELta" on page 793
• ":MEASure:TSTArt" on page 797
798
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
32
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:MEASure:TVOLt
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:MEASure:TVOLt? <value>, [<slope>]<occurrence>[,<source>]
<value> ::= the voltage level that the waveform must cross.
<slope> ::= direction of the waveform. A rising slope is indicated by
a plus sign (+). A falling edge is indicated by a minus
sign (-).
<occurrence> ::= the transition to be reported. If the occurrence
number is one, the first crossing is reported. If
the number is two, the second crossing is reported,
etc.
<source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH}
<digital channels> ::= {DIGital<d>} for the MSO models
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
<d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format
When the :MEASure:TVOLt? query is sent, the displayed signal is searched
for the specified voltage level and transition. The time interval between the
trigger event and this defined occurrence is returned as the response to
the query.
The specified voltage can be negative or positive. To specify a negative
voltage, use a minus sign (- ). The sign of the slope selects a rising (+) or
falling (- ) edge. If no sign is specified for the slope, it is assumed to be
the rising edge.
The magnitude of the occurrence defines the occurrence to be reported.
For example, +3 returns the time for the third time the waveform crosses
the specified voltage level in the positive direction. Once this voltage
crossing is found, the oscilloscope reports the time at that crossing in
seconds, with the trigger point (time zero) as the reference.
If the specified crossing cannot be found, the oscilloscope reports
+9.9E+37. This value is returned if the waveform does not cross the
specified voltage, or if the waveform does not cross the specified voltage
for the specified number of times in the direction specified.
If the optional source parameter is specified, the current source is
modified.
NOTE
Return Format
The :MEASure:TVOLt command is obsolete and is provided for backward compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :MEASure:TVALue command (see page 369).
<value><NL>
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
799
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
<value> ::= time in seconds of the specified voltage crossing
in NR3 format
800
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
32
:MEASure:UPPer
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:UPPer <value>
The :MEASure:UPPer command sets the upper measurement threshold
value. This value and the LOWer value represent absolute values when the
thresholds are ABSolute and percentage when the thresholds are PERCent
as defined by the :MEASure:DEFine THResholds command.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :MEASure:UPPer command is obsolete and is provided for backward compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :MEASure:DEFine THResholds command (see page 337)
instead.
:MEASure:UPPer?
The :MEASure:UPPer? query returns the current upper threshold level.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= the user-defined upper threshold in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MEASure:LOWer" on page 791
• ":MEASure:THResholds" on page 794
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
801
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:MEASure:VDELta
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:MEASure:VDELta?
The :MEASure:VDELta? query returns the voltage difference between
vertical marker 1 (Y1 cursor) and vertical marker 2 (Y2 cursor). No
measurement is made when the :MEASure:VDELta? query is received by
the oscilloscope. The delta value that is returned is the current value. This
is the same value as the front- panel cursors delta Y value.
VDELta = value at marker 2 - value at marker 1
NOTE
Return Format
The :MEASure:VDELta command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :MARKer:YDELta command (see page 319) instead.
<value><NL>
<value> ::= delta V value in NR1 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MARKer Commands" on page 310
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MARKer:Y1Position" on page 317
• ":MARKer:Y2Position" on page 318
• ":MARKer:YDELta" on page 319
• ":MEASure:TDELta" on page 793
• ":MEASure:TSTArt" on page 797
802
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
32
:MEASure:VSTArt
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:VSTArt <vstart_argument>
<vstart_argument> ::= value for vertical marker 1
The :MEASure:VSTArt command moves the vertical marker (Y1 cursor) to
the specified value corresponding to the selected source. The source can
be selected by the MARKer:X1Y1source command.
NOTE
The short form of this command, VSTA, does not follow the defined Long Form to Short
Form Truncation Rules (see page 862). The normal short form, VST, would be the same for
both VSTArt and VSTOp, so sending VST for the VSTArt command produces an error.
NOTE
The :MEASure:VSTArt command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :MARKer:Y1Position command (see page 317) instead.
Query Syntax
:MEASure:VSTArt?
The :MEASure:VSTArt? query returns the current value of the Y1 cursor.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= voltage at voltage marker 1 in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MARKer Commands" on page 310
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MARKer:Y1Position" on page 317
• ":MARKer:Y2Position" on page 318
• ":MARKer:YDELta" on page 319
• ":MARKer:X1Y1source" on page 313
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
• ":MEASure:TDELta" on page 793
• ":MEASure:TSTArt" on page 797
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
803
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:MEASure:VSTOp
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MEASure:VSTOp <vstop_argument>
<vstop_argument> ::= value for Y2 cursor
The :MEASure:VSTOp command moves the vertical marker 2 (Y2 cursor) to
the specified value corresponding to the selected source. The source can
be selected by the MARKer:X2Y2source command.
NOTE
The short form of this command, VSTO, does not follow the defined Long Form to Short
Form Truncation Rules (see page 862). The normal short form, VST, would be the same for
both VSTArt and VSTOp, so sending VST for the VSTOp command produces an error.
NOTE
The :MEASure:VSTOp command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :MARKer:Y2Position command (see page 318) instead.
Query Syntax
:MEASure:VSTOp?
The :MEASure:VSTOp? query returns the current value of the Y2 cursor.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= value of the Y2 cursor in NR3 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MARKer Commands" on page 310
• "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 330
• ":MARKer:Y1Position" on page 317
• ":MARKer:Y2Position" on page 318
• ":MARKer:YDELta" on page 319
• ":MARKer:X2Y2source" on page 315
• ":MEASure:SOURce" on page 362
• ":MEASure:TDELta" on page 793
• ":MEASure:TSTArt" on page 797
804
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
32
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:MTESt:AMASk:{SAVE | STORe}
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:AMASk:{SAVE | STORe} "<filename>"
The :MTESt:AMASk:SAVE command saves the automask generated mask to
a file. If an automask has not been generated, an error occurs.
The <filename> parameter is an MS- DOS compatible name of the file, a
maximum of 254 characters long (including the path name, if used). The
filename assumes the present working directory if a path does not precede
the file name.
NOTE
See Also
The :MTESt:AMASk:{SAVE | STORe} command is obsolete and is provided for backward
compatibility to previous oscilloscopes. Use the :SAVE:MASK[:STARt] command (see
page 443) instead.
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
805
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:MTESt:AVERage
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:AVERage <on_off>
<on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}}
The :MTESt:AVERage command enables or disables averaging. When ON,
the oscilloscope acquires multiple data values for each time bucket, and
averages them. When OFF, averaging is disabled. To set the number of
averages, use the :MTESt:AVERage:COUNt command described next.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :MTESt:AVERage command is obsolete and is provided for backward compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :ACQuire:TYPE AVERage command (see page 199) instead.
:MTESt:AVERage?
The :MTESt:AVERage? query returns the current setting for averaging.
Return Format
<on_off><NL>
<on_off> ::= {1 | 0}
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:AVERage:COUNt" on page 807
806
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
32
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:MTESt:AVERage:COUNt
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:AVERage:COUNt <count>
<count> ::= an integer from 2 to 65536 in NR1 format
The :MTESt:AVERage:COUNt command sets the number of averages for the
waveforms. With the AVERage acquisition type, the :MTESt:AVERage:COUNt
command specifies the number of data values to be averaged for each time
bucket before the acquisition is considered complete for that time bucket.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :MTESt:AVERage:COUNt command is obsolete and is provided for backward
compatibility to previous oscilloscopes. Use the :ACQuire:COUNt command (see page 190)
instead.
:MTESt:AVERage:COUNt?
The :MTESt:AVERage:COUNt? query returns the currently selected count
value.
Return Format
<count><NL>
<count> ::= an integer from 2 to 65536 in NR1 format
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:AVERage" on page 806
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
807
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:MTESt:LOAD
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:LOAD "<filename>"
The :MTESt:LOAD command loads the specified mask file.
The <filename> parameter is an MS- DOS compatible name of the file, a
maximum of 254 characters long (including the path name, if used).
NOTE
See Also
The :MTESt:LOAD command is obsolete and is provided for backward compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :RECall:MASK[:STARt] command (see page 428) instead.
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:AMASk:{SAVE | STORe}" on page 805
808
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
32
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:MTESt:RUMode
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:RUMode {FORever | TIME,<seconds> | {WAVeforms,<wfm_count>}}
<seconds> ::= from 1 to 86400 in NR3 format
<wfm_count> ::= number of waveforms in NR1 format
from 1 to 1,000,000,000
The :MTESt:RUMode command determines the termination conditions for
the mask test. The choices are FORever, TIME, or WAVeforms.
• FORever — runs the Mask Test until the test is turned off.
• TIME — sets the amount of time in seconds that a mask test will run
before it terminates. The <seconds> parameter is a real number from 1
to 86400 seconds.
• WAVeforms — sets the maximum number of waveforms that are required
before the mask test terminates. The <wfm_count> parameter indicates
the number of waveforms that are to be acquired; it is an integer from
1 to 1,000,000,000.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :MTESt:RUMode command is obsolete and is provided for backward compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :MTESt:RMODe command (see page 404) instead.
:MTESt:RUMode?
The :MTESt:RUMode? query returns the currently selected termination
condition and value.
Return Format
{FOR | TIME,<seconds> | {WAV,<wfm_count>}}<NL>
<seconds> ::= from 1 to 86400 in NR3 format
<wfm_count> ::= number of waveforms in NR1 format
from 1 to 1,000,000,000
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:RUMode:SOFailure" on page 810
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
809
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:MTESt:RUMode:SOFailure
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:RUMode:SOFailure <on_off>
<on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}}
The :MTESt:RUMode:SOFailure command enables or disables the Stop On
Failure run until criteria. When a mask test is run and a mask violation is
detected, the mask test is stopped and the acquisition system is stopped.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :MTESt:RUMode:SOFailure command is obsolete and is provided for backward
compatibility to previous oscilloscopes. Use the :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP command
(see page 408) instead.
:MTESt:RUMode:SOFailure?
The :MTESt:RUMode:SOFailure? query returns the current state of the Stop
on Failure control.
Return Format
<on_off><NL>
<on_off> ::= {1 | 0}
See Also
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
• ":MTESt:RUMode" on page 809
810
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
32
:MTESt:{STARt | STOP}
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:{STARt | STOP}
The :MTESt:{STARt | STOP} command starts or stops the acquisition
system.
NOTE
See Also
The :MTESt:STARt and :MTESt:STOP commands are obsolete and are provided for
backward compatibility to previous oscilloscopes. Use the :RUN command (see page 180)
and :STOP command (see page 184) instead.
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
811
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:MTESt:TRIGger:SOURce
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:MTESt:TRIGger:SOURce <source>
<source> ::= CHANnel<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
The :MTESt:TRIGger:SOURce command sets the channel to use as the
trigger.
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :MTESt:TRIGger:SOURce command is obsolete and is provided for backward
compatibility to previous oscilloscopes. Use the trigger source commands (see page 641)
instead.
:MTESt:TRIGger:SOURce?
The :MTESt:TRIGger:SOURce? query returns the currently selected trigger
source.
Return Format
<source> ::= CHAN<n>
<n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format
See Also
812
• "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 387
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
32
:PRINt?
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:PRINt? [<options>]
<options> ::= [<print option>][,..,<print option>]
<print option> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale | BMP8bit | BMP}
The :PRINt? query pulls image data back over the bus for storage.
NOTE
The :PRINT command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to previous
oscilloscopes. Use the :DISPlay:DATA command (see page 258) instead.
Print Option
:PRINt command
:PRINt? query
COLor
Sets palette=COLor
GRAYscale
Sets
palette=GRAYscale
PRINter0,1
Causes the USB
printer #0,1 to be
selected as
destination (if
connected)
Not used
N/A
BMP8bit
Sets print format to
8-bit BMP
Selects 8-bit BMP
formatting for query
N/A
BMP
Sets print format to
BMP
Selects BMP
formatting for query
N/A
FACTors
Selects outputting of
additional settings
information for
:PRINT
Not used
N/A
NOFactors
Deselects outputting
of additional settings
information for
:PRINT
Not used
N/A
palette=COLor
Old Print Option:
Is Now:
HIRes
COLor
LORes
GRAYscale
PARallel
PRINter0
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Query Default
813
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
NOTE
See Also
Old Print Option:
Is Now:
DISK
invalid
PCL
invalid
The PRINt? query is not a core command.
• "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 154
• "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 288
• ":HARDcopy:FACTors" on page 291
• ":HARDcopy:GRAYscale" on page 788
• ":DISPlay:DATA" on page 258
814
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
32
:SAVE:IMAGe:AREA
(see page 860)
Query Syntax
:SAVE:IMAGe:AREA?
The :SAVE:IMAGe:AREA? query returns the selected image area.
When saving images, this query returns SCR (screen). When saving setups
or waveform data, this query returns GRAT (graticule) even though
graticule images are not saved.
Return Format
<area><NL>
<area> ::= {GRAT | SCR}
See Also
• "Introduction to :SAVE Commands" on page 434
• ":SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt]" on page 437
• ":SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors" on page 438
• ":SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat" on page 439
• ":SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver" on page 440
• ":SAVE:IMAGe:PALette" on page 441
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
815
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:DEFinition
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:DEFinition <value>
<value> ::= {LIN | RX | TX}
The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:DEFinition command sets the LIN signal type.
These signals can be set to:
Dominant low signals:
• LIN — the actual LIN single- end bus signal line.
• RX — the Receive signal from the LIN bus transceiver.
• TX — the Transmit signal to the LIN bus transceiver.
NOTE
Query Syntax
This command is available, but the only legal value is LIN.
:SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:DEFinition?
The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:DEFinition? query returns the current LIN signal
type.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= LIN
See Also
• "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 641
• ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 648
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:BAUDrate" on page 508
• ":SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce" on page 509
816
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
32
:TIMebase:DELay
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TIMebase:DELay <delay_value>
<delay_value> ::= time in seconds from trigger to the delay reference
point on the screen.
The valid range for delay settings depends on the time/division
setting for the main time base.
The :TIMebase:DELay command sets the main time base delay. This delay
is the time between the trigger event and the delay reference point on the
screen. The delay reference point is set with the :TIMebase:REFerence
command (see page 634).
NOTE
Query Syntax
The :TIMebase:DELay command is obsolete and is provided for backward compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :TIMebase:POSition command (see page 632) instead.
:TIMebase:DELay?
The :TIMebase:DELay query returns the current delay value.
Return Format
<delay_value><NL>
<delay_value> ::= time from trigger to display reference in seconds
in NR3 format.
Example Code
' TIMEBASE_DELAY - Sets the time base delay. This delay
' is the internal time between the trigger event and the
' onscreen delay reference point.
' Set time base delay to 0.0.
myScope.WriteString ":TIMEBASE:DELAY 0.0"
See complete example programs at: Chapter 37, “Programming Examples,”
starting on page 869
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
817
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
:TRIGger:THReshold
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:THReshold <channel group>, <threshold type> [, <value>]
<channel group> ::= {POD1 | POD2}
<threshold type> ::= {CMOS | ECL | TTL | USERdef}
<value>::= voltage for USERdef (floating-point number) [Volt type]
[Volt type] ::= {V | mV | uV}
The :TRIGger:THReshold command sets the threshold (trigger level) for a
pod of 8 digital channels (either digital channels 0 through 7 or 8 through
15). The threshold can be set to a predefined value or to a user- defined
value. For the predefined value, the voltage parameter is not required.
NOTE
This command is only available on the MSO models.
NOTE
The :TRIGger:THReshold command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :POD<n>:THReshold command (see page 423),
:DIGital<d>:THReshold command (see page 253), or :TRIGger[:EDGE]:LEVel command (see
page 658).
Query Syntax
:TRIGger:THReshold? <channel group>
The :TRIGger:THReshold? query returns the voltage and threshold text for
analog channel 1 or 2, or POD1 or POD2.
Return Format
<threshold type>[, <value>]<NL>
<threshold type> ::= {CMOS | ECL | TTL | USER}
CMOS ::= 2.5V
TTL ::= 1.5V
ECL ::= -1.3V
USERdef ::= range from -8.0V to +8.0V.
<value> ::= voltage for USERdef (a floating-point number in NR1.
818
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
32
:TRIGger:TV:TVMode
(see page 860)
Command Syntax
:TRIGger:TV:TVMode <mode>
<mode> ::= {FIEld1 | FIEld2 | AFIelds | ALINes | LINE | VERTical
| LFIeld1 | LFIeld2 | LALTernate | LVERtical}
The :TRIGger:TV:MODE command selects the TV trigger mode and field.
The LVERtical parameter is only available when :TRIGger:TV:STANdard is
GENeric. The LALTernate parameter is not available when
:TRIGger:TV:STANdard is GENeric (see page 701).
Old forms for <mode> are accepted:
NOTE
Query Syntax
<mode>
Old Forms Accepted
FIEld1
F1
FIEld2
F2
AFIeld
ALLFields, ALLFLDS
ALINes
ALLLines
LFIeld1
LINEF1, LINEFIELD1
LFIeld2
LINEF2, LINEFIELD2
LALTernate
LINEAlt
LVERtical
LINEVert
The :TRIGger:TV:TVMode command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to
previous oscilloscopes. Use the :TRIGger:TV:MODE command (see page 698) instead.
:TRIGger:TV:TVMode?
The :TRIGger:TV:TVMode? query returns the TV trigger mode.
Return Format
<value><NL>
<value> ::= {FIE1 | FIE2 | AFI | ALIN | LINE | VERT | LFI1 | LFI2
| LALT | LVER}
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
819
32 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands
820
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
33
Error Messages
-440, Query UNTERMINATED after indefinite response
-430, Query DEADLOCKED
-420, Query UNTERMINATED
-410, Query INTERRUPTED
-400, Query error
-340, Calibration failed
-330, Self-test failed
-321, Out of memory
-320, Storage fault
-315, Configuration memory lost

821
33 Error Messages
-314, Save/recall memory lost
-313, Calibration memory lost
-311, Memory error
-310, System error
-300, Device specific error
-278, Macro header not found
-277, Macro redefinition not allowed
-276, Macro recursion error
-273, Illegal macro label
-272, Macro execution error
-258, Media protected
-257, File name error
-256, File name not found
822
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Error Messages
33
-255, Directory full
-254, Media full
-253, Corrupt media
-252, Missing media
-251, Missing mass storage
-250, Mass storage error
-241, Hardware missing
This message can occur when a feature is unavailable or unlicensed.
For example, serial bus decode commands (which require a four- channel
oscilloscope) are unavailable on two- channel oscilloscopes, and some serial
bus decode commands are only available on four- channel oscilloscopes
when the AMS (automotive serial decode) or LSS (low- speed serial
decode) options are licensed.
-240, Hardware error
-231, Data questionable
-230, Data corrupt or stale
-224, Illegal parameter value
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
823
33 Error Messages
-223, Too much data
-222, Data out of range
-221, Settings conflict
-220, Parameter error
-200, Execution error
-183, Invalid inside macro definition
-181, Invalid outside macro definition
-178, Expression data not allowed
-171, Invalid expression
-170, Expression error
-168, Block data not allowed
-161, Invalid block data
-158, String data not allowed
824
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Error Messages
33
-151, Invalid string data
-150, String data error
-148, Character data not allowed
-138, Suffix not allowed
-134, Suffix too long
-131, Invalid suffix
-128, Numeric data not allowed
-124, Too many digits
-123, Exponent too large
-121, Invalid character in number
-120, Numeric data error
-114, Header suffix out of range
-113, Undefined header
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
825
33 Error Messages
-112, Program mnemonic too long
-109, Missing parameter
-108, Parameter not allowed
-105, GET not allowed
-104, Data type error
-103, Invalid separator
-102, Syntax error
-101, Invalid character
-100, Command error
+10, Software Fault Occurred
+100, File Exists
+101, End-Of-File Found
+102, Read Error
826
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Error Messages
33
+103, Write Error
+104, Illegal Operation
+105, Print Canceled
+106, Print Initialization Failed
+107, Invalid Trace File
+108, Compression Error
+109, No Data For Operation
A remote operation wants some information, but there is no information
available. For example, you may request a stored TIFF image using the
:DISPlay:DATA? query, but there may be no image stored.
+112, Unknown File Type
+113, Directory Not Supported
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
827
33 Error Messages
828
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
34
Status Reporting
Status Reporting Data Structures 831
Status Byte Register (STB) 833
Service Request Enable Register (SRE) 835
Trigger Event Register (TER) 836
Output Queue 837
Message Queue 838
(Standard) Event Status Register (ESR) 839
(Standard) Event Status Enable Register (ESE) 840
Error Queue 841
Operation Status Event Register (:OPERegister[:EVENt]) 842
Operation Status Condition Register (:OPERegister:CONDition) 843
Arm Event Register (AER) 844
Overload Event Register (:OVLRegister) 845
Mask Test Event Event Register (:MTERegister[:EVENt]) 846
Clearing Registers and Queues 847
Status Reporting Decision Chart 848
IEEE 488.2 defines data structures, commands, and common bit
definitions for status reporting (for example, the Status Byte Register and
the Standard Event Status Register). There are also instrument- defined
structures and bits (for example, the Operation Status Event Register and
the Overload Event Register).
An overview of the oscilloscope's status reporting structure is shown in
the following block diagram. The status reporting structure allows
monitoring specified events in the oscilloscope. The ability to monitor and
report these events allows determination of such things as the status of an
operation, the availability and reliability of the measured data, and more.

829
34 Status Reporting
Trigger Event
Register
Error
Queue
Message
Queue
RUN
Bit
Output
Queue
(Mask)
Arm Event
Register
Overload
Event
Register
Overload
Event
Enable
Register
Mask Test
Event
Register
Mask Test
Event
Enable
Register
(Mask)
Standard
Event
Status
Register
Standard
Event
Status
Enable
Register
(Mask)
Operation
Status
Condition/
Event
Registers
Operation
Status
Enable
Register
Status
Byte
Register
Service
Request
Enable
Register
Service
Request
Generation
Service
Request (SRQ)
Interrupt
to Computer
• To monitor an event, first clear the event; then, enable the event. All of
the events are cleared when you initialize the instrument.
• To allow a service request (SRQ) interrupt to an external controller,
enable at least one bit in the Status Byte Register (by setting, or
unmasking, the bit in the Service Request Enable register).
The Status Byte Register, the Standard Event Status Register group, and
the Output Queue are defined as the Standard Status Data Structure
Model in IEEE 488.2- 1987.
The bits in the status byte act as summary bits for the data structures
residing behind them. In the case of queues, the summary bit is set if the
queue is not empty. For registers, the summary bit is set if any enabled
bit in the event register is set. The events are enabled with the
corresponding event enable register. Events captured by an event register
remain set until the register is read or cleared. Registers are read with
their associated commands. The *CLS command clears all event registers
and all queues except the output queue. If you send *CLS immediately
after a program message terminator, the output queue is also cleared.
830
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Status Reporting
34
Status Reporting Data Structures
The following figure shows how the status register bits are masked and
logically OR'ed to generate service requests (SRQ) on particular events.
Ext Trig Chan4 Chan3 Chan2 Chan1
Fault Fault Fault Fault Fault
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
Ext TrigChan4 Chan3 Chan2 Chan1
OVL OVL OVL OVL OVL
5
4
3
2
1
:OVLR?
Overload Event Register
0
:OVL
:OVL?
Overload Event Enable (Mask) Register
Auto
Mask
15
14
13
12
11
Started
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
Fail
Complete
1
0
2
:MTERegister[:EVENt]?
Mask Test Event Event Register
:MTEenable
:MTEenable?
Mask Test Event Enable (MASK) Register
OR
OR
+
+
To bits in Operation Status Condition Register:
OVLR
MTE
From Overload
Event Registers
From Mask Test
Event Registers
Arm
Reg
OVLR
MTE
Wait
Trig
11
9
5
OVLR
15
14
13
12
10
9
Run bit set if oscilloscope not stopped
Wait
Trig
MTE
11
AER?
8
7
6
5
Run
3
:OPERation:CONDition?
Operation Status Condition Register
:OPERation[:EVENt]?
Operation Status Event Register
Run
4
3
2
1
0
:OPEE
:OPEE?
Operation Status Enable (Mask) Register
OR
+
PON
URQ
CME
EXE
DDE
QYE
RQL
OPC
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
*ESR?
(Standard) Event Status Register
*ESE
*ESE?
(Standard) Event Status Enable (Mask) Register
OR
+
RQS/
OPER MSS ESB
7
6
5
TRG
Reg
Output
Queue
MAV
4
MSG USR TRG
3
2
1
TER?
Trigger Event Register
*STB?
Status Byte Register
0
*SRE
*SRE?
Service Request Enable (Mask) Register
OR
+
SRQ
Service Request
The status register bits are described in more detail in the following
tables:
• Table 58
• Table 56
• Table 63
• Table 64
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
831
34 Status Reporting
• Table 66
• Table 61
The status registers picture above shows how the different status reporting
data structures work together. To make it possible for any of the Standard
Event Status Register bits to generate a summary bit, the bits must be
enabled. These bits are enabled by using the *ESE common command to
set the corresponding bit in the Standard Event Status Enable Register.
To generate a service request (SRQ) interrupt to an external controller, at
least one bit in the Status Byte Register must be enabled. These bits are
enabled by using the *SRE common command to set the corresponding bit
in the Service Request Enable Register. These enabled bits can then set
RQS and MSS (bit 6) in the Status Byte Register.
832
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
34
Status Reporting
Status Byte Register (STB)
The Status Byte Register is the summary- level register in the status
reporting structure. It contains summary bits that monitor activity in the
other status registers and queues. The Status Byte Register is a live
register. That is, its summary bits are set and cleared by the presence and
absence of a summary bit from other event registers or queues.
If the Status Byte Register is to be used with the Service Request Enable
Register to set bit 6 (RQS/MSS) and to generate an SRQ, at least one of
the summary bits must be enabled, then set. Also, event bits in all other
status registers must be specifically enabled to generate the summary bit
that sets the associated summary bit in the Status Byte Register.
The Status Byte Register can be read using either the *STB? Common
Command or the programming interface serial poll command. Both
commands return the decimal- weighted sum of all set bits in the register.
The difference between the two methods is that the serial poll command
reads bit 6 as the Request Service (RQS) bit and clears the bit which
clears the SRQ interrupt. The *STB? command reads bit 6 as the Master
Summary Status (MSS) and does not clear the bit or have any affect on
the SRQ interrupt. The value returned is the total bit weights of all of the
bits that are set at the present time.
The use of bit 6 can be confusing. This bit was defined to cover all
possible computer interfaces, including a computer that could not do a
serial poll. The important point to remember is that, if you are using an
SRQ interrupt to an external computer, the serial poll command clears bit
6. Clearing bit 6 allows the oscilloscope to generate another SRQ interrupt
when another enabled event occurs.
No other bits in the Status Byte Register are cleared by either the *STB?
query or the serial poll, except the Message Available bit (bit 4). If there
are no other messages in the Output Queue, bit 4 (MAV) can be cleared as
a result of reading the response to the *STB? command.
If bit 4 (weight = 16) and bit 5 (weight = 32) are set, the program prints
the sum of the two weights. Since these bits were not enabled to generate
an SRQ, bit 6 (weight = 64) is not set.
The following example uses the *STB? query to read the contents of the
oscilloscope's Status Byte Register.
myScope.WriteString "*STB?"
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber
MsgBox "Status Byte Register, Read: 0x" + Hex(varQueryResult)
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
833
34 Status Reporting
The next program prints 0xD1 and clears bit 6 (RQS) and bit 4 (MAV) of
the Status Byte Register. The difference in the output value between this
example and the previous one is the value of bit 6 (weight = 64). Bit 6 is
set when the first enabled summary bit is set and is cleared when the
Status Byte Register is read by the serial poll command.
Example
The following example uses the resource session object's ReadSTB method
to read the contents of the oscilloscope's Status Byte Register.
varQueryResult = myScope.IO.ReadSTB
MsgBox "Status Byte Register, Serial Poll: 0x" + Hex(varQueryResult)
NOTE
834
Use Serial Polling to Read Status Byte Register. Serial polling is the preferred method to
read the contents of the Status Byte Register because it resets bit 6 and allows the next
enabled event that occurs to generate a new SRQ interrupt.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Status Reporting
34
Service Request Enable Register (SRE)
Setting the Service Request Enable Register bits enable corresponding bits
in the Status Byte Register. These enabled bits can then set RQS and MSS
(bit 6) in the Status Byte Register.
Bits are set in the Service Request Enable Register using the *SRE
command and the bits that are set are read with the *SRE? query.
Example
The following example sets bit 4 (MAV) and bit 5 (ESB) in the Service
Request Enable Register.
myScope.WriteString "*SRE " + CStr(CInt("&H30"))
This example uses the decimal parameter value of 48, the string returned
by CStr(CInt("&H30")), to enable the oscilloscope to generate an SRQ
interrupt under the following conditions:
• When one or more bytes in the Output Queue set bit 4 (MAV).
• When an enabled event in the Standard Event Status Register generates
a summary bit that sets bit 5 (ESB).
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
835
34 Status Reporting
Trigger Event Register (TER)
This register sets the TRG bit in the status byte when a trigger event
occurs.
The TER event register stays set until it is cleared by reading the register
or using the *CLS command. If your application needs to detect multiple
triggers, the TER event register must be cleared after each one.
If you are using the Service Request to interrupt a program or controller
operation, you must clear the event register each time the trigger bit is
set.
836
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Status Reporting
34
Output Queue
The output queue stores the oscilloscope- to- controller responses that are
generated by certain instrument commands and queries. The output queue
generates the Message Available summary bit when the output queue
contains one or more bytes. This summary bit sets the MAV bit (bit 4) in
the Status Byte Register.
When using the Agilent VISA COM library, the output queue may be read
with the FormattedIO488 object's ReadString, ReadNumber, ReadList, or
ReadIEEEBlock methods.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
837
34 Status Reporting
Message Queue
The message queue contains the text of the last message written to the
advisory line on the screen of the oscilloscope. The length of the
oscilloscope's message queue is 1. Note that messages sent with the
:SYSTem:DSP command do not set the MSG status bit in the Status Byte
Register.
838
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Status Reporting
34
(Standard) Event Status Register (ESR)
The (Standard) Event Status Register (ESR) monitors the following
oscilloscope status events:
• PON - Power On
• URQ - User Request
• CME - Command Error
• EXE - Execution Error
• DDE - Device Dependent Error
• QYE - Query Error
• RQC - Request Control
• OPC - Operation Complete
When one of these events occur, the event sets the corresponding bit in
the register. If the bits are enabled in the Standard Event Status Enable
Register, the bits set in this register generate a summary bit to set bit 5
(ESB) in the Status Byte Register.
You can read the contents of the Standard Event Status Register and clear
the register by sending the *ESR? query. The value returned is the total
bit weights of all of the bits that are set at the present time.
Example
The following example uses the *ESR query to read the contents of the
Standard Event Status Register.
myScope.WriteString "*ESR?"
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber
MsgBox "Standard Event Status Register: 0x" + Hex(varQueryResult)
If bit 4 (weight = 16) and bit 5 (weight = 32) are set, the program prints
the sum of the two weights.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
839
34 Status Reporting
(Standard) Event Status Enable Register (ESE)
To allow any of the (Standard) Event Status Register (ESR) bits to
generate a summary bit, you must first enable that bit. Enable the bit by
using the *ESE (Event Status Enable) common command to set the
corresponding bit in the (Standard) Event Status Enable Register (ESE).
Set bits are read with the *ESE? query.
Example
Suppose your application requires an interrupt whenever any type of error
occurs. The error related bits in the (Standard) Event Status Register are
bits 2 through 5 (hexadecimal value 0x3C). Therefore, you can enable any
of these bits to generate the summary bit by sending:
myScope.WriteString "*ESE " + CStr(CInt("&H3C"))
Whenever an error occurs, it sets one of these bits in the (Standard) Event
Status Register. Because all the error related bits are enabled, a summary
bit is generated to set bit 5 (ESB) in the Status Byte Register.
If bit 5 (ESB) in the Status Byte Register is enabled (via the *SRE
command), an SRQ service request interrupt is sent to the controller PC.
NOTE
840
Disabled (Standard) Event Status Register bits respond but do not generate a summary
bit. (Standard) Event Status Register bits that are not enabled still respond to their
corresponding conditions (that is, they are set if the corresponding event occurs). However,
because they are not enabled, they do not generate a summary bit to the Status Byte
Register.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Status Reporting
34
Error Queue
As errors are detected, they are placed in an error queue. This queue is
first in, first out. If the error queue overflows, the last error in the queue
is replaced with error 350, Queue overflow. Any time the queue overflows,
the least recent errors remain in the queue, and the most recent error is
discarded. The length of the oscilloscope's error queue is 30 (29 positions
for the error messages, and 1 position for the Queue overflow message).
The error queue is read with the :SYSTem:ERRor? query. Executing this
query reads and removes the oldest error from the head of the queue,
which opens a position at the tail of the queue for a new error. When all
the errors have been read from the queue, subsequent error queries return
"0, No error".
The error queue is cleared when:
• the instrument is powered up,
• the instrument receives the *CLS common command, or
• the last item is read from the error queue.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
841
34 Status Reporting
Operation Status Event Register (:OPERegister[:EVENt])
The Operation Status Event Register register hosts these bits:
Name
Location
Description
RUN bit
bit 3
Is set whenever the instrument goes from a stop
state to a single or running state.
WAIT TRIG bit
bit 5
Is set by the Trigger Armed Event Register and
indicates that the trigger is armed.
MTE bit
bit 9
Comes from the Mask Test Event Registers.
OVLR bit
bit 11
Is set whenever a 50 input overload occurs.
If any of these bits are set, the OPER bit (bit 7) of the Status Byte
Register is set. The Operation Status Event Register is read and cleared
with the :OPERegister[:EVENt]? query. The register output is enabled or
disabled using the mask value supplied with the OPEE command.
842
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Status Reporting
34
Operation Status Condition Register (:OPERegister:CONDition)
The Operation Status Condition Register register hosts these bits:
Name
Location
Description
RUN bit
bit 3
Is set whenever the instrument is not stopped.
WAIT TRIG bit
bit 5
Is set by the Trigger Armed Event Register and
indicates that the trigger is armed.
MTE bit
bit 9
Comes from the Mask Test Event Registers.
OVLR bit
bit 11
Is set whenever a 50 input overload occurs.
The :OPERegister:CONDition? query returns the value of the Operation
Status Condition Register.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
843
34 Status Reporting
Arm Event Register (AER)
This register sets bit 5 (Wait Trig bit) in the Operation Status Register and
the OPER bit (bit 7) in the Status Byte Register when the instrument
becomes armed.
The ARM event register stays set until it is cleared by reading the register
with the AER? query or using the *CLS command. If your application
needs to detect multiple triggers, the ARM event register must be cleared
after each one.
If you are using the Service Request to interrupt a program or controller
operation when the trigger bit is set, then you must clear the event
register after each time it has been set.
844
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Status Reporting
34
Overload Event Register (:OVLRegister)
The Overload Event Register register hosts these bits:
Name
Location
Description
Channel 1 OVL
bit 0
Overload has occurred on Channel 1 input.
Channel 2 OVL
bit 1
Overload has occurred on Channel 2 input.
Channel 3 OVL
bit 2
Overload has occurred on Channel 3 input.
Channel 4 OVL
bit 3
Overload has occurred on Channel 4 input.
External Trigger
OVL
bit 4
Overload has occurred on External Trigger input.
Channel 1 Fault
bit 6
Fault has occurred on Channel 1 input.
Channel 2 Fault
bit 7
Fault has occurred on Channel 2 input.
Channel 3 Fault
bit 8
Fault has occurred on Channel 3 input.
Channel 4 Fault
bit 9
Fault has occurred on Channel 4 input.
External Trigger
Fault
bit 10
Fault has occurred on External Trigger input.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
845
34 Status Reporting
Mask Test Event Event Register (:MTERegister[:EVENt])
The Mask Test Event Event Register register hosts these bits:
Name
Location
Description
Complete
bit 0
Is set when the mask test is complete.
Fail
bit 1
Is set when there is a mask test failure.
Started
bit 8
Is set when mask testing is started.
Auto Mask
bit 10
Is set when auto mask creation is completed.
The :MTERegister[:EVENt]? query returns the value of, and clears, the
Mask Test Event Event Register.
846
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Status Reporting
34
Clearing Registers and Queues
The *CLS common command clears all event registers and all queues
except the output queue. If *CLS is sent immediately after a program
message terminator, the output queue is also cleared.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
847
34 Status Reporting
Status Reporting Decision Chart
no
Do you want
to do status
reporting?
yes
Reset the instrument and
clear the status registers:
myScope.WriteString "*RST"
myScope.WriteString "*CLS"
Do you want to
send a Service Request
(SRQ) interrupt to the
controller?
no (Your programs can read the status registers instead.)
yes
Use the following to read the
Standard Event Status Register:
Do you want to
report events monitored by
the Standard Event Status
Register?
yes
Use the *ESE common command
to enable the bits you want to
use to generate the ESB summary
bit in the Status Byte Register.
Use the *SRE common command
to enable the bits you want to
generate the RQS/MSS bit to set
bit 6 in the Status Byte Register
and send an SRQ to the computer.
If events are monitored by the
Standard Event Status Register,
also enable ESB with the *SRE
command.
MN
Activate the instrument function
that you want to monitor.
myScope.WriteString "*ESR?"
varR = myScope.ReadNumber
MsgBox "ESR: 0x" + Hex(varR)
When an interrupt occurs, interrupt
handler should serial poll STB with:
varR = myScope.IO.ReadSTB
Use the following to see if an
operation is complete:
To read the Status Byte Register,
use the following:
myScope.WriteString "*OPC?"
varR = myScope.ReadNumber
MsgBox "OPC: 0x" + Hex(varR)
myScope.WriteString "*STB?"
varR = myScope.ReadNumber
MsgBox "STB: 0x" + Hex(varR)
This displays the hexadecmal value
of the Status Byte Register.
Determine which bits in the
Status Byte Register are set.
Use the following to read the
contents of the status byte:
myScope.WriteString "*STB?"
varR = myScope.ReadNumber
MsgBox "STB: 0x" + Hex(varR)
END
848
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
35
Synchronizing Acquisitions
Synchronization in the Programming Flow 850
Blocking Synchronization 851
Polling Synchronization With Timeout 852
Synchronizing with a Single-Shot Device Under Test (DUT) 854
Synchronization with an Averaging Acquisition 856
When remotely controlling an oscilloscope with programming commands, it
is often necessary to know when the oscilloscope has finished the previous
operation and is ready for the next command. The most common example
is when an acquisition is started using the :DIGitize, :RUN, or :SINGle
commands. Before a measurement result can be queried, the acquisition
must complete. Too often fixed delays are used to accomplish this wait,
but fixed delays often use excessive time or the time may not be long
enough. A better solution is to use synchronous commands and status to
know when the oscilloscope is ready for the next request.

849
35 Synchronizing Acquisitions
Synchronization in the Programming Flow
Most remote programming follows these three general steps:
1 Set up the oscilloscope and device under test (see page 850).
2 Acquire a waveform (see page 850).
3 Retrieve results (see page 850).
Set Up the Oscilloscope
Before making changes to the oscilloscope setup, it is best to make sure it
is stopped using the :STOP command followed by the *OPC? query.
NOTE
It is not necessary to use *OPC?, hard coded waits, or status checking when setting up the
oscilloscope. After the oscilloscope is configured, it is ready for an acquisition.
Acquire a Waveform
When acquiring a waveform there are two possible methods used to wait
for the acquisition to complete. These methods are blocking and polling.
The table below details when each method should be chosen and why.
Blocking Wait
Polling Wait
Use When
You know the oscilloscope will
trigger based on the oscilloscope
setup and device under test.
You know the oscilloscope may or
may not trigger on the oscilloscope
setup and device under test.
Advantages
No need for polling.
Fastest method.
Remote interface will not timeout
No need for device clear if no trigger.
Disadvantages
Remote interface may timeout.
Device clear only way to get control
of oscilloscope if there is no trigger.
Slower method.
Requires polling loop.
Requires known maximum wait time.
Implementation
Details
See "Blocking Synchronization" on
page 851.
See "Polling Synchronization With
Timeout" on page 852.
Retrieve Results
Once the acquisition is complete, it is safe to retrieve measurements and
statistics.
850
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Synchronizing Acquisitions
35
Blocking Synchronization
Use the :DIGitize command to start the acquisition. This blocks subsequent
queries until the acquisition and processing is complete. For example:
'
' Synchronizing acquisition using blocking.
' ===================================================================
Option Explicit
Public
Public
Public
Public
myMgr As VisaComLib.ResourceManager
myScope As VisaComLib.FormattedIO488
varQueryResult As Variant
strQueryResult As String
Sub Main()
On Error GoTo VisaComError
' Create the VISA COM I/O resource.
Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager
Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488
Set myScope.IO = myMgr.Open("TCPIP0::130.29.69.12::inst0::INSTR")
myScope.IO.Clear
' Clear the interface.
' Set up.
' ----------------------------------------------------------------myScope.WriteString ":TRIGger:MODE EDGE"
myScope.WriteString ":TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel 2"
myScope.WriteString ":TIMebase:SCALe 5e-8"
' Acquire.
' ----------------------------------------------------------------myScope.WriteString ":DIGitize"
' Get results.
' ----------------------------------------------------------------myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:RISetime"
myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:RISetime?"
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber
' Read risetime.
Debug.Print "Risetime: " + _
FormatNumber(varQueryResult * 1000000000, 1) + " ns"
Exit Sub
VisaComError:
MsgBox "VISA COM Error:" + vbCrLf + Err.Description
End Sub
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
851
35 Synchronizing Acquisitions
Polling Synchronization With Timeout
This example requires a timeout value so the operation can abort if an
acquisition does not occur within the timeout period:
'
' Synchronizing acquisition using polling.
' ===================================================================
Option Explicit
Public
Public
Public
Public
myMgr As VisaComLib.ResourceManager
myScope As VisaComLib.FormattedIO488
varQueryResult As Variant
strQueryResult As String
Private Declare Sub Sleep Lib "kernel32" (ByVal dwMilliseconds As Long)
Sub Main()
On Error GoTo VisaComError
' Create the VISA COM I/O resource.
Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager
Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488
Set myScope.IO = myMgr.Open("TCPIP0::130.29.69.12::inst0::INSTR")
myScope.IO.Clear
' Clear the interface.
' Set up.
' ----------------------------------------------------------------' Set up the trigger and horizontal scale.
myScope.WriteString ":TRIGger:MODE EDGE"
myScope.WriteString ":TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel 2"
myScope.WriteString ":TIMebase:SCALe 5e-8"
' Stop acquisitions and wait for the operation to complete.
myScope.WriteString ":STOP"
myScope.WriteString "*OPC?"
strQueryResult = myScope.ReadString
' Acquire.
' ----------------------------------------------------------------' Start a single acquisition.
myScope.WriteString ":SINGle"
' Oscilloscope is armed and ready, enable DUT here.
Debug.Print "Oscilloscope is armed and ready, enable DUT."
' Look for RUN bit = stopped (acquisition complete).
Dim lngTimeout As Long
' Max millisecs to wait for single-shot.
Dim lngElapsed As Long
lngTimeout = 10000
' 10 seconds.
lngElapsed = 0
Do While lngElapsed <= lngTimeout
852
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Synchronizing Acquisitions
35
myScope.WriteString ":OPERegister:CONDition?"
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber
' Mask RUN bit (bit 3, &H8).
If (varQueryResult And &H8) = 0 Then
Exit Do
Else
Sleep 100
' Small wait to prevent excessive queries.
lngElapsed = lngElapsed + 100
End If
Loop
' Get results.
' ----------------------------------------------------------------If lngElapsed < lngTimeout Then
myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:RISetime"
myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:RISetime?"
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber
' Read risetime.
Debug.Print "Risetime: " + _
FormatNumber(varQueryResult * 1000000000, 1) + " ns"
Else
Debug.Print "Timeout waiting for single-shot trigger."
End If
Exit Sub
VisaComError:
MsgBox "VISA COM Error:" + vbCrLf + Err.Description
End Sub
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
853
35 Synchronizing Acquisitions
Synchronizing with a Single-Shot Device Under Test (DUT)
The examples in "Blocking Synchronization" on page 851 and "Polling
Synchronization With Timeout" on page 852 assume the DUT is continually
running and therefore the oscilloscope will have more than one
opportunity to trigger. With a single shot DUT, there is only one
opportunity for the oscilloscope to trigger, so it is necessary for the
oscilloscope to be armed and ready before the DUT is enabled.
NOTE
The blocking :DIGitize command cannot be used for a single shot DUT because once the
:DIGitize command is issued, the oscilloscope is blocked from any further commands until
the acquisition is complete.
This example is the same "Polling Synchronization With Timeout" on
page 852 with the addition of checking for the armed event status.
'
' Synchronizing single-shot acquisition using polling.
' ===================================================================
Option Explicit
Public
Public
Public
Public
myMgr As VisaComLib.ResourceManager
myScope As VisaComLib.FormattedIO488
varQueryResult As Variant
strQueryResult As String
Private Declare Sub Sleep Lib "kernel32" (ByVal dwMilliseconds As Long)
Sub Main()
On Error GoTo VisaComError
' Create the VISA COM I/O resource.
Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager
Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488
Set myScope.IO = myMgr.Open("TCPIP0::130.29.69.12::inst0::INSTR")
myScope.IO.Clear
' Clear the interface.
' Set up.
' ----------------------------------------------------------------' Set up the trigger and horizontal scale.
myScope.WriteString ":TRIGger:MODE EDGE"
myScope.WriteString ":TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel 2"
myScope.WriteString ":TIMebase:SCALe 5e-8"
' Stop acquisitions and wait for the operation to complete.
myScope.WriteString ":STOP"
myScope.WriteString "*OPC?"
strQueryResult = myScope.ReadString
' Acquire.
854
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Synchronizing Acquisitions
35
' ----------------------------------------------------------------' Start a single acquisition.
myScope.WriteString ":SINGle"
' Wait until the trigger system is armed.
Do
Sleep 100
' Small wait to prevent excessive queries.
myScope.WriteString ":AER?"
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber
Loop Until varQueryResult = 1
' Oscilloscope is armed and ready, enable DUT here.
Debug.Print "Oscilloscope is armed and ready, enable DUT."
' Now, look for RUN bit = stopped (acquisition complete).
Dim lngTimeout As Long
' Max millisecs to wait for single-shot.
Dim lngElapsed As Long
lngTimeout = 10000
' 10 seconds.
lngElapsed = 0
Do While lngElapsed <= lngTimeout
myScope.WriteString ":OPERegister:CONDition?"
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber
' Mask RUN bit (bit 3, &H8).
If (varQueryResult And &H8) = 0 Then
Exit Do
Else
Sleep 100
' Small wait to prevent excessive queries.
lngElapsed = lngElapsed + 100
End If
Loop
' Get results.
' ----------------------------------------------------------------If lngElapsed < lngTimeout Then
myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:RISetime"
myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:RISetime?"
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber
' Read risetime.
Debug.Print "Risetime: " + _
FormatNumber(varQueryResult * 1000000000, 1) + " ns"
Else
Debug.Print "Timeout waiting for single-shot trigger."
End If
Exit Sub
VisaComError:
MsgBox "VISA COM Error:" + vbCrLf + Err.Description
End Sub
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
855
35 Synchronizing Acquisitions
Synchronization with an Averaging Acquisition
When averaging, it is necessary to know when the average count has been
reached. The :SINGle command does not average.
If it is known that a trigger will occur, a :DIGitize will acquire the
complete number of averages, but if the number of averages is large, a
timeout on the connection can occur.
The example below polls during the :DIGitize to prevent a timeout on the
connection.
'
' Synchronizing in averaging acquisition mode.
' ===================================================================
Option Explicit
Public
Public
Public
Public
myMgr As VisaComLib.ResourceManager
myScope As VisaComLib.FormattedIO488
varQueryResult As Variant
strQueryResult As String
Private Declare Sub Sleep Lib "kernel32" (ByVal dwMilliseconds As Long)
Sub Main()
On Error GoTo VisaComError
' Create the VISA COM I/O resource.
Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager
Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488
Set myScope.IO = myMgr.Open("TCPIP0::130.29.69.12::inst0::INSTR")
myScope.IO.Clear
' Clear the interface.
myScope.IO.Timeout = 5000
' Set up.
' ----------------------------------------------------------------' Set up the trigger and horizontal scale.
myScope.WriteString ":TRIGger:SWEep NORMal"
myScope.WriteString ":TRIGger:MODE EDGE"
myScope.WriteString ":TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel 2"
myScope.WriteString ":TIMebase:SCALe 5e-8"
' Stop acquisitions and wait for the operation to complete.
myScope.WriteString ":STOP"
myScope.WriteString "*OPC?"
strQueryResult = myScope.ReadString
' Set up average acquisition mode.
Dim lngAverages As Long
lngAverages = 256
myScope.WriteString ":ACQuire:COUNt " + CStr(lngAverages)
myScope.WriteString ":ACQuire:TYPE AVERage"
856
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Synchronizing Acquisitions
35
' Save *ESE (Standard Event Status Enable register) mask
' (so it can be restored later).
Dim varInitialESE As Variant
myScope.WriteString "*ESE?"
varInitialESE = myScope.ReadNumber
' Set *ESE mask to allow only OPC (Operation Complete) bit.
myScope.WriteString "*ESE " + CStr(CInt("&H01"))
' Acquire using :DIGitize. Set up OPC bit to be set when the
' operation is complete.
' ----------------------------------------------------------------myScope.WriteString ":DIGitize"
myScope.WriteString "*OPC"
' Assume the oscilloscope will trigger, if not put a check here.
' Wait until OPC becomes true (bit 5 of Status Byte register, STB,
' from Standard Event Status register, ESR, is set). STB can be
' read during :DIGitize without generating a timeout.
Do
Sleep 4000
' Poll more often than the timeout setting.
varQueryResult = myScope.IO.ReadSTB
Loop While (varQueryResult And &H20) = 0
' Clear ESR and restore previously saved *ESE mask.
myScope.WriteString "*ESR?"
' Clear ESR by reading it.
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber
myScope.WriteString "*ESE " + CStr(varInitialESE)
' Get results.
' ----------------------------------------------------------------myScope.WriteString ":WAVeform:COUNt?"
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber
Debug.Print "Averaged waveforms: " + CStr(varQueryResult)
myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:RISetime"
myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:RISetime?"
varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber
' Read risetime.
Debug.Print "Risetime: " + _
FormatNumber(varQueryResult * 1000000000, 1) + " ns"
Exit Sub
VisaComError:
MsgBox "VISA COM Error:" + vbCrLf + Err.Description
End Sub
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
857
35 Synchronizing Acquisitions
858
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
36
More About Oscilloscope Commands
Command Classifications 860
Valid Command/Query Strings 861
Query Return Values 867
All Oscilloscope Commands Are Sequential 868

859
36 More About Oscilloscope Commands
Command Classifications
To help you use existing programs with your oscilloscope, or use current
programs with the next generation of Agilent InfiniiVision oscilloscopes,
commands are classified by the following categories:
• "Core Commands" on page 860
• "Non- Core Commands" on page 860
• "Obsolete Commands" on page 860
Core Commands
Core commands are a common set of commands that provide basic
oscilloscope functionality on this oscilloscope and future Agilent
InfiniiVision oscilloscopes. Core commands are unlikely to be modified in
the future. If you restrict your programs to core commands, the programs
should work across product offerings in the future, assuming appropriate
programming methods are employed.
Non-Core Commands
Non- core commands are commands that provide specific features, but are
not universal across all Agilent InfiniiVision oscilloscope models. Non- core
commands may be modified or deleted in the future. With a command
structure as complex as the one for your oscilloscope, some evolution over
time is inevitable. Agilent's intent is to continue to expand command
subsystems, such as the rich and evolving trigger feature set.
Obsolete Commands
Obsolete commands are older forms of commands that are provided to
reduce customer rework for existing systems and programs. Generally,
these commands are mapped onto some of the Core and Non- core
commands, but may not strictly have the same behavior as the new
command. None of the obsolete commands are guaranteed to remain
functional in future products. New systems and programs should use the
Core (and Non- core) commands. Obsolete commands are listed in:
• Chapter 32, “Obsolete and Discontinued Commands,” starting on page
769
860
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
More About Oscilloscope Commands
36
Valid Command/Query Strings
• "Program Message Syntax" on page 861
• "Duplicate Mnemonics" on page 865
• "Tree Traversal Rules and Multiple Commands" on page 865
Program Message Syntax
To program the instrument remotely, you must understand the command
format and structure expected by the instrument. The IEEE 488.2 syntax
rules govern how individual elements such as headers, separators, program
data, and terminators may be grouped together to form complete
instructions. Syntax definitions are also given to show how query
responses are formatted. The following figure shows the main syntactical
parts of a typical program statement.
Program Message
":DISPLAY:LABEL ON"
Instruction Header
Separator
Program Data
Instructions (both commands and queries) normally appear as a string
embedded in a statement of your host language, such as Visual Basic or
C/C++. The only time a parameter is not meant to be expressed as a string
is when the instruction's syntax definition specifies <block data>, such as
<learn string>. There are only a few instructions that use block data.
Program messages can have long or short form commands (and data in
some cases — see "Long Form to Short Form Truncation Rules" on
page 862), and upper and/or lower case ASCII characters may be used.
(Query responses, however, are always returned in upper case.)
Instructions are composed of two main parts:
• The header, which specifies the command or query to be sent.
• The program data, which provide additional information needed to
clarify the meaning of the instruction.
Instruction
Header
The instruction header is one or more mnemonics separated by colons (:)
that represent the operation to be performed by the instrument.
":DISPlay:LABel ON" is a command. Queries are indicated by adding a
question mark (?) to the end of the header, for example, ":DISPlay:LABel?".
Many instructions can be used as either commands or queries, depending
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
861
36 More About Oscilloscope Commands
on whether or not you have included the question mark. The command
and query forms of an instruction usually have different program data.
Many queries do not use any program data.
There are three types of headers:
• "Simple Command Headers" on page 863
• "Compound Command Headers" on page 863
• "Common Command Headers" on page 863
White Space
(Separator)
White space is used to separate the instruction header from the program
data. If the instruction does not require any program data parameters, you
do not need to include any white space. White space is defined as one or
more space characters. ASCII defines a space to be character 32 (in
decimal).
Program Data
Program data are used to clarify the meaning of the command or query.
They provide necessary information, such as whether a function should be
on or off, or which waveform is to be displayed. Each instruction's syntax
definition shows the program data, as well as the values they accept.
"Program Data Syntax Rules" on page 864 describes all of the general rules
about acceptable values.
When there is more than one data parameter, they are separated by
commas(,). Spaces can be added around the commas to improve
readability.
Program
Message
Terminator
NOTE
The program instructions within a data message are executed after the
program message terminator is received. The terminator may be either an
NL (New Line) character, an EOI (End- Or- Identify) asserted in the
programming interface, or a combination of the two. Asserting the EOI
sets the EOI control line low on the last byte of the data message. The NL
character is an ASCII linefeed (decimal 10).
New Line Terminator Functions. The NL (New Line) terminator has the same function as
an EOS (End Of String) and EOT (End Of Text) terminator.
Long Form to Short Form Truncation Rules
To get the short form of a command/keyword:
• When the command/keyword is longer than four characters, use the
first four characters of the command/keyword unless the fourth
character is a vowel; when the fourth character is a vowel, use the first
three characters of the command/keyword.
• When the command/keyword is four or fewer characters, use all of the
characters.
862
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
36
More About Oscilloscope Commands
Long Form
Short form
RANGe
RANG
PATTern
PATT
TIMebase
TIM
DELay
DEL
TYPE
TYPE
In the oscilloscope programmer's documentation, the short form of a
command is indicated by uppercase characters.
Programs written in long form are easily read and are almost
self- documenting. The short form syntax conserves the amount of
controller memory needed for program storage and reduces I/O activity.
Simple Command Headers
Simple command headers contain a single mnemonic. :AUToscale and
:DIGitize are examples of simple command headers typically used in the
oscilloscope. The syntax is:
<program mnemonic><terminator>
Simple command headers must occur at the beginning of a program
message; if not, they must be preceded by a colon.
When program data must be included with the simple command header
(for example, :DIGitize CHANnel1), white space is added to separate the
data from the header. The syntax is:
<program mnemonic><separator><program data><terminator>
Compound Command Headers
Compound command headers are a combination of two or more program
mnemonics. The first mnemonic selects the subsystem, and the second
mnemonic selects the function within that subsystem. The mnemonics
within the compound message are separated by colons. For example, to
execute a single function within a subsystem:
:<subsystem>:<function><separator><program data><terminator>
For example, :CHANnel1:BWLimit ON
Common Command Headers
Common command headers control IEEE 488.2 functions within the
instrument (such as clear status). Their syntax is:
*<command header><terminator>
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
863
36 More About Oscilloscope Commands
No space or separator is allowed between the asterisk (*) and the
command header. *CLS is an example of a common command header.
Program Data Syntax Rules
Program data is used to convey a parameter information related to the
command header. At least one space must separate the command header
or query header from the program data.
<program mnemonic><separator><data><terminator>
When a program mnemonic or query has multiple program data, a comma
separates sequential program data.
<program mnemonic><separator><data>,<data><terminator>
For example, :MEASure:DELay CHANnel1,CHANnel2 has two program data:
CHANnel1 and CHANnel2.
Two main types of program data are used in commands: character and
numeric.
Character
Program Data
Character program data is used to convey parameter information as alpha
or alphanumeric strings. For example, the :TIMebase:MODE command can
be set to normal, zoomed (delayed), XY, or ROLL. The character program
data in this case may be MAIN, WINDow, XY, or ROLL. The command
:TIMebase:MODE WINDow sets the time base mode to zoomed.
The available mnemonics for character program data are always included
with the command's syntax definition.
When sending commands, you may either the long form or short form (if
one exists). Uppercase and lowercase letters may be mixed freely.
When receiving query responses, uppercase letters are used exclusively.
Numeric Program
Data
Some command headers require program data to be expressed numerically.
For example, :TIMebase:RANGe requires the desired full scale range to be
expressed numerically.
For numeric program data, you have the option of using exponential
notation or using suffix multipliers to indicate the numeric value. The
following numbers are all equal:
28 = 0.28E2 = 280e-1 = 28000m = 0.028K = 28e-3K.
When a syntax definition specifies that a number is an integer, that means
that the number should be whole. Any fractional part will be ignored,
truncating the number. Numeric data parameters accept fractional values
are called real numbers.
864
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
36
More About Oscilloscope Commands
All numbers must be strings of ASCII characters. Thus, when sending the
number 9, you would send a byte representing the ASCII code for the
character 9 (which is 57). A three- digit number like 102 would take up
three bytes (ASCII codes 49, 48, and 50). This is handled automatically
when you include the entire instruction in a string.
Duplicate Mnemonics
Identical function mnemonics can be used in more than one subsystem.
For example, the function mnemonic RANGe may be used to change the
vertical range or to change the horizontal range:
:CHANnel1:RANGe .4
Sets the vertical range of channel 1 to 0.4 volts full scale.
:TIMebase:RANGe 1
Sets the horizontal time base to 1 second full scale.
:CHANnel1 and :TIMebase are subsystem selectors and determine which
range is being modified.
Tree Traversal Rules and Multiple Commands
Command headers are created by traversing down the command tree. A
legal command header would be :TIMebase:RANGe. This is referred to as a
compound header. A compound header is a header made of two or more
mnemonics separated by colons. The mnemonic created contains no
spaces.
The following rules apply to traversing the tree:
• A leading colon (<NL> or EOI true on the last byte) places the parser at
the root of the command tree. A leading colon is a colon that is the
first character of a program header. Executing a subsystem command
lets you access that subsystem until a leading colon or a program
message terminator (<NL>) or EOI true is found.
• In the command tree, use the last mnemonic in the compound header
as the reference point (for example, RANGe). Then find the last colon
above that mnemonic (TIMebase:). That is the point where the parser
resides. Any command below that point can be sent within the current
program message without sending the mnemonics which appear above
them (for example, POSition).
The output statements in the examples are written using the Agilent VISA
COM library in Visual Basic. The quoted string is placed on the bus,
followed by a carriage return and linefeed (CRLF).
To execute more than one function within the same subsystem, separate
the functions with a semicolon (;):
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
865
36 More About Oscilloscope Commands
:<subsystem>:<function><separator><data>;<function><separator><data><ter
minator>
For example:
myScope.WriteString ":TIMebase:RANGe 0.5;POSition 0"
NOTE
Example 2:
Program
Message
Terminator Sets
Parser Back to
Root
NOTE
The colon between TIMebase and RANGe is necessary because TIMebase:RANGe is a
compound command. The semicolon between the RANGe command and the POSition
command is the required program message unit separator. The POSition command does not
need TIMebase preceding it because the TIMebase:RANGe command sets the parser to the
TIMebase node in the tree.
myScope.WriteString ":TIMebase:REFerence CENTer;POSition 0.00001"
or
myScope.WriteString ":TIMebase:REFerence CENTer"
myScope.WriteString ":TIMebase:POSition 0.00001"
In the first line of example 2, the subsystem selector is implied for the POSition command in
the compound command. The POSition command must be in the same program message as
the REFerence command because the program message terminator places the parser back
at the root of the command tree.
A second way to send these commands is by placing TIMebase: before the
POSition command as shown in the second part of example 2. The space
after POSition is required.
Example 3:
Selecting
Multiple
Subsystems
You can send multiple program commands and program queries for
different subsystems on the same line by separating each command with a
semicolon. The colon following the semicolon enables you to enter a new
subsystem. For example:
<program mnemonic><data>;:<program mnemonic><data><terminator>
For example:
myScope.WriteString ":TIMebase:REFerence CENTer;:DISPlay:VECTors ON"
NOTE
The leading colon before DISPlay:VECTors ON tells the parser to go back to the root of the
command tree. The parser can then see the DISPlay:VECTors ON command. The space
between REFerence and CENter is required; so is the space between VECTors and ON.
Multiple commands may be any combination of compound and simple
commands.
866
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
36
More About Oscilloscope Commands
Query Return Values
Command headers immediately followed by a question mark (?) are
queries. Queries are used to get results of measurements made by the
instrument or to find out how the instrument is currently configured.
After receiving a query, the instrument interrogates the requested function
and places the answer in its output queue. The answer remains in the
output queue until it is read or another command is issued.
When read, the answer is transmitted across the bus to the designated
listener (typically a controller). For example, the query :TIMebase:RANGe?
places the current time base setting in the output queue. When using the
Agilent VISA COM library in Visual Basic, the controller statements:
Dim strQueryResult As String
myScope.WriteString ":TIMebase:RANGe?"
strQueryResult = myScope.ReadString
pass the value across the bus to the controller and place it in the variable
strQueryResult.
NOTE
Infinity
Representation
Read Query Results Before Sending Another Command. Sending another command or
query before reading the result of a query clears the output buffer (the current response)
and places a Query INTERRUPTED error in the error queue.
The representation of infinity is +9.9E+37. This is also the value returned
when a measurement cannot be made.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
867
36 More About Oscilloscope Commands
All Oscilloscope Commands Are Sequential
IEEE 488.2 makes the distinction between sequential and overlapped
commands:
• Sequential commands finish their task before the execution of the next
command starts.
• Overlapped commands run concurrently. Commands following an
overlapped command may be started before the overlapped command is
completed.
All of the oscilloscope commands are sequential.
868
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's Guide
37
Programming Examples
VISA COM Examples 870
VISA Examples 897
SICL Examples 938
Example programs are ASCII text files that can be cut from the help file
and pasted into your favorite text editor.

869
37 Programming Examples
VISA COM Examples
• "VISA COM Example in Visual Basic" on page 870
• "VISA COM Example in C#" on page 879
• "VISA COM Example in Visual Basic .NET" on page 888
VISA COM Example in Visual Basic
To run this example in Visual Basic for Applications (VBA):
1 Start the application that provides Visual Basic for Applications (for
example, Microsoft Excel).
2 Press ALT+F11 to launch the Visual Basic editor.
3 Reference the Agilent VISA COM library:
a Choose Tools>References... from the main menu.
b In the References dialog, check the "VISA COM 3.0 Type Library".
c Click OK.
4 Choose Insert>Module.
5 Cut- and- paste the code that follows into the editor.
6 Edit the program to use the VISA address of your oscilloscope, and save
the changes.
7 Run the program.
'
'
'
'
'
'
Agilent VISA COM Example in Visual Basic
------------------------------------------------------------------This program illustrates a few commonly-used programming
features of your Agilent oscilloscope.
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Option Explicit
Public
Public
Public
Public
myMgr As VisaComLib.ResourceManager
myScope As VisaComLib.FormattedIO488
varQueryResult As Variant
strQueryResult As String
' For Sleep subroutine.
Private Declare Sub Sleep Lib "kernel32" (ByVal dwMilliseconds As Long)
'
' Main Program
' ------------------------------------------------------------------Sub Main()
On Error GoTo VisaComError
870
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Programming Examples
37
' Create the VISA COM I/O resource.
Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager
Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488
Set myScope.IO = _
myMgr.Open("USB0::0x0957::0x17A6::US50210029::0::INSTR")
myScope.IO.Clear
' Clear the interface.
myScope.IO.Timeout = 10000
' Set I/O communication timeout.
' Initialize - start from a known state.
Initialize
' Capture data.
Capture
' Analyze the captured waveform.
Analyze
Exit Sub
VisaComError:
MsgBox "VISA COM Error:" + vbCrLf + Err.Description
End
End Sub
'
' Initialize the oscilloscope to a known state.
' ------------------------------------------------------------------Private Sub Initialize()
On Error GoTo VisaComError
' Get and display the device's *IDN? string.
strQueryResult = DoQueryString("*IDN?")
Debug.Print "Identification string: " + strQueryResult
' Clear status and load the default setup.
DoCommand "*CLS"
DoCommand "*RST"
Exit Sub
VisaComError:
MsgBox "VISA COM Error:" + vbCrLf + Err.Description
End
End Sub
'
' Capture the waveform.
' ------------------------------------------------------------------Private Sub Capture()
On Error GoTo VisaComError
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
871
37 Programming Examples
' Use auto-scale to automatically configure oscilloscope.
' ----------------------------------------------------------------DoCommand ":AUToscale"
' Set trigger mode (EDGE, PULSe, PATTern, etc., and input source.
DoCommand ":TRIGger:MODE EDGE"
Debug.Print "Trigger mode: " + _
DoQueryString(":TRIGger:MODE?")
' Set EDGE trigger parameters.
DoCommand ":TRIGger:EDGE:SOURCe CHANnel1"
Debug.Print "Trigger edge source: " + _
DoQueryString(":TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce?")
DoCommand ":TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel 1.5"
Debug.Print "Trigger edge level: " + _
DoQueryString(":TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel?")
DoCommand ":TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe POSitive"
Debug.Print "Trigger edge slope: " + _
DoQueryString(":TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe?")
' Save oscilloscope configuration.
' ----------------------------------------------------------------varQueryResult = DoQueryIEEEBlock_UI1(":SYSTem:SETup?")
' Output setup string to a file:
Dim strPath As String
strPath = "c:\scope\config\setup.dat"
Dim hFile As Long
hFile = FreeFile
Open strPath For Binary Access Write Lock Write As hFile
Put hFile, , varQueryResult
' Write data.
Close hFile
' Close file.
Debug.Print "Setup bytes saved: " + CStr(LenB(varQueryResult))
' Change settings with individual commands:
' ----------------------------------------------------------------' Set vertical scale and offset.
DoCommand ":CHANnel1:SCALe 0.05"
Debug.Print "Channel 1 vertical scale: " + _
DoQueryString(":CHANnel1:SCALe?")
DoCommand ":CHANnel1:OFFSet -1.5"
Debug.Print "Channel 1 vertical offset: " + _
DoQueryString(":CHANnel1:OFFSet?")
' Set horizontal scale and offset.
DoCommand ":TIMebase:SCALe 0.0002"
Debug.Print "Timebase scale: " + _
DoQueryString(":TIMebase:SCALe?")
DoCommand ":TIMebase:POSition 0.0"
Debug.Print "Timebase position: " + _
DoQueryString(":TIMebase:POSition?")
872
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Programming Examples
37
' Set the acquisition type (NORMal, PEAK, AVERage, or HRESolution).
DoCommand ":ACQuire:TYPE NORMal"
Debug.Print "Acquire type: " + _
DoQueryString(":ACQuire:TYPE?")
' Or, configure by loading a previously saved setup.
' ----------------------------------------------------------------Dim varSetupString As Variant
strPath = "c:\scope\config\setup.dat"
Open strPath For Binary Access Read As hFile
' Open file for input.
Get hFile, , varSetupString
' Read data.
Close hFile
' Close file.
' Write learn string back to oscilloscope using ":SYSTem:SETup"
' command:
DoCommandIEEEBlock ":SYSTem:SETup", varSetupString
Debug.Print "Setup bytes restored: " + CStr(LenB(varSetupString))
' Capture an acquisition using :DIGitize.
' ----------------------------------------------------------------DoCommand ":DIGitize CHANnel1"
Exit Sub
VisaComError:
MsgBox "VISA COM Error:" + vbCrLf + Err.Description
End
End Sub
'
' Analyze the captured waveform.
' ------------------------------------------------------------------Private Sub Analyze()
On Error GoTo VisaComError
' Make a couple of measurements.
' ----------------------------------------------------------------DoCommand ":MEASure:SOURce CHANnel1"
Debug.Print "Measure source: " + _
DoQueryString(":MEASure:SOURce?")
DoCommand ":MEASure:FREQuency"
varQueryResult = DoQueryNumber(":MEASure:FREQuency?")
MsgBox "Frequency:" + vbCrLf + _
FormatNumber(varQueryResult / 1000, 4) + " kHz"
DoCommand ":MEASure:VAMPlitude"
varQueryResult = DoQueryNumber(":MEASure:VAMPlitude?")
MsgBox "Vertial amplitude:" + vbCrLf + _
FormatNumber(varQueryResult, 4) + " V"
' Download the screen image.
' ----------------------------------------------------------------' Get screen image.
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
873
37 Programming Examples
DoCommand ":HARDcopy:INKSaver OFF"
Dim byteData() As Byte
byteData = DoQueryIEEEBlock_UI1(":DISPlay:DATA? PNG, COLor")
' Save screen image to a file.
Dim strPath As String
strPath = "c:\scope\data\screen.png"
If Len(Dir(strPath)) Then
Kill strPath
' Remove file if it exists.
End If
Dim hFile As Long
hFile = FreeFile
Open strPath For Binary Access Write Lock Write As hFile
Put hFile, , byteData
' Write data.
Close hFile
' Close file.
MsgBox "Screen image (" + CStr(UBound(byteData) + 1) + _
" bytes) written to " + strPath
' Download waveform data.
' ----------------------------------------------------------------' Set the waveform points mode.
DoCommand ":WAVeform:POINts:MODE RAW"
Debug.Print "Waveform points mode: " + _
DoQueryString(":WAVeform:POINts:MODE?")
' Get the number of waveform points available.
Debug.Print "Waveform points available: " + _
DoQueryString(":WAVeform:POINts?")
' Set the waveform source.
DoCommand ":WAVeform:SOURce CHANnel1"
Debug.Print "Waveform source: " + _
DoQueryString(":WAVeform:SOURce?")
' Choose the format of the data returned (WORD, BYTE, ASCII):
DoCommand ":WAVeform:FORMat BYTE"
Debug.Print "Waveform format: " + _
DoQueryString(":WAVeform:FORMat?")
' Display the waveform settings:
Dim Preamble()
Dim intFormat As Integer
Dim intType As Integer
Dim lngPoints As Long
Dim lngCount As Long
Dim dblXIncrement As Double
Dim dblXOrigin As Double
Dim lngXReference As Long
Dim sngYIncrement As Single
Dim sngYOrigin As Single
Dim lngYReference As Long
Preamble() = DoQueryNumbers(":WAVeform:PREamble?")
874
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
Programming Examples
37
intFormat = Preamble(0)
intType = Preamble(1)
lngPoints = Preamble(2)
lngCount = Preamble(3)
dblXIncrement = Preamble(4)
dblXOrigin = Preamble(5)
lngXReference = Preamble(6)
sngYIncrement = Preamble(7)
sngYOrigin = Preamble(8)
lngYReference = Preamble(9)
If intFormat = 0 Then
Debug.Print "Waveform format: BYTE"
ElseIf intFormat = 1 Then
Debug.Print "Waveform format: WORD"
ElseIf intFormat = 4 Then
Debug.Print "Waveform format: ASCii"
End If
If intType = 0 Then
Debug.Print "Acquisition
ElseIf intType = 1 Then
Debug.Print "Acquisition
ElseIf intType = 2 Then
Debug.Print "Acquisition
ElseIf intType = 3 Then
Debug.Print "Acquisition
End If
type: NORMal"
type: PEAK"
type: AVERage"
type: HRESolution"
Debug.Print "Waveform points: " + _
FormatNumber(lngPoints, 0)
Debug.Print "Waveform average count: " + _
FormatNumber(lngCount, 0)
Debug.Print "Waveform X increment: " + _
Format(dblXIncrement, "Scientific")
Debug.Print "Waveform X origin: " + _
Format(dblXOrigin, "Scientific")
Debug.Print "Waveform X reference: " + _
FormatNumber(lngXReference, 0)
Debug.Print "Waveform Y increment: " + _
Format(sngYIncrement, "Scientific")
Debug.Print "Waveform Y origin: " + _
FormatNumber(sngYOrigin, 0)
Debug.Print "Waveform Y reference: " + _
FormatNumber(lngYReference, 0)
' Get the waveform data
varQueryResult = DoQueryIEEEBlock_UI1(":WAVeform:DATA?")
Debug.Print "Number of data values: " + _
CStr(UBound(varQueryResult) + 1)
Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide
875
37 Programming Examples
' Set up output file:
strPath = "c:\scope\data\waveform_data.csv"
' Open file for output.
Open strPath For Output Access Write Lock Write As hFile
' Output waveform data in CSV format.
Dim lngDataValue As Long
Dim lngI As Long
For lngI = 0 To UBound(varQueryResult)
lngDataValue = varQueryResult(lngI)
' Write time value, voltage value.
Print #hFile, _
FormatNumber(dblXOrigin + (lngI * dblXIncrement), 9) + _
", " + _
FormatNumber(((lngDataValue - lngYReference) * _
sngYIncrement) + sngYOrigin)
Next lngI
' Close output file.
Close hFile
' Close file.
MsgBox "Waveform format BYTE data written to " + _
"c:\scope\data\waveform_data.csv."
Exit Sub
VisaComError:
MsgBox "VISA COM Error:"